wtm compatrecongruinst 3500.25e

COMPATRECONGRUINST 3500.25E 01 Jul 10

Commander Patrol and Reconnaissance Group

VP Wing Training Manual


INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK

DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY COMMANDER PATROL AND RECONNAISSANCE GROUP

7927 INGERSOL ST STE 250 NORFOLK , VA 23551 -2392

COMPATRECONGRUINST 3500.25E N7

COMPATRECONGRU INSTRUCTION 3500.25E

Subj: Wing Training Manual

Ref: (a) OPNAVINST 3120.32 - The Standard Organization and Regulations of the U.S. Navy

(b) OPNAVINST C3501.275 (Series) - Required Operational Capabilities/Projected Operational Environment (ROC/POE) Statements

(c) COMNAVAIRFORINST 3500.1(Series) Squadron Training and Readiness

(d) CJCSM 3500.04(Series) Universal Joint Task List (UJTL) (e) OPNAVINST 3591.1(Series) Small Arms Training and

Qualification

• 1. Purpose. To provide a consolidated publication encompassing all policy and recommendations on training issues within the purview of Commander, Patrol and Reconnaissance Group (COMPATRECONGRU). This instruction contains major revisions and should be read in its entirety.

2. Cancellation. COMPATRECONGRUINST 3500.25D and COMPATRECONGRUINST 3500.261.

3. Background. Reference (a) outlines the general policies for training, readiness, and evaluation of fleet units. Reference (b) establishes the CNO approved statement of Required Operational Capabilities (ROC) for Patrol Squadrons of the U.S. Navy. Readiness attained in each of the reference (b) mission is reported to all eche lons of higher command via the Defense Readiness Reporting System - Navy (DRRS-N) as directed by reference (c). The P3 Capabilities Training Matrix, which lists the Naval Tactical Assignments (NTAs), Training Tasks and corresponding resources that are authorized and required to attain readiness, is included as enclosure (5) to reference (c). Reference (d) delineates the universal tasks from which all core competencies are derived and from which the crew and individual training and readiness matrix is founded. Reference (e) specifies required small arms qualification procedures for aircrew and ground/maintenance personnel.

4. General. Preparation of a command's training p r og r a m, which will ach i eve the prescribed standards of readiness, is the first


responsibility of Commanding Officers. This instruction supplements reference (a) and provides specific instructions for implementation of its policies. The purpose of this instruction is to consolidate all individual and crew training programs into one comprehensive training and readiness document. While there are other directives relevant to training conducted in Fleet patrol squadrons, (e.g . PQS) , the authority for use of these publicat ions is established in this instruction.

5 . Action. Squadron Commanding Officers shall prepare training plans per this instruction. Achieving and maintaining qualification in the primary and secondary mission areas, per the requirements established by reference (b), shall be the paramount objective of all training efforts. Wing Commanders are tasked with aiding the squadron Commanding Officers in the training management of their units. As such they are authorized to amplify this instruction as may be required in the execution of this responsibility. Such amplification will adhere to the minimum readiness standards and training priorities establ ished in this instruction.

6. Record s and Reports . Achievement of readiness shall be reported in DRRS-N via inputs into the Sierra Hotel Aviation Readiness Program (SHARP), following the guidance provided in reference (c) and Chapter 5 of this instruction.

7. Manual Review Procedures. The structure of this training progra m will only be as dynamic as the users intend it to be. Although COMPATRECONGRU is the overall review authority, this instruction should be the subject of continuous review and improvement by all users. All recommended cha nges shall be submitted to COMPATRECONGRU (Code N7) via the appropriate chain of command. Organizations submitting change recommendations should include page and paragraph to be changed with recommended replacement text and justification for the change. This manual will be reviewed annually by COMPATRECONGRU.

Chief of Staff

Distribution: COMPATRECONGRUINST 5216.1A (List II, Case B-E, G-K, M-T) CNO {NaBOE} COMNAVAIRFOR (N40, N83, N84) COMSURFWARDEVGRU •

2


•

Distribution continued: AIRTEVRON ONE NSAWC NMAWC COMPATRECONWING TWO COMPATRECONWING TEN COMPATRECONWING ELEVEN PMA 205 CTF 24 CTF 34 CTF 47 CTF 57 CTF 67 CTF 72 TOC Kaneohe Bay, HI TOC Whidbey Island, WA TOC North Island, CA TOC Jacksonville, FL TOC Sigonella, IT TOC Misawa, JA TOC Kadena, JA

3


INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK

4


i

RECORD OF CHANGES

1. Letter or message changes issued for this instruction shall be recorded on this page and incorporated into the document.

CHANGE NUMBER

AUTHORITY FOR

CHANGE

DATE ENTERED

ENTERED BY: (SIGNATURE, NAME,

RANK/RATE)


ii

INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK


iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS Paragraph Number Topic Page List of Abbreviations xiii

CHAPTER 1

PURPOSE AND OBJECTIVES 1001 Purpose 1-1 1002 Objectives 1-1 1003 Training Improvement Management 1-2 1004 Currency of Relevant Documents 1-2

CHAPTER 2

MISSION AREAS 2001 Purpose 2-1 2002 Primary and Secondary Mission Areas 2-1 2003 NMETL/NTA Purpose 2-1

CHAPTER 3

TRAINING CONCEPTS AND DEPLOYMENT PREPARATION 3001 Purpose 3-1 3002 Individual Training 3-1 3003 Crew Training 3-1 3004 COMPATRECONGRU Training Cycle 3-1 3005 Numbered Wing Responsibilities 3-3 3006 IDRC Training Plan Development 3-3 3007 IDRC Aircrew Training Progression 3-3 3008 Pre-Deployment Evaluation and Certification 3-4 3009 Pre-Deployment Site Specific Training 3-4 3010 Post Deployment Brief 3-4 Annex A IDRC Standardized Training Plan Content 3-A-1 Annex B VP CBM execution Map 3-B-1

CHAPTER 4

TRAINING PROGRAMS 4001 Purpose 4-1 4002 Background 4-1

CHAPTER 4 SECTION 1

GENERAL OVERVIEW

4101 Purpose 4-1-1


iv

4102 Background 4-1-1 4103 Objectives 4-1-1 4104 Discussion 4-1-1 4105 P-3 Training Activities Coordination 4-1-2 4106 Responsibilities 4-1-3

CHAPTER 4 SECTION 2

VP AIR COMBAT TRAINING CONTINUUM (ACTC) PROGRAM

4201 Purpose 4-2-1 4202 Discussion 4-2-1 4203 Program Elements 4-2-1 4204 Orion Weapons Tatics Instructor (WTI) 4-2-1 4205 OWTP Syllabus 4-2-2 4206 Air Combat Training System 4-2-5 4207 Action 4-2-5 Annex A Sample Nomination Letter for Orion WTI Course 4-2-A-1

CHAPTER 4 SECTION 3

TRAINING DEVICES

4301 Purpose 4-3-1 4302 Background 4-3-1 4303 Training Devices 4-3-1 4304 Scheduling 4-3-3 4305 Utilization 4-3-3 4306 Minimum Requirements 4-3-3 4307 Operating Procedures 4-3-3 4308 Security 4-3-4 4309 Trainer Instructor 4-3-4

CHAPTER 4 SECTION 4

SQUADRON TRAINING MANAGEMENT

4401 Purpose 4-4-1 4402 Objectives 4-4-1 4403 Squadron Training Plan Formulation 4-4-1 4404 Long Range Training Plan 4-4-2 4405 Operational Readiness Evaluation (ORE) 4-4-2 4406 Weapons and Tactics Units 4-4-2 4407 Wing Scheduling Conferences 4-4-2 4408 IDRC Training Courses 4-4-3 4409 Training Review Board (TRB) 4-4-4 4410 Cockpit Management 4-4-5 4411 Cross Country Flights 4-4-5

CHAPTER 4 SECTION 5

PILOT QUALIFICATION, DESIGNATION AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS

4501 Purpose 4-5-1 4502 Background 4-5-1


v

4503 Definitions 4-5-1 4504 Discussion 4-5-3 4505 Designation 4-5-3 4506 Failure to Qualify Within Prescribed Time Limits 4-5-3 4507 Pilot Qualification Summary 4-5-3 4508 Pilot Currency Requirements 4-5-4 4509 Active Component Pilot Proficiency Training 4-5-4 4510 Reserve Component Pilot Proficiency Training 4-5-7 4511 Pilot Tactical Training Requirements 4-5-9 4512 Squadron Senior Pilot 4-5-9 4513 Squadron Senior Pilot Responsibilities 4-5-9 4514 Patrol Plane Instructor Pilot (PPIP) Qualification 4-5-9 4515 Pilot Training Summary 4-5-11 4516 Training Records and Reports 4-5-12 4517 Squadron Reporting Criteria 4-5-12

CHAPTER 4 SECTION 6

NAVAL FLIGHT OFFICER (NFO) QUALIFICATION, DESIGNATION AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS 4601 Purpose 4-6-1 4602 Background 4-6-1 4603 Definitions 4-6-1 4604 Discussion 4-6-2 4605 Designation 4-6-2 4606 Failure to Qualify Within Prescribed Time Limits 4-6-2 4607 NFO Qualification Summary 4-6-2 4608 NFO Currency Requirements 4-6-3 4609 Instructor TACCO Weapons Proficiency Event (ITWP) 4-6-3 4610 NFO Tactical Training Requirements 4-6-4 4611 Senior Naval Flight Officer 4-6-4 4612 Patrol Plane Instructor TACCO (PPITC)Qualification 4-6-4 4613 NFO Training Summary 4-6-6 4614 Training Records 4-6-6

CHAPTER 4 SECTION 7

NAVAL AVIATOR AND NAVAL FLIGHT OFFICER INSTRUMENT REQUIREMENTS

4701 Purpose 4-7-1 4702 Background 4-7-1 4703 Examination and Grading Criteria 4-7-1 4704 Examination Handling and Security 4-7-1 4705 Operational Flight Trainer (OFT) 4-7-1 4706 Responsibilities 4-7-1

CHAPTER 4 SECTION 8

MISSION COMMANDER QUALIFICATION AND DESIGNATION

4801 Purpose 4-8-1 4802 Background 4-8-1 4803 Qualification Criteria 4-8-1 4804 Commanding Officers’ Responsibilities 4-8-1


vi

CHAPTER 4 SECTION 9

ENLISTED AIRCREW QUALIFICATION AND DESIGNATION (GENERAL)

4901 Purpose 4-9-1 4902 Background 4-9-1 4903 Definitions 4-9-1 4904 Discussion 4-9-2 4905 FRS Flight Training and Initial Aircrew 4-9-2 Designation 4906 Qualification 4-9-2 4907 Aircrew NEC Classification 4-9-3 4908 Extension of Qualification Period/Failure to 4-9-3 Qualify 4909 Qualification/Oral Review Requirements 4-9-3 4910 Re-qualification as an Aircrew Member 4-9-3 4911 Enlisted Aircrew Currency Requirements 4-9-3 4912 Training Jackets 4-9-4 4913 Disqualification as an Aircrew Member 4-9-4 4914 Security Clearances 4-9-4 4915 Aircrew Positional Designation Timeline Summary 4-9-4

CHAPTER 4 SECTION 10

AVIATION WARFARE SYSTEMS OPERATOR (AWO) TRAINING AND QUALIFICATION

41001 Purpose 4-10-1 41002 Discussion 4-10-1 41003 AW Training Improvement Program (AWTIP) 4-10-1 41004 Training Jackets 4-10-2 41005 Training Documentation 4-10-2 41006 Responsibilities 4-10-2

41007 Aviation Warfare Systems Operator Instructor 4-10-3 Qualification


PART 1

ACOUSTIC OPERATOR TRAINING 41008 Purpose 4-10-1-1 41009 Background 4-10-1-1 41010 Objectives 4-10-1-1 41011 ACTC/AWA Designation Level Relationship 4-10-1-1 41012 Discussion 4-10-1-2 41013 Designation 4-10-1-2 41014 Failure to Qualify Within Prescribed Time Limits 4-10-1-2 41015 AWA Qualification Summary 4-10-1-2 41016 Acoustic Tactical Training Requirements 4-10-1-3 41017 Acoustic Training Programs 4-10-1-3 41018 Responsibilities 4-10-1-4 41019 Squadron AWA Instructor Requirements 4-10-1-5 41020 Relief Radar Operator 4-10-1-5 41021 Training Records 4-10-1-5


vii


PART 2

NON-ACOUSTIC OPERATOR TRAINING 41022 Purpose 4-10-2-1 41023 Background 4-10-2-1 41024 Objectives 4-10-2-1 41025 ACTC Designation Level 4-10-2-1 41026 Discussion 4-10-2-2 41027 Designation 4-10-2-2 41028 Failure to Qualify Within Prescribed Time Limits 4-10-2-2 41029 Non-Acoustic Operator Qualification Summary 4-10-2-2 41030 Non-Acoustic Tactical Training Requirements 4-10-2-3 41031 Non-Acoustic Training Programs 4-10-2-3 41032 Responsibilities 4-10-2-4 41033 Squadron AWN Instructor Requirements 4-10-2-5 41034 Training Records 4-10-2-5


P-3 FLIGHT ENGINEER (FE) TRAINING PROGRAM

41101 Purpose 4-11-1 41102 Background 4-11-1 41103 Objectives 4-11-1 41104 ACT/FE Designation Level Relationship 4-11-1 41105 Discussion 4-11-1 41106 Designation 4-11-1 41107 Failure to Qualify Within Prescribed Time Limits 4-11-2 41108 FE Qualification Summary 4-11-2 41109 Flight Engineer Training Requirements 4-11-2

41110 ACTC Level IV/Instructor Flight Engineer (IFE) 4-11-2 Requirements

41111 Training Records 4-11-3


INFLIGHT TECHNICIAN (IFT) / ARM/ORD QUALIFIED CREWMEMBER TRAINING

41201 Purpose 4-12-1 41202 Background 4-12-1 41203 Objectives 4-12-1 41204 ACT/IFT Designation Level Relationship 4-12-1 41205 Discussion 4-12-1 41206 Designation 4-12-1 41207 Failure to Qualify Within Prescribed Time Limits 4-12-2 41208 IFT Qualification Summary 4-12-2 41209 Inflight Technician Training Requirements 4-12-2 41210 ACTC Level 400/ Squadron IFT Instructor 4-12-3 Requirements 41211 Training Records and Reports 4-12-4


viii


SAFETY TRAINING

41301 Purpose 4-13-1 41302 Background 4-13-1 41303 Discussion 4-13-1 41304 Squadron Personnel Safety Training 4-13-1 41305 Safety Survey 4-13-1 41306 Safety Stand-Down 4-13-1 41307 Monthly Orion Safety Message 4-13-2 41308 CNO Aviation Safety Award 4-13-2 41309 Area Safety Councils 4-13-2 41310 Commanding Officers’ Responsibilities 4-13-2


WEAPONS TRAINING

41401 Purpose 4-14-1 41402 Background 4-14-1 41403 Discussion 4-14-1 41404 Aircrew Weapons Training 4-14-2 41405 Conventional Weapons Training 4-14-2 41406 Conventional Weapons Loading Team 4-14-3 41407 Mine Warfare Training 4-14-4 41408 Conventional Weapons Technical Proficiency 4-14-4 Examination 41409 Weapons Assist Visits 4-14-4 41410 Small Arms Training 4-14-5

CHAPTER 5

COMBAT AIRCREW TRAINING AND READINESS 5001 Purpose 5-1 5002 Background 5-1 5003 Discussion 5-1

CHAPTER 5 SECTION 1

CAPABITILTIES BASED T&R MATRIX DESCRIPTION

5101 Purpose 5-1-1 5102 Background 5-1-1 5103 P-3 Capabilities Based Matrix 5-1-1 5104 Training Figure of Merit 5-1-4 5105 Analysis Examples 5-1-5 5106 Sorties and PMA Points 5-1-5 5107 Capabilities Based Matrix Concepts 5-1-6


ix

CHAPTER 5 SECTION 2

AIRCREW TASK AND READINESS REQUIREMENTS

5201 Purpose 5-2-1 5202 Tasks Qualification Requirements 5-2-1 5203 Task List 5-2-1 5204 General Task Guidelines and Amplifying Policies 5-2-2 5205 Training and Preparation 5-2-3 5206 Hours Per Task 5-2-3 5207 Task Limitations Per Event 5-2-3 5208 Qualification Flexibility 5-2-3 5209 Task Completion Reporting Requirements 5-2-3 5210 Multiple Crew Events 5-2-3 5211 Waivers to In Flight Requirements 5-2-3 5212 Use of EMATT/MK-30 5-2-3 5213 Awarding of Tactical Readiness 5-2-4 5214 Task Periodicity 5-2-4

5215 Upgrade Training During Tactical 5-2-4 Training Events

5216 Specific Task Guidelines 100 Level 5-2-4 (Simulator) MOB Tasks 5217 Specific Task Guidelines 200 Level 5-2-5 MOB Tasks 5218 Individual 200 Level Task Objectives and 5-2-5 Requirements 5219 Forward Firing Missile Requirements 5-2-6 5220 SHARP Reports 5-2-6 5221 SHARP Pocket Hard-Card 5-2-7

CHAPTER 5 SECTION 3

CREW FORMATION, READINESS AND EMPLOYMENT POLICY

5301 Purpose 5-3-1 5302 CAC Concepts, Definitions and Relationships 5-3-1 5303 CAC Employability Guidelines 5-3-3 5304 Administrative Procedures 5-3-4 5305 Packets Submitted to Higher Authorities 5-3-4 5306 Task Waivers 5-3-4 5307 Responsibilities 5-3-4

CHAPTER 5 SECTION 4

POST MISSION REPORTING

5401 Purpose 5-4-1 5402 Responsibilities 5-4-1 5403 Post Mission Summary Template 5-4-2 5404 Purple Data 5-4-2 Annex A Purple Rough 5-4-A-1 Annex B Standardized Equipment List 5-4-B-1


x

CHAPTER 5 SECTION 5

MEASURE OF PERFORMANCE/MEASURE OF READINESS (MOP/MOR)

5501 Purpose 5-5-1 5502 Events Requiring MOP/MOR Grades 5-5-1

CHAPTER 5 SECTION 6

WING AND SQUADRON TACTICAL REPORT BOARDS

5601 Purpose 5-6-1 5602 Background 5-6-1 5603 CPRG Responsibilities 5-6-1 5604 Wing/Squadron Development Officer 5-6-1 Responsibilities 5605 Board Composition 5-6-2 5606 Replay Facilities 5-6-2 5607 Dissemination of Results 5-6-2

CHAPTER 5 SECTION 7

ADVANCED READINESS PROGRAM

5701 Purpose 5-7-1 5702 Background 5-7-1 5703 Discussion 5-7-1 5704 ARP Curriculum 5-7-1 5705 Squadron Responsibilities 5-7-1 5706 Numbered Wing Responsibilities 5-7-2 5707 ARP Completion Requirements/Designation 5-7-4 5708 Group ARP Coordinator Responsibilities 5-7-4 5709 Qualification Eligibility Prior 5-7-5 to ARP Completion 5710 ARP Crew Stability/Readiness 5-7-5

CHAPTER 5 SECTION 8

CREW RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

5801 Purpose 5-8-1 5802 Background 5-8-1 5803 Objectives 5-8-1 5804 Policy 5-8-1 5805 Responsibilities 5-8-1

CHAPTER 5 SECTION 9

NAVAL AIR TRAINING AND OPERATING PROCEDURES STANDARDIZATION (NATOPS) EVALUATION

PROGRAM AND STANDARDIZATION BOARD 5901 Purpose 5-9-1 5902 Discussion 5-9-1 5903 Evaluations 5-9-1


xi

5904 NATOPS Evaluation Procedures 5-9-2 5905 Individual NATOPS Evaluations 5-9-2 5906 NATOPS Positional Instructor Policy 5-9-2 5907 NATOPS Instructor Currency 5-9-3 5908 Responsibilities 5-9-3 Annex A: Unit NATOPS Evaluation 5-9-A-1 Annex B: Unit NATOPS Evaluation Grading Criteria 5-9-B-1 Annex C: Unit NATOPS Administrative Requirements 5-9-C-1 Annex D: Squadron Muster/Grade Sheet 5-9-D-1 Annex E: NATOPS Administrative Inspection Checklist 5-9-E-1


OPERATIONAL READINESS EVALUATION POLICY AND PROCEDURES

51001 Purpose 5-10-1 51002 Background 5-10-1 51003 Timing 5-10-1 51004 Discussion 5-10-1 51005 Phases 5-10-1 51006 ORE Summary 5-10-2 Summary Report 5-10-3


TRAINING AND READINESS REPORTING

51101 Purpose 5-11-1 51102 Discussion 5-11-1 51103 Commanding Officer’s DRRS-N Capability/NTA 5-11-1 Assessment 51104 DRRS-N Account/Access Guidance 5-11-4 51105 Organization and Resource Status (OARS) Report 5-11-5 51106 Current Readiness Report 5-11-10 Annex A: DRRS-N NTA Comments Guidance 5-11-A-1


TORPEDO EXERCISE GUIDELINES AND REPORTING RESPOSIBILITIES

51201 Purpose 5-12-1 51202 Background 5-12-1 51203 Wing WTU/TSCWO Responsibilities 5-12-1 51204 Aircrew Responsibilities 5-12-1 51205 Range Personnel Responsibilities 5-12-2 51206 MPRWS ASW Weapons Officer Responsibilities 5-12-2 Torpedo Exercise Firing Report – Aircrew Version 5-12-3 Torpedo Exercise Firing Report – Range Version 5-12-4


xii


SHARP T&R INTERFACE CONSIDERATIONS

51301 Purpose 5-13-1 51302 Discussion 5-13-1 51303 Squadron Administrator Setups 5-13-1 51304 Logging Events 5-13-2 SHARP User Guide 5-13-3 SHARP Mission List 5-13-5

CHAPTER 6

COMBAT AIRCREW QUALIFICATIONS

6001 Purpose 6-1 6002 Background 6-1 6003 Discussion 6-1

CHAPTER 6 SECTION 1

CREW QUALIFICATIONS/TASK INSTRUCTIONS

6101 Aircrew Evaluation Policy 6-1-1 6102 Definitions 6-1-1 6103 ASW Attack Simulation 6-1-2 6104 ASU Attack Simulation 6-1-3 6105 Use of EMATT/Mk-30 6-1-3 6106 Awarding of Tactical Readiness 6-1-3 6107 Upgrade Training During Tactical Training Events 6-1-4 6108 Task Evaluation 6-1-4 MOD/MOP/MOR Matrix 6-1-6

CHAPTER 6 SECTION 2

ASW-201 DIESEL/LITTORAL CREW QUALIFICATION

6201 Mission Objective 6-2-1 6202 Requirements/Critical Sub-Areas 6-2-1 6203 Measures of Performance 6-2-1 6204 Evaluation 6-2-2 Annex A: ASW-201 Measures of Difficulty 6-2-A-1 Annex B: Unit NATOPS Evaluation Grading Criteria 6-2-B-1

CHAPTER 6 SECTION 3

TASK ASW-202 NUCLEAR/OPEN OCEAN Crew QUALIFICATION

6301 Mission Objective 6-3-1 6302 Requirements/Critical Sub-Areas 6-3-1 6303 Measures of Performance 6-3-1 6304 Evaluation 6-3-2 Annex A: ASW-202 Measures of Difficulty 6-3-A-1


xiii

Annex B: Unit NATOPS Evaluation Grading Criteria 6-3-B-1

CHAPTER 6 SECTION 4

TASK ASW-203 ASW COORDINATED OPS CREW QUALIFICATION

6401 Mission Objective 6-4-1 6402 Requirements/Critical Sub-Areas 6-4-1 6403 Measures of Performance 6-4-1 6404 Evaluation 6-4-2 Annex A: ASW-203 Measures of Difficulty 6-4-A-1 Annex B: Unit NATOPS Evaluation Grading Criteria 6-4-B-1

CHAPTER 6 SECTION 5

TASK ASW-204 RANGE TORPEX CREW QUALIFICATION

6501 Mission Objective 6-5-1 6502 Requirements/Critical Sub-Areas 6-5-1 6503 Procedures 6-5-1 6504 Measures of Performance 6-5-2 6505 Evaluation 6-5-3 Annex A: ASW-204 Measures of Difficulty 6-5-A-1 Annex B: Unit NATOPS Evaluation Grading Criteria 6-5-B-1

CHAPTER 6 SECTION 6

TASK ASW-205 IEER CREW QUALIFICATION

6601 Mission Objective 6-6-1 6602 Requirements/Critical Sub-Areas 6-6-1 6603 Measure of Performance 6-6-1 6604 Measure of Effectiveness 6-6-2 6605 Evaluation 6-6-2 Annex A: ASW-205 Measures of Difficulty 6-6-A-1 Annex B: Unit NATOPS Evaluation Grading Criteria 6-6-B-1

CHAPTER 6 SECTION 7

TASK ASW-206 AIRBORNE ACOUSTIC INTELLIGENCE CREW QUALIFICATION



xiv

CHAPTER 6 SECTION 8

TASK ASW-207 ASW CREW PROFICIENCY Crew QUALIFICATION

6801 Mission Objective 6-8-1 6802 Requirements/Critical Sub-Areas 6-8-1 6803 Procedures – Non-Deployed Aircrews 6-8-1 6804 Procedures - Deployed Aircrews 6-8-2 6805 Evaluation 6-8-2 Annex A: ASW-207 Banger Ops MOP—Example 6-8-A-1 Annex B: ASW-207 ESM Off-line MOP—Example 6-8-B-1 Annex C ASW-207 Q2 Kill Mop—Example 6-8-B-1 Annex D ASW-207 IEER Localization MOP—Example 6-8-B-1 Annex E ASW-207 DRC MOP—Example 6-8-B-1 Annex F ASW-207 Doppler Exercise MOP—Example 6-8-B-1 Annex G ASW-207 Countermeasures Exercise MOP—Example 6-8-B-1

CHAPTER 6 SECTION 9

TASK ASW-210 IEER – ATTACK CREW QUALIFICATION



TASK ASW-211 ASW ACTIVE/PASSIVE SEARCH CREW QUALIFICATION

61001 Mission Objective 6-10-1 61002 Requirements/Critical Sub-Areas 6-10-1 61003 Measure of Performance 6-10-1 61004 Evaluation 6-10-2 Annex A: ASW-211 Measures of Difficulty 6-10-A-1 Annex B: Unit NATOPS Evaluation Grading Criteria 6-10-B-1


xv


TASK ASU-201 ASU JOINT / COMBINED OPS

CREW QUALIFICATION

61101 Mission Objective 6-11-1 61102 Requirements/Critical Sub-Areas 6-11-1 61103 Measure of Performance 6-11-1 61104 Measure of Effectiveness 6-11-2 61105 Evaluation 6-11-2 Annex A: ASU-201 Measures of Difficulty 6-11-A-1 Annex B: Unit NATOPS Evaluation Grading Criteria 6-11-B-1


TASK ASU-203 HARPOON MISSILEX CREW QUALIFICATION



TASK ASU-204 MAVERICK MISSILEX CREW QUALIFICATION



TASK ASU-205 SLAM-ER MISSILEX CREW QUALIFICATION



xvi


TASK ASU-206 MINEX CREW QUALIFICATION

61501 Mission Objective 6-15-1 61502 Requirements/Critical Sub-Areas 6-15-1 61503 Procedures 6-15-2 61504 Measure of Performance 6-15-2 61505 Measure of Effectiveness 6-15-2 61506 Evaluation 6-15-2 Annex A: ASU-206 Measures of Difficulty 6-15-A-1 Annex B: Unit NATOPS Evaluation Grading Criteria 6-15-B-1


TASK ASU-209 COORDINATED SLAM-ER MISSILEX CREW QUALIFICATION

61601 Mission Objective 6-16-1 61602 Requirements/Critical Sub-Areas 6-16-1 61603 Procedures 6-16-2 61604 Measure of Performance 6-16-2 61605 Measure of Effectiveness 6-16-2 61606 Evaluation 6-16-2 Annex A: ASU-209 Measures of Difficulty 6-16-A-1 Annex B: Unit NATOPS Evaluation Grading Criteria 6-16-B-1


TASK ISR-201 MARITIME SURVEILLANCE CREW QUALIFICATION



Task ISR-202 LITTORAL/OVERLAND RECONNAISSANCE CREW QUALIFICATION



xvii


TASK ISR-203 EMITTER RECOGITION CREW QUALIFICATION



TASK ISR-204 EW COLLECTION TRAINING/SPECIFIC EMITTER RECOGNITION

CREW QUALIFICATION



Task ISR-205 AIR TO AIR INTERCEPT/COUNTER DRUG OPERATIONS

CREW QUALIFICATION



Task ISR-206 OVERLAND SAR RECONNAISSANCE CREW QUALIFICATION



xviii


Task C2W-201 COMBAT ARRIVAL/DEPARTURE CREW QUALIFICATION



xix

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS 1. The following is a list of abbreviations used in this manual:

ABBREVIATION FULL TITLE

AAW Anti Air Warfare

ACINT Acoustic Intelligence

ADIZ Air Defense Identification Zone

ADW Aviation Data Warehouse

AIMD Aviation Intermediate Maintenance Department

AIP ASUW Improvement Program

AIREM Air Effectiveness Measurement

ALTREV Altitude Reservation

AMAT Aviation Maintenance Administration and Management Training

AMTS Aviation Multi-purpose Training System

AOR Area of Responsibility

ARG Amphibious Ready Group

ARM/ORD In-flight Ordnance-Qualified Crewmember

ARP Advanced Readiness Program

ASO Aviation Safety Officer

ASTAP Acoustic Sensor Training Aids Program

ASU Anti-Surface Warfare

ASW Anti-Submarine Warfare

ASWEX Anti-Submarine Warfare Exercise

ATSS Aviation Training Support System

ATTT Acoustic Table Top Trainer

AWA Aviation Warfare Systems Operator (Acoustic)

AWN Aviation Warfare Systems Operator (Non-Acoustic)

AWTIP Aviation Warfare Training Improvement Program

BB Bottom Bounce

BGIE Battle Group In Port Exercise

BOR Budget OPTAR Report

C2 Command and Control Warfare W

C3 Command, Control, Communications and Intelligence I

CATM Captive Air Training Missile


xx


CBM Capabilities Based Matrix

CCC Command, Control and Communications

CDI Collateral Duty Inspector

CDU Counter Drug Upgrade

CIS Commonwealth of Independent States

COB Currently On Board

CMS Communications Security Material System

COORDEX Coordinated Exercise

CPA Closest Point of Approach

CPO Chief Petty Officer

CPR Cardiovascular-Pulmonary Resuscitation

CPT Cockpit Procedures Trainer

CR Combat Ready

CREWCURR Crew Currency

CREWQUAL Crew Qualification

CSG Carrier Strike Group

CTP Continuum Training Plan

CVBG Carrier Battle Group

CWTPI Conventional Weapons Technical Proficiency Inspection

CZ Convergence Zone

DARTS Diversified Aircrew Readiness Training Support

DBO Debriefing Officer

DET Detachment

DFW Dedicated Field Work

DIFAR Directional Frequency Analysis and Recording

DRRS-N Defense Readiness Reporting System - Navy

DSN Defense Switched Network

EAOS Expiration of Active Obligated Service

EAWS Enlisted Air warfare Specialist

IEER Improved Extended Echo Ranging

EFOM (Ef) Experience Figure of Merit

ELINT Electronic Intelligence


xxi


EPADS Enlisted Personnel Action Documents

ESG Expeditionary Strike Group

ESM Electronic Support Measures

EWO Electronic Warfare Operator

EWOBT Electronic Warfare On Board Trainer

FAA Federal Aviation Authority

FASOTRAGRU Fleet Aviation Specialized Operational Training Group

FDT Forward Deployable Trainer

FHP Flight Hour Program

FIG Flight Instructor Guide

FMC Fully Mission Capable

FNAEB Field Naval Aviator Evaluation Board

FNFOEB Field Naval Flight Officer Evaluation Board

FOM Figure of Merit

FRP Fleet Response Plan

FRS Fleet Replacement Squadron

FSO Fleet Support Operations

GMT General Military Training

GPS Global Positioning System

HETA Harpoon Engagement Training Aid

HULTEC Hull-to-Emitter Correlation

ICAO International Civil Aviation Organization

IDFW Instructor Dedicated Field Work

IDRC Inter-Deployment Readiness Cycle

IFF Identification Friend or Foe

IFT Inflight Technician

INDIVQUAL Individual Qualification

INT Intelligence

IRDS Infra-Red Detection System

ISAR Inverse Synthetic Aperture Radar

ISARTS Inverse Synthetic Aperture Radar Training System

ISIC Immediate Superior In Command


xxii


ISR Intelligence Surveillance and Reconnaissance

IUT Instructor Under Training

JINTACCS Joint Interoperability Tactical Command and Control System

JQR Job Qualification Requirement

LEWT Lightweight Electronic Warfare Trainer

LOFAR Low Frequency Analysis and Recording

LOG Logistics

LOI Letter of Intent, Letter of Instruction

LTI LOFAR Training Index

MAD Magnetic Anomaly Detector

MBGIE Multiple Battle Group In Port Exercise

META Maverick Engagement Training Aid

MFHSAR Monthly Flight Hour Summary and Activity Report

MIJI Meaconing, Intrusion, Jamming, and Interference

MITT Maritime Integrated Tailored Training

MIW Mine Warfare

MOB Mobility

MOSA Minimum Operational Safe Altitude

MPA Maritime Patrol Aircraft/Aviation

MQP Maintenance Quality Points

MRCI Mine Readiness Certification Inspection

MTF Message Text Format

MTRR Monthly Training and Readiness Report

NAC Naval Aircrew

NALCOMIS Naval Aviation Logistics Command Information Systems

NAMTRAGRUDET Naval Aviation Maintenance Training Group Detachment

NATOPS Naval Air Training and Operating Procedures Standardization Program

NAVEDTRA Naval Education Training

NAVSTAD Navy Sensor Training Aids Department

NCO Noncombat Operations

NDFW Night Dedicated Field Work

NEC Naval Enlisted Classification


xxiii


NETS Navy Engineering Technical Services

NFO Naval Flight Officer

NIB Not to Interfere Basis

NMETL Navy Mission Essential Task List

NOBC Naval Officer Billet Classification

NTA Naval Tactical Assigment/Naval Tactical Action/Naval Tactical Task

NTIMS Navy Training Information Management System

OBS Observer

OFT Operational Flight Trainer

OIC Officer-In-Charge

OOA Out Of Area

OPCON Operational Control

OPORDS Operational Orders

ORE Operational Readiness Evaluation

OSE On Station Effectiveness

OTHT Over The Horizon Targeting

OTP On-Top-Period

PAASTP Passive Acoustic Analysis System Tape

PACT-3

PAT

P-3 Aircrew Tactical Team Trainer

Process Action Team / Portable Aircrew Trainer

PBFT Planning Board For Training

PDM Phased Depot Maintenance

PDT Pre-deployment Training

Pf Performance Figure of Merit

PFOM Personnel Figure of Merit

PMA Primary Mission Area

POE Projected Operational Environment

PPC Patrol Plane Commander

PPCP Patrol Plane Co-Pilot

PPIP Patrol Plane Instructor Pilot

PPITC Patrol Plane Instructor Tactical Coordinator

PPMC Patrol Plane Mission Commander


xxiv


PPNC Patrol Plane Navigator/Communicator

PPNOP Patrol Plane Co-Pilot (Not Designated)

PPP Patrol Plane Pilot

PPT Pilot Proficiency Training

PPTC Patrol Plane Tactical Coordinator

PPTNC Patrol Plane Tactical Navigator/Communicator

PQS Personnel Qualification Standard

PRD Predicted Rotation Date

PTT Part Task Trainer

QA Quality Assurance

QASO Quality Assurance/Safety Observer

QMB Quality Management Board

RECAP Recapitulation

RF Radio Frequency

ROC Required Operational Capabilities

ROE Rules of Engagement

ROW Rest of World

SASP Single Advanced Signal Processor

SATT Squadron Advanced Tactical Training

SCIR Sub-Component Impact Reporting

SEI Specific Emitter Identification

SERGRAD Selectively Recruited Graduate

SHARP Sierra Hotel Aviation Readiness Program (software)

SIGINT Signals Intelligence

SLAM ER Stand-off Land Attack Missile Extended Range

SO Safety Observer

SOF Safety of Flight

SOP Standard Operating Procedures

SORTSREPNV Status of Resources and Training System Report Navy

SOULS

SPECAT

Sensor Operator Upgrading and Load Sharing

Special Category

SQMD Squadron Manning Document


xxv


SS1/2/3 Sensor Station One/Two/Three

STAB Squadron Tactical Analysis Board

STEP-UP Sensor Tactical Employment Proficiency Upgrade

TAB Tactical Analysis Board

TAC D & E Tactical Development and Evaluation

TACMEMO Tactical Memorandum

TACNUC Tactical Nucleus

TACT Tactical Aircrew Coordination Trainer

TFOM Training Figure of Merit

TIG TACCO Instructor Guide

TM Training Matrix

TMA Target Motion Analysis

TOOEX Target of Opportunity Exercise

TORPEX Torpedo Exercise

TORT Tactical Operational Readiness Trainer

TPC Tactical Proficiency Course

TPS Training Path System

TRM Training and Readiness Matrix

TRMS Training and Readiness Management System (software)

TSC Tactical Support Center

TUG Tactical Upgrade

TWS Track While Scan

USW Undersea Warfare

UWC Under Water Communications

VLAD Vertical Line Array DIFAR

VMC Visual Meteorological Conditions

VP Patrol Aircraft

WST Weapons System Trainer

WTI Weapons Tactics Instructor

WTM Wing Training Manual

WTU Weapons and Tactics Unit


xxvi

INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK


1-1

CHAPTER 1

PURPOSE AND OBJECTIVES Ref: (a) COMNAVAIRFORINST 3500.1 (Series) - Squadron Training and Readiness

(T&R) (b) DODDIR 7730.65 – Department of Defense Readiness Reporting System (DRRS)

1001. Purpose. This instruction defines the training requirements and objectives of VP aircrew individuals, combat crews and squadrons. Reference (a) provides governing Type Wing Commander (TYCOM) guidance defining overall Naval Aviation training policy, objectives and standardized readiness computation procedures. Enclosure 5 to Reference (a) is the specific Capabilities Based Training Matrix (CBM) applicable to the Maritime Patrol (VP) community. It establishes the framework necessary to focus aircrew training emphasis and the standards upon which crew and squadron training readiness assessment is derived. This VP Wing Training Manual (WTM), authorized in reference (a), provides VP oriented amplification to inter-platform guidelines. It defines specific community aircrew training policy and goals and P-3 platform specific training requirements as they relate to both individual upgrade training and aircrew tactical training. Chapter six defines specific crew tactical qualification scenarios, their objectives and the criteria for assessing crew tactical performance. Chapter 6 scenarios, identified as Tasks within the Training Matrix, are designed to evaluate crew preparedness in critical aspects of primary mission tactical application. Adherence to the guidelines of this WTM will ensure that reference (a) TYCOM training and readiness objectives are met. 1002. Objectives. It is the responsibility of the TYCOM and this community to provide sufficient numbers of skilled squadrons and/or crews to meet JCS defined Global Force Management (GFM) and wartime requirements. ‘Skilled’ is a term applied to a unit (crew or squadron) which is deemed sufficiently resourced and trained to satisfactorily perform specific Navy Task Assignments (NTA) or Primary Mission Area (PMA) related tasking in an operational/hostile environment. The number of skilled crews a squadron is expected to achieve varies, dependent on where that squadron lies in the Fleet Readiness Training Plan (FRTP). Flight hour resource profiles reflect these expectations. The COMNAVAIRFOR skilled crews expectation translates into the readiness curve goal, expressed in part by the number of combat ready crews per squadron, defined in Chapter 3 of this instruction. The training objective of the squadron shall be to meet the readiness standards expressed by that curve and unit readiness values directed by COMNAVAIRFOR. The numbered wing shall work closely with the squadron to provide the proper level and mix of training resources supportive of the Figure 3-1 goals. Nothing in this instruction should be construed as limiting the Commanding Officer’s initiative in developing new or improved tactics, combat concepts or training evolutions to meet changing requirements. To ensure force-wide standardization, all such initiatives shall be forwarded to COMPATRECONGRU, via numbered Wings, for review and approval as appropriate. Specific objectives of the COMPATRECONGRU WTM are to: a. Integrate the Required Operational Capabilities (ROC) statement as the

training standard. b. Continually improve existing, and initiate new, training programs

designed to ensure all aircrew are fully qualified to perform Primary Mission Area (PMA) responsibilities as assigned by the ROC.

c. Continually improve existing, and initiate new, training programs

designed to ensure all aircrew are fully qualified to perform COMUSFFC


1-2

approved Navy Mission Essential Talk List (NMETL) Navy Task Assignments (NTAs).

d. Ensure inspections, exams and evaluations are continually reviewed for

relevance and timeliness and are supported by viable training programs. e. Establish minimum training requirements for the designation of pilots,

Naval Flight Officers (NFOs) and aircrew personnel. f. Establish and monitor critical performance indicators in order to

assess the effectiveness of force training programs. g. Establish procedures to ensure compliance with the readiness goal

expressed in Chapter 3, figure 3-1 of this instruction. h. Ensure standardization in reporting readiness/performance data via

DRRS-N, and other required training and readiness reports. i. Ensure training programs support readiness goals and that the VP

Training and Readiness Matrix is valid with respect to the training resources (flight hours, sonobuoys, weapons, simulators, and ranges, etc.) necessary to prepare crews to meet ROC NTA/PMA requirements.

1003. Training Improvement Management. Management of the training strategy requires a broad vision that encompasses the scope of every training program. Continuous review and audit is required to affect measurable improvement. These programs are mutually dependent. Any one element will not lead to the competencies demanded by our operational environment without consistent reinforcement of the others. Accordingly, to improve a particular aspect of any program, managers need to be continually aware of the impacts on other training elements and be flexible enough to make appropriate changes when required. It is not simply a matter of content; programs must be monitored to ensure requirements, timing, and relevance are appropriate. The Training Working Group and Training Improvement Program has been formed from CPRG staff and the numbered Wing Training Officers in order to formalize a dynamic process to formulate, categorize, prioritize and act upon requirements and initiatives in support of VP training. It serves as both a forum for training and readiness initiatives and a medium to ensure that the Fleet Replacement Squadron (FRS) and post-FRS training meets established short and long term VP training and readiness goals. 1004. Currency of Relevant Documents: Training policies and readiness reporting standards and requirements are in constant flux incorporating new or upgraded weapon systems capabilities and enhancements to training methodologies and tools. It is incumbent upon numbered wings and squadrons to ensure awareness of and adherence to the latest directives.


2-1

CHAPTER 2

MISSION AREAS Ref: (a) OPNAVINST C3501.275 (Series) - Required Operational Capabilities/ Projected Operational Environment (ROC/POE) Statements (b) OPNAVINST 3500.38B – Universal Naval Task List (Version 3) 2001. ROC/POE Purpose. The ROC portion of reference (a) assigns seven Primary Mission Areas (PMA) and six Secondary Mission Areas (SMA) to a Maritime Patrol (VP) squadron. The PMA responsibilities focus on effective conduct of all-weather ASW, surveillance, SUW, mining, and C4I operations. For each PMA and SMA assigned, the ROC delineates a series of critical skills or tasks that must be mastered for the crew to be considered Combat Ready in that mission area. The POE portion of reference (a) defines the wartime aircraft/crew structure of a squadron and in general terms describes the wartime tasking expectation. It is ultimately against these wartime standards that squadron DRRS-N readiness is evaluated. 2002. Primary and Secondary Mission Areas. Training expectations, training related resource funding and subsequent training readiness reporting address only the Primary Mission Areas (PMA). Accordingly, the Capabilities Based Training and Readiness Matrix (CBM) only addresses training to and readiness in the PMAs. Proficiency developed in SMA related skills is strictly a fallout or side effect of PMA related exposure or is the result of training in other programs (e.g., formal courses of instruction, airways training, etc.). The following is a listing of primary and secondary mission areas as listed in the VP ROC statement: a. Primary Mission Areas (PMA): Anti-Submarine Warfare (ASW) Surface Unit Warfare (SUW) Information Operations (IO) Command, Control, and Communications (CCC) Intelligence (INT) Mine Warfare (MIW) Mobility (MOB) b. Secondary Mission Areas (SMA): Anti-Air Warfare (AAW) Fleet Support Operations (FSO) Logistics (LOG) Non Combat Operations (NCO) Strike (STK) Missions of State (MOS) 2003. NMETL/NTA Purpose. The DRRS-N readiness system and CBM measures a unit’s readiness against a list of approved Naval Tactical Tasks (NTAs) that are derived from the Navy Mission Essential Task List (NMETL). Specific NTAs apply to specific PMAs and role up to measure a unit’s readiness against those PMAs. Each T/M/S has its own specific NTA list. Of note, not all NTAs have a training component and only those NTAs with a training component are measured on the CBM. The following is the full list of USFFC approved NTAs for P-3C units: a. VP Navy Tactical Area (NTA): Move Units (NTA 1.1.2.3) Conduct Flight Operations (NTA 1.1.2.3.3) Conduct Tactical Oceanographic Analysis (NTA 1.2.7) Conduct Mining (NTA 1.4.1) Conduct Maritime Counterdrug Operations (NTA 1.4.8.2)


2-2

VP Navy Tactical Area (NTA): (Cont) Collect Target Information (NTA 2.2.1) Perform Tactical Reconnaissance and Surveillance (NTA 2.2.3) Assess Tactical Environment (NTA 2.2.4) Conduct Technical Processing and Exploitation (NTA 2.3.1) Attack Surface Targets (NTA 3.2.1.1) Attack Submerged Targets (NTA 3.2.1.2) Integrate Tactical Fires (NTA 3.2.10) Attack Enemy Land Targets (NTA 3.2.2) Perform Preventive Maintenance (NTA 4.3.2.1) (Not on CBM) Diagnose and Repair (NTA 4.3.2.2) (Not on CBM) Perform Quality Assurance (NTA 4.3.2.3) (Not on CBM) Maintain Cultural Awareness (NTA 4.8.5) (Not on CBM) Develop Training Plans and Programs (NTA 4.9.3) (Not on CBM) Maintain and Display Tactical Picture (NTA 5.1.3.1) Determine and Plan Actions and Operations (NTA 5.3) (Not on CBM) Issue Orders (NTA 5.4.1.1) (Not on CBM) Exercise Tactical Command and Control (NTA 5.4.1.2) Coordinate Offensive Mining Operations (NTA 5.4.3.6) Perform Search and Rescue (NTA 6.2.2.1) Collect Operational Information (OP 2.3.2)


3-1

CHAPTER 3

TRAINING CONCEPTS AND READINESS GOALS

Ref: (a) COMNAVAIRFORINST 3500.1 (Series) - Squadron Training and Readiness

(T&R) 3001. Purpose

. Reference (a) establishes overall Naval Aviation training readiness policy and expectations. The enclosures to reference (a) define, via a series of T&R matrices, the specific T/M/S peculiar criteria for determining the training readiness of a crew and of the squadron. Reference (a), enclosure (5) is the VP Capabilities Based T&R matrix (CBM) which provides the basis around which this instruction is developed. This chapter further delineates squadron training readiness goals and outlines, in broad terms, the training policy to be employed in producing skilled aircrews. Chapters 4, 5 and 6 of this instruction define the specific training events and grading standards necessary to meet the T&R matrix requirements.

3002. Individual Training

. Individuals are responsible for completing their prescribed Air Combat Training Continuum (ACTC) program and positional qualification within the prescribed time. Individual training guidelines are delineated in NATOPS, Personnel Qualification Standards (PQS) and Chapter 4 of this instruction. Squadrons shall monitor individual training progression and ensure that sufficient opportunities are provided for individuals to complete their training requirements within prescribed time limits.

3003. Crew Training

. The readiness status of a combat aircrew (CAC) is measured based on the crew completing CBM tasks inside the periodicity requirements of the VP CBM, while maintaining crew stability: crew stability rules are outlined in Chapter 5-3. CACs are granted VP CBM task completion when they meet the qualification standards outlined in Chapter 6 of this instruction. For non deployed units, an appropriate Wing representative shall certify the evaluated crew qualifications; for deployed units crew qualification shall be certified by the CTF or an approved delegate.

3004. COMPATRECONGRU Training Cycle

. As the VP Fleet transitions to P-8A, the possibility exists where the squadron employment schedule will be based on either an 18-month or 24-month Fleet Response Training Plan (FRTP). The 18-month FRTP consists of a 12-month at home Inter-Deployment Readiness Cycle (IDRC) followed by a six-month period designated for actual forward deployment. The 24-month FRTP consists of an 18-month at home IDRC followed by a six-month period designated for actual forward deployment. Regardless of which cycle the squadron is operating under, they are expected to execute the VP CBM execution Map at Annex B to this chapter. Execution of the map will enable the squadron to meet the readiness profile in figure 3.1 and their Fleet Response Plan (FRP) obligations. The phases of each cycle are further subdivided as follows:

a. Basic Phase

: The first six months of the both the 18-month and 24-month cycles, immediately following deployment. This is a period of personnel rotation and controlled post deployment crew reformation. The squadron should focus training efforts on pilot proficiency training (PPT), ARP, up-grader training, and training and readiness as per the execution map. During this phase, post deployment readiness will attrite as deployment generated qualifications expire and crews begin to reform. However a portion of the assigned crews are expected to maintain readiness in ASW, ASU and ISR in order to meet FRP crew requirements.

b. Intermediate Phase: IDRC months 7-12 during which the remaining squadron aircrews will complete ARP and develop PMA/NTA readiness.


3-2

c. Sustainment Phase

: During IDRC months 13-18 of the 24-month cycle, squadrons are expected to maintain all COB aircrews skilled in all primary mission areas and available for immediate surge.

The two phases, Sustainment and Deployment (24-month cycle), combine to encompass what is referred to as the ‘Employability’ window, a 12-month interval in which the squadron is fully ready for rapid response operational tasking. Figure 3-1 defines the readiness profile a squadron is expected to have at the end of each month. CNAF flight hour funding profiles are reflected within this cycle readiness expectations curve. Figure 3-2 highlights when major milestones are to be conducted for squadron’s operating on the 12 month IDRC.

Squadron Readiness Profile

0123456789

10111213

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

FRTP Month

Num

ber o

f Cre

ws

ASW CrewsASU CrewsISR Crews

Figure 3-1

Figure 3-2


0123456789

10111213

R+1 R+2 R+3 R+4 R+5 R+6 R+7 R+8 R+9 R+10 R+11 R+12

ASW ASU ISR

FNETAMI

CWTPI between R+6 & R+9

ORE between R+9 & R+11


0123456789

10111213

R+1 R+2 R+3 R+4 R+5 R+6 R+7 R+8 R+9 R+10 R+11 R+12

ASW ASU ISR

FNETAMI

CWTPI between R+6 & R+9

ORE between R+9 & R+11


3-3

3005. Numbered Wing Responsibilities

. The numbered Wings are responsible for ensuring that their subordinate squadrons pursue a well planned, effectively executed IDRC training program that meets the training readiness expectations. This includes planning IDRC asset management such that the squadrons receive the training assets required in sufficient scope and quantity when needed. This will require extensive planning and coordination between the squadrons, wing and COMPATRECONGRU (CPRG).

3006. Inter-Deployment Readiness Cycle (IDRC) Training Plan Development

.

a. Content and Submission Dates

. Information needed by squadrons to help prepare their training plan is published in the COMPATRECONGRU Long Range Training Plan. Details required in the squadron IDRC training plan are contained in Annex A of this chapter. No later than 30 days prior to return from deployment each squadron shall submit an IDRC training plan, which addresses the full at-home cycle, to the numbered Wing for review, comment, recommendation and mutual adjustment, as necessary. An overview of the squadron IDRC training plan shall be included in the squadron’s post-deployment brief to COMPATRECONGRU.

b. Training and Readiness Goals

. The training plan shall be structured to optimize compliance with the Figure 3-1 training readiness progression goal. Note that the Figure 3-1 expectation encourages retaining stability of as many of the returning crews as possible through the first few months of the home cycle and the long-term evolution of as many crews as IDRC manning projections support. Together these actions will result in a gradual degradation of deployment generated readiness in the basic phase of the IDRC and the ability to sustain FRP requirements for crews throughout the IDRC. Compliance with the Figure 3-1 goal will, with the satisfaction of other VP CBM requirements, ensure a satisfactory training readiness level is attained prior to entering the Deployment Phase and maintaining that level through the ensuing deployment.

c. Training Asset Management

. Based on this training plan, the Wing Commander shall provide the necessary assets and management assistance to enable the complete realization of established objectives. If adequate resources are not available to support this goal, numbered Wings shall coordinate with CPRG to obtain additional resources and/or to prioritize the squadron’s readiness objectives. Any resource shortfalls anticipated should be identified to the Wing Training Officer and outlined in the IDRC training plan. Pursuant to this goal, squadrons shall focus their aircrew manning efforts with a goal of attaining satisfactory PERSONNEL readiness (numbers and ACTC levels) at least 30 days prior to commencement of the Sustainment Phase (24-month cycle) or by R+10 (18-month cycle) of the IDRC. Squadrons that anticipate being unable to achieve this level of personnel readiness shall report their shortfalls in their monthly DRRS-N report, ensuring they comment on current manning, manning projections and any projected shortfalls during the Sustainment and Deployment Phases. This report shall include initiatives underway to resolve manning deficiencies and specify required assistance.

3007. IDRC Aircrew Training Progression

.

a. Advanced Readiness Program (ARP). IDRC aircrew training begins immediately after the squadron completes its post-deployment leave period. During this period emphasis should be placed on having as many crews as available complete ARP. Available crews may be those designated as ‘legacy’ crews (ie existing crews that will maintain stability through the next cycle) and newly formed crews. Note that all crews are required to complete ARP at some time during the current IDRC. The goal of ARP, which is composed of formal training and a series of simulator and flight


3-4

events, is to develop, refresh, and baseline aircrew and squadrons in current P-3 tactics while validating squadron Tactical Standard Operations Procedures (TacSOP). The overall objective of the VP ARP program is to provide unit-level, tactical training which, when complemented by aircrew training in the Orion Weapons and Tactics Program (OWTP), will enable a squadron to carry out mission essential tasking assigned in the context of Maritime Patrol and Reconnaissance (MPR) operations. The crew conducts ARP as a crew with all tactical crewmembers present. ARP exposure will address all tactical PMAs, permit individuals to gain tactical experience, and refine crew coordination skills. Successful completion of ARP will result in the crew gaining an initial cache of VP CBM qualifications. Experienced crewmembers that will not make the next deployment should tutor their protégés.

b. Combat Ready Status

. The term “Fully Combat Ready” or “Combat Ready”, defined as current in all PMAs/NTAs, is no longer relevant under the Defense Readiness Reporting System-Navy (DRRS-N) construct. Due to the nature of VP operations, it is unrealistic to expect CACs to maintain readiness in all VP CBM tasks/NTAs/PMAs at any one time. Instead, the expectation is that CACs will follow the execution map at Annex B of this chapter, and meet the readiness requirements of figure 3-1. Once a crew has met all of the requirements of an NTA or PMA, they are deemed to be ‘Skilled’ in that NTA/PMA. Squadrons required to conduct LSRS and CDU tasks on deployment are required to also meet the CBM requirements in those tasks prior to deployment. IDRC Squadrons will most certainly face shortages in aircraft availability, flight hour restrictions, gains and losses of personnel, introduction of new or modifications to, existing sensors. These factors will place high demands on the squadron’s limited time and manpower assets and will adversely affect training objectives if they are not carefully managed.

3008. Pre-Deployment Evaluation and Certification

. The Wing Commander’s evaluation and certification of deployment readiness shall be completed between R+11 and R+14 (24 month FRTP) or between R+9 and R+11 (18 month FRTP). During the ORE, the squadron’s deploying aircrews shall be evaluated during tactical scenarios (in-flight and in the TORT) that demonstrate ability to perform in the required PMAs/NTAs. The Wing Commander, with the assistance of the MPRWS/Wing WTU, shall serve as the senior inspector for this evaluation. Chapter 5, Section 10 provides detailed guidance concerning the ORE.

3009. Pre-Deployment Site Specific Training

. This instruction provides a standardized aircrew training program designed to ensure professional performance on-station and promote aircrew coordination, knowledge, and confidence. However, each deployment site presents a different operational environment and crews must be prepared for those differences. Consequently, site specific pre-deployment training can and must be conscientiously undertaken to reduce the deployment site familiarization period, so that a squadron’s operational capability during the first weeks of deployment will not be degraded. To adequately prepare crews, strict attention to a comprehensive and well-coordinated training plan is required. Close liaison with recently returned squadrons and the Weapons and Tactics Unit (WTU), pre-deployment liaison visits (when feasible), and thorough intelligence briefings are essential and encouraged.

3010. Post Deployment Brief

. Squadrons shall brief numbered Wing Commanders no later than 45 days after deployment. The following briefing format shall be used, with written copies provided to Wing Staff. Variations to the format are permitted to account for differing situations; however, clarity and conciseness are the governing factors. A sample post deployment brief may be found at the COMPATRECONGRU CAS website.


3-5

I. INTRODUCTION II. OPERATIONS A. Flight Hours B. Highlights III. OVERALL FLIGHT HOUR UTILIZATION IV. EFFECTIVE TIME ON STATION V. AIRCRAFT HONA VI. ASW TARGETS AND HOURS OF CONTACT VII. TRAINING AND READINESS A. Crew Readiness B. Personal Qualifications C. Readiness Issues VIII. MAINTENANCE A. Mission Capable Rates B. Aircraft Availability C. Major Maintenance D. Scheduled Maintenance IX. PESONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION X. SAFETY XI. ISSUES XII. SQUADRON IDRC TRAINING PLAN OVERVIEW XIII. SUMMARY


3-6

INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK


3-A-1

CHAPTER 3

ANNEX A

IDRC STANDARDIZED TRAINING PLAN CONTENT

1. Purpose

. To promulgate guidelines for a standardized IDRC Training Plan. This annex is designed to meet the training requirements set forth in reference (a) and ensures a squadron maximizes readiness prior to deployment.

2.

Standardized IDRC Training Plan

a. Significant IDRC events (1) Breakdown of events Deployment return date Post-deployment stand-down Back-in-the-saddle brief CRM instructor course ARP instructor standardization course Unit NATOPS evaluations (R+7/R+8 for 12 month IDRC SQNs) Aviation Maintenance Inspection (R+6 for 12 month IDRC SQNs) CWTPI (between R+6 and R+9 for 12 month IDRC squadrons) WTU visits Advancement exams AWTIP (Post-deployment [Optional]/R+4-5/Pre-deployment) Safety stand-downs Holidays PRT dates Assist visits Safety inspections Maintenance inspections Operations ready months Change of Command Fleet IUT ORE (between R+9 and R+11 for 12 month IDRC SQNs) Weapons inspections Pre-deployment stand-down period (2) Crew leave periods (3) Crew duty sections (4) Crew ARP schedule (5) Load team school schedule (if appropriate) (6) Crew planner (7) Recurring events (date/time): CO/XO/Dept Head meetings Training days Planning Board for Training (PBFT) Retention Team meetings Wing OPS meetings Commodore’s brief Squadron TAB (STAB) Enlisted Safety Council meeting Officer Safety Council meeting Human Factors committee meeting


3-A-2

Wing trainer requests Quarters/AOM Squadron indoctrination b. Pilot training (1) Generic time-line for upgrading

(2) Individual requirements DFW Night DFW (every 90 days) IPDFW (every 90 days) Instrument ground school Instrument checks NATOPS evaluations Syllabus events Boards (3) DFW tracking matrix (4) Weekly ground training schedule (5) Monthly pilot manning matrix c. NFO training (1) Generic time-line for upgrading (2) Individual requirements Instructor TACCO weapons proficiency (ITCWP) Instrument ground school NATOPS evaluations Syllabus events Boards (3) ISAR interpretation (4) Weekly ground training schedule (5) Monthly NFO manning matrix d. Acoustic AWO training (1) Generic time-line for upgrading (2) Individual requirements Observer NATOPS evaluations Syllabus events Boards (3) Formal schools schedule Acoustic 1 Diesel (D/E-210-0010) (Until moved to Common Core) Acoustic 1 Nuclear (D/E-210-0013) (Until moved to Common Core) Acoustic 2 Diesel (D/E-210-0112) Acoustic 2 Nuclear (D/E-210-0016)

Tactical Air USW Oceano (D/E-210-0008) (Until moved to Common Core)

USW Aural Recognition (D/E-210-0006) (4) Weekly ground training schedule


3-A-3

(5) Monthly acoustic manning matrix e. Non-acoustic AWO training (1) Generic timeline for upgrading (2) Individual requirements Observer NATOPS evaluations Syllabus events Boards (3) Formal schools schedule Electronic Warfare 2 (D-210-0036) ISAR Refresher (D-210-1703) (4) Weekly ground training (5) AW(N) monthly manning matrix f. In-flight Technician (1) Generic IFT timeline for upgrading (2) Individual requirements Observer NATOPS evaluations Syllabus events Ordnance qualification (3) Weekly ground training (4) IFT monthly manning matrix g. Flight Engineer (1) Generic timeline for upgrading (2) Individual requirements Observer NATOPS evaluations Syllabus events (3) Weekly ground training (4) FE monthly manning matrix h. OPNAV periodic requirements (1) Monthly requirements Physicals Physiology/swim qualifications NATOPS checks Instrument checks (2) Primary/alternate NATOPS instructors i. Aircrew tactical training and readiness (1) ARP requirements/timeline


3-A-4

(2) ARP schedule (3) Crew Resource Management (CRM) instructors (4) CRM schedule (5) Monthly TORT requirements (6) Monthly acoustic/non-acoustic proficiency requirements j. Required formal schools (1) General requirements Aviation Safety Officer Mine Warfare Communication Officer Legal Officer AT/FP Officer School SV83A (2) Schedule/quota assignment (3) Required maintenance schools/quota assignment k. Training day (1) Generic training day schedule (2) Training day general military training (GMT) (3) Aircrew Tactical training day schedule/topics NATOPS training day schedule/topics (4) Maintenance training day schedule/topics (shop specific) (5) Admin training day schedule/topics (6) Aviation safety training schedule/topics (7) Watch Officer training schedule/topics l. Weapons load team training (as appropriate) (1) Generic timeline for load team certification (2) Monthly load schedule and weapons requirements (3) Load school schedule (by team) (4) Ground training schedule (5) Monthly load team manning matrix m. Monthly aircraft maintenance schedule/availability (as appropriate) n. Proposed monthly training plan index (1) Crew list


3-A-5

(2) OPNAV requirements (3) Significant events/formal schools (4) Pilot training requirements (5) NFO training requirements (6) Acoustic training requirements (7) Non-acoustic training requirements (8) IFT training requirements (9) FE training requirements (10) ARM/ORD training requirements (11) Trainer schedule (WST, OFT, TORT, FDT, Part Task, etc.) (12) Aircrew schedule/readiness status (13) Weapons load team qualification (as appropriate) (14) Measures of previous months effectiveness


3-A-6

INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK


3-B-1

CHAPTER 3

ANNEX B

VP CBM EXECUTION MAP 1. Purpose. To outline an efficient way to execute VP CBM tasks and meet readiness objectives prior to deployment. 2. Instructions and Intent. Figure 3-B-1, known as the CBM Execution Map is designed to assist squadrons in executing CBM tasks and meeting their readiness requirements. The map ‘S’ indicates a simulator event. ‘F’ indicates a flight event. The map does not list all of the required events to complete ARP; it only lists the intended crew qualifications to be gained if the requirements are met. If an event number has a decimal place i.e. F1.1, S2.1 etc, the task may be combined with the other task/s of the same number i.e. F1, S2 etc. If CACs are unable to conduct the combined tasks e.g. they conduct an ASW-201 flight but can’t combine it with the coordinated ASW mission then the crew should conduct the coordinated mission in the simulator. Similarly, if the map lists a combination of tasks to be conducted in-flight, those same combinations may be conducted in the simulator provided all of the Chapter 6 and CBM requirements are met.

The intent is that squadrons will commence ARP in R+2 or earlier

with two CACs and continue to train two crews each month until ARP complete by R+7. This plan is developed around the 18 month FRTP (12 month IDRC) where, in a mature system, squadrons should be manned in time to execute the ARP plan. Squadrons unable to meet the ARP training timeline shall indicate in their monthly DRRS-N assessments their ARP completion plan. The map deliberately has more requirements than is needed to maintain ASW readiness/currency. The intent is that crews will have ASW free-play events and work on specific skill sets in the ASW-207 / 211 simulator events prior to the flight event. Where squadrons are unable to meet the flight schedule outlined in the map, they should conduct the event in the simulator so as to achieve extra training. However, the qualification shall only be awarded if all Chapter 6 and CBM requirements are met. The map does not make provision for ORE; the intent is that wings/squadrons will conduct ORE in accordance with Chapter 5 Section 10 of this instruction. The ‘Ready By’ column indicates when the crews will be ‘Skilled’ in that capability i.e. met all of the training requirements in that capability/PRMAR.


3-B-2

R Month Days R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 R9 R10 R11 R12 Ready ByASW-201 Diesel 90 S1 F1 F1.1 F1 F1 S2ASW-202 Nuclear 90 F2 F1 F1 F1.1 F1ASW-203 Cord Ops 90 S3 F1.1 F1.1 F1.1ASW-204 Torpex 730 F1ASW-206 AAI 120 F2.1 F1.1 F1.1ASW-207

/211 ASW Trng 3x90 S4 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1

ASW-205 /210 IEER 90 F3 F1 S2 F1 S2

ASU-201 Joint/Comb (2) 120 S5 S2 F2 F2 S2ASU-203 Harpoon 120 S6 S2.1 F2.1 F1.1ASU-204 Maverick 120 S7 F2.1 S2.1ASU-205

/209 Slam-ER (2) 150 F1 F2 F3

ASU-206 Minex (2) 180 S8 F1.2 S1.1 F2ISR-201 Maritime 180 F2 F1ISR-202 Recon 90 F2 F3ISR-203 Emitter (2) 120 F2.1 F2.1 F3.1ISR-205 Air to Air ISR-206 Overland 120

R Month Days R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 R9 R10 R11 R12ASW-201 Diesel 90 S1 F1 F1.1 F1 F1ASW-202 Nuclear 90 F2 F1 F1 F1.1 S2ASW-203 Cord Ops 90 S3 F1.1 F1.1 F1.1ASW-204 Torpex 730 F1ASW-206 AAI 120 F2.1 F1.1 S2.1ASW-207

/211 ASW Trng 3x90 S4 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1

ASW-205 /210 IEER 90 F3 F1 S2 F1

ASU-201 Joint/Comb (2) 120 S5 S2 F2 F2 S2ASU-203 Harpoon 120 S6 S2.1 F2.1ASU-204 Maverick 120 S7 F2.1 S2.1ASU-205

/209 Slam-ER (2) 150 F1 F2 F3

ASU-206 Minex (2) 180 S8 F1.2 S1.1ISR-201 Maritime 180 F2ISR-202 Recon 90 F2 F1ISR-203 Emitter (2) 120 F2.1 F2.1 F1.1ISR-205 Air to Air ISR-206 Overland 120

ASW-201 Diesel 90 S1 F1 F1.1 F1 F1ASW-202 Nuclear 90 F2 F1 F1 F1.1ASW-203 Cord Ops 90 S3 F1.1 F1.1 F1.1ASW-204 Torpex 730 F1ASW-206 AAI 120 F2.1 F1.1ASW-207

/211 ASW Trng 3x90 S4 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1

ASW-205 /210 IEER 90 F3 F1 S2 F1

ASU-201 Joint/Comb (2) 120 S5 S2 F2 F2ASU-203 Harpoon 120 S6 S2.1 F2.1ASU-204 Maverick 120 S7 F2.1 S2ASU-205

/209 Slam-ER (2) 150 F1 F2 F3

ASU-206 Minex (2) 180 S8 F1.2 S1.1ISR-201 Maritime 180 F2ISR-202 Recon 90 F2ISR-203 Emitter (2) 120 F2.1 F2.1ISR-205 Air to Air ISR-206 Overland 120

TASK

TASK

Cre

ws

5 &

6

R5

R7

R10

Cre

ws 3

& 4

R4

R6

R9

Cre

ws 1

& 2

R3

R5

R8


3-B-3

R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 R9 R10 R11 R12ASW-201 Diesel 90 S1 F1 F1.1 F1ASW-202 Nuclear 90 F2 F1 F1 F1.1ASW-203 Cord Ops 90 S3 F1.1 F1.1ASW-204 Torpex 730 F1ASW-206 AAI 120 F2.1 F1.1ASW-207

/211 ASW Trng 3x90 S4 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1

ASW-205 /210 IEER 90 F3 F1 F1

ASU-201 Joint/Comb (2) 120 S5 S2 F2 S2ASU-203 Harpoon 120 S6 S2.1 S2.1ASU-204 Maverick 120 S7 F2.1ASU-205

/209 Slam-ER (2) 150 F1 F2 F2


R Month Days R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 R9 R10 R11 R12ASW-201 Diesel 90 S1 F1 F1.1 F1ASW-202 Nuclear 90 F2 F1 F1ASW-203 Cord Ops 90 S3 F1.1 F1.1ASW-204 Torpex 730 F1ASW-206 AAI 120 F2.1 F1.1ASW-207

/211 ASW Trng 3x90 S4 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1

ASW-205 /210 IEER 90 F3 F1

ASU-201 Joint/Comb (2) 120 S5 S2 F2 S2ASU-203 Harpoon 120 S6 S2.1 S2.1ASU-204 Maverick 120 S7 F2.1ASU-205

/209 Slam-ER (2) 150 F1 F2


ASW-201 Diesel 90 S1 F1 F1.1ASW-202 Nuclear 90 F2 F1 S2ASW-203 Cord Ops 90 S3 F1.1ASW-204 Torpex 730 F1ASW-206 AAI 120 F2.1 S2.1ASW-207

/211 ASW Trng 3x90 S4 S1 S1 S1 S1 S1

ASW-205 /210 IEER 90 F3 F1

ASU-201 Joint/Comb (2) 120 S5 S2 F2ASU-203 Harpoon 120 S6 S2.1ASU-204 Maverick 120 S7 F2.1ASU-205

/209 Slam-ER (2) 150 F1 F2

ASU-206 Minex (2) 180 S8 F2 S1.1ISR-201 Maritime 180 F3ISR-202 Recon 90 F1ISR-203 Emitter (2) 120 F3.1 F1.1ISR-205 Air to Air ISR-206 Overland 120

TASK

Cre

ws 1

1 &

12

R8

R10

R12

Cre

ws 9

& 1

0

R7

R9

R12

Cre

ws 7

& 8

R6

R8

R11

Figure 3-B-1


3-B-4

INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK


4-1

CHAPTER 4

TRAINING PROGRAMS

Ref: (a) COMNAVAIRLANT/COMNAVAIRPACINST 3710.23/3710.4 (Series) - Cross-Country

Flying (b) Federal Aviation Regulations, Part 139.49 (c) OPNAVINST 3710.7 (Series) - NATOPS General Flight and Operating Instructions (d) MILPERSMAN 1610-020 - Disqualification of Officers for Duty Involving Flying (e) COMNAVAIRFORINST 5420.3/5420.1 (Series) - FNAEB/FNFOEB Procedures (f) COMNAVAIRFORINST 3500.1 (Series) – Training and Readiness (g) NSAWC/COMNAVAIRFORINST 3502.9 (Series) – Air Combat Training Continuum

(ACTC) Program (h) NAVAIR 01-75PAC-1 - P-3C NATOPS Flight Manual (REV AUG94) (i) VP-30 INST 1542.3 (Series) - P-3 Flight Instructors Guide (FIG) (j) VP-30 TACCO Instructor's Guide (TIG) (k) BUPERSINST 1326.4 (Series) - Administration of Enlisted Flight Orders/Career Enlisted Flyer Incentive Pay (CEFIP)/ Hazardous Duty Incentive Pay (HDIP) For Aerial Flight

(l) NAVAIR 01-75PAC-1.1 - P-3C NFO/AIRCREW NATOPS Flight Manual (m) MILPERSMAN 1220-020 - Naval Aircrew Member Designation (n) Manual of the Medical Department (MANMED P-117) Chapter 15 (o) NAVPERS 18068F (Vol II) - Navy Enlisted Manpower and Personnel Classification and Occupational Standards Manual

(p) COMPATRECONGRUINST 3500.23 (Series) – P3 Personnel Qualification Standards Program

(q) DOD Military Pay and Allowance Entitlement Manual (PART 2, Chap 1, Sec A, Para 20101e) (r) NAVPERS 15909F - Enlisted Transfer Manual (s) COMPATRECONGRUINST 3750.15 (Series) - CNO Annual Aviation Safety Award (t) COMPATRECONGRUINST 3510.9 (Series) - NATOPS Program (u) OPNAVINST 3591.l (Series) - Small Arms Training and Qualification (v) COMPATRECONGRUINST 8023.1 (Series) – Ordnance Certification and

Qualification Training Program (w) COMPATRECONGRUINST 2800.1 – Communication Navigation Surveillance/Air

Traffic Management (CNS/ATM) Ground and Flight Instruction Qualification Requirements and Use Restrictions

4001. Purpose

. To provide guidance for implementing a standardized, mission-oriented squadron training program.

4002. Background

Tactical Coordinators (PPITs) under instruction. Reference (k) provides procedures and requirements for administering enlisted flight orders. Reference (l) provides guidance for increasing Sensor Operator proficiency within primary disciplines and identifies the required skill sets for workload sharing. The general guidelines to be followed for qualification and entitlement to pay for enlisted personnel in training for qualification as an

. References (a) and (b) provide policy concerning units conducting cross-country flights. Reference (c) provides policy and procedural guidance on a broad spectrum of general aviation issues to complement individual NATOPS manuals. References (d) and (e) set forth the requirements and procedures for convening formal boards to evaluate performance, potential, and motivation for continued service as Naval Aviators and Naval Flight Officers. Reference (f) contains training and readiness requirements. Reference (g) sets forth the requirements of the ACTC program for the VP community. References (h) and (m) set forth training and procedures standardization for P-3 aircrew. Reference (i) provides comprehensive guidance on the conduct of courses, flights and simulators for Patrol Plane Co-Pilots (PPCPs), Patrol Plane Pilots (PPPs), Patrol Plane Commanders (PPCs), and Patrol Plane Instructor Pilots (PPIPs) under instruction. Reference (j) provides comprehensive guidance on the conduct of courses, flights and simulators for Patrol Plane Navigator/Communicators (PPNCs), Patrol Plane Tactical Coordinators (PPTCs) and Patrol Plane Instructor


4-2

aircrew member are contained in reference (n) and (o). Reference (p) lists naval enlisted coding (NECs) of enlisted qualifications. Reference (q) provides guidance in the use and management of the Personnel Qualification Standards (PQS) program as well as the P-3QS for pilots, NFOs and P-3 enlisted aircrew. Reference (r) details flight time requirements for enlisted aircrew for pay purposes. Reference (s) provides guidance and procedures for the disqualification of individuals from flight duties. Reference (t) provides criteria for unit evaluation for the CNO Annual Aviation Safety Award. Reference (u) provides guidance for maintaining squadron NATOPS programs. Reference (v) provides policy guidance and procedures for the small arms training and qualification of squadron personnel. Reference (w) establishes the program for explosive handling personnel qualification and certification. Reference (x) establishes qualification requirements and restrictions of the use of the CNS/ATM system.


4-1-1

CHAPTER 4

SECTION 1

GENERAL OVERVIEW

4101. Purpose

. To provide a general overview of the training continuum programs for use in Fleet patrol squadrons.

4102. Background

. The Fleet Replacement Squadron (FRS) is chartered to provide fleet squadrons with aircrew personnel at the skill levels indicated by the FRS syllabus objectives, recommend and incorporate revisions to aircrew training syllabus as appropriate, and maintain liaison with COMPATRECONGRU (CPRG) and the numbered wings. The FRS is responsible for the coordination of pipeline and transition training. Pipeline and transition training objectives and syllabi are continually under review and are amended as required to meet fleet training needs. Feedback from operational squadrons is essential if the FRS is to provide the best product from available training assets. Therefore, squadron Commanding Officers are required to inform CPRG via their respective numbered wing whenever they consider that the training given by the FRS fails to meet their requirements. It is the responsibility of the operational squadrons to continue the training the personnel received from the FRS with the final objective of maximizing the operational readiness of the squadron.

4103. Objectives

. Specific objectives of the training programs herein are to:

a. Set forth training requirements for the designation of pilots, Naval Flight Officers (NFOs), and aircrew members in accordance with COMNAVAIRFORINST 3500 series.

b. Establish mandatory and recommended formal courses of instruction. 4104. Discussion

.

a. Air Combat Training Continuum (ACTC) Integration

. This training and readiness instruction is designed with the ACTS program as an integral component. Wing and squadron Commanding Officers must ensure a robust ACTS program is in place and functioning in order to achieve optimized readiness. The program provides a syllabus outline for the training and evaluation of post-FRS pilots and Naval Flight Officers at each of the experience levels defined below:

LEVEL L100 FRS Complete

QUALIFICATION/DESIGNATION

L200 Conditionally Qualified (PPP/PPTNC) L300 Positional Qualified (PPC/PPTC) L400MC Mission Commander L400I Instructor Pilot/TACCO (PPIP/ITC) L500 Weapons and Tactics Instructor (WTI) Post FRS enlisted aircrew ACTC experience levels defined below: LEVEL L100 FRS Complete

QUALIFICATION/DESIGNATION

L200 Conditionally Qualified (Mentored positions FE, SS2) Combat Eligible (Un-mentored positions EW, IFT) L300 Positional Qualified (FE, SS1, SS3, IFT) L400 Positional Instructor L500 Weapons and Tactics Instructor (AWO WTI) b. Total Training Program. Upon joining their squadron, individuals are

assigned to flight crews where they continue their training via formal courses, the P3QS program, and crew training and qualification exercises. Throughout this time, the individual will be working toward positional designation as the crew is working towards NTA/PMA tactical proficiency.


4-1-2

c. Tactical Training

. Threat relevant and standardized tactical training requires sustained emphasis. For the tactical training process to be productive, it must strike an effective mix between squadron and wing training programs, individual training, and formal flight crew training. Individual training should provide a foundation in standardized tactical doctrine at appropriate stages of the individual's professional development. Formal flight crew training should combine the tactical training acquired by each individual to produce effective tactical flight crews. Squadron and wing training should continually reinforce the individual and formal crew training to ensure that experienced tacticians and operators are passing on their professional skills and experience to their shipmates.

d. P3 Qualifications Standards (P3QS)

. The P3QS program is the primary means to train and qualify assigned aircrew personnel. P3QS describes the minimum knowledge and skills required for ACTC levels 200-400 designation. The responsibility for learning is placed on the individual. By providing a record of achievement, P3QS establishes the means whereby supervisors can monitor an individual’s training progress. It is essential that a viable program exists that ensures all aircrew P3QS manuals and their associated qualification cards remain relevant. Recommendations for routine or urgent changes, corrections, additions, or constructive suggestions for improvements should be submitted directly to MPRWS as P3QS Model Manager, using the P3QS Information Report and Suggestion Sheet found in the back of each P3QS manual.

e. Air Combat Training Systems (ACTS) Courseware

. The ACTS courseware is a supplement to the P3QS. It provides robust and in-depth knowledge for the ACTC level 200-500 designations. The responsibility for learning is placed on the individual while the Learning Management System (LMS) provides a means for fleet distribution, standardization, and tracking of the up-grader progress. Recommendations for routine or urgent changes should be submitted directly to the MPRWS as Model Manager. Squadrons shall track ACTS Courseware completion for students prior to scheduling for a P3QS event.

f. Squadron Flight Crew Training Program

. Upon receipt of aircrew personnel from the FRS, the squadron's first task should be the integration of these individuals into flight crews. Major factors for squadron Commanding Officers to consider in the formation of these crews are experience, past qualifications, progress in the individual's P3QS program, and crew stability. The primary objective to be attained during the early period of squadron training is to instill in each aircrew a foundation in the basic skills required to perform effectively in all Primary Mission Areas (PMAs) / Navy Task Areas (NTAs). The goal is to produced skilled crews through structured and effective training programs during the IDRC.

4105. P-3 Training Activities Coordination

. Pipeline and transition training for personnel is conducted by the following activities:

a. Patrol Squadron THIRTY (VP-30)

. To ensure a coordinated and reliable training program and a consistent training policy within the fleet, VP-30 conducts aircrew pipeline and transition training.

b. Commander, Naval Aviation Technical Training Unit (CNATTU)

. CNATTU detachments provide functional training in officer and AWO tactical training, acoustic and non-acoustic systems and analysis. The detachments also provide audiovisual aviation training support, graphics support and other related media services.


4-1-3

4106.

Responsibilities

a. Naval Strike Air Warfare Center (NSAWC)

:

(1) Act as the ACTC model manager.

(2) Coordinate with CPRG to ensure that MPR ARP, ACTC, and ACOL/SHARP LMS programs are executed in accordance with Commander, Naval Air Forces (CNAF) and NSAWC instructions and guidance.

b. Commander, Patrol and Reconnaissance Group (CPRG)

:

(1) Act as the executive agent for ARP, the ACTC program, and ACOL/ SHARP LMS/ACTS for the VP community. The MPRWS will act as the executive agent for ACTC requirements, ARP courseware, and tactics standardization among VP wings and squadrons.

c. Numbered Wing Commanders shall

:

(1) Implement an effective training program. (2) Monitor squadron training programs and assist in coordinating

schedules and facilities, as necessary, to ensure that adequate training flight/simulator hours are available.

(3) Monitor squadrons for operational or other commitments that may

prevent squadrons from maintaining the integrity of their training and proficiency programs in accordance with this and other applicable instructions.

d. Commanding Officers shall

:

(1) Ensure their squadrons are at the highest possible level of readiness during the squadron employability window. This can only be accomplished through a sound, carefully managed training program during the IDRC. Guidance for establishing a viable long range operational and training plan is contained in section 3 of this chapter.

(2) Ensure that all pilots, NFOs, and enlisted aircrew complete all

trainer requirements and attend all mandatory formal courses taught by CNATTU and Weapons and Tactics Units (WTUs), as detailed in Sections 4, 5, 8 and 9 of this chapter.

(3) Ensure each pilot, NFO, and enlisted aircrew reporting to the squadron is properly indoctrinated in P3QS and designation time requirements.

(4) Provide feedback to the FRS on individual crewmember accomplishments. Recognized deficiencies in the FRS syllabus or FRS instruction are to be reported immediately via the chain of command in order to allow timely corrective action.

(5) Ensure proper Navy Enlisted Classifications (NEC) coding of all flight crewmembers.

(6) Issue letters and certificates of designation to individuals qualifying as Patrol Plane Mission Commander (PPMC), Patrol Plane Commander (PPC), Patrol Plane Tactical Coordinator (PPTC), Patrol Plane Tactical Navigator/ Communicator (PPTNC), Patrol Plane Instructor Pilot (PPIP), and Patrol Plane Instructor TACCO (PPITC) and other aircrew positions.

(7) Forward a copy of each officer designation letter to BUPERS.


4-1-4

(8) Enter each designation in the individual's flight logbook, electronic training jacket, and service record.

(9) Establish individual tracking of ITEMPO for all squadron personnel.


4-2-1

CHAPTER 4

SECTION 2

VP AIR COMBAT TRAINING CONTINUUM (ACTC) PROGRAM 4201. Purpose. To provide guidance, delineate procedures, and assign responsibilities for the implementation and conduct of the VP Air Combat Training Continuum (ACTC) Program. This guidance builds upon existing community post-FRS training initiatives while conforming to Naval Aviation standards per the Air Combat Training Continuum (ACTC), outlined in reference (g). 4202. Discussion. The VP ACTC Program is designed to provide the infrastructure and support systems necessary to promote standardized post-Fleet Readiness Squadron (FRS) training, increase unit readiness, and achieve efficiencies in training. It is also designed to provide Commanding Officers with the necessary metrics to make an objective assessment of squadron aircrew performance levels. Commander, Patrol and Reconnaissance Group, is charged with overall responsibility for the program, with Commander Naval Air Forces and Naval Strike and Air Warfare Center oversight. 4203. Program Elements. The VP ACTC Program is comprised of the three pillars detailed in reference (g): (1) Orion Weapons and Tactics Instructor (WTI) Program; (2) Orion Weapons and Tactics Program (OWTP); and (3) VP Air Combat Training System (ACTS). 4204. Orion Weapons Tactics Instructor (WTI). The Orion WTI program provides formally trained instructors tasked to implement the OWTP at the squadron, Wing Weapons and Tactics Unit (WTU), and the Maritime Patrol and Reconnaissance Weapons School (MPRWS) training levels. WTIs are a cadre of highly trained, knowledgeable and credible instructor aircrew who administer the OWTP within the MPR community. Accordingly, an appropriate WTI curriculum has been established to provide training for prospective Level 500 instructors who, upon course completion are fully qualified and capable to plan, instruct and execute squadron and community OWT programs. Upon completion of the Orion WTI Course, graduates will be awarded an Additional Qualification Designation (AQD) identifying them as WTI/ACTC Level 500 instructors. a. Orion WTI Course. The Orion WTI course consists of comprehensive

weapon system academics and applications including weapon system trainers and flights to qualify community WTIs. Topics covered include: Advanced ASW/SUW tactics, P-3 integration to Joint, CVW and littoral ISR operations, mission planning, weaponeering, and P-3 weapons employment. The Orion WTI course will be conducted twice annually (February-March and July-August) and is conducted in two phases. The “dry-side” phase is conducted at NSAWC (NAS Fallon, NV) and the “wet-side” phase is conducted by the MPRWS (NAS Jacksonville, FL). Course loading is designed to provide two courses per year with a projected throughput of 12 (maximum) WTIs per course. The objective is to produce fully qualified instructors who are experts in P-3C employment and capable of administering the OWTP syllabus and fulfill WTI duties at WTUs, NSAWC, Wings, and forward-based Tactical Support Centers. Curriculum management, oversight and administration will be performed by the NSAWC P-3 staff and the MPRWS.

(1) Applicant prerequisites. (a) First tour aircrew in an active duty squadron (maximum

seniority year group plus seven years). (b) Level 400 qualified (e.g. IP, ITC). (c) 9502 NEC for enlisted AWA/AWN aircrew.


4-2-2

(2) Waivers. Waivers of any of the above prerequisites are highly discouraged, but may be granted in exceptional circumstances by Commander, Patrol and Reconnaissance Group.

(3) Nomination Process. Commanding Officers shall nominate highly

motivated candidates to respective Wing Commanders for endorsement. Respective wings shall forward the endorsed applications to the MPRWS for validation and recommendation. The MPRWS shall forward their recommendations to CPRG for the final determination. CPRG will submit the final slate results to PERS-43 for subsequent orders processing. CPRG N7 shall forward final course quota confirmation to NSAWC and MPRWS NLT 45 days prior to the start date of each Orion WTI course. NSAWC will release course announcement and quota confirmation messages for each Orion WTI course offering. Nominations shall be submitted for application to Orion WTI in the format included as Annex A to this section.

(4) Tactical Support Centers (TSC). Highly motivated officers at

TSCs who have demonstrated sustained superior performance may be nominated by respective Commodores or overseas TF Commander to attend the Orion WTI Course. All forward-based TSCs should strive to maintain at least one WTI on staff. Normally, qualified candidates for TSC billets will be nominated by their respective Wing and complete the Orion WTI course enroute to their permanent duty station overseas.

b. Officer WTI Career Path. (1) Upon selection for specific WTI billets for which individuals

were nominated, individuals will be detailed to respective community WTI billets (VP-30/CPRWS; Wing WTUs; Naval Strike and Air Warfare Center (NSAWC) or TSC).

(2) Upon successful completion of the Orion WTI course, each graduate

will receive a WTI Additional Qualification Designation (AQD). NSAWC VP staff will prepare and forward all AQD documentation to the Bureau of Personnel (BUPERS) for awarding of the AQD.

(3) Following successful completion of the Orion WTI Course, the WTI

will report to their initial WTI shore tour for a minimum recommended tour length of 30 months.

c. Enlisted WTI Career Path.

(1) Upon selection for specific WTI billets for which individuals were nominated, individuals will be detailed to respective community WTI billets: (Wing WTUs, CTF’s, VP-30/MPRWS).

(2) MPRWS and Naval Personnel Command are working to develop an WTI NEC to be awarded to enlisted personnel upon successful completion of the Orion WTI course. When this work is complete each graduate will receive a WTI Naval Enlisted Classification (NEC) code. MPRWS staff will prepare and forward all documentation to the Naval Personnel Command (NPC) for awarding of the XXXX NEC.

(3) Following successful completion of the Orion WTI Course, the WTI will report to their initial WTI shore tour for a minimum recommended tour length of 36 months.

4205. OWTP Syllabus. The OWTP syllabus consists of academics, simulator, and flight training that provides fleet aircrew with measurable performance standards at five levels: Level 100 - FRS Graduate, Level 200 - Intermediate Qualification (PPP/PPNC), Level 300 – Positionally Qualified(PPC/PPTC/AW), Level 400 - Advanced/Positional Squadron Instructor, and Level 500 - Weapons Tactics Instructor. Reference (q) reflects current requirements for Levels 100 – 400


4-2-3

designations, including required examinations, grade sheets, required readings, lectures, and other support equipment and media for program implementation directed by local directives. a. OWTP Implementation. The following elements of the OWTP are essential

in providing quality and standardized training on aircraft/mission systems, weapons, and platform tactics:

(1) Academics. (a) Required reading. Throughout the syllabus, aircrew will be

required to read specific source information on aircraft systems, weapons and tactics. NTTP 3-22.1-P3C (P-3C TACMAN) and NTRP 3-22.2-P3C (P-3C NATIP) shall serve as the primary references for all OWTP syllabus events. Open and closed book exams and/or oral boards given throughout the upgrade qualification process assume prior preparation and knowledge of the assigned material.

(b) Lectures. WTIs or selected SMEs can give OWTP lectures;

however, for quality assurance, the squadron WTI should review lectures prior to the presentations. When available, WTIs shall utilize the most current lecture materials developed or approved by the MPRWS, which should be hosted on the current Air Combat Training System (i.e. Air Combat On-line (ACOL), CCODES, SHARP LMS etc.). Lectures may be augmented with short quizzes intended to aid in presenting the learning objectives of the lesson.

(c) Open book exams/oral boards. When aircrew have completed

the required reading, P3QS systems and one-liner requirements, they may take the open/closed book exams and/or oral boards as required.

(2) Simulators and Flights. (a) Briefing. All briefs shall use the corresponding mission

briefing guide for each event, delineated on syllabus grade sheets. It is important that adequate time and preparation be given to all flight and simulator events to ensure that the training objectives are achieved.

(b) Debriefing. The value of thorough debriefs cannot be

overemphasized. Use of the OWTP debriefing form and performance measures at the conclusion of every flight and simulator event will help to ensure a thorough and standardized debrief process.

(c) Grading. At the conclusion of debrief, the instructor will grade the aircrew using the grade sheet for that event. The grade sheet will be given to the squadron WTI/Training Officer for review and inclusion in the aircrew electronic training jacket.

(3) Flight and Simulator Syllabus Administration.

(a) Simulators. Each simulator event has a set of initial conditions that should be used during the evolution. Squadron instructors or WTIs who will conduct the event from the console will evaluate each event. Specific syllabus requirements and grade sheets are delineated in ref (g) for positional acoustic operator and electronic warfare operator qualification.

(b) Flights. Only one event per student should be completed

during each training flight. A single flight may satisfy syllabus requirements for more than one aircrewman. A squadron instructor will evaluate each student syllabus event. A single


4-2-4

instructor on any given flight should evaluate no more than two students. Specific syllabus requirements and grade sheets for positional qualifications are delineated in ref (g).

(c) Flight substitution. If simulators are unavailable because

of scheduling conflicts or deployment schedule, simulator events may be flown in the aircraft; unless the event consists of evolutions that can only be conducted in the simulator i.e. a wind-sheer demonstration.

(4) OWTP Administration. (a) Levels of Designation. 1. Level 100 designation indicates that the aircrew has

successfully completed all FRS curriculum requirements. No external standardization of Level 100 designation is required.

2. Level 200 (Intermediate – PPP, NC, (AW)) designation,

where an individual is able to perform all core and advanced mission areas as a P-3 Plane Pilot (PPP), Tactical Navigator/Communicator, Combat Eligible AWA/AWN, is granted by the Commanding Officer after the candidate has completed: all academics/P3QS, a Level 200 Written Exam / Oral Board (per local directives), required flights and simulators, and additional local requirements per ref (q). All simulator and flight (upgrade) syllabus events shall be administered by a Level 400 instructor. No external standardization of Level 200 designation is required.

3. Level 300 (Positionally Qualified – PPC, TC, AWO))

designation, where an individual can capably direct and lead aircrew in the most demanding peacetime and wartime combined, joint, and contingency actions is granted by the Commanding Officer after the candidate has completed: all academics/Level 300 P3QS, required flights and simulators, and additional local requirements per refs (q). The individual has shown significant crew leadership skills and can brief, lead and debrief all core and advanced missions.

4. Level 400I (Instructor) designation, where an individual

is qualified to instruct all facets of aircraft systems, weapons and tactics associated with Level 200 and 300 syllabus training, is granted by the Commanding Officer after the candidate has completed: ACTC Level 300, all academics/Level 400 P3QS, and required flights and simulators. Additionally, the ACTC Level 400MC (Mission Commander) qualification is a prerequisite for pilots and NFOs. External standardization / evaluation shall be accomplished by completing the applicable Fleet Instructor Under Training (FIUT) course. The Commanding Officer or his designated representative shall conduct the Evaluation Check Flight IAW refs (g).

5. Level 500 (Weapons Tactics Instructor – WTI) may

administer any level of upgrade training within the squadron and shall be utilized in key post-FRS training billets throughout the community. WTIs shall serve as the MPR community core nucleus of P-3 systems, weapons and tactics subject matter experts. Upon successful completion of the Orion WTI course, graduating students will receive WTI AQDs for identification as Level V/500 Instructors.


4-2-5

(b) Records. Primary responsibility for upkeep and maintenance

of training jackets, including electronic rests with respective positional training staff (Pilot, NFO, AWO training). Applicable items to be maintained include:

1. Qualifications. 2. Syllabus events.

3. Open and closed book examination results.

4. Event grade sheets/STAN-EVAL results.

5. Designations.

6. Unsatisfactory and incomplete events.

4206. Air Combat Training System (ACTS). ACTS is a computer based network with the hardware/software, architecture, Electronic Training Jackets (ETJs) and courseware required to provide real-time support to WTIs and training to the fleet aircrews, at home and deployed. CCODES is the current SIPRNet based, web enabled network which serves as the primary delivery mechanism for the VP ACTS. Additionally, VP ACTS courseware may be accessed through ACOL. Note: CCODES/ACOL is planned to be replaced by SHARP LMS in CY10. a. ACTS Implementation. As SIPRNet access supports increased integration

of ACTS to support OWTP and squadron tactical training programs, management of this system will require continued involvement and management by the FRS, WTUs and NSAWC WTIs. MPRWS is assigned as the ACTS courseware lead, and shall manage the courseware development process, prioritization, and alignment with OWTP Level 200-400 syllabi. NSAWC, CPRG N6, and PMA 205 will provide the supporting hardware infrastructure to support delivery of ACTS to squadrons, at home and deployed. Training and administration of ACTS accounts shall occur during FRS training and the squadron indoctrination process.

4207. Action. a. Commander, Patrol and Reconnaissance Group. Charged with the overall

responsibility for development, management and implementation of ACTC within the P-3 force. Semi-annual reviews will be conducted with the Tactics/Training Improvement Program (TACTIP) conferences or in a separate venue as necessary to promulgate ACTC related issues and recommendations.

b. Wing Commanders. Wing Commanders are charged with the overall responsibility for the development, management and implementation of ACTC within their respective wings. Specifically, they will:

(1) Promulgate guidance pertaining to the WTI selection criteria and designation process.

(2) Endorse squadron WTI nominations to attend Orion WTI Course.

(3) Establish a Wing WTU with six 131X/132X WTIs, five 7841 WTIs, and

five 7861 WTIs to facilitate Advanced Readiness Program (ARP), weapons training, mission planning, and unit-level crew qualification / certification process.

(4) Coordinate aircraft and maintenance support as required for Orion

WTI Course participation.


4-2-6

(5) Monitor progress of squadron aircrew through the OWTP syllabus, ARP, and crew qualification/certification process via wing/WTU WTIs and squadron training officers.

c. Maritime Patrol and Reconnaissance Weapon School (MPRWS). The MPRWS shall manage all aspects of the MPR community OWTP syllabi.

(1) In conjunction with NSAWC, manage WTI course content, revisions and instruction.

(2) Develop supporting courseware requirements, priorities, and

alignment with positional OWTP syllabi. Develop supporting courseware review process to ensure quality control and standardization for all new and R&M courseware efforts. Liaison with PMA-205 and Central Courseware Development Center (CCDC) to ensure timely and accurate courseware content.

(3) Provide subject matter expertise at periodic OWTP Syllabus

conferences to ensure content and appropriate supporting courseware is appropriate.

(4) Attend ACTC CWG and ESC meetings. (5) Assist Wing WTU with administration of squadron tactical

evaluation at the completion of squadron crew training. The primary purpose of the assist visit will be to ensure ARP standardization and receive Fleet feedback.

d. Squadron Commanding Officers. Commanding Officers are charged with the overall responsibility for the development, management and implementation of ACTC within their respective command. Commanding Officers shall:

(1) Establish and maintain a proactive squadron Weapons and Tactics program per this instruction.

(2) Select and nominate prospective WTIs to Wing Commanders to attend

Orion WTI Course.

(3) Monitor progress of squadron aircrews through OWTP, ARP and crew qualification/certification process via wing/WTU WTIs and the squadron training officer.

(4) Ensure squadron aviators are properly trained and evaluated on

knowledge, tactics, airmanship, and standardization prior to designating them as Level 200, 300 or 400 aircrew.

(5) Ensure WTI nominees meet pre-requisites set forth in this

instruction. (6) Establish a Subject Matter Expert (SME) program/pool that will

support the OWTP syllabus. e. WTU Officers. WTU Officers shall be responsible for providing post-

FRS aircraft, weapons and tactics training within CPRG squadrons. WTUs will be staffed with Level 500 WTIs who comprise the cadre of community Subject Matter Experts (SMEs), ensuring standardization of post-FRS fleet training through external training and evaluation. WTUs will be established at each wing to support post-FRS training and standardization.

f. Weapons Tactics Instructor (WTI). WTIs shall be responsible for training and evaluation of aircrew in support of fleet/type wing Weapons and Tactics programs. All WTIs should attend semi-annual Tactics and


4-2-7

Training Improvement Program (TACTIP) to maintain currency in ACTC and tactics related issues.

(1) Wing WTU WTIs. Responsible for oversight and program management of type wing ARP and squadron aircrew qualification/certification process. Additionally, provide subject matter expertise for mission planning, weapons employment and aircraft mission systems.

(2) MPRWS WTIs. Responsible for conduct of core post-FRS platform-

specific aircraft, tactical and weapon systems training.


4-2-8

INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK

COMPATRECONGRU 3500.25E 01 Jul 10

4-2-A-1

CHAPTER 4-2

ANNEX A

Sample Nomination Letter for Orion Weapons and Tactics Instructor Course

(Squadron Letter Head)

From: Commanding Officer, Patrol Squadron XX To: Commander, Patrol and Reconnaissance Wing XX Subj: STUDENT NOMINATION FOR ORION WTI COURSE Ref: (a) COMPATRECONGRUINST 3502.1 1. Per reference (a), the following nomination is made for LT Jones, Marty NMN, USN, 012-34-5678/13XX: a. WTI Billets / Orders requested:

1st Choice: Wing X WTU 2nd Choice: Group WTU 3rd Choice: NSAWC

b. VP-XX (Squadron) c. NFO Training Officer (Current Billet) d. 1,111 total hours / 923 P-3C hours e. Qualifications:

(1) Level 400 (Positional Instructor) - designated 25 Aug 2009

(2) Mission Commander - designated 25 May 2009 (3) Level 300 (Tactical Coordinator) - designated 25 May 2008

(4) Level 200 (Tactical Navigator/Communicator) - designated

25 Jan 2007 (5) Standard instrument rating - expires January 2005

(6) NATOPS - expires July 2010

(7) Flight physiology - expires November 2010

(8) Schools or specialized training: SLATS, LSRS,

CNS/ATM, Mining, IEER, AAI, VPLO f. Reported to VP-XX December 2006, current PRD January 2010 g. Security clearance - TS/SSBI/010711

h. Contact Information: DSN: 333-3333, COM 333-333-3333; e-mail:

NIPR: [email protected]; SIPR: [email protected]

mailto:[email protected]�

mailto:[email protected]�


4-2-A-2

2. Commanding Officer Endorsement: LT Jones has my strongest possible recommendation for selection as the CPRW-99 4Q nomination for the Orion WTI Course. He has clearly demonstrated his superb talent as a P-3 Instructor TACCO. His expertise in P-3 tactics and weapons employment far surpasses that of all my first tour aviators. Soon to complete his third deployment, his operational experience has spanned the Fifth and Seventh Fleet AORs. I have purposely limited his collateral billets so that he may continue to grow as a tactical expert. He is the squadron subject matter expert in SLAM-ER, IEER, LSRS and AAI. He has my complete faith to represent the command in all tactical concerns demonstrated by his assignment as a VPLO during JTFEX 09-3. Already one of the finest instructors in my command, he will undoubtedly be one of the finest WTIs in the community. 3. LT Jones acknowledges with pleasure that after successful completion of the Orion WTI course, he is obligated to complete current or follow-on shore tour in a WTI billet and comply with MILPERSMAN 1321-100 requirements. He looks forward to the challenges associated with being selected as an Orion Weapons Tactics Instructor. C.O. SMITH Copy to: MPRWS (OIC) COMPATRECONGRU (N7)


4-3-1

CHAPTER 4

SECTION 3

TRAINING DEVICES

4301. Purpose

. To detail policy for simulator training devices in order to maximize simulator utilization in support of tactical crew and individual training.

4302. Background

. Simulators provide a pseudo-realistic and challenging environment for individual and crew training to indoctrinate and train flight crews in all primary mission areas. Numbered Wing trainer facilities are responsible for the operation, maintenance, logistic support and modification of assigned devices.

4303. Training Devices

. The physical operation and maintenance tasks of major training devices are contracted to civilian organizations under the Navy-wide Contractor Operation and Maintenance of Simulators (COMS) program. Civilian employees with requisite technical expertise are designated Contracting Officer's Technical Representatives (COTRs). COTRs monitor contractor performance and are the sole point of contact on all contractor matters. Device users should not interfere with device maintenance or contractor personnel. COTRs report directly to the Trainer Facility (TRAFAC)/WST Officer. The following simulators, part task trainers (PTTs) and minor training devices are available for P-3 training:

a. 2F87 Level D (Equivalent) P-3C Operational Flight Trainer (OFT)

. The 2F87 is a six-degree freedom of motion and visual simulation training device designed to provide near-actual aircraft/environment training for both pilots and flight engineers. The device provides a safe and cost-effective means for the flight crew to undertake a variety of exercises and develop general airmanship. The 2F87 can provide specific training that includes: development of both basic and advanced handling skills, development of aircraft systems knowledge, emergency procedures training including a safe environment to practice procedures and maneuvers unsuitable for normal aircraft operations, flight procedures training including instrument flight operations, decision making and crew coordination procedures. The Level D-equivalent high fidelity upgraded device is comprised of various upgraded and legacy components from the previous 2F87 simulator model. Upgraded components include a high resolution visual package, control loading, motion, the aerodynamic model and the systems model. Legacy components consist of most hardware, the Instructor Operating System (IOS) software and the communications suite.

(1) Effective Utilization.

Instructors shall use all of the resources at their disposal to make the quality of the training commensurate with the high fidelity technology. The following items shall be utilized to the maximum extent practical:

(a) Donning of flight gloves, mock survival vests and harnesses by students in the seat

(b) Use of smoke masks during FOUO drills

(c) Computer Aided Debrief System (CADS)

(d) Record/Replay function

(e) Aural cue volume level 3-5

(f) Communications suite

(g) The VFR landing pattern and engine-out runway maneuvers


4-3-2

(h) Enhanced environmental features

(2) Level D(e) OFT Flight Time/Pilot Proficiency

. The flight trainer must have motion enabled in order to log Level D-e time or to accumulate approaches or time toward pilot PPT requirements. Flight time in the Level D-e shall be logged in blue ink at the back of the aviator’s logbook under its own classification of flight time.

(3) Simulator Sickness

. Simulator sickness is a medical phenomenon that is addressed in ref (c). It is not unusual to experience nausea or disorientation during or after a simulator event. Data suggests that more experienced aviators and individuals who are new to the simulator are most susceptible to these symptoms. In accordance with ref (c), “flight personnel exhibiting symptoms of simulator exposure should abstain from same day flying duties. Individuals who have experienced simulator sickness in the past have a greater probability of recurrence and should not be scheduled to fly for 24 hours following simulator exposure.”

b. 2F142 P-3C Flight Trainer

. The 2F142 is flight trainer similar to the 2F87 but is not motion based nor does it include many of the other fidelity enhancements recently completed on the 2F87. It can provide specific training that includes: development of aircraft systems knowledge, emergency procedures training including a safe environment to practice procedures and maneuvers unsuitable for normal aircraft operations, flight procedures training including instrument flight operations, decision making and crew coordination procedures.

c. 2F140 (T) P-3C Update III Weapon Tactical Trainer (WTT)

. The 2F140 exercises and tests the skills and coordination of the P-3 tactical crew in an UIII-configured aircraft. The TACCO, NAV/COMM, SS1/SS2 and SS3 stations replicate those in the aircraft. A pseudo-pilot station is provided to enable limited pilot participation in the tactical evolution. Through simulation of the tactical environment, exercises are conducted that enable each crewmember to develop expertise at their particular station with the necessary situational/mission awareness. This is a low fidelity training device in which synthetic signatures are processed at each of the sensor stations.

d. Weapons System Trainer (WST)

. A WST is formed when the 2F87 and 2F140 are operated in the coupled mode. This allows the flight crew to participate in the 2F140 tactical exercise while engaged in simulated flight within the 2F87. This in turn facilitates a more realistic operating environment for all crewmembers and further develops and exercises crew coordination.

e. 2F179 P-3C AIP Tactical Aircrew Coordination Trainer (TACT)

. Considered a part-task trainer rather than a full crew synthetic training device, the 2F179 enables basic systems proficiency training for AIP-configured aircraft. The FLIGHT, TACCO, NAV/COMM, and SS3 stations replicate those in the aircraft except for Magnetic Anomaly Detection (MAD) and Specific Emitter Identification (SEI). Through simulation of the tactical environment and contacts, aircrews are able to improve and maintain operator systems proficiency in acquisition, tracking of surface and air targets and engagement of surface targets utilizing their AIP crew stations. A pseudo-pilot station is provided to enable limited pilot participation in tactical evolutions. Single Advanced Signal Processor (SASP) and Workload Sharing for SS1 and SS2 are not currently incorporated in the TACT.

f. 2F179A P-3C AIP Tactical Operational Readiness Trainer (TORT). The 2F179A exercises and tests the skills and coordination of the P-3 Anti-Surface Warfare Improvement Program (AIP) crew. The FLIGHT, TACCO, NAV/COMM, SS1/SS2 and SS3 stations replicate those in the aircraft except for Specific Emitter Identification (SEI). A pseudo-pilot station is provided to enable pilot participation in the tactical evolution. Through


4-3-3

simulation of the tactical environment, exercises are conducted that enable each crewmember to develop expertise at their particular station with the necessary situational/mission awareness. Future upgrades are planned to align the simulator configuration with the latest aircraft upgrades and allow distributed training via the Navy Continuous Training Environment (NCTE).

g. 2C41 P-3C Cockpit Procedures Trainer (CPT)

. This device provides cockpit familiarization training for both pilots and flight engineers. Additionally, it allows basic cockpit systems training at a fraction of the cost of an OFT, freeing the flight trainers for more sophisticated emergency training scenarios and full WST aircrew coordination.

h. 14B40A P-3C Sensor Station 3 PTT

. The 14B40A is a P-3 non-acoustic PTT that provides operator training using aircraft sensor station equipment and synthetic or actual signatures. Each aspect of the operator’s duties can be practiced under instructor supervision. The device comprises three student stations and an instructor console.

i. 14B59 P-3C Forward Deployable Trainer (FDT) Part Task Trainer (PTT)

. The 14B59 is a P-3C AIP acoustic and non-acoustic PTT designed to provide tactical, high fidelity acoustic and non-acoustic target threat presentation training. This device may be utilized to satisfy monthly acoustic and non-acoustic DARTS training requirements.

j. Inverse Synthetic Aperture Radar Trainer (ISART)

. The ISART is a VHS tape-based trainer designed to re-create realistic operational scenarios. The ISART uses real-world ISAR images for improving and maintaining operator proficiency in detection, analysis and classification of radar contacts. A computer based, table-top training device is currently in the procurement process to replace the ISART.

4304. Scheduling

. The local scheduling authority shall coordinate monthly trainer utilization requirements for primary trainer users. The schedule must not exceed contracted hours unless premium time is authorized. Funding for premium time is limited. Only valid training requirements that cannot be met during normal hours of operation will be considered. The goal is to schedule 100% of contracted hours. The scheduling of all major training devices shall normally be the responsibility of the TRAFAC/WST Officer. The WST Team/Wing WTU must be notified in advance of any trainers requiring Wing evaluation.

4305. Utilization

. Each year training device utilization requirements are reviewed and contractual hours are adjusted for the following fiscal year. Wings shall ensure that trainer utilization for assigned synthetic devices is greater than 90% of available time. Utilization rates are passed monthly to CNAL/CNAP. Numbered Wings shall monitor trainer utilization on a monthly basis and should send quarterly reports to CPRG N7. Reserve units may utilize training devices during normal weekday hours subject to availability. Reserve units normally use premium time on weekends and are funded accordingly.

4306. Minimum Requirements

. Minimum flight, tactics and position trainer hours have been established to achieve and maintain acceptable levels of aircrew proficiency. Squadrons shall ensure that individual training hour requirements are achieved. Each pilot, when not deployed, should obtain two hours of pilot time per month in the OFT. This requirement may be averaged over a two-month period. One hour of coupled OFT time can be credited toward this requirement.

4307. Operating Procedures. Wing evaluations in the WST will be conducted by the Wing WTU and will be briefed, graded out and assigned an OSE as if the mission were actually flown in the aircraft. Freeplay events will be conducted by the squadron. Scenarios shall be maintained by the Wing WTU. Squadron Training Officers shall ensure that a crew does not repeat a previously failed qualification until it has demonstrated a satisfactory level of proficiency in that qualification area. All WST/TORT events will be debriefed by the respective instructor. If available, pilots shall conduct annual instrument evaluation flights in the OFT. Additionally, every other IPDFW and pilot NATOPS


4-3-4

currency evaluations (not the initial NATOPS evaluation) may be conducted in the 2F87 D(e) OFT at the discretion of the squadron Commanding Officer. 4308. Security

. Access to a simulator complex is controlled. Local security procedures which detail requirements for crew lists, visits and physical security must be adhered to. Guests must be escorted at all times and escorts shall ensure that classified material is safeguarded to prevent unauthorized access or inadvertent disclosure. Demonstrations and tours may be conducted in strict compliance with guidelines established by the TRAFAC/WST Officer. Sponsorship of OFT tours is limited to qualified OFT operators.

4309. Trainer Instructors. Numbered Wings shall ensure that Wing WTIs are highly motivated and well qualified to provide professional fleet post-FRS simulator training. In selecting instructors, experience level, leadership ability and public speaking skills must be considered. Their mission is to conduct simulator training for all tactical aircrew positions and to evaluate qualifications conducted for squadron readiness.


4-4-1

CHAPTER 4

SECTION 4

SQUADRON TRAINING MANAGEMENT

4401. Purpose

. To provide guidance to Fleet patrol squadrons for developing their operational and IDRC training plans.

4402. Objectives

. Prior to return from deployment, squadrons shall develop a training plan for the IDRC. The plan shall identify all squadron training/readiness likely to occur during each cycle. The basic phase of the training program begins upon the squadron’s return from deployment. During this initial phase, post-deployment crew reorganization should commence. Training emphasis should focus on sustaining evolving crew tactical readiness and on upgrade training to allow new crewmembers to gain experience, improve crew coordination skills and build confidence. During the intermediate phase, as crews become ARP qualified, the training focus should shift to attaining qualifications and tactical proficiency with combat readiness increasing as the squadron prepares for the sustainment/deployment phases. The squadron’s IDRC training plan should address all flight and ground evolutions including P3QS, safety/NATOPS, crew readiness and other training requirements. Additionally, the plan should anticipate and incorporate new arrivals to the squadron. This plan should be an active working document that is suitable for all hands to use. Squadrons shall submit their IDRC training plan to the respective Wing Commander no later than 30 days prior to returning from deployment. The primary objectives of this document are to ensure:

a. Optimum asset utilization. b. Crew integrity. c. A balanced learning environment. d. The appropriate level of squadron readiness based on IDRC R+ month. 4403. Squadron Training Plan Formulation

. The primary prerequisite to an effective squadron training plan is a stable training environment. The plan must provide continuity between long-range objectives, monthly schedules, and weekly and daily commitments. Effective plans require a sound feedback system to assess goal accomplishment. A daily recapitulation (RECAP) sheet is a highly effective management aid for monitoring, recording, and evaluating progress by providing an accurate and timely summary of the previous day's evolutions. Annex A of Chapter 3 provides an outline for an IDRC Training Plan. The following guidelines are provided to assist in plan formulation:

a. Coordinate planning among all departments. The plan must be based on aircraft availability and known operational and training commitments. An effective tool for this coordination is the squadron Planning Board for Training (PBFT).

b. Operational commitments may, at times, exceed the capabilities of the

ready alert and squadron detachment assets. Prudent management dictates that a fair share of available squadron assets be identified for contingency operational tasking. Modifications to the squadron plan for such tasking are expected.

c. Schools, administrative matters, and crew leave should be programmed

into a cycled administration or duty period during which a crew is not programmed to fly. The plan should ensure leave periods are promulgated well in advance. If possible, individual flight crewmembers should take leave as a group.

d. To realize the full potential of aircrew training programs, individual

crew manning must be stabilized to complete training evolutions as an


4-4-2

entity. Consideration of personnel rotation dates, projected designation dates, and billet assignments will minimize crew manning changes.

4404. Long-Range Training Plan

. To assist Commanding Officers in developing their squadron training plans, CPRG shall develop and promulgate a consolidated long-range training and employment plan, to include all assigned squadrons. As a minimum, scheduled activities in the plan shall include:

a. Squadron deployments and known detachments.

b. Transitions.

c. Host squadron duties.

d. Unit NATOPS evaluations.

e. Weapons inspections.

f. ORE schedule.

g. Fleet Introduction Team/WTU visits (as applicable).

h. Exercise / detachment support schedule. 4405. Operational Readiness Evaluation (ORE)

. The purpose of an ORE is to evaluate the capability of a squadron to perform ROC assigned operational missions and tasks as set forth in existing Operational Orders (OPORDs). The ORE provides a final measure and validation of the effectiveness of the wing and squadrons’ long-range training and employment plan before a squadron enters the employability window. Successful completion of an ORE is a requirement in order to certify a squadron for deployment. Detailed ORE policy and procedures are provided in Chapter 5, Section 9.

4406. Weapons and Tactics Units (WTUs)

. WTUs are tasked to provide advanced training to fleet personnel for the optimum utilization and tactical employment of the P-3 weapons system. To do so, WTUs must keep a close association with fleet operators to maintain currency and flexibility. This is accomplished through direct involvement in VP tactical evolutions and classroom instruction. For the P-3 to remain on the cutting edge of tactical development, WTUs must continually adjust their curriculum to keep their courses relevant to real world tactical operations, threats and adversary capabilities. As the primary source of advanced tactical training, WTUs provide a focal point to improve fleet warfighting capabilities. The MPRWS serves as the model manager for ARP and tactical development.

4407. Wing Scheduling Conferences

. Respective wings shall conduct scheduling conferences to ensure maximum coordination of training opportunities and operational commitments. Priority is given to the operational duty squadron. Events to be coordinated include, but are not limited to:

a. ASW exercises.

b. Submarine services.

c. Instrumented undersea range events.

d. Instrumented range events.

e. Logistics flights.

f. Collateral events (static displays, VIP flights, etc).

g. TORT/OFT periods.

h. Minor training devices (i.e., DARTS, AMTS, etc).


4-4-3

i. Schools (CNATTU). 4408.

IDRC Training Courses

a. Advanced Readiness Program (ARP)

. A crew-based course administered by each wing WTU and facilitated by qualified Weapons and Tactics Instructors (WTI). ARP was developed in order to enhance combat aircrew performance over the broad spectrum of PMAs/NTAs and is required for all aircrew during their IDRC. The course emphasizes crew coordination, tactical awareness, and in-flight standardization and provides a core curriculum of skills necessary to create standardized aircrew that consistently performs successfully on-station. Detailed guidance for the implementation and administration of ARP is provided in Chapter 5, Section 7.

b. Tactical Upgrade (TUG)

. A optional five day advanced level tactical course taught by the WTU designed to provide tactical training just prior to PPC/PPTC designation. Completion is highly recommended for all first tour officers and available for second tour officers if not completed at the FRS.

c. Acoustics 1 Diesel/Nuclear (A1) courses which provide acoustic training for Fleet entry level acoustic

sensor operators. Completion of course is required prior to attending A2. A1 shall be completed within 180 days of reporting to the squadron, deployment schedule permitting or within 90 days following deployment. Operators will receive instruction in Undersea Warfare (ASW), ASW terminology and acoustic characteristics of worldwide diesel and nuclear submarines to include acoustic theory, sound source identification, acoustic parameters and signal interpretation. A1 may be waived for personnel completing their second VP squadron tour provided equivalent level of training was previously completed.

. Comprised of two five day CNATTU

d. Acoustics 2 Diesel/Nuclear (A2) courses which provide advanced acoustic training for Fleet acoustic sensor

operators. Completion of course is required prior to attending A2 Refresher. A2 shall be completed within 18 months of reporting to the squadron and prior to designation as SS-1 operator. Operators will receive instruction in current acoustic parameters, aural cues and in-depth signal analysis and interpretation of worldwide diesel and nuclear submarines.

. Comprised of two five day CNATTU

e. Acoustics 2 Refresher (A2R)

. A five day CNATTU course that provides advanced refresher acoustic training to Fleet acoustic sensor operators. Operators will receive an update in acoustic parameters in addition to in-depth gram analysis and signal interpretation. All SS-1 operators shall complete this course every 24 months unless A2 has been completed during that IDRC.

f. Tactical Air ASW Oceanography provides upgrading officers and Fleet sensor operators with the concepts

necessary for interpretation and application of oceanography during a tactical airborne ASW mission. Primarily oriented to airborne ASW, emphasis is placed on skills necessary to interpret and apply tactical oceanography concepts to include ASW systems, underwater acoustics, sonar equations, interpretation of environmental products, exploitation of ocean fronts, currents and bottom topography, shallow water ASW, VLF and on-station environmental updates. Completion is recommended for officers prior to PPC/PPTC designation and is required for acoustic operators prior to SS-1 designation. Required once per tour for qualified SS-1 operators.

. A two day CNATTU course which

g. ASW Aural Recognition acoustic sensor operators with the basic fundamentals of aural

recognition, target/non-target identification and tactical significance of aural cues. The operators will receive instruction in the application of aural listening to include biologics, sonar sets, turn-counting, weapons launch, countermeasures, diesel engine, transients and be able to identify

. A two day CNATTU course which provides


4-4-4

aural cues to their associated system and platform. Completion is required for acoustic operators once per tour.

h. Electronic Warfare Familiarization

. This four day CNATTU course covers the fundamentals of Electronic Warfare for Officer and Enlisted personnel who require this knowledge. Information includes terminology, RADAR theory and formulas, environmental effects, reference publications and general intelligence associated with Electronic Warfare systems. This course is highly recommended for upgrading PPC/PPTC and acoustic operators prior to SS-1 designation.

i. Electronic Warfare Two (EW-2)

. A five day CNATTU course which provides non-acoustic operators and officers the knowledge and skills necessary to perform in the complex electronic warfare environment of specific countries. Completion is required prior to SS-3 designation, and shall be repeated every 24 months for all non-acoustic operators.

j. ISAR (APS-137) Image Interpretation

. A ten day CNATTU course that provides basic imagery interpretation skills in order to identify perceptual and gross naval classification features. This course is required for all NFOs prior to designation as a TACCO (ACTC Level 300).

k. ISAR (APS-137) Refresher

. A three day CNATTU course that reinforces imagery interpretation skills. Completion is required prior to SS-3 designation and shall be repeated every 24 months for all non-acoustic operators. Completion of this course for NFOs is at the discretion of the Squadron Training Officer, taking into account the current skill and experience level of the individual.

l. Basic SAR Operations

. A two day CNATTU course that provides officer and enlisted aircrew personnel with basic image interpretation skills in Synthetic Aperture Radar (SAR), an understanding of SAR operation and associated terminology. Attendees will be able to recognize natural and man-made terrain features of specific geographic locations. This course is strongly recommended for all NFOs and required for non-acoustic operators within 18 months of reporting to a squadron prior to SS-3 designation.

m. Specific Emitter Identification

. This course is currently being re-designed as a one day CNATTU course that will incorporate the ALR-95 system. Further guidance on course requirements will be issued when the course is ready for Fleet inclusion.

n. Coordinated ASW at the Scene of Action (ASW SAC) course which instructs officers in coordinated ASW operations at the scene

of action, emphasizing NATO doctrine and procedures. The course consists of 2-1/2 days of training and tactical problem solving in a classroom followed by two days of tactical trainer exercises. This course is highly recommended for all Mission Commanders. Prerequisites are P3QS qualification as a PPC or PPTC. Experienced senior enlisted aircrewmen may also request quotas to attend this course.

. A five-day

4409. Training Review Board (TRB)aircrew member’s training deficiencies, recommend remedial training or recommend disqualification from duties involving flying. Performance deficiencies should be identified and documented immediately, to permit initiation of remedial action with minimal loss of training time. This provides the opportunity for the trainee to qualify in their position and contribute to the squadron’s mission.

. A TRB is the forum utilized to identify an

a. The Training Officer will convene a TRB when the trainee fails to meet

positional or NATOPS qualification milestones, fails any ACTC/P3QS syllabus flight or simulator event, falls behind by two months in P3QS or displays unsafe performance in the aircraft.

b. A TRB should be composed of three to five of the following personnel:


4-4-5

(1) Training Officer (Chairman). (2) NATOPS Officer.

(3) Applicable NATOPS evaluator.

(4) Applicable position instructor.

(5) Aircrew Training Officer.

(6) Operations representative.

(7) Trainee’s LCPO

c. The TRB shall identify training deficiencies, determine probable

causal factors, develop a remedial schedule, and forward recommendations to the Commanding Officer for final disposition. Disqualification from duties involving flying may require notifying the detailer and an NEC or rate change. In the event a Field Naval Aviator/Naval Flight Officer Evaluation Board (FNAEB/FNFOEB) is recommended, consult the numbered Wing Training Department.

4410. Cockpit Managementcockpit mix based on judgment of mission length, mission demands, forecasted weather, and OPNAVINST 3710.7 guidance on rest, sleep, and circadian rhythm. For example, flights scheduled during circadian rhythm disturbed hours and/or requiring prolonged periods of low-level operations should be flown with three pilots and two flight engineers regardless of sortie duration. Commanding Officer’s discretion shall be exercised on flights marked in Figure 4-4-1 with a “C”. Unless the flight station is equipped with weather radar, the radar operator is required on ocean transits and cross-country flights.

. Commanding Officers shall determine an appropriate

MINIMUM CREW REQUIREMENTS MATRIX

SCHED FLIGHT PC CP#1 CP#2 FE#1 FE#2 RADAR OBS

<6HR FLT X X X C X

>6HR, BUT <8HR X X C X C C X

>8HR FLT X X X X X X X

Figure 4-4-1

4411.

Cross Country Flights

a. Authority for Flights

. All ‘Out of Area’ (>300NM) flights require pre-flight numbered wing OPS notification. Squadron Commanding Officers are authorized to approve CONUS overnight cross-country flights (RO1N). Cross-country flight requests for periods of two nights (RO2N) or greater shall be submitted to the respective Wing Commander a minimum of five working days prior to the scheduled departure date.

b. Responsibility

. The Commanding Officer requesting a cross-country flight shall ensure that applicable provisions of references (a) and (b) are observed. Specifically, Commanding Officers shall ensure that:

(1) The maximum amount of training is obtained and documented from each hour of flight. While specific flight hour restrictions are not imposed, the training received shall be commensurate with the flight hours expended.

(2) Flights which could be open to misinterpretation by the public

shall not be authorized. Examples are repeated flights to the home


4-4-6

areas of the pilot or crewmembers involved, or flights coinciding with major sporting or civic events.

(3) Each planned en route stop and destination are at a military

/federal government aerodrome and the facility possesses a military/federal government area for embarkation or debarkation of passengers and crew. In those circumstances where use of commercial terminal facilities is necessary, prior authorization is required.

(4) Each planned en route stop in the designated itinerary possesses adequate security to meet force protection requirements.

(5) Number of personnel embarked is determined in accordance with the applicable sections of references (b) and (c).

(6) Minimum crew composition and qualifications are in compliance with applicable NATOPS Flight Manual and figure 4-4-1.

(7) Departures/arrivals of flights, which require customs or agriculture inspections, are scheduled to coincide with normal working hours for the inspection agencies. In order to reduce costs and maintain satisfactory working relationships with inspection agencies, each plane commander must meet scheduled times or notify the appropriate base of changes to the itinerary.

c. Flight Advisories. Upon approval of a cross-country flight request, the squadron shall issue a flight advisory a minimum of 72 hours prior to the scheduled departure.


4-5-1

CHAPTER 4

SECTION 5

PILOT QUALIFICATION, DESIGNATION AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS

4501. Purpose

. To establish guidance and requirements for the administration of the pilot qualification, designation, and training programs.

4502. Background

. Reference (c) establishes basic requirements for classification of pilots and requires that each pilot receive an annual NATOPS evaluation. References (d) and (e) set forth the requirements and procedures for convening formal boards to evaluate performance, potential, and motivation for continued service as a naval aviator. References (g) and (p) set forth positional qualification and currency requirements, provide guidance in the use and management of the P3 Qualification Standards (P3QS) Program and define a standard system for record keeping and specific terms relevant to pilot designation.

4503. Definitions

.

a. First Tour Pilot

. An aviator, serving in an initial operational VP squadron tour, not previously qualified in fixed-wing aircraft except as a student in the training command or Fleet Replacement Squadron (FRS).

b. Second Tour Pilot

. An aviator previously qualified in fixed-wing aircraft who has served a previous operational squadron tour. The group is further subdivided as follows:

(1) Second Tour Patrol Pilot

. An aviator qualified as a P-3 Patrol Plane Commander (PPC) during a previous tour of duty.

(2) Second Tour Non-patrol Pilot

. An aviator not previously qualified as a P-3 PPC. Newly reporting individuals may hold NATOPS qualification for the P-3 airframe from a previous tour aboard a non-VP squadron (e.g., VPU-1).

c. ACTC/Pilot Designation Level Relationship

.

(1) ACTC Level 100/Patrol Plane Co-Pilot (PPCP)

. A NATOPS qualified co-pilot designated by the Commanding Officer to act as co-pilot on a P-3 aircraft in the performance of any assigned mission, under all weather conditions. First tour pilots graduate the FRS having passed a PPCP NATOPS check ride and are qualified as a PPCP.

(2) ACTC Level 200/Patrol Plane Pilot (PPP)

. A NATOPS qualified pilot designated by the Commanding Officer to act as primary co-pilot on a P-3 aircraft in the performance of any assigned mission, under all weather conditions. Additionally, a PPP is qualified to command a P-3 aircraft under visual meteorological conditions (VMC) flight rules on local area flights, provided the co-pilot is a designated PPP or higher.

(3) ACTC Level 300/Patrol Plane Commander (PPC)

. A NATOPS qualified pilot designated by the Commanding Officer to command a P-3 aircraft and crew in the performance of any assigned operational or training mission, under all weather conditions. Safety of flight is the ultimate responsibility of the pilot in command although safe navigation and terrain avoidance must actively and continually involve the pilots, NFOs, and radar operator as a team. This team shall never lose sight of this overriding safety concern, and the pace of the mission shall never be allowed to degrade concentration on safe navigation.


4-5-2

(4) ACTC Level 400MC/Patrol Plane Mission Commander (PPMC)

. A PPC qualified pilot designated by the Commanding Officer to command a P-3 aircraft and crew in the performance of any assigned operational or training mission. Mission success and crew coordination are the ultimate responsibility of the mission commander. NOTE: ACTC Level 400MC pilots should remain designated as ACTC Level 300 in the Set-Up / Personnel section of SHARP so that the Pilot Proficiency Training Report reflects the correct number of pilot instructors at the unit.

(5) ACTC Level 400I/Patrol Plane Instructor Pilot (PPIP)

. A PPMC who has completed the VP-30 Fleet Instructor Under Training (FIUT) and Instructor Pilot syllabus and has been designated in writing by the squadron Commanding Officer.

(6) ACTC Level 500/Weapons and Tactics Instructor (WTI)

. A PPIP who has completed the Orion Weapons and Tactics Instructor syllabus.

Pilot Designation Level/ACTC Level Relationship

Designation PPNP/PPCP PPP PPC PPMC PPIP WTI

ACTC Level 100 200 300 400MC 400I 500

Figure 4-5-1 d. Instrument Check Pilot

. The squadron Commanding Officer shall designate in writing PPIPs or pilots within the ACTC Level 400I syllabus to perform instrument check flights in accordance with reference (c).

e. OFT Instructor Pilot

. The squadron Commanding Officer shall designate in writing PPIPs or PPCs to perform normal instrument procedures, full stop landings and touch and go landings in the 2F87 Level D OFT. Assignment of an OFT Proficiency PPC is a requirement for simulated events that generate approaches or hours toward meeting individual or squadron pilot proficiency requirements. Completion of a Wing instructed 2F87 Level D Operators Course is a requirement prior to designation.

f. CNS/ATM Subject Matter Expert (SME)

. The squadron Commanding Officer shall designate PPCs in writing as CNS/ATM SME's upon completion of the CNS/ATM SME syllabus to perform CNS/ATM upgrading events in accordance with reference (x).

g. CNS/ATM qualified PPC

. The squadron Commanding Officer shall designate PPCs in writing upon completion of the CNS/ATM syllabus to fly with GPS as the primary source of navigation in accordance with reference (w).

h. Landing Restrictions

.

Pilot in left seat (making landing)

PILOT IN RIGHT SEAT

PPIP PPC PPP PPCP PPIP 1 1 1 1 PPC 1 2 2 2 PPP 1 2 3 4 PPCP/PPN0P 1 2 4 4 Pilot in right seat (making landing)

PILOT IN LEFT SEAT

PPIP PPC PPP PPCP PPIP 1 1 1 1 PPC 1 2 2 2 PPP 1 2 4 4 PPCP/PPN0P 1 4 4 4

Figure 4-5-2


4-5-3

Notes: 1. No restrictions. 2. No simulated emergencies. 3. No simulated emergencies, full stop landings only. 4. Not authorized. i. Simulated Aircraft Emergencies

. The simulation of emergency situations or equipment malfunctions by intentionally disabling a flight related aircraft system, electrical bus, or component during flight is authorized only when a designated PPIP is assigned as PPC. Designated instrument check pilots may, however, disable flight instruments and NAVAIDS as necessary to complete the requirement of an instrument flight check. No equipment will be intentionally disabled for training purposes on operational flights without the express permission of the PPMC and PPC.

(1) PPCs are authorized to instruct from the left or right seat and sign off appropriate items of the pilot's training syllabus in the following areas: full stop landings, touch-and-go landings, tactical procedures, and normal instrument procedures.

(2) Only designated PPIPs are authorized to instruct the following

evolutions: three/two-engine approaches and landings, no flap approaches and landings, approach to stall maneuvers, VMC air demonstrations, and ditching drills at ditch speeds.

4504. Discussion

tactically competent member of the crew. Normally, pilots will report to fleet squadrons following successful completion of the flight training syllabus in the FRS. Second tour pilots previously designated in P-3 type aircraft may be designated after completion of all requirements as PPC, or completion of an amended syllabus as approved by the Commanding Officer, based upon the member's prior experience and currency. All others must qualify as PPP before qualifying as PPC. In order to ensure that the high level of experience and ability required for designation of a PPC is obtained, Commanding Officers shall ensure that training requirements are conducted and graded as delineated in this manual. To successfully accomplish pilot training, fleet squadrons require PPIPs. In view of the particular traits required of a PPIP, it is neither intended nor desired that all designated PPCs be assigned this responsibility.

. The purpose of the pilot training program is to train and qualify an aviator for designation as PPC, to ensure safe and efficient utilization of the P-3 weapons system in all phases of operation, and to be a

4505. Designation

. When a naval aviator has met the requirements outlined in this chapter, the Commanding Officer may designate him/her in the appropriate classification in the model aircraft assigned. Copies of designation letters shall be forwarded to NAVPERSCOM and entered in the officer's field service record and NATOPS training jacket.

4506. Failure to Qualify Within Prescribed Time Limits. Unless extenuating circumstances dictate otherwise, pilots who fail to qualify within the period prescribed shall be ordered before a Field Naval Aviator Evaluation Board (FNAEB) in accordance with references (d) and (e). It is recognized, however, that failure to meet the required qualification time may occasionally be the result of circumstances beyond the control of the individual pilot. Therefore, on a case-by-case basis, the numbered Wing Commander may grant additional time (but not longer than 90 days) to qualify as PPP or PPC. In such cases, squadron Commanding Officers shall submit a request for extension of qualification time to the numbered Wing Commander. All requests shall include the reason for the delinquency, justification for an extension of qualification, recommended written remedial syllabus and an estimated date of qualification. The numbered Wing Commander will approve specific remedial training plans prior to implementation. In the event that all remediation attempts fail, referral to a FNAEB may be appropriate.


4-5-4

4507. Pilot Qualification Summary

.

a. Oral Board

. Prior to PPC designation, successful completion of an oral review board is required to determine an individual's maturity and depth of knowledge. Commanding Officers shall ensure the oral review program for PPP and PPC is conducted in accordance with board guidelines promulgated in P3QS.

b. PPC Check Ride

. A check ride must be flown in accordance with reference (p) prior to PPC designation. Commanding Officers are authorized to delineate their own additional minimum requirements for the check ride.

c. Pilot Syllabus Grading Criteria

. The standardization of pilot syllabus grading criteria is critical to a healthy pilot training program. The individual task performance rating scales and overall event rating scales that determined the performance level of an individual during syllabus events are defined in ref (p). Events that are graded unsatisfactory overall should be re-flown prior to continuation of the syllabus. Warm-up events may be used where appropriate to bring necessary skills up to acceptable standards prior to a re-fly.

4508. Pilot Currency Requirements

. Chapter 11 of reference (c) specifies semi-annual and annual minimums for pilot, night, and instrument time. Chapter 13 of reference (c) delineates instrument flight time requirements, qualifications, and currency requirements. Reference (h) specifies NATOPS in-flight evaluation and written examination requirements.

4509. Active Component Pilot Proficiency Training

.

a. Monthly Proficiency Minimums

. Retention of pilot proficiency is critical to developing and retaining readiness in all PRMARs/NTAs. Such proficiency requires ongoing renewal of both airways and pattern work skills. The following tables 4-5-3 and 4-5-4 requirements, defined as a function of pilot experience level, are considered the minimum standards required of each pilot to retain those skills. The requirements specified are based on a calendar month (landings/approaches) or three calendar months (flight hours) cumulative in nature, and accumulated over all inflight events, not just during dedicated field work (DFW) events. Monthly proficiency data will be measured as of the final day of each calendar month.

Calendar Month Proficiency Requirements (Note 5)

Figure 4-5-3

Three Calendar Month Cumulative Flight Hour Requirements (Note 5)

Experience Level Total Pilot Hrs (Note 3)

PPCP/PPP 45

PPC with < 1000 Flight Hours 30

CO/XO/IP/PPC with >1000 Flight Hours 30 (Note 1,4)

Figure 4-5-4

Experience Level Approaches (Note 1,2) Landings

PPCP/PPP 3 6

PPC with < 1000 Flight Hours 3 6

CO/XO/IP/PPC with >1000 Flight Hours 3 3


4-5-5

Note 1: 2F87 Level D simulator events used to count toward pilot PPT requirements must be instructed by a PPIP or designated OFT Instructor Pilot. Note 2: Pilot approach requirements may be met in the 2F87 Level D OFT. If conducted in the simulator, all approaches must be completed under actual IMC conditions and a minimum of one approach must be completed under night conditions. The OFT must have motion enabled in order to accumulate approaches or hours toward pilot PPT requirements. Note 3: Total pilot flight hours are computed based on the flight hours accumulated in the previous three calendar months. Each pilot, when not deployed, should obtain two hours of pilot time per month in the OFT. This requirement may be averaged over a two-month period. The hours can be used towards total pilot hours for pilots with > 1000 hrs IAW note 4. Note 4: A minimum of 21 of the required flight hours must be accumulated during actual flight events in the aircraft. The remaining flight hour requirement may be met using the 2F87 Level D OFT not to exceed a total of nine (9) hours in the previous three calendar months. Note 5: Approaches and total pilot hours toward meeting individual/squadron pilot proficiency requirements may not be achieved during simulator events during which the OFT crashes due to pilot error or lack of judgment. Pilots must continuously assess their own skill level and request additional training as necessary.

b. Night/IP DFW Exposure Standards.

A Dedicated Field Work (DFW) event is a flight conducted specifically to provide pilots with pattern work exposure. As a part of satisfying the table 4-5-3 and 4-5-4 proficiency criteria the squadrons shall include the following criteria in the pilot proficiency program:

(1) Each pilot shall complete one night DFW (NDFW) every 90 days that includes a minimum of three approaches and three landings. Completion of this event satisfies the MOB 207 task criteria.

(2) Each PPC shall complete one instructor DFW (IPDFW) every 90 days

that includes a minimum of three approaches and three landings. Completion of this event satisfies the MOB 202 task criteria. This requirement may be completed in a 2F87 OFT Level D simulator if available. However, the 2F87 OFT Level D may not be used to meet consecutive IPDFW requirements. If the 2F87 Level D OFT is used to complete annual pilot NATOPS evaluation requirements, use of the simulator to complete at least one IPDFW prior to the evaluation is highly encouraged. Note: A NATOPS check may be counted as an IPDFW. Initial NATOPS evaluations shall be completed in the aircraft. Also if available, pilots can conduct annual instrument evaluation flights in the OFT at the discretion of the squadron Commanding Officer.

The hours, approaches and landings generated during these DFWs are included in the individual’s cumulative one/three month requirements.

c. Pilot Proficiency Thresholds and Requirements

.

(1) “30-Day No-Fly”: A PPC that does not fly for 30 days or more shall not be assigned as a PPC until completing a DFW event.

(2) A squadron PPC that fails to maintain currency IAW paras 4509 a

and b as of the last day of the previous month, shall not be assigned as a PPC without written CO approval.


4-5-6

(3) A squadron Commanding Officer, Executive Officer or Senior Pilot (if applicable) or a pilot assigned to the Wing that fails to maintain currency IAW paras 4509 a and b as of the last day of the previous month, shall not be assigned as a PPC without written operational Wing Commander (parent Wing for FRTP squadrons, CTF for deployed/detached squadrons) approval.

(4) A PPC that fails to maintain currency IAW paras 4509 a and b for

the two previous consecutive calendar months must complete an IPDFW in the aircraft or 2F87 (if not in violation of consecutive sim IPDFW discussed in 4509.b.1 above prior to assignment as a PPC. Only the operational Wing Commander or CPRG may waive this requirement.


the three previous consecutive calendar months must complete an IPDFW in the aircraft, accumulate six landings and three approaches (may be completed in the 2F87 Level D OFT) and accumulate a minimum of 10 flight hours (aircraft only) prior to assignment as a PPC. CPRG retains the waiver authority for this requirement. If a waiver is required, the operational Wing Commander may submit a written request to CPRG.

(6) Pilots in LSRS squadrons are required to maintain currency on the

configured aircraft every 120 days following initial certification. Full training, proficiency and currency requirements are defined in the COMPATRECONGRUINST 3500.XX, LSRS VP WTM.

d. Instructor Pilot Proficiency Thresholds and Requirements

.

(1) To ensure consistency of training, candidates for Instructor Pilot qualification must finish the ACTC 400I syllabus (FIUT prerequisites, FIUT, P3QS syllabus flights) in no more than four months from the completion date of the first FIUT pre-requisite event. Squadron Commanding Officers may waive this requirement in extraordinary circumstances (i.e. surge, deployment, etc.) with due consideration for adequate mitigation measures to limit training risk.

(2) To ensure adequate instructor experience and return on training

investment for fleet squadrons, Instructor Pilot candidates should complete the entire ACTC 400I course of instruction and be designated with a minimum of six months remaining in the squadron prior to the individual's PRD. Squadron Commanding Officers may waive this requirement in extraordinary circumstances (i.e. surge, deployment, etc.) with due consideration for adequate mitigation measure to limit training risk.

(3). To ensure proficiency and standardization of training, squadrons

shall provide recurring pilot instructional exposure to qualified ACTC 400I Instructor Pilots in accordance with the following:

(a) Requirement: Pilots with less than 100 hours of IP

experience in model shall have performed in an Instructor Pilot role at least once during the previous 30 days in the aircraft, prior to being scheduled as an instructor on any pilot training event conducted in the aircraft.

1. Mitigation: If an Instructor Pilot has not performed in

role in the previous 30 days, a warm-up event, including scenario development, must be conducted under the supervision of another ACTC 400I Instructor Pilot in either the aircraft or 2F87 OFT. The non-proficient IP shall occupy either the copilot seat.

2. Waiver Authority: A waiver from this requirement can

only be approved by the parent Wing Commander.


4-5-7

(b) Requirement: Pilots with more than 100 hours of IP experience in model shall have performed in an Instructor Pilot role at least once during the previous 45 days in the aircraft prior to being scheduled as an Instructor on any pilot training event conducted in the aircraft.

1. Mitigation: If an Instructor Pilot has not performed in

role in the previous 45 days, a warm-up event, including scenario development, must be conducted under the supervision of another ACTC 400I Instructor Pilot in either the aircraft or 2F87 OFT. The non-proficient IP shall occupy the copilot seat.

2. Waiver Authority: A waiver from this requirement can

only be approved by the parent Wing Commander.

e. Communication Navigation Surveillance/Automated Traffic Management System (CNS/ATM) Proficiency: Each squadron shall complete the VP-30/MPRWS CNS/ATM Full Fleet Introduction Teach (FIT) syllabus prior to using GPS as the primary source of navigation. Following the Full FIT, each squadron is responsible for implementing and maintaining their own CNS/ATM training in accordance with Ref (w) and OPNAV 3710.7U. In addition to the requirements in the instructions above, the following proficiency requirements apply:

(1) A PPC designated as a CNS/ATM SME shall complete one dedicated CNS/ATM training flight or OFT per calendar month.

(2) A CNS/ATM SME who does not meet the above requirements shall complete a refresher flight or OFT with another qualified SME before being assigned to instruct a CNS/ATM event.

(3) The above restrictions can be waived while a squadron is in a deployed status as deemed necessary by the Commanding Officer.

4510. Reserve Component Pilot Proficiency Training

.

a. Retention of pilot proficiency is critical to developing and retaining readiness in all PRMARs/NTAs. Such proficiency requires ongoing renewal of both airways and pattern work skills. The following table 4-5-5 requirements are considered the minimum standards required of each reserve pilot to retain those skills. The requirements specified are cumulative in nature, and accumulated over all in-flight events, not just during dedicated field work (DFW) events.

Two Month Cumulative Proficiency Requirements (Note 5)

Experience Level Total Pilot Hrs Approaches (Note 1) Landings

USNR Pilot 12 (Note 3), 6 (Note 2,4) 3 (Note 4) 6 (Note 4) Figure 4-5-5 Satisfying these requirements constitutes meeting the Training Matrix MOB206 task standards for that month.

Note 1: Pilot approach requirements may be met in the 2F87 Level D OFT. If conducted in the simulator, all approaches must be completed under actual IMC conditions and a minimum of one approach must be completed under night conditions. Note 2: The total pilot hour requirement for SELRES pilots employed in a civilian occupation that includes extensive and consistent flight experience (i.e. airline pilot) is six (6) total hours per two month period. All of these must be accumulated in the aircraft.


4-5-8

Note 3: For SELRES pilots who do not meet the civilian occupation requirement in note 2 above, a minimum of six (6) of the required flight hours must be accumulated during actual flight events in the aircraft. The remaining flight hour requirement may be met using the 2F87 Level D OFT not to exceed a total of six (6) hours in the previous two calendar months. Note 4: Full Time Support (FTS) pilots assigned to squadrons/Wings shall utilize the pilot proficiency requirements for Active Component pilots based on accumulated experience delineated in 4509.a through 4509.c above. Note 5: Approaches and total pilot hours toward meeting individual/squadron pilot proficiency requirements may not be achieved during simulator events during which the OFT crashes due to pilot error or lack of judgment. Pilots must continuously assess their own skill level and request additional training as necessary.

b. Night/IP DFW Exposure Standards.

A Dedicated Field Work (DFW) event is a flight conducted specifically to provide pilots with pattern work exposure. As a part of satisfying the table 4-5-3 and 4-5-4 proficiency criteria the squadrons shall include the following criteria in the pilot proficiency program:

(1) Each pilot shall complete one night DFW (NDFW) every 90 days that includes a minimum of three approaches and three landings. Completion of this event satisfies the MOB 207 task criteria.

(2) Each PPC shall complete one instructor DFW (IPDFW) every 90 days that includes a minimum of three approaches and three landings. Completion of this event satisfies the MOB 202 task criteria. This requirement may be completed in a 2F87 OFT Level D simulator if available. However, the 2F87 OFT Level D may not be used to meet consecutive IPDFW requirements. If the 2F87 Level D OFT is used to complete annual pilot NATOPS evaluation requirements, use of the simulator to complete at least one IPDFW prior to the evaluation is highly encouraged. Note: A NATOPS check may be counted as an IPDFW. Initial NATOPS evaluations shall be completed in the aircraft. Also if available, pilots can conduct annual instrument evaluation flights in the OFT at the discretion of the squadron Commanding Officer.

c. Reserve Pilot Proficiency Thresholds and Requirements

.

(1) A PPC that does not fly for 60 days or more shall not be assigned as a PPC until completing a DFW event.

(2) A squadron PPC that fails to maintain currency IAW paras 4510 a

and b as of the last day of the previous month, shall not be assigned as a PPC without CO approval.

(3) A squadron Commanding Officer, Executive Officer or Senior Pilot

(if applicable) that fails to maintain currency IAW paras 4510 a and b as of the last day of the previous month, shall not be assigned as a PPC without operational Wing Commander (parent Wing for FRTP squadrons, CTF for deployed/detached squadrons) approval.


the two previous consecutive reporting periods (two consecutive reporting periods is a total of three calendar months; i.e. Mar/Apr and Apr/May) must complete an IPDFW in the aircraft or 2F87 (if not in violation of consecutive sim IPDFW discussed in 4509.b.1 above prior to assignment as a PPC. Only the operational Wing Commander or CPRG may waive this requirement.


the three previous consecutive reporting periods (three consecutive


4-5-9

reporting periods is a total of four calendar months; i.e. Mar/Apr, Apr/May and May/Jun) must complete an IPDFW in the aircraft; accumulate six landings and three approaches (may be completed in the 2F87 Level D OFT) and accumulate a minimum of six (6) flight hours (aircraft only) prior to assignment as a PPC. CPRG retains the waiver authority for this requirement. If a waiver is required, the operational Wing Commander may submit a written request to CPRG.

4511. Pilot Tactical Training Requirements

. All pilots are required to attain and maintain a high standard of tactical understanding and expertise. To assist pilots to achieve this standard, the following mandatory formal and informal training shall be satisfactorily completed:

a. FRS Tactical Training

. An introductory level of tactical training is provided at the FRS to give the pilot the basic knowledge required to begin flying as a member of a crew. This training consists of self-study, tactical seminars, simulator events and tactical flights. Second and third tour pilots receive an advanced tactical syllabus (CAT 300/400).

b. P3 Qualification Standard (P3QS)

. The P3QS program has tactical components and reinforces the information taught at the FRS. The maximum time allowed for upgrading is specified in figure 4-5-5.

c. Training Courses

. Pilots are required to successfully complete ARP during each IDRC as part of a combat aircrew.

d. Readiness Qualifications

. The series of qualifications shall be completed by pilots concurrently with the other components of tactical training. Readiness qualifications are the events in which the tactical knowledge gained through courses and P3QS is practically applied and tested. Requirements for these qualifications are contained in Chapter 5.

4512. Squadron Senior Pilot

. The Senior Pilot should be the subject matter expert on all matters regarding flight station personnel management, qualification, and aircraft operations. Normally, the Senior Pilot is the squadron’s most experienced pilot. The Senior Pilot shall possess formal aviation safety training. In the event neither the Commanding Officer nor Executive Officer are pilots, the Senior Pilot shall be designated in writing. In order to designate an individual as the Senior Pilot, the following requirements must be met:

a. Completion of Aviation Command Safety Course. b. Completion of FRS Senior Pilot Syllabus. VP-30 will provide a

modified IUT Refresher Course during CAT III training for individuals on a case-by-case basis upon request (if sufficient resources available).

c. The parent Wing Commanding Officer may waive these requirements upon

request. 4513. Squadron Senior Pilot Responsibilities

. Specifically, the Senior Pilot should:

a. Provide overall management of Flight Station upgrade training and standardization including monitoring flight station crew composition and monitoring pilot and FE upgrade training and qualifications.

b. Provide active leadership in squadron safety programs including all-

pilot meetings and provide recommendations on hazard reports. c. Participate in the Human Factors Board, Aircraft Mishap Board and

other related boards and councils. 4514. ACTC Level 400I/Patrol Plane Instructor Pilot (PPIP) Qualification

.


4-5-10

a. Discussion

.

(1) A PPIP must be extremely safety conscious, mature, of sound judgment, tactically proficient and have the proven ability to instruct. Furthermore, a PPIP must be capable of detecting the onset of an emergency situation during teaching evolutions (whether student-induced or due to aircraft system faults) and be capable of taking the appropriate corrective action without the help of the pilot under instruction. Accordingly, the PPIP must fly and instruct regularly to ensure the highest safety standards are maintained. All PPIPs shall instruct in strict compliance with reference (i), the FRS Flight Instructors Guide (FIG).

(2) Standardization is necessary if PPIPs are to receive the best

training available prior to designation. The P-3 PPIP P3QS syllabus provides the foundation for this training. The prospective PPIP shall have already demonstrated above average aircraft knowledge before being selected for training as a PPIP. When implementing the PPIP P3QS syllabus, Commanding Officers shall ensure emphasis is placed on teaching techniques, student reactions, setting up for emergency sequences, and safety rather than strictly on aircraft knowledge. Use of the OFT to accomplish PPIP P3QS performance requirements is strongly recommended.

b. Specific Criteria

. To ensure high quality follow-on training, PPIPs shall meet the following requirements prior to designation:

(1) Be a designated P-3 PPC with at least 150 hours P-3 aircraft commander time (can be waived to 100 hours by numbered Wing Commander commensurate with demonstrated ability and only when needed to accomplish the squadron’s mission).

(2) Be a highly motivated, above-average aviator possessing good

basic airwork, a good safety record, and an ability to deliver instruction.

(3) Have satisfactorily completed the ACTC Level 400MC PPIP P3QS, simulator, and fly events. Commanding Officers may waive the requirement for a PPIP IUT FLY5 and conduct a FLY6X if the IUT Candidate demonstrates outstanding performance on FLY4 and the completion of a FLY5 would not benefit the candidate. Specific guidance for the structure of the IUT is delineated in the ACTC Level 400MC P3QS and Appendix A of the P-3 Flight Instructors Guide (FIG).

(4) Prerequisites for a VP-30 FIUT consist of the following: Completed numbered Wing OFT instructor course, ACTC Level 400MC PPIP P3QS, OFT 1/2/3, and FLY 1/2. These prerequisites may be waived by CPRG N7. Squadrons should use discretion when requesting a waiver, carefully considering the IUT candidate’s ability to successfully complete VP-30 FIUT. If waived and complete through IUT FLY1, VP-30 FIUT will attempt to complete IUT FLY2-4. The focus during the prerequisites shall be the development of good right seat basic airwork and the IUT’s own safety “window” when conducting right seat demonstrations.

(5) Have completed VP-30 FIUT. VP-30 FIUT consists of the FIUT three-day ground school, PPIP IUT OFT3/4, and PPIP IUT FLY3/4 instructed by the VP-30 FIUT. With Wing approval, Commanding Officers may designate PPIPs without the VP-30 FIUT when unusual circumstances (i.e. deployment) prevent completion in a timely manner. When this occurs, PPIPs must still complete all four PPIP IUT OFT events and all six PPIP IUT flight events (instructed by squadron IUT instructors vice the VP-30 FIUT Team) prior to designation. In the event a waiver is granted, the parent Wing shall notify CPRG. Squadrons shall schedule their IUT training to coincide with VP-30 FIUT to the maximum extent practicable.


4-5-11

(6) Be thoroughly familiar with all pertinent publications and

directives. FIUT consists of the following: At a minimum, have completed numbered Wing OFT instructor course, squadron IUT P3QS, OFT1/2 and Fly1/2. These prerequisites may only be waived by CPRG N7.

c. Squadron Instructor Under Training Syllabus

.

(1) Squadrons shall utilize the IUT Syllabus promulgated in the ACTC Level 400MC PPIP Syllabus and the P-3 Flight Instructors Guide (FIG).

(2) IUT Instructors shall be designated by the Commanding Officer to

satisfy the OPNAVINST 3710.7 series requirement for a “qualified” IUT instructor.

(3) IUT Instructors should posses a minimum of 50 hours of P-3 flight

instruction. In addition, squadrons shall reference the FIG for guidance qualifying IUT Instructors.

(4) Squadrons are encouraged to have current IUT Instructors observe

VP-30 FIUT OFT and FLY events to further enhance standardization and address current fleet trends. Squadrons may also have VP-30 FIUT observe IUT events instructed by a squadron IUT Instructor if scheduling permits.

d. Commanding Officers’ Responsibilities

.

(1) Be responsible for the supervision, coordination, and execution of all facets of PPIP training.

(2) Personally ensure the quality of prospective PPIPs through

interview, personal observation, and/or check flights. (3) Limit the number of PPIPs in their squadron to the number

required to meet squadron pilot training needs so that designated PPIPs can remain current and promote standardization. Consideration should be given to the need to continue training during multi-detachment deployments.

(4) Designate all PPIPs in writing. (5) Ensure designated PPIPs remain current as instructors through

frequent employment in the PPIP role. 4515. Pilot Training Summary

.

1st Tour and 2nd Tour (Non-VP) 2nd Tour Requirement to Designate

PPP PPC PPC

Prior Designation PPCP PPP PPC Minimum Flight Time None 700 (4) 700 (4) Designation By CO CO CO Maximum time in squadron to qualify

15 Mos (1,2) 24 Mos (3) 6 Mos

Figure 4-5-6

Notes: 1. These times are not mandatory, they provide a guide for satisfactory progress toward final designation.

2. NATOPS qualification required within 12 months. 3. Second tour non-VP have 18 months to qualify.

4. 700 flight hour minimum per OPNAVINST 3710.7. This may be waived by parent wing Commanding Officers to 650 total individual pilot flight hours under the following conditions:


4-5-12

- Pilot has logged a minimum of 50 hours of simulation time in the 2F87 Level D OFT (logged in blue ink in pilot logbook).

- Commensurate with demonstrated ability. - Only when deemed necessary to accomplish the squadron’s mission. CPRG N00/N01/N7 shall be notified in the event Wing Commanders exercise the above waiver authority. In extreme circumstances, Commander, Patrol and Reconnaissance Group may waive the total individual pilot hour requirement to 600 flight hours. Waivers will be considered if the candidate pilot has logged a minimum of 100 hours of simulation time in the 2F87 Level D OFT and the other conditions above are satisfied. 4516. Training Records and Reports

. All pilots shall have an Electronic Training Jacket, a Ground Training Jacket as a hard copy back up until the Electronic Training Jacket is fully operational, and a NATOPS Training / Qualification Jacket as detailed in reference (c)). Squadron Training Officers shall maintain the pilot training records and track each pilot’s progress toward qualification. Once SHARP LMS is implemented and the squadron is trained, the use of Electronic Training Jackets is mandatory. Training jacket performance reviews shall be conducted on a monthly basis with particular emphasis on documentation of trends that may require additional training or remediation to correct. Negative trends shall be discussed in detail at the monthly instructor pilot meeting, and minutes including recommended courses of action shall be routed to the commanding officer via the training officer for decision.

4517. Squadron Reporting Criteria

.

a. Pilot Proficiency Training

. Squadron Commanding Officers will provide the following information to the operational Wing Commander on the first working day of each calendar month:

(1) Percentage of squadron pilots that met or exceeded the proficiency requirements as of the last day of the previous calendar month/reporting period.

(2) Number of requested waivers and justification for PPCs who have

failed to meet PPT requirements for the two previous calendar months/reporting periods (if waiver(s) desired).

(3) Draft waiver request for CPRG for desired waivers and

justification for PPCs who have failed to meet PPT requirements for the three previous calendar months/reporting periods (if waiver(s) desired).

b. Training Reports

. Squadron Commanding Officers shall provide regular updates to their parent Wing as determined by the Wing Commander. At a minimum, squadron Commanding Officers shall report to their parent Wing any time a Training Review Board or failure of a squadron designated remediation syllabus may result in initiation of the FNAEB process.

c. Reserve Squadrons shall provide COMPATRECONGRU N7 with a list of all COB pilots and their flying category e.g. RC flyer, RC non-flyer or AC/FTS, and update them as changes occur.


4-6-1

CHAPTER 4

SECTION 6

NAVAL FLIGHT OFFICER (NFO) QUALIFICATION, DESIGNATION AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS

4601. Purpose

. To establish guidance and requirements for the administration of the Naval Flight Officer (NFO) qualification, designation, and training programs.

4602. Background

. Reference (c) establishes the basic requirements for classification of Naval Flight Officers (NFOs) and requires that each NFO receive an annual NATOPS evaluation. Reference (d) sets forth the requirements and procedures for convening formal boards to evaluate performance, potential and motivation for continued service as an NFO. Reference (j) provides comprehensive guidance on the conduct of courses, flights and WST periods for PPTNCs, PPTCs and PPITCs under instruction. Reference (p) sets forth positional qualification and currency requirements, provides guidance in the use and management of the P3 Qualification Standards (P3QS) program and defines a standard system for record keeping and reporting and specific terms relevant to NFO designation.

4603.

Definitions

a. First Tour NFO

. An NFO serving in an initial operational VP tour, not previously qualified in fixed-wing aircraft, except as a student in the training command or the Fleet Replacement Squadron (FRS).

b. Second Tour NFO

. An NFO previously qualified as a P-3 PPTC.

c. ACTC/NFO Designation Level Relationship

.

(1) ACTC Level 100/Patrol Plane Navigator/Communicator

. A NATOPS qualified NFO having graduated from the FRS who is qualified safe to solo as a navigator and communicator (Nav/Comm) in a P-3C aircraft.

(2) ACTC Level 200/Patrol Plane Tactical Navigator/Communicator (PPTNC)

. A NATOPS qualified NFO designated by the Commanding Officer to act as a tactical navigator and communicator in a P-3C aircraft on any tactical mission assigned.

(3) ACTC Level 300/Patrol Plane Tactical Coordinator (PPTC)

. A NATOPS qualified NFO designated by the Commanding Officer to coordinate and direct a P-3C flight crew on any assigned operational and training mission. The PPTC, per reference (c), is always the senior navigator on board and retains the responsibility for accurate and safe navigation throughout the mission.

(4) ACTC Level 400MC/Patrol Plane Mission Commander (PPMC)

. A PPTC qualified NFO designated by the Commanding Officer to command a P-3 aircraft and crew in the performance of any assigned operational or training mission. Mission success and crew coordination are the ultimate responsibility of the mission commander.

(5) ACTC Level 400I/Patrol Plane Instructor TACCO (PPITC)

. A PPMC who has completed the PPITC P3QS syllabus, VP-30 FIUT, and other requirements delineated in para 4412 below, and has been designated by the Commanding Officer.

(6) ACTC Level 500/Weapons and Tactics Instructor (WTI). A PPITC who has completed the Orion Weapons and Tactics Instructor syllabus.


4-6-2

d. CNS/ATM Subject Matter Expert (SME)

. The squadron Commanding Officer shall designate TCs or NCs in writing as CNS/ATM SME's upon completion of the CNS/ATM SME syllabus to perform CNS/ATM upgrading events in accordance with reference (w).

e. CNS/ATM qualified TC/NC

. The squadron Commanding Officer shall designate TCs/NCs in writing upon completion of the CNS/ATM syllabus in order to fly with GPS as the primary source of navigation.

NFO Designation Level/ACTC Level Relationship

Designation FRS NFO PPNC PPTC PPMC PPITC WTI

ACTC Level 100 200 300 400MC 400I 500

Figure 4-6-1 4604. Discussion

. The purpose of the NFO training program is to train and qualify NFOs for designation as PPTNC and PPTC. First tour NFOs are required to qualify successfully as a PPNC before qualifying as PPTNC and PPTC. Second tour NFOs who have previously held a PPTC designation in a patrol squadron may be designated PPTC upon completion of all PPTC requirements. In order to ensure that the high level of experience and ability required for designation of a PPTC is obtained, Commanding Officers shall ensure that training requirements are conducted and graded as delineated in this manual. To successfully accomplish PPTC training, fleet squadrons require PPITCs. In view of the particular traits required of a PPITC, it is neither intended nor desired that all designated PPTCs be assigned the responsibility of PPITC.

4605. Designation

. When an NFO has met the requirements outlined in this chapter, the Commanding Officer may award the appropriate designation. Copies of designation letters shall be forwarded to NAVPERSCOM and entered in the officer's service record and NATOPS Training Jacket.

4606. Failure to Qualify Within Prescribed Time Limits

. Unless extenuating circumstances dictate otherwise, NFOs who fail to qualify within the period prescribed shall be ordered before a Field Naval Flight Officer Evaluation Board (FNFOEB) in accordance with reference (e). It is recognized, however, that failure to meet the required qualification time may occasionally be the result of circumstances beyond the control of the individual NFO. Therefore, on a case-by-case basis, the numbered Wing Commander may grant additional time (not more than 90 days) to qualify as PPNC or PPTC. In such cases, squadron Commanding Officers shall submit a request for extension of qualification time to the numbered Wing Commander. All such requests shall include the reason for the delinquency, justification for an extension of qualification, recommended written remedial syllabus and an estimated date of qualification. The numbered Wing Commander will approve specific remedial training plans prior to implementation. In the event that all remediation attempts fail, referral to a FNFOEB is appropriate.

4607. NFO Qualification Summary

.

a. Oral Boards

. Prior to PPTNC or PPTC designation, successful completion of an oral review board is required to determine an individual's maturity and depth of knowledge. Commanding Officers shall ensure that the oral review program for PPTCs and PPNCs is conducted in accordance with the P3QS.

b. Check Rides. The initial NATOPS Qualification received by a first tour NFO at the FRS is considered valid, and upon receipt of the qualification, the PPNC is considered safe to solo. A Tactical Evaluation must be completed in accordance with P3QS prior to PPTNC designation, at which point the first tour NFO is considered to be fully qualified to perform all tactical NAV/COMM duties onstation. A NATOPS check ride should not be reflown for completion of PPTNC qualification. A NATOPS check ride must be flown in accordance with reference (q) prior to PPTC designation. The NATOPS Qualification received by a second or third tour NFO at the FRS


4-6-3

shall be considered valid. A tactical evaluation must also be completed in accordance with P3QS prior to PPTC designations. Commanding Officers are free to delineate their own additional minimum requirements for the check ride.

4608. NFO Currency Requirements

. Chapter 11 of reference (c) specifies minimum semi-annual and annual special crew hours that an NFO must fly. Chapter 13 delineates instrument flight requirements, qualification, and currency requirements. Reference (p) specifies NATOPS in-flight evaluation and written examination requirements. In accordance with reference (c), up to 50 percent of annual or semi-annual flight hours may be achieved using the WST/TORT.

a. Communication Navigation Surveillance/Automated Traffic Management System (CNS/ATM) Proficiency: Each squadron shall complete the VP-30/MPRWS CNS/ATM Full Fleet Introduction Teach (FIT) syllabus prior to using GPS as the primary source of navigation. Following the Full FIT, each squadron is responsible for implementing and maintaining their own CNS/ATM training plan in accordance with Ref (w) and OPNAV 3710.7U. In addition to the requirements in the instructions above, the following proficiency requirements apply:

(1) A TC/NC designated as a CNS/ATM SME shall complete one flight every 90 days utilizing a CNS/ATM equipped aircraft. (2) A CNS/ATM SME who does not meet the above requirement shall complete a refresher flight with another qualified SME before being assigned to instruct a CNS/ATM event.

(3) The above two restrictions can be waived while a squadron is in a deployed status as deemed necessary by the Commanding Officer.

4609. Instructor TACCO Weapons Proficiency Event (ITWPE)

. The Instructor TACCO Weapons Proficiency Events (ITWPE) are designed to provide qualified Tactical Coordinators an opportunity to hone their armament / ordnance skills and maintain an acceptable proficiency level. An instructor TACCO will conduct the event and provide exposure to a wide range of armament / ordnance procedures and malfunctions.

a. Format

. One of the three ITWPE’s shall be completed each quarter, per guidelines below, with the TACCO NATOPS checkride counting for the fourth quarter. Each ITWPE covers a specific PMA/NTA to include ASW, ASU, and Mining. Each grade sheet consists of both graded items and discussion items and is broken up into sub-areas.

b. Operating Procedures

. ITWPE’s shall be conducted under the same guidelines as previous P3QS Aircrew Evolutions however, a single ITWPE shall not be repeated until all three event types have been completed. Although all events are encouraged to be completed in flight, no two events shall be conducted sequentially in the trainer. While in a deployed or detachment status, ITWPE events may be accomplished in the aircraft on the deck (device session) in lieu of a simulator. Device sessions are not acceptable substitutes for flights. ITWPE events shall be properly annotated on grade sheets and entered into the TACCO’s training jacket.

c. Grading Criteria

.

ASW

1. Ordnance

- In order to successfully complete the ASW ITWPE, the following sub-areas must be correctly performed:

2. General Armament 3. MK / MK 50 / MK 54 4. Jettison

ASU

1. General Armament

- In order to successfully complete the ASUW ITWPE, the following sub-areas must be correctly performed:


4-6-4

2. SLAM-ER 3. IR Maverick 4. Jettison

ASU/MIW

1. General Armament

- In order to successfully complete the Mining ITWPE, the following sub-areas must be correctly performed:

2. Online Mining 3. Offline Mining

4. Harpoon (Online/Offline) 5. Jettison 4610. NFO Tactical Training Requirements

. All NFOs are required to attain and maintain a high standard of tactical understanding and expertise. To assist NFOs to achieve this standard, the following mandatory formal and informal training shall be satisfactorily completed:

a. FRS Tactical Training

. An introductory level of tactical training is provided at the FRS to give the NFO the basic knowledge required to proceed to their fleet squadron and begin flying as a member of a crew. This training consists of self-study, tactical seminars, simulators and tactical flights. First tour NFOs graduate from the FRS with an ACTC Level 100 qualification. Second and third tour NFOs receive an advanced tactical syllabus (CAT 300/400). Initial NATOPS qualifications received at the FRS by graduates (first, second or third tour) shall be considered valid.

b. P3 Qualification Standard (P3QS)

. The P3QS program has tactical components and reinforces the information taught at the FRS. The PPTNC P3QS is normally completed within the first six months in the squadron. The PPTC P3QS is required to be completed prior to designation. The maximum time allowed for upgrading is specified in figure 4-6-2.

c. Training Courses

. NFOs are required to successfully complete ARP during each IDRC. NFOs are also required to complete the ISAR Image Interpretation course. The Tactical Upgrade Course (TUG), Tactical Air ASW Oceanography, and Coordinated ASW at the Scene of Action (ASW SAC) are highly recommended prior to initial designation. Descriptions of these courses are located in Chapter 4, Section 3.

d. Readiness Qualifications

. The series of basic and advanced qualifications are completed by NFOs concurrently with the other components of tactical training. Readiness qualifications are events in which the tactical knowledge gained through courses and P3QS is practically applied and tested. Requirements for these qualifications are contained in Chapters 5 and 6.

4611. Senior Naval Flight Officer

. The Senior NFO should be the subject matter expert on all matters regarding NFO personnel management, qualification and equipment operations. Normally, the Senior NFO is the squadron’s most experienced NFO. In the event neither the Commanding Officer nor Executive Officer are NFOs, the Senior NFO shall be designated in writing. Specifically, the Senior NFO should:

a. Provide overall management of NFO upgrade training and standardization including monitoring NFO crew composition.

b. Provide active leadership in squadron safety programs including all NFO

meetings. c. Participate in Human Factors Boards, Aircraft Mishap Boards and other

related boards and councils. 4612. Patrol Plane Instructor TACCO (PPITC) Qualification

.

a. Discussion

.


4-6-5

(1) PPITC performance is crucial to training PPTCs to effectively manage the tactical crew and manage with in-flight emergencies. PPITCs must therefore be extremely safety conscious, mature, of sound judgment, tactically proficient and have the ability to instruct. Furthermore, they must be capable of detecting the onset of an emergency situation during teaching evolutions (whether student-induced or due to aircraft system faults) and be capable of taking the appropriate corrective action. Accordingly, each PPITC must fly and instruct regularly to ensure that safety standards are maintained. Moreover, they must constantly review the many flight training syllabus items to ensure their own currency. All PPITCs shall instruct in strict compliance with reference (j), the VP-30 TACCO Instructor's Guide (TIG).

(2) Standardization is necessary if PPITCs are to receive the best

training available prior to designation. The P-3 PPITC P3QS syllabus provides the foundation for this training. When implementing the PPITC P3QS syllabus, Commanding Officers shall ensure emphasis is placed on safety, teaching techniques, student reactions, emergency procedures, and setting up for tactical scenarios, rather than strictly on aircraft systems knowledge. The prospective PPITC should have already demonstrated above average aircraft and tactical knowledge before being selected for training as a PPITC. Use of a WST/TORT to accomplish portions of the PPITC P3QS performance requirements is required by reference (j).

b. Specific Criteria

. To ensure high quality follow-on training, PPITCs should meet the following requirements prior to designation:

(1) Be a highly motivated, above-average NFO with a good safety record and possess an ability to deliver instruction.

(2) Have completed the Mission Commander (PPMC) course of instruction

as delineated in positional P3QS. (3) Have satisfactorily completed the PPITC P3QS syllabus. (4) Have satisfactorily completed Fleet Instructor Under Training

(FIUT). FIUT consists of the FIUT three-day ground school, PPITC IUT FLY-2, WST-3, and TACT-3. With Wing approval, Commanding Officers may designate PPITCs without FIUT when circumstances (i.e. deployment) prevent completion in a timely manner. When this occurs, PPITCs must still complete all FIUT events (instructed by squadron IUT instructors vice the FIUT team) prior to designation. In the event a waiver is granted, the parent Wing shall notify CPRG. Squadrons shall schedule their IUT training to coincide with VP-30 FIUT to the maximum extent practicable.

(5) Prerequisites for FIUT consist of the following: At a minimum,

have completed numbered Wing WST/TACT/TORT instructor course, aircraft preflight and WST1/2 and TACT 1/2 in their squadron IUT. The PPITC P3QS shall also be completed. These prerequisites may be waived by CPRG N7.


directives. c. Commanding Officers’ Responsibilities

.

(1) Be responsible for the supervision, coordination, and execution of all facets of PPITC training.

(2) Personally ensure the quality of prospective PPITCs through

interview, personal observation, or check flights. (3) Limit the number of PPITCs to the minimum required to meet squadron

NFO training needs so that designated PPITCs can remain current and promote standardization.


4-6-6

(4) Designate all PPITCs in writing. (5) Ensure designated PPITCs remain current as instructors through

frequent employment in the PPITC role. 4613. NFO Training Summary

.

1st 2nd Tour Tour Requirement to Designate PPNC PPTC PPTC Prior Designation Level NC NATOPS Qual PPNC PPTC Designation By CO CO CO Max time in Sqdn to qualify 8 Mos (1) 24 Mos 6 Mos

Figure 4-6-2

Note: These times are not mandatory, they are provided as a guide to satisfactory progress towards final designation. 4614. Training Records. All NFOs shall have an Electronic Training Jacket, a Ground Training Jacket as a hard copy back up until the Electronic Training Jacket is fully operational, and a NATOPS Training / Qualification Jacket as detailed in reference (c)). Squadron Training Officers shall maintain NFO training jackets and track each NFOs progress toward qualification. Once SHARP LMS is implemented and the squadron is trained, the use of Electronic Training Jackets is mandatory. Training jacket performance reviews shall be conducted on a monthly basis with particular emphasis on documentation of trends that may require additional training or remediation to correct. Negative trends shall be discussed in detail at the monthly instructor TACCO meeting, and minutes including recommended courses of action shall be routed to the commanding officer via the training officer for decision.


4-7-1

CHAPTER 4

SECTION 7

NAVAL AVIATOR AND NAVAL FLIGHT OFFICER INSTRUMENT REQUIREMENTS

4701. Purpose

. To establish guidance and requirements for the administration of the annual Naval Aviator and Naval Flight Officer instrument examination.

4702. Background

. Reference (c) directs that all Naval Aviators and Naval Flight Officers satisfactorily complete an annual written instrument examination as part of the requirement for the renewal of instrument ratings/qualifications.

4703. Examination and Grading Criteria

. Each instrument examination shall be administered by the respective numbered wings in accordance with reference (c). The minimum passing grade is 3.2 on a 4.0 scale. When this standard is met, the examination will be graded as “Satisfactory” and the individual's parent command will be notified. Anyone who fails the initial examination will be re-examined no more than twice. Individuals failing to pass the examination in three successive attempts shall be referred to their parent command for disposition following criteria contained in reference (c). The answer/reference sheet which accompanies each examination shall be used as the authority for grading examinations as well as a guide for reviewing the examination with each examinee.

4704. Examination Handling and Security

. Instrument examinations shall be strictly controlled by the administrative authority. Examinations may be reproduced locally as necessary; however, serial numbers shall be assigned and strict accountability maintained of all examination questions, answer/reference sheets, and completed answer sheets.

4705. Operational Flight Trainer (OFT)

. OFT requirements for qualification and/or pilot instrument ratings are stated in reference (c). OFT training periods will be scheduled to take full advantage of OFT availability to support syllabus training and instrument check flights.

4706. Responsibilities. The respective numbered Wing will administer all instrument examinations to all pilots and NFOs who are due during the IDRC. Under the respective numbered Wings’ cognizance, squadron Flight Officers will administer the examination to pilots and NFOs while deployed.


4-7-2

INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK


4-8-1

CHAPTER 4

SECTION 8

MISSION COMMANDER/ACTC LEVEL 400MC QUALIFICATION AND DESIGNATION

4801. Purpose

. To establish guidance for qualification and designation of Patrol Plane Mission Commanders (PPMCs) within Fleet patrol squadrons.

4802. Background

. Reference (c) states that a patrol aircraft shall be flown under the command of a pilot in command or a PPMC. A qualified PPMC, designated as the event’s Mission Commander, is required on flights when such assignment will enhance mission success and complement crew coordination functions including operational, exercise, and tactical training flights. The Mission Commander's authority and responsibility shall prevail except, when in the opinion of the pilot in command, the status of the aircraft systems, weather, or required flight maneuvers exceed the pilot's ability to successfully and safely comply with Mission Commander direction.

4803. Qualification Criteria

. PPMCs shall meet the following requirements prior to designation:

a. Current instrument rating. b. Have satisfactorily completed the PPMC P3QS syllabus. c. Have satisfactorily completed PPMC oral review board IAW the PPMC

P3QS. d. Demonstrated sustained superior performance in crew leadership, system

knowledge and tactical proficiency. 4804. Commanding Officers’ Responsibilities

.

a. Select and designate as PPMCs only those PPCs and PPTCs who meet or exceed the leadership experience and tactical skills required of capable crew leaders. It is not intended that all PPCs or PPTCs become designated PPMCs.

b. Ensure PPMC time is recorded in the Aviators Flight Log Book (OPNAV

Form 3760/31) and the Naval Aircraft Flight Record following criteria in reference (c).

c. Ensure that appropriate entries are made in the officer’s training

record and copies forwarded to NAVPERSCOM.


4-8-2

INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK


4-9-1

CHAPTER 4

SECTION 9

ENLISTED AIRCREW QUALIFICATION AND DESIGNATION (GENERAL)

4901. Purpose

. To establish specific requirements for enlisted aircrew qualification and designation.

4902. Background

. The general guidelines to be followed for qualification and entitlement to pay for enlisted personnel in training for qualification as an aircrew member are contained in references (c) and (p). Reference (k) delineates types of flight orders, procedures, and requirements for their use. Reference (o) lists coding (NECs) of enlisted qualifications. Reference (q) details flight time requirements for pay purposes.

4903. Definitions

.

a. First Tour Aircrew Member

. A prospective aircrew member not previously qualified in a fixed-wing or rotary-wing aircraft.

b. Second Tour Aircrew Member

. An aircrew member previously qualified in a fixed-wing or rotary-wing aircraft. The group is further subdivided as follows:

(1) Non-patrol

. An aircrew member previously qualified in a fixed-wing or rotary-wing aircraft other than a patrol type aircraft.

(2) Patrol

. An aircrew member previously qualified in a patrol type aircraft.

c. Observer

. A crewmember that has met basic safety of flight requirements and is qualified to fly as an observer in the P-3 aircraft.

d. Temporary Flight Orders

. A non-crewmember assigned to a temporary flight status in order to perform special missions (e.g., photo support, intelligence, quality assurance). References (c), (p) and (q) provide guidance concerning the requesting and administration of temporary flight orders.

e. Aircrew Member normally associated with the P-3 crew position to which he/she is assigned as per the

current crew list. The P-3 crew positions are listed in the top row of figure 4-9-1 along with their associated FRS awarded NEC. The crew positions for which an individual is qualified is determined by the amount of positional training within squadron the individual has completed, as expressed by the related ACTC Level. This is represented in figure 4-9-1 below. Note that for non-mentored crew positions SS3 and IFT the individual must be at least conditionally qualified /ACTC Level 200 to be assigned to the position.

. A crewmember that is qualified to perform the duties

Aircrew Member Crew Position Eligibility

Crew Position FE1 FE2 SS1 SS2 SS3 IFT NEC 8251 8251 7841 7841 7861 9402 7877 8262 Qualification Level ACTC Level FRS Graduate 100 X X Conditionally Qualified 200 X X X X Positional Qualified 300 X X X X X X Instructor Qualified 400 X X X X X X WTI/ARP/TPC/ WST Qualifier 500 N/A N/A X X X N/A Figure 4-9-1


4-9-2

4904. Discussion

. A standard training program is established herein which is to be followed for aircrew designation, post-FRS qualification requirements as aircrew members and positional qualification in a fleet squadron. NATOPS Flight Personnel Training/Qualification jackets (OPNAV 3760/32) will be forwarded to the parent squadron to become a permanent record of the individual's total aircrew training record and shall be transferred with the individual in the same manner as their service record.

4905. FRS Flight Training and Initial Aircrew Designation

. All aircrew members assigned to duty in Fleet patrol squadrons will undergo initial training in model with VP-30.

a. Requirements for Aircrew Designation

. All enlisted aircrew members assigned flight duties must complete the VP-30 aircrew syllabus being awarded a P-3 appropriate NEC as listed in table 4-9-1. Candidates for all classifications prior to designation as aircrew must meet the following general requirements:

(1) Page #13 entry volunteering for duties involving flying. (2) Qualify according to the physical and psychological requirements of reference

(o) at the time of designation and at designated intervals thereafter. (3) Complete survival training in accordance with reference (c). (4) Complete VP-30 pipeline for crew position in which qualification is desired. (5) Complete a P-3C Observer NATOPS check flight conducted by an FRS NATOPS

instructor. b. Prospective aircrew personnel will normally undergo initial training with CNATTU

and the FRS prior to reporting to their assigned fleet squadron. If enlisted personnel already aboard the parent squadron desire to become aircrew members and have not completed the appropriate CNATTU and FRS syllabi, they must, as a minimum, be assigned TAD to the FRS in order to meet qualification requirements.

c. FRS courses are structured to provide the student with the basic skill sets upon which fleet training must be built. The objective of post-FRS training programs is to ensure that all crewmembers are provided a logical, structured training program, which fully prepares them for crew station qualification. These programs provide the means to ensure that all crew members maintain optimum crew station proficiency. Upon completion of the FRS syllabi, naval aircrew will receive their wings in accordance with references (c), (k) and (o).

4906. Qualification

.

a. Post-FRS Qualification Requirements

. At the time a crewmember reports to an operational squadron, the command shall review the individual's NATOPS Flight Personnel Training/Qualification jacket (OPNAV 3760/32) to ensure that Naval Aircrew (NAC) designation and a current P-3 NATOPS observer check ride are properly documented. NAC personnel who do not possess a current P-3 observer qualification will have two months from squadron check in to successfully complete the observer P3QS and a NATOPS check ride.

b. Positional Qualification in Fleet Squadrons

. The P3QS Program shall be the primary mechanism for positional qualification. P3QS qualification may be completed incident to a scheduled simulator period, a training flight, or any other flight where the requirements can be properly met.

c. Qualification Time Limits

. All positional qualification time limits are promulgated in reference (p). Designation as a P-3C observer should be completed within 60 days of reporting. Full positional qualification of first tour personnel is to be completed within 18 months of assignment to aircrew duties. FRS NATOPS check rides shall be considered valid (The FRS administers NATOPS evaluations but does not designate personnel). Second tour personnel previously positional qualified in the same patrol type aircraft are required to re-qualify within six months of reporting if the gap between squadron tours is less than two years, or 12 months if the gap is more than two years.


4-9-3

4907. Aircrew NEC Classification

.

a. On completion of VP-30 training, aircrew members shall be assigned an appropriate NEC classification from reference (p). NEC classifications applicable to

the P-3C aircraft are as follows: (1) Flight Engineer (8251) (2) Inflight Technician (9402) (3) Acoustic Sensor Operator (7841) (4) Non-Acoustic Sensor Operator (7861) b. Classification Requirements

. FE candidates must meet the following additional requirements in order to be eligible for aircrew classification in the P-3 aircraft:

(1) Flight Engineer

. Log a minimum of 100 hours panel time in the P-3 aircraft and be pay grade E-4 or higher

4908. Extension of Qualification Period/Failure to Qualify

. Unless extenuating circumstances dictate otherwise, aircrew members who fail to qualify within the applicable maximum period shall normally be removed from a flying status and recommended for an NEC/rate change. It is recognized, however, that failure to qualify within the maximum time period may be the result of circumstances beyond the control of the crewmember or the squadron. Therefore, on a case-by-case basis, the numbered Wing Commander may grant an extension (but not longer than 90 days) to allow the member to qualify. In such cases, Commanding Officers shall submit a request for extension to the numbered Wing Commander, stating the reason for the delinquency, justification for an extension of qualification period, recommended program for remedial training and an estimated date of qualification. If the crewmember subsequently fails to qualify within the extended period, the Commanding Officer shall remove the member from a flying status and immediately notify NAVPERSCOM by letter. The letter will include a recommendation for a NEC/rate change as appropriate.

4909. Qualification/Oral Review Requirements

. Prior to designation as a SS1, SS3, IFT or FE, successful completion of an oral review board is required to determine an individual's depth of knowledge. Commanding Officers must establish a viable oral review program to accomplish this goal.

4910. Re-qualification as an Aircrew Member

. In order to re-qualify in the same or different model aircraft, a designated aircrew member must satisfactorily complete the following general requirements:

a. Completion of a FRS refresher syllabus (CAT 200/300) is mandatory. In extreme circumstances, squadrons may submit a completion waiver request to CPRG via their parent wing for consideration.

b. A prescribed training program based upon previous experience and qualifications

recommended by the Training Officer and approved by the Commanding Officer. The training program shall be made a part of the individual's training record.

c. A NATOPS check flight. d. Survival qualifications as listed in accordance with reference (c).

4911. Enlisted Aircrew Currency Requirements

. An enlisted crewmember shall maintain flight hour currency in accordance with reference (c). Reference (r) details flight time requirements for pay purposes. Crew members must also successfully complete an annual NATOPS test and check flight.

4912. Training Jackets. All AWO personnel shall have an Electronic Training Jacket, a Ground Training Jacket as a hard copy back up until the Electronic Training Jacket is fully


4-9-4

operational, and a NATOPS Training / Qualification Jacket as detailed in reference (c)). Once SHARP LMS is implemented and the squadron is trained, the use of Electronic Training Jackets is mandatory. The Ground Training Jacket should be kept in the appropriate training department. All individual military and operator training documentation not required to be documented in the NATOPS Training/Qualification Jacket shall be kept in the Ground Training Jacket. 4913. Disqualification as an Aircrew Member

. Commanding Officers shall disqualify enlisted personnel for aircrew duty and terminate their flight orders whenever:

a. An individual is found, after appropriate medical examination, to be no longer physically or psychologically qualified for aircrew duties.

b. Initial positional NATOPS evaluation has not been attained within 12 months of

reporting aboard the squadron. c. Positional qualification has not been attained within 18 months of being assigned

to initial flight crewmember duties (see also paragraph 4908). d. An individual no longer volunteers for aircrew duties. An entry to this effect

shall be signed and entered on page 13 of the member’s service record. e. Members of the AWO rating are under permanent flight orders, governed by reference

(k). AWOs must maintain a consistent record of above average performance in all areas of their performance evaluation. Substandard performance marks are a disqualifying factor for flight duties, per reference (o). Personnel in the AWO rating who cannot qualify in the allotted time or who do not maintain an above average performance shall have this performance documented in their military evaluation and will not be retained in the AWO rating. Procedures for this are contained in references (k) and (o).

4914. Security Clearances

. All aircrew members assigned to fleet patrol squadrons shall have a minimum security clearance of “Secret”.

4915. Aircrew Positional Designation Timeline Summary

.

1st Tour Aircrew 2nd Tour Aircrew (Non-VP)

2nd Tour Aircrew (VP)

Requirement Aircrew Position Aircrew Position Aircrew Position Prerequisite Qualification

Observer (2 Mos) Observer (2 Mos) Observer (2 Mos)

Maximum time in squadron to Positional Qualify

18 Mos 12 Mos 6 Mos if gap<2yrs. Or 12 Mos if gap>2yrs.

Figure 4-9-2


4-10-1

CHAPTER 4

SECTION 10

NAVAL AIRCREWMAN OPERATOR (AWO) TRAINING AND QUALIFICATION

41001. Purpose

. To establish specific requirements for Naval Aircrewman Operator (AWO) training, provide guidance in establishing and maintaining an effective AWO training program and to ensure that acoustic and non-acoustic operators are fully qualified in their positions.

41002. Discussion

. The AWO is a specialist who is required to analyze and tactically exploit acoustic and non-acoustic data. A dynamic operator training program is essential to ensure the employment of current techniques, intelligence data, and tactics. Part 1 of this section outlines the requirements for acoustic training. Part 2 outlines requirements for non-acoustic training.

41003. AW Training Improvement Program (AWTIP)

. AWTIP is a series of practical assessments administered at least twice during each Inter-Deployment Readiness Cycle (IDRC). These assessments shall be taken by each active duty squadron between R+4 and R+6, in conjunction with ORE, and anytime as required by the model manger. Reserve squadrons shall conduct AWTIP once every calendar year. The timing of the Reserve squadron AWTIP is at the discretion of the Numbered Wing. The AWTIP provides a means to measure effectiveness on a recurring basis for post-FRS AWO training programs. The program is designed to accurately measure and monitor the AWO training program effectiveness and streamline overall program efficiency. The initial AWTIP exam is to assess the squadron training up to that point and assess further training requirements and tailor curriculum to specific weaknesses. This initial exam should be provided to the squadron with no previous target instruction so as to provide accurate individual and group training requirements for the remainder of the IDRC. The second AWTIP exam cycle is provided to measure the effectiveness of the training program in place and provide corrective actions if required. In order for continuous refinement of the program to occur, the results of the assessments shall be forwarded to the parent wing, appropriate squadron AWO Division, to the AWTIP Model Manger and to COMPATRECONGRU N7 to identify possible training deficiencies and focus training efforts if necessary.

a. AWTIP Model Manager

. The AWTIP Model Manager is designated by COMPATRECONGRU N7. The model managers’ responsibilities are to: generate practical assessments to cover squadrons’ AWTIP evaluations for a given IDRC; provide those assessments to the respective wings at least one week prior to the assessment date; and conduct analysis on the results to further improve the assessments. If the AWTIP Model Manager delegates the assessment generation, they shall review and approve the assessment prior to it be given to the squadrons.

b. Wing WTU

. The Wing WTU shall: liaise with the MPRWS to ensure examinations are received on time, and supervise the examinations.

c. Squadron AWO Divisions

. Squadron AWO Divisions are responsible for training and preparing squadron operators for the assessments.

d. Format

.

(1) The acoustic practical assessment shall consist of five target analysis cuts and ten IEER target cuts: only IEER trained operators are required to take the IEER portion of the assessment. Acoustic operators shall use analysis logs for the assessment. The acoustic analysis portion may be conducted either in the WST, TORT, FDT or the DARTS lab. The non-acoustic practical assessment shall evaluate equipment set-up and utilization of the ALR-95 system and assess initial detection, signal analysis and classification of ESM contacts. The number of ESM contacts to be evaluated is at the discretion of the


4-10-2

model manager but shall be no less than five. Non-acoustic operators are also required to classify five ISAR contacts to fine naval classification level. Non-acoustic operators shall use analysis logs for the assessments. The non-acoustic practical assessment may be conducted in the TORT, FDT or the 14B58. Non use of analysis logs may constitute failure of the assessment at the discretion of the Wing WTU.

(2) All operators ACTC Level 100-500 currently onboard shall

participate in the squadron’s evaluations. ACTC Level 200-500 operators are required to score a minimum of 80% on all portions of AWTIP. If an operator fails to obtain the minimum score they shall be scheduled to re-test that section within 30 days. Only scores from positional qualified operators (ACTC Level 300-500) will be used to compute the squadron’s overall average. For those operators who were required to re-test a section, the maximum score that will be credited will be 80%. Additionally, positional qualified operators who fail two AWTIPS during a squadron’s IDRC shall receive a squadron level TRB.

e. Feedback

. Individual and Division profile information sheets shall be provided directly to the AWO Division LCPO upon completion of each AWTIP. CPRG and parent wings shall maintain AWTIP records of Fleet performance for the purpose of monitoring the effectiveness of the AWTIP program. The individual profile sheet is the core product of the AWTIP and is intended to provide the squadron with a means of tailoring training to each operator's needs and experience level.

f. AWTIP Records and Reports

. Division profile sheets shall be forwarded to the AW Division LCPO, who will provide an assessment analysis to the AW Division Officer. The squadron Training Officer shall make appropriate adjustments to the AW training program, based on this assessment analysis.

41004. Training Jackets

. All AWO personnel shall have an Electronic Training Jacket, a Ground Training Jacket as a hard copy back up until the Electronic Training Jacket is fully operational, and a NATOPS Training / Qualification Jacket as detailed in reference (c)). Once SHARP LMS is implemented and the squadron is trained, the use of Electronic Training Jackets is mandatory. The Ground Training Jacket should be kept in the appropriate training department. All individual military and operator training documentation not required to be documented in the NATOPS Training/Qualification Jacket shall be kept in the Ground Training Jacket. Figures 4-10-1-1 and 4-10-2-1 provide suggested training reports for inclusion in the Ground Training Jackets.

41005. Training Documentation

. The squadron Training Officer shall track the progress of all AWO training. The AWO Division Officer shall track the progress of individual training. These records shall be maintained in the individual's Ground Training Jacket. The AWO Division Officer is responsible for ensuring all required AWO training is scheduled, completed, and recorded in the appropriate training jackets. Training jacket performance reviews shall be conducted on a monthly basis with particular emphasis on documentation of trends that may require additional training or remediation to correct. Negative trends shall be discussed in detail at a monthly instructor meeting, and minutes including recommended courses of action shall be routed to the commanding officer via the training officer for decision.

41006. Responsibilities

.

a. Numbered Wing Commanders shall

:

(1) Coordinate and monitor AWO training of assigned squadrons in accordance with Parts 1 and 2 of this section.

(2) Monitor the squadrons' AWO Division training program during the

course of the IDRC.


4-10-3

(3) Ensure that the numbered Wing Training Departments maintain and

proctor AWTIP assessments furnished by the AWTIP Model Manager and provide timely feedback to squadrons following each examination cycle.

b. Commanding Officers shall

:

(1) Ensure that a dynamic AWO training program is developed within the AW Division. This program shall, as a minimum, contain the requirements listed in Parts 1 and 2 of this section.

(2) Establish and monitor the AWO Instructor training program as

described in Para 41007. (3) Ensure all mandatory formal courses of instruction required by

this instruction are completed. 41007. Naval Aircrewman Operator (AWO) Instructor Qualification

.

a. Discussion

. AWO Instructor performance is crucial to effectively assist in managing the tactical crew and dealing with in-flight emergencies. AWO instructors must therefore be extremely safety conscious, mature, of sound judgment, tactically proficient and have the ability to instruct. Furthermore, they must be capable of detecting the onset of an emergency situation during teaching evolutions (whether student induced or due to aircraft system faults) and be capable of taking the appropriate corrective action. Accordingly, each AWO instructor must fly and instruct regularly to ensure that safety standards are maintained. Moreover, they must constantly review the many flight training syllabus items to ensure their own currency.

b. Standardization is necessary if AWO instructors are to receive the best training available prior to designation. The P-3 AWO Instructor

P3QS Syllabus provides the foundation for this training. When implementing the AWO Instructor P3QS Syllabus, Commanding Officers shall ensure emphasis is placed on safety, teaching techniques, student reactions, analytical prowess, emergency procedures, and setting up for tactical scenarios rather than strictly on aircraft systems knowledge. The prospective AWO Instructor should have already demonstrated above average aircraft and tactical knowledge before being selected for training. Use of the simulator to accomplish portions of the AWO Instructor P3QS performance requirements is required by reference (t).

c. Specific Criteria

Instructors should meet the following requirements prior to designation: . To ensure high quality follow-on training, AWO

(1) Recommend that they be an E-5 or above. (2) Recommend that they have made one deployment as a qualified

sensor operator. (3) Be a highly motivated, above average AWO with a good safety

record and possess the ability to deliver instruction.

(4) Have satisfactorily completed the AWO Instructor P3QS Syllabus.

(5) Have satisfactorily completed VP-30 Fleet Instructor Under Training (FIUT). VP-30 FIUT consists of the FIUT three day ground school, AWO Instructor IUT TORT-3 and an FIUT flight. With Wing approval, Commanding Officers may designate AWO Instructors without FIUT when unusual circumstances (i.e. deployment) prevent completion in a timely manner. When this occurs, AWO Instructors must still complete all FIUT IUT events (instructed by squadron IUT instructors vice the FIUT team) prior to designation. In the event a waiver is granted, Wing shall notify CPRG. Squadrons shall schedule their IUT training to coincide with FIUT to the maximum extent practicable.


4-10-4

(6) Be thoroughly familiar with all pertinent publications and directives. d. Commanding Officers’ Responsibilities

.

(1) Be responsible for the supervision, coordination and execution of all facets of AWO Instructor training.

(2) Ensure the quality of prospective AWO Instructors through interview, personnel observation and/or check flights. (3) Limit the number of AWO Instructors to the minimum required to meet squadron AW training needs so that designated AW Instructors can

remain current and promote standardization. (4) Designate all AWO Instructors in writing.

(5) Ensure designated AWO Instructors remain current as instructors

through frequent employment in the AWO Instructor role.


4-10-1-1

CHAPTER 4

SECTION 10

PART 1

NAVAL AIRCREWMAN OPERATOR (AWO) ACOUSTIC TRAINING

41008. Purpose

. To establish guidance and requirements for the administration of the P-3 Acoustic Operator qualification, designation and training programs.

41009. Background

. AWO training commences at AWO 'A' School, and is currently followed by P-3 specific training conducted at the Fleet Replacement Squadron (FRS). Future plans are to inject a ‘Common Core’ course pre-FRS, to properly align the prerequisite skill sets required for FRS commencement. The plan is to revamp and move some of the current ACTC Level 200, post FRS CNATTU courses to this ‘Common Core’ course. This change will not only provide proper prerequisite FRS skills, it will also fill the pre FRS ‘white space’ and shorten the post FRS time to train to ACTC Level 200.

41010. Objectives

. The objectives of the acoustic training program are to:

a. Train and qualify personnel in their primary position as a P-3 Sensor Station One (SS1) operator.

b. Maintain maximum proficiency in the detection, analysis,

classification, tracking and attack of acoustic contacts. c. Cross train qualified acoustic operators to operate common mission

systems (AIMS, SEI, APS-115, APS-137, etc.), provided by various aircraft configurations as necessary.

41011. ACTC/AWA Designation Level Relationship

.

a. ACTC Level 100/FRS Graduate/Observer Qualification

. FRS graduates arrive at the squadron as ACTC Level 100, possessing the 7841 Acoustic Operator NEC. Before commencing training towards SS1 positional P3QS qualification, personnel must have completed a P-3C NATOPS/P3QS observer qualification in accordance with this instruction and ref p. This qualification is conditionally awarded by the FRS.

b ACTC Level 200/Conditional Qualification

. The individual commences the SS1 positional training sequence outlined in figure 4-9-2. He/she is considered having advanced to the designation of Conditionally Qualified/ACTC Level 200 after having completed the following requirements:

(1) Observer Qualified (Safe to Solo) (2) P3QS Series 100 & 200 (3) Acoustics 1 (Diesel and Nuclear)(*) (4) Tactical Oceanography (*) Acoustics 1 may be waived by CO for personnel who are on their second or subsequent tours in a VP Squadron. Acoustics 1 is mandatory for all first tour VP Acoustic Operators. Completion shall occur within 180 days of reporting on board, or within 90 days of returning from deployment, if reporting on board between R+15 and D+6.

c. ACTC Level 300/SS1 Positional Qualified provided the operator with systems knowledge and the opportunity to learn

many aspects of the SS1 position by flying as a SS2, attending lectures, self-study, formal classroom training and tactical simulator events. This journeyman approach to training must now be brought together through completion of the P3QS syllabus. P3QS completion, coupled with an effective squadron training program, will prepare the SS1 candidate for final positional qualification. Specific requirements, over and above

. Training to this point has


4-10-1-2

those required for ACTC Level 200 designation that must be completed before achieving positional designation are:

(1) Acoustics 2 (Diesel and Nuclear) (2) P3QS Series 300 (3) SS1 Oral Review Board

d. ACTC Level 400/ Naval Aircrewman Operator Instructor An AWO designated as a TORT Instructor and a P3QS Qualifier is designated

an Acoustic Operator Instructor/ACTC Level 400. For acoustic operator Level 400 requirements, see paragraph 41019. The candidate shall complete AWO Fleet Instructor Under Training P3QS (reference u).

.

e. ACTC Level 500/Weapons and Tactics Instructor (WTI)

. An acoustic operator Level 400 instructor who has completed the NSAWC Orion Weapons and Tactics Instructor syllabus.

41012. Discussion

. Responsibility for administration of the squadron level SS1/SS2 training program is assigned to the squadron AWO Division Officer. It shall be the responsibility of the squadron Training Officer to ensure all training qualifications and proficiency requirements are achieved. Tailored training programs are developed for second tour individuals based on the level and currency of their previous experience.

41013. Designation

. When an acoustics operator has met the requirements outlined in this chapter, the Commanding Officer may award the appropriate designation. Results of the oral review board shall be documented in writing and retained in the individual’s NATOPS Training/ Qualification Jacket.


. A first tour SS1 candidate shall normally be allowed a maximum period of 18 months from the date of reporting on board to achieve ACTC Level 300 designation. The timeline associated with second tour individuals to achieve ACTC Level 300 qualification is outlined in figure 4-9-2. The prescribed periods can be extended at the discretion of the numbered Wing Commander for extenuating circumstances.

41015. Acoustic Operator Qualification Summary

.

a. Positional NATOPS Qualification

. In accordance with reference (q), the SS1 candidate must satisfactorily complete an initial positional NATOPS evaluation within 12 months of reporting aboard the squadron. Training should be oriented toward rapid completion of P3QS fundamentals and systems areas, progression through P3QS aircrew evolutions and the introduction of tactical ASW proficiency training. The use of available training assets as previously outlined is intended to accelerate acoustic operator training and complements formal CNATTU training courses, squadron training lectures and P3QS training. This will prepare the operator for intensified post-NATOPS check tactical training for final qualification as a SS1 operator.

b. SS1 Oral Review Board

. Upon verification that all P3QS requirements are met, an oral review board shall be convened. The purpose of the board is to determine a SS1 candidate's ability to function as a fully qualified operator. The prospective SS1 will be required to demonstrate knowledge of acoustic analysis, tactics, equipment and other pertinent technical areas. The individual is SS1 positional qualified/ACTC Level 300 upon successful completion of the board, Tactical Evaluation flight and positional NATOPS evaluation.

c. Post-Qualification Training

. To maintain proficiency in the perishable skill of acoustic analysis and operating skills, all acoustic operators shall be required to meet monthly DARTS instruction and CBM task requirements. Post-qualification acoustic analysis training requirements as specified in reference (f).


4-10-1-3

41016. Acoustic Tactical Training Requirements

. This plan provides a structured approach to post-pipeline squadron-level AAWO training. The goal is to provide a step-by-step method to qualify a SS1 operator in the P-3 aircraft and to ensure optimum proficiency is maintained. COMPATRECONGRU Training shall monitor all acoustic aircrew training programs; audit AWTIP question banks and maintain a liaison with other commands associated with acoustic training. The following is a summary of AAWO operator training requirements:

a. FRS Training

. An introductory level of training is provided at the FRS to give the acoustic operator the basic knowledge to proceed to a fleet squadron and begin flying as a member of a crew. This training consists of self-study, tactical scenarios, simulator events and tactical flights.

b. Weapons and Tactics Units (WTUs)

. WTUs provide specialized formal training courses. These courses standardize training in acoustic and non-acoustic analysis skills and shall be used to the maximum extent possible. WTUs provide formal classroom and simulator instruction for all aircrews during ARP phase II and III. In addition, WTUs shall provide instructors for all formal classroom, simulator and flight ORE events.

c. P3 Qualification Standards (P3QS)

. P3QS qualifies Navy personnel for specific duties. P3QS is a compilation of the minimum knowledge and skills required to qualify for a specific watch station, maintain specific equipment, and perform as a team member within a crew. The P3QS program establishes the training objectives necessary for qualification in a position or watch station. Reference (u) establishes the P3QS training syllabus for all flight crewmembers.

d. CNATTU Courses

. Acoustic Operators shall successfully complete: Acoustics 1 Diesel/Nuclear, Acoustics 2 Diesel/Nuclear and Tactical Air USW Oceanography once. Operators shall also complete Acoustics 2 Refresher every IDRC. A description of these training courses is located in section 4 of this chapter.

e. Readiness Qualifications qualifications, whether done in flight or in the simulator, shall be

completed by acoustic operators concurrently with the other members of the tactical aircrew. Readiness qualifications are the events in which the tactical knowledge gained through courses and P3QS is practically applied and tested. Requirements for these qualifications are contained in Chapter 5.

. A series of basic and advanced readiness

f. Trainers/Minimum Trainer Requirements

. Detailed descriptions of training devices can be found in Section 3 of this chapter and minimum training requirements are listed in Figure 4-10-1-1.

41017. Acoustic Training Programs

.

a. Office of Naval Intelligence (ONI)

. ONI will provide real-world acoustic signature training Electronic Data Packages (EDP) on a compact disk (CD) format for naval commands. These EDP training CDs are collected by and distributed to all naval ASW platforms. ONI utilizes the Lofargram Training Index (LTI) format.

b. Diversified Aircrew Readiness Training Support (DARTS). The DARTS program permits acoustic operators to develop and maintain a high degree of proficiency against subsurface threats by establishing a systematic method of acoustic training in various ASW environments and situations. DARTS training for IDRC squadrons (including Reserve squadrons) shall primarily be carried out on the 14B59 FDT. For deployed squadrons DARTS can be conducted onboard the aircraft, in the simulator (FDT or PACT-3) or via use of the TAPP. For the deployed squadrons DARTS training shall be conducted/supervised by an ACTC Level 400 instructor or WTI. For the IDRC squadrons DARTS hours are to be conducted/supervised by the numbered wing DARTS instructor. The numbered wing training departments are assigned


4-10-1-4

full-time DARTS representatives to support and maintain the DARTS program. The on-site representative reports to the cognizant Wing Training Officer and is directly involved in all aspects of DARTS operation and training. Reserve squadron, active duty personnel are required to complete the same number of hours as the active duty squadron personnel. SELRES personnel are required to complete half of the active duty requirement.


.

a. COMPATRECONGRU shall

:

(1) Establish policy management and direction for the DARTS program. (2) Conduct regular liaison with the numbered Wing Commanders to

provide support and fine tuning of the DARTS program as training requirements warrant.

b. Numbered Wing Commanders shall

:

(1) Ensure that the squadrons under their cognizance support and utilize the DARTS program.

(2) Ensure that DARTS hardware (recorder, interface box and cables)

and courseware (tapes, disks and lesson guides) are properly maintained.

(3) Review DARTS lessons and materials on an annual basis to ensure

that the program meets the needs of their squadrons. Requests for additional subject material shall be forwarded through their respective DARTS representatives.

(4) Provide a list of targets to the DARTS representatives that are

site specific to each squadron’s next deployment. This list will be tested by AWTIP practical examination.

c. Commanding Officers shall

:

(1) Ensure that the DARTS program is implemented and supported for maximum training and readiness. (2) Provide aircraft as required to support DARTS training. The

aircraft must have a fully operational tactical mission computer, TACCO Station, Navigation Simulator and Acoustic Station.

(3) Establish a schedule of training to ensure each acoustic operator

achieves their minimum requirement of DARTS hours per month. ACTC Level 100-300 operators shall complete a minimum of four hours per month. Level 400-500 operators shall complete a minimum of two hours per month.

(4) Training shall progress logically through the six DARTS training

areas: Detection and Classification; Analysis; DIFAR Tracking; Aural Cues and Countermeasures; Special Modes/Contacts; Crew Coordination and IEER.

(5) A P3QS completion chart shall be maintained in the squadron AW

Division and used to track progress through the various DARTS exercises.

d. Numbered Wing DARTS representatives shall

:

(1) Be responsible for maintaining DARTS hardware.

(2) Maintain and update all program courseware materials.


4-10-1-5

(3) Coordinate with the numbered wing training personnel to review and update existing material for changes in intelligence, tactics and operating procedures. Submit the Wing’s list of desired training materials and additions through the appropriate chain of command to COMPATRECONGRU.

(5) Assist the numbered wings and squadron training personnel in

identification of possible training deficiencies.

(6) Provide program instruction and assessment for both aircraft and simulator periods. This instructional support will provide the basis for feedback to the parent wing Training Officer on DARTS usage and effectiveness.

(7) Provide subject matter expert support as requested and be

available for specialized acoustic exploitation presentations.

41019. Squadron Acoustic Instructor Requirements

. Squadron instructors shall be highly competent AWA operators. All instructors and qualifiers shall be designated in writing by the Commanding Officer. Instructors shall meet the requirements for the following instructor/qualifier positions:

a. P3QS Qualifier

. Shall be designated by the Commanding Officer. Recommendation for P3QS qualifier designation should normally be done upon completion of the SS1 board and the qualifier should be E-5 or above. Each squadron should have at least five P3QS qualifiers.

b. NATOPS Instructor

. Shall complete a Fleet NATOPS evaluation, be recommended by the evaluator, and be designated by the Commanding Officer. Each squadron shall have one primary and one secondary NATOPS instructor.

c. Simulator Instructor

. Shall have completed a wing course of instruction and positional syllabus and be designated by the Commanding Officer. Each squadron shall have a minimum of three acoustic WST instructors.

41020. Relief Radar Operator

. It is strongly recommended that squadrons establish and promote a training program to qualify SS1 operators as Relief Radar Operators. This qualification for acoustic operators has been established to provide relief to non-acoustic operators during transit to/from ONSTA and/or while ONSTA in benign tactical environments. Per reference (q), a tactical crew shall consist of a qualified non-acoustic operator; therefore Relief Radar Operators shall not be used to replace the non-acoustic operator on tactical flights. Recommended time to qualification is one year following SS1 designation, and can be done concurrently with the SOFRO syllabus.

41021. Training Records. The squadron AWO Division shall maintain AWA electronic training records. Once SHARP LMS is implemented and the squadron is trained, the use of Electronic Training Jackets is mandatory. A Squadron AWO Individual Ground Training Record, Figure 4-10-1-1, shall be kept in each operator's Ground Training Jacket as a back-up. Electronic/Ground Training Jacket performance reviews shall be conducted on a monthly basis with particular emphasis on documentation of trends that may require additional training or remediation to correct. Negative trends shall be discussed in detail at a monthly instructor meeting, and minutes including recommended courses of action shall be routed to the commanding officer via the training officer for decision.


4-10-1-6

INDIVIDUAL ACOUSTIC OPERATOR GROUND TRAINING RECORD

NAME: RATE: CREW: W/C:

EVENT/DESIGNATION DATE COMPLETED

NOTES

Squadron Check-in

NATOPS Evaluation Within 12 months of check-in

CNATTU Acoustics I Diesel Required within 180 days of reporting onboard or within 90 days from returning from deployment. (May be waived for second tour operators if previously completed.)

CNATTU Acoustics I Nuclear Required within 180 days of reporting onboard or within 90 days from returning from deployment. (May be waived for second tour operators if previously completed.)

CNATTU Tactical Air USW Oceanography

Required prior to ACTC Level 200 designation

CNATTU Acoustics 2 Diesel Required prior to SS-1 designation

CNATTU Acoustics 2 Nuclear Required prior to SS-1 designation

CNATTU EW Fam Recommended prior to SS-1 designation

SOFRO Qualified (Optional) 12 months following SS1 designation.

CNATTU SAR Recommended prior to SS-1 designation

CNATTU Acoustics 2 Refresher Required every IDRC (18 Mth IDRC) or once every 2 years (12 Mth IDRC) after SS-1 designation

ACTC Level 300 P3QS Within 18 months of check-in

SS-1 Board Within 18 months of check-in

Designated SS-1/ACTC Level 300 Within 18 months of check-in

WST/TORT/Tactical Flight Minimum of one Acoustic Analysis, CBM task event with tactical crew per month

DARTS Minimum of four hours per month for ACTC level 100-300 operators. Minimum of two hours per month for ACTC Level 400 – 500 operators. This includes Active duty (FTS) reserve operators. SELRES operators shall complete half of the active duty requirement.

AWTIP Required minimum of twice per IDRC

ARP Each IDRC

Designated P3QS Qualifier CO endorsement

ACTC Level 400 CO endorsement, FIUT complete

Designated WTI Level 500 Nomination requires Wing endorsement, CPRG approval. WTI Course completed.

Figure 4-10-1-1


4-10-2-1

CHAPTER 4

SECTION 10

PART 2

NAVAL AIRCREWMAN OPERATOR (AWO) NON-ACOUSTIC OPERATOR TRAINING

41022. Purpose

. To establish guidance and requirements for the administration of the Non-acoustic qualification, designation, and training programs.

41023. Background

. Non-acoustic training commences at AW 'A' School and is followed by P-3 specific training conducted at the Fleet Replacement Squadron (FRS). Future plans are to inject a ‘Common Core’ course pre-FRS, to properly align the prerequisite skill sets required for FRS commencement. The plan is to revamp and move some of the current ACTC Level 200, post FRS CNATTU courses to this ‘Common Core’ course. This change will not only provide proper prerequisite FRS skills, it will also fill the pre FRS ‘white space’ and shorten the post FRS time to train to ACTC Level 200

41024. Objectives

. The objectives of the Non-acoustic training program are to:

a. Train and qualify personnel in their primary position as a P-3 Sensor Station Three (SS3) operator.

b. Maintain maximum proficiency in the detection, analysis, classification, tracking and attack of surface, subsurface, land, and air contacts.

41025. ACTC Designation Level

.

a. ACTC Level 100/FRS Graduate/Observer Qualification

. FRS graduate and designated P-3C NATOPS P3QS Observer in accordance with this instruction.

b. ACTC Level 200/Conditional Qualification

. Conditional qualification is defined as being able to fly solo as a designated seat holder on any mission set as determined by the Commanding Officer. To be designated as an ACTC Level 200, the operator is required to satisfactorily meet the following requirements: completion of ACTC Level 200 P3QS; completion of ACTC Level 200 Oral Review Board; completion of Non-Acoustic positional NATOPS Evaluation; demonstrated Counter Threat Tactics (CTT) competency IAW ISR 203 grade sheet; demonstrated joint/coordinated operations competency IAW ASW 203 grade sheet; completion of CNATTU EW-2, ISAR and SAR Refresher courses. Waivers to these requirements must be approved by the Commander of the parent Wing.

Note: A Conditionally Qualified SS3 candidate is eligible to hold the SS3 position as per the current crew list in a Combat Aircrew. Any requirements that were waived from the Level 200 qualification shall be completed prior to Level 300 qualification. c. ACTC Level 300/SS3 Positional Qualified

. Satisfactorily completed the P3QS syllabus and SS3 Oral Review Board.

(1) SS3 Oral Review Board

. An oral review board shall be convened no later than 18 months after check-in. The purpose of the board is to determine the SS3 candidate’s ability to function as a fully qualified operator. The prospective SS3 will be required to demonstrate knowledge of non-acoustic analysis, tactics, and requirements in other pertinent areas.

(2) Documentation. Results of the Oral Review Board shall be documented in writing and retained in the individual’s NATOPS Training/Qualification Jacket.


4-10-2-2

(3) Extension of Qualification Period/Failure to Qualify

. A SS3 candidate shall normally be allowed a maximum period of 18 months from the date of reporting onboard to achieve ACTC Level 300 qualification. This period can be extended at the discretion of the numbered wing for extenuating circumstances.

(4) Post-Qualification Training

. To maintain a high level of proficiency in the perishable skill of non-acoustic analysis, all operators shall remain current by utilizing available part task trainers and complying with reference (f) post designation requirements.

d. ACTC Level 400/Non-acoustic Operator Fleet Instructor An AWO formally designated a simulator instructor and a P3QS Qualifier is

designated a Non-acoustic Operator Instructor/ACTC Level 400. See section 41032. The candidate shall complete the Fleet Instructor Under Training P3QS (reference [p]).

.

e. ACTC Level 500/Weapons and Tactics Instructor (WTI)

. A Level 400 instructor who has completed the NSAWC Orion Weapons and Tactics Instructor syllabus. The candidate shall be nominated by the parent WTU for enrollment onto the WTI course. Squadron personnel should normally attend the WTI course prior to transferring to Wing WTU’s. See Chapter 4-2 for further guidance.

41026. Discussion

. Responsibility for administration of the squadron level SS3 training program is assigned to the squadron AWO Division Officer. It shall be the responsibility of the squadron Training Officer to ensure all training qualifications and proficiency requirements are achieved. Tailored training programs are developed for second tour individuals based on the level and currency of their previous experience.

41027. Designation

. When a non-acoustic operator has met the requirements outlined in this chapter, the Commanding Officer may award the appropriate designation. Results of the oral review board shall be documented in writing and retained in the individual’s NATOPS Training/ Qualification Jacket.


. A first tour SS3 candidate shall normally be allowed a maximum period of 18 months from the date of reporting on board to achieve ACTC Level 300 designation. The timeline associated with second tour individuals to achieve ACTC Level 300 qualification is outlined in figure 4-10-2-1. The prescribed periods can be extended at the discretion of the numbered Wing Commander for extenuating circumstances.

41029. Non-acoustic Operator Qualification Summary

a.

.

Positional NATOPS Qualification

. In accordance with reference (p), the SS3 candidate must satisfactorily complete an initial positional NATOPS evaluation within 12 months of reporting aboard the squadron. Training should be oriented toward rapid completion of P3QS fundamentals and systems areas, progression through P3QS aircrew evolutions and the introduction of tactical ASW/ASU/ISR proficiency training.

b. SS3 Oral Review Board

. Upon verification that the above requirements are met, an oral review board shall be convened. The purpose of the board is to determine a SS3 candidate's ability to function as a fully qualified operator. The prospective SS3 will be required to demonstrate knowledge of non-acoustic analysis, tactics, equipment and other pertinent technical areas. The individual is SS3 positional qualified/ACTC Level 300 upon successful completion of the board.

c. Post-Qualification Training. To maintain proficiency in the perishable skill of non-acoustic analysis and station operation, all non-acoustic operators shall be required to meet post-qualification non-


4-10-2-3

acoustic training requirements as specified in the Capabilities Based Matrix and Figure 4-10-2-1.

41030. Non-Acoustic Tactical Training Requirements

. This plan provides a structured approach to post-pipeline squadron level non-acoustic operator training. The goal is to provide a step-by-step method to qualify a SS3 operator in the P-3 aircraft and to ensure optimum proficiency is maintained. COMPATRECONGRU shall monitor all non-acoustic aircrew training programs and maintain liaison with other commands associated with non-acoustic training. The following is a summary of non-acoustic operator training requirements:

a. FRS Training

. An introductory level of training is provided at the FRS to give the non-acoustic operator the basic knowledge to proceed to a fleet squadron and begin with a crew. This training consists of self-study, tactical scenarios, simulation and tactical flights. Students also receive formal training from CNATTUTRAGRULANT DET Jacksonville during their FRS training.

b. Weapons and Tactics Units (WTUs)

. WTUs provide specialized formal training courses. These courses standardize training in non-acoustic analysis skills and shall be used to the maximum extent possible.

c. P3 Qualification Standards (P3QS)

. P3QS qualifies Navy personnel for specific duties. P3QS is a compilation of the minimum knowledge and skills required to qualify for a specific watch station, maintain specific equipment, or perform as a team member within a crew. The P3QS program establishes the training objectives necessary for qualification in a position or watch station. Reference (p) establishes the P3QS training syllabus for all flight crewmembers.

d. CNATTU Courses

. Non-acoustic operators shall successfully complete Electronic Warfare 2 (EW-2), ISAR Refresher/ISAR Basic, SEI Operations, and Basic SAR Operations (if not completed in the FRS). EW-2, ISAR Refresher, and Basic SAR Operations are required once per IDRC after positional qualification is obtained.

e. Readiness Qualifications qualifications, whether done in flight or in the TORT, shall be completed

by SS3 Operators concurrently with the other members of the tactical aircrew. Readiness qualifications are the events in which the tactical knowledge gained through courses and P3QS is practically applied and tested. Requirements for these qualifications are contained in Chapter 6.

. A series of basic and advanced readiness

f. Minimum Training Requirements

. Minimum training requirements are listed in Figure 4-10-2-1.

41031. Non-Acoustic Training Programs

.

a. Diversified Aircrew Readiness Training Support (DARTS). The DARTS program permits non-acoustic operators to develop and maintain a high degree of proficiency against subsurface, surface, land based and airborne threats by establishing a systematic method of non-acoustic training in various ASW/SUW environments and situations. DARTS training for IDRC squadrons (including Reserve squadrons) shall primarily be carried out on the 14B59 FDT. For deployed squadrons DARTS can be conducted onboard the aircraft, in the simulator (FDT or PACT-3) or via use of the TAPP. For the deployed squadrons DARTS training shall be conducted/supervised by an ACTC Level 400 instructor or WTI. For the IDRC squadrons DARTS hours are to be conducted/supervised by the numbered wing DARTS instructor. The numbered Wing Training Departments are assigned a full-time DARTS representative to support and maintain the DARTS program. The on-site representative reports to the cognizant Wing Training Officer and is directly involved in all aspects of DARTS operation and training. Reserve squadron, active duty personnel are required to complete the same number of hours as the active duty squadron personnel. SELRES personnel are required to complete half of the active duty requirement.


4-10-2-4


.

a. COMPATRECONGRU shall

:

(1) Establish policy management and direction for the DARTS program. (2) Conduct regular liaison with the numbered Wing Commanders to

provide support and fine tuning of the DARTS program as training requirements warrant.

b. Numbered Wing Commanders shall

:

(1) Ensure that the squadrons under their cognizance support and utilize the DARTS program.

(2) Ensure that DARTS hardware and courseware (tapes, disks and

lesson guides) are properly maintained. (3) Review DARTS lessons and materials on an annual basis to ensure

that the program meets the needs of their squadrons. Requests for additional subject material shall be forwarded through their respective DARTS representatives.

(4) Provide a list of targets to the DARTS representative that is

site specific to each squadron’s next deployment. This list will be tested in the AWTIP practical test.

(c) Commanding Officers shall

:

(1) Ensure that the DARTS program is implemented and supported for maximum training and readiness.

(2) Establish a schedule of training to ensure each non-acoustic

operator achieves their minimum requirement of DARTS hours per month. ACTC Level 100-300 operators shall complete a minimum of four hours per month. Level 400-500 operators shall complete a minimum of two hours per month.

(3) A P3QS completion chart shall be maintained in the squadron AWO

Division and used to track progress through the various DARTS exercises.

(d) Numbered Wing DARTS representatives shall

:

(1) Be responsible for maintaining DARTS hardware. (2) Maintain and update all program courseware materials. (3) Coordinate with the numbered wing training personnel to review

and update existing material for changes in intelligence, tactics and operating procedures. Submit the Wing’s list of desired training material and additions through the appropriate chain of command to COMPATRECONGRU.

(4) Assist the numbered wings and squadron training personnel in

identification of possible training deficiencies.

(5) Provide program instruction and assessment for both aircraft and TORT periods. This instructional support will provide the basis for feedback to the parent wing Training Officer on DARTS usage and effectiveness.

(6) Provide subject matter expert support as requested and be

available for specialized non-acoustic exploitation presentations.


4-10-2-5

41033. Squadron AWN Instructor Requirements

. Squadron SS3 instructors shall be fully qualified and highly competent. All instructors and qualifiers shall be designated in writing by the Commanding Officer. Instructors shall meet the requirements for the following instructor/qualifier positions:

a. P3QS Qualifier

. Shall be designated by the Commanding Officer. Recommendation for P3QS qualifier designation should normally be done upon completion of the SS3 board.

b. NATOPS Instructors

. Shall complete a Fleet NATOPS evaluation, be recommended by the evaluator and designated by the Commanding Officer. Each squadron shall have a minimum of one primary and one secondary instructor.

c. Simulator Instructor

. Shall complete a wing course of instruction and/or P3QS and be designated by the Commanding Officer. Each squadron shall have a minimum of two simulator instructors.

41034. Training Records

. The squadron AWO Division shall maintain non-acoustics electronic and ground training records. Once SHARP LMS is implemented and the squadron is trained, the use of Electronic Training Jackets is mandatory. Observer P3QS and positional P3QS shall be tracked on a P3QS type chart in the AWO Division. An individual non-acoustic Ground Training Record (Figure 4-10-2-1) shall be kept in each operator's Ground Training Jacket as a back up. Training jacket performance reviews shall be conducted on a monthly basis with particular emphasis on documentation of trends that may require additional training or remediation to correct. Negative trends shall be discussed in detail at a monthly instructor meeting, and minutes including recommended courses of action shall be routed to the Commanding Officer via the training officer for decision.

INDIVIDUAL NON-ACOUSTIC GROUND TRAINING RECORD



NOTES

Squadron Check-in

Observer Qual NATOPS/P3QS Within 60 days of squadron check-in

NATOPS Evaluation Within 12 months of check-in

CNATTU EW-2 Course Required prior to SS-3 Level 200 qualification then once every 2 years.

CNATTU ISAR Refresher Required once every 2 years after Level 200 designation (Shall complete ISAR Basic prior to Level 200 designation if not completed at FRS)

CNATTU SAR Course Required once every 2 years

CNATTU SEI Course Required prior to SS-3 designation

ARP Each IDRC

DARTS Minimum of four hours per month for ACTC level 100-300 operators. Minimum of two hours per month for ACTC Level 400 – 500 operators. This includes Active duty (FTS) reserve operators. SELRES operators shall complete half of the active duty requirement.

AWTIP Minimum of twice per IDRC

TORT/Tactical Flight Minimum of one ESM Analysis, CBM task requirement with tactical crew per month.


4-10-2-6

P3QS Within 18 months of check-in

SS-3 Board Within 18 months of check-in

Designated SS-3 Within 18 months of check-in

Designated P3QS Qualifier CO endorsement

Designated TORT Instructor CO endorsement

Designated Naval Aircrewman Operator Fleet Instructor Level 400

CO endorsement, FIUT complete

Designated ACTC Level 500 / Weapons and Tactics Instructor (WTI)

Nomination requires Wing endorsement, CPRG approval. WTI Course completed.

Figure 4-10-2-1


4-11-1

CHAPTER 4

SECTION 11

P-3 FLIGHT ENGINEER (FE) TRAINING PROGRAM

41101. Purpose

. To establish guidance and requirements for the administration of the Flight Engineer (FE) qualification, designation and training programs.

41102. Background

. The Fleet FE training program embraces a ‘cradle to grave’ training plan and is intended to standardize training for P-3 FEs. FE training commences at VP-30 and continues with follow-on fleet training.

41103. Objectives

. The objectives of the Fleet FE training plan are to:

a. Train and designate personnel as P-3 FEs. b. Maintain maximum proficiency in aircraft systems, procedures and

performance. 41104. ACTC/FE Designation Level Relationship

.

a. ACTC Level 100/FRS Graduate

. FRS graduates arrive at their ultimate duty station as ACTC Level I, possessing the 8251 FE NEC. They generally arrive observer qualified.

b. ACTC Level 200/Conditional Qualification (FE2)

. Upon successful completion of both the observer qualification and the T-56 Engine Operator qualification, the FE candidate is considered to be Conditionally Qualified/ACTC Level II certified.

c. ACTC Level 300/Positional Qualification (FE1)

. Completion of training events through completion of the full P-3 FE P3QS syllabus, as sequentially outlined in figure 4-11-1, provides the FE candidate with both the required systems knowledge and the opportunity to learn normal and emergency procedures through a series of independent self study sessions, formal classroom training and aircraft or flight simulator events. P3QS completion, coupled with an effective squadron training program, completes the preparation of the FE candidate for full positional designation.

d. ACTC Level 400/Instructor Flight Engineer (IFE)

. Shall be designated by the Commanding Officer. The IFE is the cornerstone of the FE training plan and therefore shall demonstrate exceptional systems and procedural knowledge.

41105. Discussion

. The administration of the squadron level FE training program shall be the responsibility of the squadron Training Officer who will ensure all training qualifications and proficiency requirements are achieved in accordance with the in-model tour time constraints outlined in figure 4-9-2 of this instruction and as amplified for first tour FEs in figure 4-11-1. Until such time as the individual becomes a positional qualified/ACTC Level 300 FE, he/she is referred to as an FE candidate.

41106. Designation

. When an FE has met the requirements outlined in this chapter, the Commanding Officer may award the appropriate designation. Results of the oral review board shall be documented in writing and retained in the individual’s NATOPS Training/Qualification Jacket. An FE previously qualified in the P-3 aircraft is given a maximum of six months for ACTC Level 300 designation. The squadron Training Officer will prescribe an individual training plan for second tour FEs based on a recommendation by the primary NATOPS FE. The training plan should include an oral review board and a standardization check flight.


4-11-2


. A first tour FE candidate shall normally be allowed a maximum period of 18 months from the date of reporting onboard to achieve ACTC Level 300 designation. This period can be extended at the discretion of the numbered Wing Commander for extenuating circumstances.

41108. FE Qualification Summary

.

a. Positional NATOPS Qualification

. In accordance with reference (h), the FE candidate must satisfactorily complete an initial positional NATOPS evaluation within 12 months of reporting aboard the squadron. Training should be oriented toward rapid completion of P3QS fundamentals, systems areas and progression through in-flight aircrew evolutions.

b. FE Oral Review Board

. An oral review board shall be convened upon successful completion of the P-3 FE P3QS syllabus. For first tour FE candidates, this will be convened no later than 18 months after check-in. The purpose of the board will be to determine the FE candidate’s ability to function as a fully qualified FE. The FE candidate will be required to demonstrate a thorough understanding of aircraft systems, application of normal and emergency procedures, aircraft performance and basic plane captain duties. Successful completion of the Oral Review will result in designating the FE candidate as a Positional Qualified/ACTC Level 300 FE, eligible to be assigned to the FE1 crew position.

41109. Flight Engineer Training Requirements

. This plan provides a structured approach to post-FRS FE training. The goal is to provide a step by step method to designate a P-3 FE and to ensure optimum proficiency is maintained. The following is a summary of FE training requirements:

a. FRS Training

. An introductory level of training is provided at the FRS to give the FE the basic knowledge to proceed to a fleet squadron and begin flying as a member of a crew. This training consists of: NAMTRAGRUDET aircraft systems training, FRS systems training, normal and emergency procedures training, observer training, basic ordnance systems training, and in-flight training.

b. P3 Qualification Standards (P3QS)

. P3QS qualifies Navy personnel for specific duties. P3QS is a compilation of the minimum knowledge and skills required to qualify for a specific watch station, maintain specific equipment or perform as a team member within a crew. The P3QS program establishes the training objectives necessary for qualification in a position or watch station.

41110. ACTC Level 400/Instructor Flight Engineer (IFE) Requirements

.

a. Squadron instructors shall be highly competent FEs. All instructors, evaluators, and qualifiers shall be designated in writing by the Commanding Officer. In addition, they shall meet the following requirements:

(1) Be a highly motivated, above average aircrewman possessing a good

safety record and an ability to deliver instruction. (2) Have satisfactorily completed the ACTC Level 400 PPIFE P3QS,

simulator and fly events. Commanding Officers may waive the requirement for a PPIP IUT FLY5 and conduct a FLY6X if the IUT candidate demonstrates outstanding performance on FLY4 and the completion of a FLY5 would not benefit the candidate. Specific guidance for the structure of the IUT is delineated in the ACTC Level 400I P3QS and Appendix A of the P-3 Flight Instructors Guide (FIG).

(3) Have completed FIUT. FIUT consists of the FIUT 3 day ground school, PPIFE IUT OFT3, and PPIFE IUT FLY3/4 instructed by the VP-30 FIUT Team. With Wing approval, Commanding Officers may designate PPIFE’s without FIUT when circumstances (i.e. deployment) prevent completion in a timely manner. When this occurs, PPIFE’s must still


4-11-3

complete all IUT flight and simulator events (instructed by squadron IUT instructors vice the FIUT Team) prior to designation. In the event a waiver is granted, parent Wing shall notify CPRG. Squadrons should schedule their IUT training to coincide with FIUT visits to the maximum extent practicable.

(4) Prerequisites for FIUT consist of the following: completed numbered Wing OFT instructor course, FCF qualification, ACTC Level 400I PPIFE P3QS, OFT1/2 and FLY1/2. These prerequisites may be waived by CPRG N7. Squadrons should use discretion when requesting a waiver, carefully considering the IUT candidate’s ability to successfully complete VP-30 FIUT. If waived, and complete through FLY1, VP-30 FIUT will attempt to complete PPIFE IUT FLY2-4.

(5) Be thoroughly familiar with all pertinent publications and directives.

b. Squadron Instructor Under Training Syllabus

.

(1) Squadrons shall utilize the IUT Syllabus promulgated in the ACTC Level 400 PPFE Syllabus and P-3 Flight Instructors Guide (FIG).

(2) IUT Instructors shall be designated by the Commanding Officer to satisfy the OPNAVINST 3710.7 series requirement for a “qualified” IUT Instructor.

(3) IUT Instructors should posses a minimum of 50 hrs of P-3 flight instruction. In addition, squadrons shall reference the FIG for guidance in qualifying IUT instructors.

(4) Squadrons are encouraged to have current IUT Instructors observe VP-30 FIUT OFT and FLY events to further enhance standardization and address current fleet trends. Squadrons may also have VP-30 FIUT observe IUT events instructed by a squadron IUT instructor if FIUT scheduling permits.

c. P3QS Qualifier

: Shall be designated by the Commanding Officer. Recommendation for P3QS qualifier designation should normally be done after final qualification as P-3 FE and the individual has shown above average systems and procedural knowledge. Each squadron should have at least 10 P3QS qualifiers.

d. NATOPS Instructor

: The primary NATOPS FE shall complete a NATOPS evaluation, be recommended by the evaluator and be designated by the Commanding Officer. Each squadron shall have a minimum of one primary and one secondary NATOPS instructor. Additional NATOPS instructors may be utilized to facilitate the NATOPS program during multi-site deployments.

41111. Training Records

. The squadron Training Department shall maintain FE NATOPS electronic training records. Once SHARP LMS is implemented and the squadron is trained, the use of Electronic Training Jackets is mandatory. Observer P3QS, T-56 engine operator P3QS and positional P3QS shall be tracked on a P3QS chart by the squadron primary NATOPS instructor. The Individual FE Ground Training Record, Table 4-11-1, shall be kept in each FEs ground training jacket as a back up. Training jacket performance reviews shall be conducted on a monthly basis with particular emphasis on documentation of trends that may require additional training or remediation to correct. Negative trends shall be discussed in detail at a monthly instructor meeting, and minutes including recommended courses of action shall be routed to the commanding officer via the training officer for decision.


4-11-4

INDIVIDUAL FE GROUND TRAINING RECORD



NOTES

Squadron Check-in

ACTC Level 100

Designated Observer

ACTC Level 200

within 5 months of check-in

T-56 Engine Operator within 3 months of check-in

P3QS within 12 months of check-in

NATOPS Evaluation within 12 months of check-in

FE Board within 18 months of check-in

Designated FE

ACTC Level 300

within 18 months of check-in

Designated OFT Operator

Designated P3QS Qualifier

Designated IFE

ACTC Level 400

Figure 4-11-1


4-12-1

CHAPTER 4

SECTION 12

INFLIGHT TECHNICIAN (IFT) / ARM/ORD QUALIFIED CREWMEMBER TRAINING

41201. Purpose

. To establish guidance and requirements for the administration of the Inflight Technician (IFT) qualification, designation and training programs.

41202. Background

. The Inflight Technician training program supports reference (o) standards. IFT training commences at AT 'A' School and is followed by P-3 specific training conducted at VP-30 FRS. These courses provide the student with the basis for follow-on fleet training.

41203. Objectives

. The objectives of the Inflight Technician training program are to:

a. Train and qualify personnel in their primary position as a P-3 Inflight Technician.

b. Maintain maximum proficiency in the detection, analysis, and repair of

aircraft avionics and ordnance malfunctions. c. Maintain maximum proficiency in the use of the aircraft avionics and

ordnance system. 41204. ACTC/IFT Designation Level Relationship

.

a. ACTC Level 100 Qualification

. FRS graduate and designated P-3C NATOPS/P3QS Observer in accordance with this instruction. Maintain maximum proficiency in the detection, analysis, and repair of aircraft avionics and ordnance malfunctions.

b. ACTC Level 200/Conditionally Qualified

. Satisfactorily meet the following requirements:

(1) Maintain maximum proficiency in the detection, analysis, and repair of aircraft avionics and ordnance malfunctions.

(2) Safe-to-Solo qualified.

(3) Armament/Ordnance Qualified Crewmember.

Target completion date is 90 days after squadron arrival. Achievement of ACTC Level 200 designation qualifies the individual to be assigned to a Combat Aircrew’s (CAC) IFT crew position. c. ACTC Level 300/Positional Qualification

. Satisfactorily complete an initial In-flight Technician/ ARM/ORD NATOPS evaluation (within 12 months of reporting aboard the squadron) and the P3QS syllabus.

d. ACTC Level 400/InFlight Technician Instructor

. An IFT formally designated an Instructor and a P3QS Qualifier.

41205. Discussion

. The administration of the squadron IFT training program shall be the responsibility of the squadron Aircrew Training Officer. The squadron Aircrew Training Officer shall ensure all training qualification and proficiency requirements are achieved. The IFT training program for second tour patrol IFTs should be tailored to meet the specific requirements of the individual.

41206. Designation. When an IFT has met the requirements outlined in this chapter, the Commanding Officer may award the appropriate designation. Results


4-12-2

of the oral review board shall be documented in writing and retained in the individual’s NATOPS Training/ Qualification Jacket. 41207. Failure to Qualify Within Prescribed Time Limits

. A first tour IFT candidate shall normally be allowed a maximum period of 18 months from the date of reporting onboard to achieve ACTC Level 300 qualification. For second tour individuals the maximum time to designate is as outlined in Figure 4-9-2 of this instruction. The period can be extended at the discretion of the numbered wing for extenuating circumstances.

41208. IFT Qualification Summary

a.

.

Positional NATOPS Qualification

b.

. In accordance with reference (p), the IFT candidate must satisfactorily complete an initial In-flight Technician/ ARM/ORD Qualified Crewmember NATOPS evaluation within 12 months of reporting aboard the squadron. Training should be oriented toward rapid completion of P3QS fundamentals and systems areas, as well as progression through P3QS aircrew evolutions. The use of available training assets as previously outlined is intended to accelerate In-flight Training and qualification.

IFT Oral Board

. Upon verification that all requirements are met, an oral review board shall be convened. The purpose of the board is to determine an IFT candidate's ability to function as a fully qualified operator. The prospective IFT will be required to demonstrate system knowledge, crew coordination, and IFT/ARM/ORD duties.

41209. Inflight Technician Training Requirements

. This plan provides a structured approach to post-pipeline squadron-level IFT training. The goal is to provide a step-by-step method to qualify an IFT in the P-3 aircraft and to ensure optimum proficiency is maintained. COMPATRECONGRU shall monitor all IFT training programs and maintain liaison with other commands associated with IFT training. IFT operator training requirements consist of FRS training and P3QS.

a. FRS Training

. An introductory level of training is provided at the FRS to give the In-flight Technician the basic knowledge to proceed to a fleet squadron and begin flying as a member of a crew.

b. P3 Qualification Standards (P3QS)

. P3QS qualifies Navy personnel for specific duties. P3QS is a compilation of the minimum knowledge and skills required to qualify for a specific watch station, maintain specific equipment, or perform as a team member within a crew. The P3QS program establishes the training objectives necessary for qualification in a position or watch station. Reference (p) establishes the P3QS training syllabus for all flight crewmembers.

c. P3 Ordnance Certification

. Individuals shall obtain an ordnance certification prior to becoming safe-to-solo. Individuals shall be trained in all procedures for arming, safing, loading, and handling of ordnance with the full compliment of weapons carried by the P-3C. Members shall maintain the ordnance certification and 90 day proficiency check. The Ordnance certification shall be obtained in accordance with COMPATRECONGRUINST 8023.1 (series), and include the use of:

(1) Cartridges Work Task Codes: 1,2,6 (2) Pyrotechnics Work Task Codes: 1,2 (3) Missiles Work Task Codes: 5 d. Safe-to-Solo. Safe-to-Solo is a designation given to In-flight

Technician who has satisfactorily completed an Observer check flight, display proficient progression in basic avionics systems and is ordnance certified. Individuals have 90 Days from report date to qualify safe-to-solo. Safe-to-Solo evaluations shall be in accordance with the P3QS. A


4-12-3

slash 7 shall not be generated for Safe-to-Solo qualification, only a designation letter signed by the unit Commanding Officer is required.

e. IFT Oral Board

. Upon verification that all requirements are met, an oral review board shall be convened. The purpose of the board is to determine an IFT candidate's ability to function as a fully qualified operator. The prospective IFT will be required to demonstrate system knowledge, crew coordination, and IFT/ARM/ORD duties.

f. Positional NATOPS Qualification

. In accordance with reference (p), the IFT candidate must satisfactorily complete an initial In-flight Technician/ ARM/ORD Qualified Crewmember NATOPS evaluation within 12 months of reporting aboard the squadron. Training should be oriented toward rapid completion of P3QS fundamentals and systems areas, as well as progression through P3QS aircrew evolutions. The use of available training assets as previously outlined is intended to accelerate In-flight Training and qualification.

g. Relief Radar Operator

. It is strongly recommended that squadrons establish and promote a training program to qualify IFTs as Relief Radar Operators. This qualification for IFTs has been established to provide relief to non-acoustic operators during transit to/from ONSTA and/or while ONSTA in benign tactical environments. Operators shall not be used to replace the non-acoustic operator on tactical flights. Recommended time to qualification is one year following initial In-flight Technician/ ARM/ORD Qualified Crewmember NATOPS evaluation, and can be done concurrently with the SOFRO syllabus.

h. P3QS Qualifier

. Shall be designated by the Commanding Officer.

i. NATOPS Instructors

. Shall complete a Fleet NATOPS evaluation, be recommended by the evaluator and designated by the Commanding Officer. Each squadron shall have a minimum of one primary and one secondary instructor.

41210. ACTC Level 400/Squadron IFT Instructor Requirements

.

a. Squadron instructors shall be highly competent IFTs. All instructors and qualifiers shall be designated in writing by the Commanding Officer. Instructors shall meet the following requirements:

(1) Be a highly motivated, above average aircrewman possessing a good

safety record and an ability to deliver instruction. (2) Have satisfactorily completed the IFT Instructor P3QS Syllabus. (3) Should be an E-4 or above. (4) Complete the FIUT course. With Wing approval, Commanding

Officers may designate instructors without FIUT when circumstances (i.e. deployment) prevent completion in a timely manner. When this occurs, IFT instructors must still complete all FIUT IUT events (instructed by squadron IUT instructors vice the FIUT team) prior to designation. In the event a waiver is granted, parent Wing shall notify CPRG. Squadrons should still schedule their IUT training to coincide with IUT to the maximum extent practicable.


directives. b. P3QS Qualifier

. Shall be designated by the Commanding Officer.

c. NATOPS Instructors. Shall complete a Fleet NATOPS evaluation, be recommended by the evaluator and designated by the Commanding Officer. Each squadron shall have a minimum of one primary and one secondary instructor.


4-12-4

41211. Training Records and Reports

. All IFTs shall have an Electronic Training Jacket, a Ground Training Jacket as a hard copy back up until the Electronic Training Jacket is fully operational, and a NATOPS Training / Qualification Jacket as detailed in reference (c)). Squadron Training Officers shall maintain IFT training records and track each IFT’s progress toward qualification. Once SHARP LMS is implemented and the squadron is trained, the use of Electronic Training Jackets is mandatory. Training jacket performance reviews shall be conducted on a monthly basis with particular emphasis on documentation of trends that may require additional training or remediation to correct. Negative trends shall be discussed in detail at a monthly instructor meeting, and minutes including recommended courses of action shall be routed to the commanding officer via the training officer for decision.


4-13-1

CHAPTER 4

SECTION 13

SAFETY TRAINING

41301. Purpose

. To detail training requirements for Safety Department personnel and provide information on safety related topics.

41302. Background

. Safety is a command responsibility of the highest importance. This shall be accomplished through application and enforcement of comprehensive, effective and continuous safety programs, which are consistent with applicable and current laws, instructions, codes and standards.

41303. Discussion

. This section details the training requirements for Safety Department personnel. It also contains information on safety surveys, readiness reviews, safety awards, safety committees, safety councils and the NATOPS Standardization Board.

41304. Squadron Personnel Safety Training

.

a. Aviation Safety Officer (ASO)

. The individual assigned to the Aviation Safety Officer billet shall be either a designated Naval Aviator or Naval Flight Officer. Prior to assignment to that billet, he/she shall have completed the four-week Aviation Safety Officer course at Pensacola, Florida. To provide stability, the Aviation Safety Officer should remain in that billet for at least 12 months. Requests for training quotas should be submitted to the numbered wing Safety Officer at least six months prior to the class convening date.

b. Ground Safety/NAVOSH Officer

. The Ground Safety/NAVOSH Officer must maintain close liaison with the Maintenance Department’s Quality Assurance Officer and the ASO to ensure compliance with current directives regarding maintenance practices and procedures. Prior to assignment to this billet, or within 60 days of assignment to the billet, the individual shall complete the one-week Introduction to NAVOSH (Ashore) course offered by the NAVOSHENVTRACEN. To provide stability, the Ground Safety/NAVOSH Officer should remain in that billet for at least 12 months. Request for training quotas shall be submitted to the numbered wing Safety Officer at least six months prior to the class convening date.

c. Command Safety Petty Officers

. Command Safety Petty Officers should complete the mandatory Command Safety Petty Officer course. Individuals assigned to these positions must be highly motivated and possess a sincere interest in the squadron safety program. Command Safety petty Officers shall be designated in writing by the Commanding Officer.

41305. Safety Survey

.

a. In order to enhance the squadron’s safety program, two safety surveys should be conducted annually. Squadrons are encouraged to conduct safety surveys immediately upon arrival at a deployed site and upon return from deployment. These surveys may be modified to cover those specific areas affected by change in location. Use of the Naval Safety Center survey team is encouraged. Requests for these services should be submitted via the numbered wing.

41306. Safety Stand-Down

.

a. All units may be directed to conduct a safety stand-down when conditions warrant. A stand-down shall be included in all post-deployment programs. Additionally, safety stand-downs shall be conducted at least once per quarter.


4-13-2

41307. Monthly Orion Safety Message

. Squadrons will be assigned IAW semi-annual COMPATRECONGRU Long Range Training Plan messages. Squadron Safety Officers shall coordinate with and forward their input to their respective Wing Safety Officer for wrap-up and publication. Monthly messages shall be published by the last day of the scheduled month and sent to all MPR community activities via Naval message.

41308. CNO Aviation Safety Award

. The CNO Aviation Safety Award is presented annually to squadrons for outstanding achievement in aviation safety. In addition to recognizing accident-free flight operations, the award recognizes aggressive safety programs, which contribute new ideas in accident prevention. Each squadron’s safety program shall be evaluated in accordance with procedures set forth in reference (s).

41309. Area Safety Councils

. Participation in area safety councils is mandatory. Units shall be represented at the monthly meeting of the Aviation Safety Council.

41310. Commanding Officers’ Responsibilities

.

a. Ensure that safety training is an integral part of the overall squadron training plan.

b. Approve the training requirements necessary for specific safety

billets, which will best fulfill squadron requirements. To meet this goal, all available training opportunities (including formal schools, lectures, seminars, committee meetings and drill/exercises) must be utilized to acquire the maximum level of safety training.


4-14-1

CHAPTER 4

SECTION 14

WEAPONS TRAINING

41401. Purpose

. To provide specific requirements for establishing and maintaining a viable squadron weapons training and inspection program. This program shall include the handling, loading, arming and delivery of weapons in a safe, efficient and effective manner in the execution of assigned missions.

41402. Background

.

a. Fleet patrol squadrons are required to maintain the capability to perform/support missions which may include the tactical use of missiles, torpedoes and mines. These weapons may be delivered against submarines, surface craft and or land targets. They may be delivered suddenly, against a target of opportunity, or they may be delivered deliberately, at the climax of extensive search and localization.

b. Formal weapons school and ordnance training is usually conducted by

the parent wing and/or the local CNATTU. Practical on-the-job training may be conducted by the numbered wing's Weapons Officer. Individual unit ground training shall include training lectures, on-the-job training, and proficiency weapons loading evolutions.

c. Conventional weapons load school refresher training conducted by the

Conventional Weapons Training Team (CWTT) is mandatory for all certified squadron load team members prior to the Conventional Weapons Technical Proficiency Inspection (CWTPI).

41403. Discussion

. The emphasis of weapons training shall be placed on safety, delivery, and proper handling. Formal weapons training requirements are promulgated in Figure 4-14-1. References establishing weapons training policy are contained in Figure 4-14-2.

WEAPONS TRAINING MATRIX

COURSE MINE WARFARE OFFICER

ALL PERSONNEL CERTIFIED TO LOAD CONVENTIONAL WPNS

Squadron Mining Officer Course.

A-2G-2766

Mandatory Not Required

P-3 Conventional Weapons Training AO Refresher D-646-1144

Recommended IAW COMPATRECONGRUINST

3500.1

Basics of Naval Explosives and Hazard Control AMMO-C-18 Explosives safety for Officers/Managers/Supervisors AMMO-C-49

Recommended Recommended

Figure 4-14-1


4-14-2

REFERENCES FOR WEAPONS TRAINING

DIRECTIVE CONTENT

NAVAIR 01-75PAC-75 (P-3 Airborne Weapons/Stores Loading Manual)

Loading and unloading instructions, flight crew operating procedures, weapons inspection requirements, and a list of authorized loading equipment.

3-22.1-P3.VOL I/NTTP (P-3C Tactical Manual)

3-22.2-P3. NTRP (P-3C NATIP)

Weapons information, standard delivery techniques, weapons trajectories, fuzing, launching, ASW brevity codes, and safe separation distances. The Tactical Manual shall be consulted with respect to authorization to load any weapon or store.

OPNAVINST 8023.24 (Series)

COMPATRECONGRUINST 8023.1 (Series)

Non-nuclear Ordnance/Explosives Handling Qualification and Certification Program.

COMPATRECONGRUINST 3500.85 Conventional Weapons Technical Proficiency Inspection

NWP 27-5 (Rev A) Minefield Planning

COMPATRECONGRUINST 8370.1 Small Arms and Weapons Management Policy, Guidance and Training Requirements

Figure 4-14-2

41404. Aircrew Weapons Training

.

a. Officer Training

. Weapons training for flight crew officers shall be conducted quarterly and include instruction on all ordnance authorized for P-3's, operation of P-3 ordnance systems, arming/safe signals and procedures, weapons safety, pre-flight and post-flight weapons inspections. Training is to be conducted in the classroom as well as on the aircraft with weapons loaded.

b. Enlisted Training

. Primary ARM/ORD and ALT ARM/ORD crewmembers shall maintain ordnance certification and 90 day proficiency for all CADS, SUS and smokes associated with aircrew duties. Weapons training for appropriate enlisted aircrew personnel shall include arming and safing procedures for all weapons in the event of a divert to a non-military facility. Provisions shall be made for training during night and inclement weather to prepare load/flight crew for a variety of detachment/deployment sites.

41405. Conventional Weapons Training

. All conventional weapons training shall be conducted to meet the qualification and certification requirements of reference (w).

a. Live Ordnance Delivery Training

. Fleet squadrons shall observe the following guidelines:

(1) All events shall be conducted within offshore warning areas or designated inland weapons ranges.

(2) Delivery area shall be cleared visually and aurally prior to

target placement, ordnance delivery, and throughout the evolution by dedicated onboard observers manning the acoustic station and all window stations. The SS3 operator shall maintain an accurate surface plot and clear the drop area with radar and IRDS.

(3) The crew shall ensure that existing weather allows for constant

visual contact with the surface and the target area.

(4) Marine Mammal Mitigation procedures shall be adhered to.


4-14-3

(5) If a target is not available, crews shall use a smoke(s) to create a target datum for aim point scoring purposes and to serve as target center reference.

(6) Over flight of any unit on the surface while carrying live ordnance is absolutely prohibited.

(7) Live ordnance drops shall not be conducted within five nautical miles of non-participating surface units.

b. Live Ordnance Restrictions

. The following guidance shall be applied to all relevant sections of local standard operating procedures (SOP) and instructions in order to prevent inadvertent or accidental weapon firings. This policy implements doctrinal changes intended to minimize exposure to potentially unsafe situations, but maintains the authority of the Officer in Tactical Command (OTC) to decide when conditions warrant the risks associated with deviating from any policy statements.

(1) The carriage of live ordnance on aircraft shall be limited to the absolute minimum required for mission execution, force defense, or training.

(2) Live air-to-ground missiles, not intended for release, shall not

be carried on the aircraft on sorties during which the master arm switch is turned to “arm” to expend other ordnance for training.

(3) When carrying live ordnance, simulated attacks on civilian

targets or joint/combined military forces shall not be conducted. This is not intended to prohibit activating the sensors of live weapons, as long as activation does not place the weapon in a firing sequence.

(4) Exercises requiring the live firing of guided weapons shall be

governed by a letter of instruction (LOI) and controlled by a designated Range Safety Observer.

(5) The OTC remains the final authority in determining when live ordnance carriage shall be permitted. As such, he may deviate from the listed doctrinal guidance as appropriate to satisfy the requirements for live ordnance carriage.

41406. Conventional Weapons Loading Team

. A Conventional Weapons Loading Team shall be utilized for all conventional weapons loading evolutions. All Loading Team Members shall be certified in accordance with reference (w). Conventional Weapons Loading Teams shall be composed of, at a minimum, one Quality Assurance/Safety Observer (QASO), one Team Leader (TL) and three Team Members (TMs).

a. Load Team Leader

. The Loading TL shall:

(1) Ensure the aircraft to be loaded is properly positioned and configured.

(2) Ensure all appropriate checklists and inspections are completed

prior to weapons loading. (3) Brief each loading team member on their specific duties and

responsibilities. (4) Direct Load Team members in the performance of their duties. b. Load Team Members

. The Loading Team Members are responsible for all tasks assigned by the Load TL.

c. Quality Assurance

. The QA member shall:


4-14-4

(1) Inspect each weapon for correct arming attachments, security, and fuzing in accordance with the appropriate NAVAIR or applicable weapons checklist.

(2) Sign as ordnance inspector on Aircraft Inspection and Acceptance

Record (OPNAV 4790/141). (3) The QA is not required to be present during the actual loading of

weapons if not performing simultaneous duties as a safety observer. d. Safety Observers

. SO’s may be members of a loading team, but cannot perform SO duties while performing loading team duties. The SOs shall not be physically involved in any loading evolution. Their primary duties are to:

(1) Ensure loading team compliance with applicable checklists, safety rules, and authorized procedures.

(2) Be physically present to visually monitor the loading team during

all aspects of the weapons movement, loading, downloading, and prior-to-launch evolutions.

(3) The QA and SO duties may be performed simultaneously by the same

individual (i.e., QASO). e. Ordnance Load Team

. Each squadron shall ensure that qualification and certification levels are sufficient to form a minimum of three conventional weapons load teams, each consisting of, at a minimum, a QASO (ordnanceman), a Team Leader (ordnanceman), and three Team Members. Load team personnel shall be certified to load all wing directed, authorized weapons. Proficiency load/training shall be documented on the ordnance certification training form.

41407. Mine Warfare Training

. In the event of hostilities, mining operations may be required as offensive or defensive measures against submarine and/or surface combatants. Current COCOM OPLAN/CONPLAN requirements mandate that MPA forces to plan for and conduct offensive and defensive mining missions. Squadron Commanding Officers shall:

a. Administer the training necessary to effectively plan and conduct mine laying missions.

b. Ensure calibration and maintenance of necessary equipment. c. Establish and practice procedures for all-weather mine laying using

the equipment currently installed in squadron aircraft. 41408. Conventional Weapons Technical Proficiency Inspection

. Shall be conducted IAW COMPATRECONGRUINST 3500.1 (Series).

41409. Weapons Assist Visits

. Weapons assist visits will be conducted by the respective numbered wing to ensure standardization within Fleet units, to provide training and administrative assistance, and to gain a positive indication of a unit's weapons readiness and training program. Weapons assist visits shall be coordinated between the numbered wing and squadron training departments. These visits shall be used to identify areas in the squadron weapons/ordnance programs that require additional training and emphasis. Aircraft provided for loads shall have operable weapons systems. The complete weapon evolution (release and control check, loading, and arming procedures) shall be exercised using appropriate checklists, loading manuals, and arm/safe signals.


4-14-5

Numbered Wing Commanders shall conduct a minimum of one assist visit per month for each applicable unit. Additional assist visits may be requested by the squadron to provide a measure of other programs such as the qualification/certification program. Each weapons load shall be critiqued, identifying deficiencies and recommending additional training requirements and corrective measures. A list of deficiencies shall be provided to the squadron Commanding Officer for review, comments, and action if required. 41410. Small Arms Training

. Squadron personnel may be called upon to provide for the security of personnel and aircraft at forward deployed and combat dispersal sites. To effectively meet this responsibility, squadron personnel must be familiar with the handling of small arms. Additionally, those personnel to be designated as armed watch standers will be required to meet small arms qualification standards. Squadron Training Officers shall coordinate small arms training requirements with station weapons and the numbered wing training department. Commanding officers shall ensure appropriate service record and training record entries are made to reflect small arms training and qualifications attained. Small arms training shall be conducted to meet the qualification and certification requirements of OPNAVINST 3591.1 and COMPATRECONGRUINST 8370.1. The following training requirements shall be adhered to:

a. All squadron ATFP personnel shall qualify annually with the 9mm pistol (live fire).

b. All personnel who hold a 9mm qualification shall conduct sustainment

training between qualification shoots. Sustainment training shall occur no later than eight months from the qualification shoot. If available, a synthetic training device may used in lieu of actual small arms to complete small arms sustainment training evolutions IAW OPNAVINST 3591.1.

c. If appropriate, a theatre specified percentage of required deployable

non-aircrew may be required to conduct small arms familiarization training on the 9mm pistol annually.


4-14-6

INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK


5-1

CHAPTER 5

COMBAT AIRCREW (CAC) TRAINING AND READINESS

Ref: (a) COMNAVAIRFORINST 3500.1 (Series) - Squadron Training and Readiness (b) FXP (Series) (c) OPNAVINST 1542.7 (Series) – Crew Resource Management Program (d) OPNAVINST 3710.7 (Series) - NATOPS General Flight and Operating Instructions (e) COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 3501 DRRS-N Guidance (f) COMNAVAIRFORCOMINST 3500.38 Supplemental DRRS-N Guidance (g) COMNAVAIRFOR Readiness Reference Tool (h) DRRS-N Ashore Software Users Manual 5001. Purpose

. To outline the aircrew training policy as directed in reference (a). To define combat aircrew (CAC) formation and evolution criteria. To identify the training requirements necessary to generate and maintain Primary Mission Area (PMA) / Naval Task Assignment (NTA) skilled aircrews and to amplify the guidance provided in references (a) and (b) concerning the conduct and grading of training and readiness events. To establish the criteria for determining a crew’s readiness status and employability. To outline special considerations when interfacing training activity with the SHARP software package.

5002. Background

. Reference (a) establishes Naval Aviation standardized readiness philosophy and computational procedures. Enclosure (5) to Reference (a) formalizes the P-3 Capabilities Based Training Matrix (CBM) which identifies the tasks and their associated impact on an individual’s, CAC’s or squadron’s readiness for both active duty and reserve components. Reference (b) contains Navy-wide qualification events that are used to train and evaluate combat crews in ASW/SUW, aerial mining, weapons employment, surveillance and coordinated operations. A number of these events have been incorporated as qualification events in Chapter 6 of this instruction. Reference (c) establishes policies, responsibilities and procedures for the Crew Resource Management training (CRM) program. Reference (d) provides policy and procedural guidance on a broad spectrum to compliment individual NATOPS manuals. Reference (e) outlines the overarching DRRS-N reporting requirements. Reference (f) contains supplemental Estimated Sortie Lengths (ESLs) guidance to reference (a). Reference (g) is the COMNAVAIRFOR amplification to reference (a) readiness guidelines as they apply to naval aviation units and contains a copy of the latest VP CBM.

5003. Discussion. Chapter 4 of this instruction defines the process for qualifying aircrew individuals to man their assigned crew positions (positional designation). This chapter addresses the training necessary to develop proficiency in the tactical application of the P-3 as a ‘weapon system’. As delineated in Chapter 2 of this instruction, each MPA squadron is assigned a series of PMAs/NTAs that address the tactical and mobility applications of the aircraft. Each combat aircrew is required to train to all applicable PMAs/NTAs, with the goal of being skilled in each. Squadron skilled crew expectations as a function of IDRC R+ month are outlined in Chapter 3. The training elements leading to skilled status are formalized in the P-3 CBM (ref A encl 5) and amplified in Sections one and two of this chapter. Attainment of NTA skilled status requires completion of very specific PMA/NTA associated tasks and the development of proficiency through recurrent mission exposure. The complexity of the tactical tasks coupled with the size of the P-3 combat aircrew has resulted in a strong emphasis on retaining crew integrity/stability. This requires the development of rules that define crew formation and within-crew personnel rotation allowances (fleet-ups) to ensure long-term retention of tactical proficiency.


5-2

INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK


5-1-1

CHAPTER 5

SECTION 1

CAPABILITIES BASED T&R MATRIX DESCRIPTION

5101. Purpose

. To provide an overview of the individual and Combat Aircrew (CAC) training philosophy and methodology as established via the VP IARP in the P-3 Training Matrix (reference (a)).

5102. Background

. COMNAVAIRFOR has evolved its philosophy for defining aircrew training requirements and determining aircrew training readiness. This philosophy derives an aggregate view of a squadron’s readiness by combining all individual aircrew requirements and comparing against a required standard for a specific squadron capability. The end result is a T&R matrix for each T/M/S aircraft with integrated resource models which provide the ability for squadrons to manage training and meet the expectations of cost-wise readiness while providing a readiness output in terms of capability to perform standardized Navy Mission Essential Tasks (NMETs). Within the framework of this philosophy and its associated standardized format, each T/M/S of the Naval Aviation community has identified the focus of its training requirements in terms of core mission exposure and the specific tasks needed for individuals and aircrews to achieve PMA/NTA readiness.

5103. P-3 Capabilities Based Training Matrix (CBM)

. The COMNAVAIRFOR approved P-3 CBM is divided into four sections: the PMA/NTA Capabilities List, Squadron Requirements Section (Ef), the Skills/Periodicity Section (Pf), and the Missions/Tasks Requirements Section.

Note: It is recommended that the reader have a copy of the P-3 CBM deployment standard (Enclosure 5 of Ref A), for visual reference in order to facilitate understanding of the following:

a. P3C CBM PMA/NTA list

NTA 1.1.2.3 Move Units :

NTA 1.1.2.3.3 Conduct Flight Operations NTA 1.2.7 Conduct Tactical Oceanographic Analysis NTA 1.4.1 Conduct Mining NTA 1.4.8.2 Conduct Maritime Counter Drug Operations NTA 2.2.1 Collect Target information NTA 2.2.3 Perform Tactical Reconnaissance and Surveillance NTA 2.2.4 Assess Tactical Environment NTA 2.3.1 Conduct Technical Processing and Exploitation NTA 3.2.1.1 Attack Surface targets NTA 3.2.1.2 Attack Submerged Targets NTA 3.2.10 Integrate Tactical Fires NTA 3.2.2 Attack Enemy Land Targets NTA 5.1.3.1 Maintain and Display Tactical Picture NTA 5.4.1.2 Exercise Tactical Command and Control NTA 5.4.3.6 Coordinate Offensive Mining Operations NTA 6.2.2.1 Perform Search and Rescue OP 2.3.2 Collect Information on Operational Situation Note: The NTAs are derived from the P-3C ROC mission areas listed in Chapter 2. PMA: Anti-Submarine Warfare (ASW), Surface Unit Warfare (SUW), Command and Control Warfare (C2W), Command, Control and Communications (CCC), Intelligence (INT), Mine Warfare (MIW), Mobility (MOB) SMA: Anti-air warfare (AAW), Fleet Support Operations (FSO), Logistics (LOG), Non-Combat Operations (NCO), Strike (STK), Missions of State (MOS).


5-1-2

b. Squadron Requirements Section (SRS or Ef)

. This CBM section defines the Squadron Experience Factor (Ef) and quantifies additional IDRC training elements not accounted for in specific qualification tasks such as ACTC requirements. Ef reflects accomplishment of aircrew and squadron qualifications, has a numerical value of 0.0 – 1.0, and is expressed as a ratio of the Number of SRS items completed vs Number of SRS items required. The Ef value has two possible outcomes—if the unit achieves all of the SRS requirements then a value of 1 is assigned; if the unit fails to achieve one or more of the SRS requirements then a value of less than 1 is assigned. The effect of the resultant Ef value on squadron readiness is explained in the Training Figure of Merit (TFOM) paragraph 5104. A breakdown of the SRS elements is as follows:

(1) Aircrew ACTC Level Qualifications

number of required skilled crews. Note: The legacy sortie based readiness system calculated a percentage of onboard personnel vs. a set minimum requirement. The advantage of CBM is that squadrons are no longer penalized for having unqualified aircrew if they are in excess of the required minimum.

. These numbers represent the minimum number of each ACTC level required in order to form the

(2) End-to-End Weapon Requirements

. End-to-end weapons are attributed to the squadron as a whole since they reflect the entire process of build up, loading, arming, and delivery. (1 IR Maverick, 1 HARPOON and 1 SLAM-ER)

(3) High Training Value (HTV) Weapon Requirements

. The readiness associated with these weapon requirements is attributed to the number of weapons per crew on board, or the number of crews per squadron required to drop the weapon. Crew make-up for each is defined in the Periodicity/Crew Members section of the matrix. The requirements are:

(a) Range TORPEX – minimum 10 crews per squadron are required to expend a torpedo.

(b) Range MINEX – minimum 10 crews per squadron are required to

expend 4 Shapes.

(4) Advance Readiness Program (ARP)

. ‘SAT’ represents the number of required ARP complete aircrew by crew seat position. The numbers of each crew seat position required are outlined in the T/M/S Specific Notes section of the matrix. CPRW N7s will certify successful ARP completion and ensure applicable designations are awarded in the Sierra Hotel Aviation Readiness Reporting Program (SHARP). (See section 5-7 for details on ARP)

(5) # of Required Skilled Crews

. This column represents the minimum number of crews per squadron required to complete all applicable skills to be considered ‘skilled’.

c. Skills/Periodicity Section (Pf Sustainment/Pf Production). The Pf, or Performance factor section defines the skills required to form skilled crews, and primarily addresses the Individual Aircrew Task Requirements for skill completion. Pf is calculated as the ratio of number of skilled crews Vs actual number of crews on board. The use of the resultant value is explained in the Training Figure of Merit (TFOM) paragraph 5103. The two parts of the section are: Pf Sustainment and Pf Production. Pf sustainment refers to readiness skills that are to be maintained throughout the entire FRTP and are critical for deployment. Pf production refers to readiness skills that are to be completed prior to deployment, where the last completed date is ‘frozen’ when a squadron deploys, and they are not penalized when the readiness date expires. When a squadron returns from deployment, readiness in Pf production skills is to be achieved IAW the periodicity for each skill. When a squadron is in the


5-1-3

employability window, they will focus on sustainment skills but can still achieve readiness through production skills. The intent is that squadrons do not avoid attainment of Pf production skills readiness when opportunities arise (even when deployed), but only when unavoidable due to higher priority tasking, or lack of resources. Attainment of Pf production skill sets while deployed will be determined by the deployed tasking authority.

(1) Skills

. The specific skills required for each NTA are identified by the ‘X’ in the matrix. For instance, EP/Procedures Skill has an ‘X’ listed as required for all NTAs, while Acoustic Collection (AAI) task only has the ‘X’ in the Conduct Technical Processing and Exploitation NTA. It logically follows that if the EP/Procedures skill readiness is not complete that crew/individual will not qualify as complete in any NTA calculation. However, if the same crew/individual was only not qualified in the AAI task, only the Conduct Technical Processing and Exploitation NTA would be affected.

The Capabilities Based Matrix (CBM) is a binary (yes/no) system; either the skill is complete or it is not. In order for a NTA to be complete, all the required Xs associated with the NTA must be complete. For instance, in order to be complete in the move units NTA the 3 skills on the horizontal NTA row: EP/Procedures (Pilots and NFO/Aaircrew), Basic Flying and Night/IPDFW must be completed.

Skills are calculated complete when the prerequisite task readiness is

achieved. The complexity of readiness determination based on this matrix has necessitated the development of readiness determination software. The COMNAVAIRFOR sponsored SHARP software package is the unclassified Internet-based program used to schedule, track, and report all squadron personnel, aircraft and flight events; and calculate NTA achievement. This software has been distributed to all squadrons. Reference (a) directs the use of this matrix and the SHARP software package as the only authorized vehicle for determining a crew’s and subsequently the squadron’s training readiness.

(2) Required Periodicity - Crew Members

. Each skill requirement is achieved by completion of a specific number of Tasks over a valid periodicity by required aircrew. The skill periodicity is simply the time for which the completed task will remain valid and will be counted as complete for the individual in the skill. Every event conducted by a crew or squadron falls into one or more of the VP core mission categories and every core mission event addresses one or more of its subsequent related tasks. For a given skill periodicity in the CBM (represented as days: 30, 90, 120, 180, 730), proficiency is achieved through recurrent mission exposure. To put in simpler terms, over a given assigned periodicity, some tasks may be required to be performed multiple times in order for the skill set to be met and maintained.

d. Missions/Tasks Requirements Section

. Attainment of ‘Green’ or ‘skilled’ status in a specific NTA is achieved when the squadron reaches the required number of skilled crews. In order for crews to become skilled they are required to complete specific tasks in a specific periodicity. Task completion garners specific skills required by each NTA. For a crew to log a qualification, they are required to meet the crew stability rules in Chapter 5-2 and meet the Chapter 6 requirements. Understanding the relationship within the training construct between missions, tasks, skills, and NTAs is critical to understanding the ‘Capabilities Based’ Training Matrix (CBM).

(1) DRRS-N Capabilities

. There are seven generalized ROC/POE identified Core Capabilities associated with VP: MOB, ASW, SUW, INT, MIW, CCC, and C2W.


5-1-4

(2) Tasks

. Focused/defined exposures associated with a specific Core Capabilities. The Tasks, derived primarily from the ROC/POE document and reference (b), are identified in the Task (lower right) section of the matrix. In the simplest terms they are graded/evaluated assessments of crew performance in the related mission category. The term ‘task’ is merely a new name for the structured qualifications defined in chapter six (VP Qualsman).

(3) Required/Optional Tasks

. All events (flight/simulator) that achieve completion or qualification garner task specific readiness for individual aircrew. The CBM logic has two types of events available. Events labeled with an ‘R’ in the matrix are required tasks to be completed in order to complete the respective skill set. Events labeled with an ‘O’ are optional tasks that may be used in conjunction with the specific ‘R’ tasks to meet the requirement. A good example of this is the Acoustic analysis skill set. In order for this skill set to be met, 3 events must be completed / logged during the 30 day periodicity. The AW must log the MOB 110 DARTS required (R) task and the base-lined ASW 208 AW proficiency required task, as well as any one of the optional tasks (O). Note: in order for the overall skill set to be achieved, both AWs on the crew (SS1/SS2) need to complete these events.

(4) Hours per Task

. All readiness generating tasks have a CNAF/CPRG approved time requirement representing the expected time required to successfully train, complete and show proficiency in the specific task. Total flight time (TFT), i.e. hours flown attempting task completion /qualification are expected to approximate these times. Crews shall NOT log task completion if they fail to complete 80% of the TFT allocation for all attempted tasks / qualifications. Waivers to this policy will only be considered in extreme circumstances and may only be approved by CPRG N7.

Example: If a crew flew a 4 hour ASW flight event, they may not log an ASW 201 Diesel (4.0 hours) and an ASW 203 Coordinated OPS (3.0 hours) since the 4 completed task hours are less than 80% of the 7 hour TFT required. To log both events the crew is required to complete 5.6 hours of flight time.

5104. Training Figure of Merit (TFOM)

. While TFOM is not a section of the CBM, it is important to explain its use in squadron readiness calculation, in order to clarify the Pf and Ef elements. The TFOM is the measurement of a squadron’s readiness in each NTA. The TFOM determines the numerical value and color given to each training NTA in DRRS-N: 80-100 = Green (Yes), 60-79 = Yellow (Qualified Yes), and 0-59 = Red (No). The TFOM calculation is defined as: TFOM = Pf x Tf. However, there is a caveat associated with the calculated Ef value; that being if the flying hour execution requirement (90 day average) as outlined on the CBM (bottom left corner) is not met, then Ef will be capped at a maximum level of 0.9. The flight hour execution requirement affects all NTAs equally and the philosophy behind this is, that if a squadron does not execute their funded average flying hours for the quarter, then they shouldn’t be able to meet all of their requirements. Squadrons must be aware that when Ef is capped due to under execution of the 90 day average flying hour allocation, then Pf will also subsequently be affected as follows: if Ef < 1 then Pf is capped at .8 or 80%. Example, if a squadron does not fly a minimum of the 90 day average hour requirement, then TFOM = .8 x .9 = .72 (maximum training readiness capped). The same .8 cap applies to all situations when Ef = <1. The TFOM figure seen in the DRRS-N T Pillar is the number described above. The number is NOT a reflection of the number of skilled crews in that NTA. To find out the number of skilled crews in a NTA, you must drill down into the specific NTA T Pillar number by selecting the underlined T Pillar number. The Pf number is the percentage of the number of skilled crews COB. Example, if the Pf number is ‘50’ then half of the crews COB are skilled in the given NTA.


5-1-5

5105. Analysis Examples

. (Note: The following three examples are based on the VP deployment standard matrix.)

a. Crew ASW Proficiency skill

- completion is tied to the following NTA: Conduct Tactical Oceanographic Analysis.

The periodicity of the skill is 90 days with the following currency requirements: 3 events # Required for Pilot >= ACTC Lvl 3 (PPC) 3 events # Required for Pilot >= ACTC Lvl 2 (PPP) 3 events # Required for NFO >= ACTC Lvl 3 (PPTC) 3 events # Required for NFO >= ACTC Lvl 1 (PPNC) 3 events # Required for EW >= ACTC Lvl 2 (SS3) 3 events # Required for AW >= ACTC Lvl 3 (SS1) 3 events # Required for AW >= ACTC Lvl 1 (SS2) The following Tasks count toward the Skill: ASW 207 Crew ASW Proficiency R (required) ASW 211 ASW ACTIVE/PASSIVE SEARCH O (optional) In a 90 day period (skill periodicity) the 7 CAC individuals listed above must complete a minimum of 3 ASW 207 or ASW 211 tasks. The ASW 207 is a requirement (R) in the matrix; therefore, the CAC must do at least 1 ASW 207 during the 90 day period. Therefore, any of the following combination would fulfill the requirement: 3 ASW 207 tasks, 2 ASW 207 tasks and 1 ASW 211 task or 1 ASW 207 task and 2 ASW 211 tasks. Note: logging 3 ASW 211 tasks would not meet the requirement since 1 event in the periodicity timeframe must be the ASW 207. b. TORPEX skill

- completion is tied to 1 NTA: Attack Submerged Targets.

Periodicity of the skill is 730 days with the following currency requirement: 1 event # Required for Pilot >= ACTC Lvl 3 (PPC) 1 event # Required for Pilot >= ACTC Lvl 2 (PPP) 1 event # Required for NFO >= ACTC Lvl 3 (PPTC) 1 event # Required for NFO >= ACTC Lvl 1 (PPNC) 1 event # Required for EW >= ACTC Lvl 2 (SS3) 1 event # Required for AW >= ACTC Lvl 3 (SS1) 1 event # Required for AW >= ACTC Lvl 1 (SS2) 1 event # Required for IFT >= ACTC Lvl 2 (IFT) Only the following Tasks will count toward completion of the Skill: ASW 204 Range TORPEX R (required) In a given 730 day period (2 year FRTP cycle), the 7 CAC individuals listed above must complete one ASW 204 TORPEX task / qualification per the qualsman. Note: Under the previous sortie based system, rebasing of the TORPEX qualification would be required in order to meet the 120 day standard modifier periodicity. Under the new VP Training Matrix (CBM), once an aircrew completes the ASW 204 Range TORPEX, they are no longer required to refresh or update the TORPEX qualification/task during the current IDRC.

c. ESM Analysis skill

- completion is tied to 3 NTAs: Collect Target information, Assess Tactical Environment and Maintain and Display Tactical Picture. Periodicity of the skill is 30 days for EW >= ACTC Lvl 2(SS3) and requires three tasks to be completed /logged in a given 30 day period. The EW (SS3) individual must log the DARTS MOB 111 and ASU 207 (baseline entry) tasks, and any one of the other optional tasks to achieve this skill.

5106. Sorties and PMA Points. The new VP CBM is binary (yes/no for completion) with respect to each skill requirement and NTA. Under this construct,


5-1-6

flight/simulator events will no longer achieve or track readiness via Sortie, PMA, or Core Mission points. a. Modifiers

. The term ‘modifier’ was used in the previous sortie based WTM TRM nomenclature to represent tactical qualifications and is no longer used. The term ‘task’ now encompasses the achievement of tactical crew qualifications and readiness for CBM purposes.

(1) ‘X’ ‘Y’ ‘Z’ Simulators

. These simulator codes are no longer used in the CBM training matrix. For CBM purposes, the lower right corner of the matrix displays the current simulator model types and configurations: 2F87 LEVEL D OFT, 2F87 OFT, 2F142 TOFT, 2F140 WST, 2F179 TACT, 2F179A TORT, COUPLED 2F87/2F140 and 14B59 FDT. For tasks that may be completed in the simulator, a number is located next to the applicable configuration representing the number of events that may be done in the simulator.

b. Examples

:

(1) ASU 201

. ASU Joint/Combined Ops must be completed twice in 120 days. The COUPLED 2F87/2F140 or the 2F179A may be used to complete 1 of these required events.

(2) Search, Detect and ID ASW Skill

. CACs are required to complete 2 events in 90 days, the ASW 201 Diesel/Littoral ASW and ASW 202 Nuclear/Open Ocean ASW. Note, both of these tasks are required (R) to complete the skill and each must be done a minimum of 1 time during the period. From the CBM simulator section, the F179A (TORT) may be used to complete either one of these events in the 90 day period, the other must be completed in flight.

5107. Capabilities Based Matrix concepts

. P-3 combat aircrews (CAC) are certified formed via completion of the Advanced Readiness Program (section 5-7). Successful completion of the ARP syllabus allows the ARP designation to be assigned in SHARP to each crew member that completed ARP. This designation will remain valid for two years. For crews to achieve readiness they are required to fly in accordance with the crew stability rules outlined in Chapter 5-2.

Tactical readiness is limited to eleven individuals on any flight: 3 Pilots, 2 NFOs, 2 FEs 2 AAWs, 1 EW, and 1 IFT. (Section 5-3 will discuss SHARP logging for individuals in excess of the approved eleven.) For simulator events, tactical readiness may only be logged for seven individuals: 2 pilots, 2 NFOs, 2 AAWs and 1 EW. For flight planning purposes, squadrons should plan to fly in adherence to the published crew list, or at least fly a particular crew’s the tactical core. However, at no time will tactical readiness be logged for individuals in excess of the previously stated limits. When the number of skilled crews (current in the tasks, skills, and aircrew/squadron qualifications) reaches the predetermined requirement, the particular NTA will be colored ‘green’ in DRRS-N. If insufficient skilled crews are current in the particular NTA, the NTA will be colored ‘yellow’ or ‘red’ depending on the comparison of the actual COB number to the required standard number.


5-2-1

CHAPTER 5

SECTION 2

AIRCREW TASK AND READINESS REQUIREMENTS

5201. Purpose

. To provide amplifying details addressing the conduct, award and accounting of Tasks/qualifications.

5202. TASK Qualification Requirements

. Chapter 6 of this instruction has the specific qualification and assessment requirements for crew related tasks. This chapter will provide amplifying guidance and task awarding limitations; it will also outline the requirements for individual related tasks.

PMA Assessed Crew Positions

(1) NTA 1.1.2.3 Move Units NTA

. Comparable to the legacy MOB readiness requirement this NTA is achieved by completion of the following skill sets:

(a) Basic Flying – based on all pilots onboard (b) Night / IPDFW – based on all pilots onboard (c) EP / Procedures (2) Tactical NTAs

. Depending on the specific NTA/PMA, skill sets will in general be based on specific individuals assigned to the CAC’s Tactical core positions (PPC, PPP, PPTC, PPNC, SS1, SS2 and SS3).

If a CAC’s structure as set up in SHARP does not have appropriate designator/ ACTC level qualified individuals assigned to all the assessed positions, the T&R Module logic will treat that member of the CAC as ‘not onboard’ (non-existent) for the related Task(s). Squadrons are not permitted to use this software logic to keep aircrews ‘unformed’.

5203. Task List

. The bottom right section of the VP CBM is the Task List , which identifies the Tasks an individual/CAC conducts to gain currency in the required NTA skill sets. Tasks directly contribute to an individual’s or CAC’s readiness by providing the exposure and periodicity requirements needed for skill achievement; some tasks count towards multiple NTA skill requirements. SHARP setup files are structured to relate sortie based legacy Task/modifier completion toward CBM Task/skill currency.

a. Task Nomenclature

. Task identifiers follow the ROC approach of defining the particular Task by core mission name (e.g. MOB, ASW, SUW, ISR, CCC or C2W) followed by a three-digit numeric.

b. Skill Periodicity

. Unlike sortie based modifiers that all have a fixed 120-day periodicity, skills have differing periodicities associated with them. Skill periodicities range from 30 days to as much as 24 months (730 days) and are defined for each skill in the row labeled ‘Skill Periodicity’ in the matrix.

c. Skill Currency Requirements

. The skill periodicity section of the matrix also displays the currency required per skill periodicity. For each aircrew position the number indicates how many times that skill is to be performed by each aircrew position during the periodicity. If a 0 appears in the matrix, completion of the task by that crew member position will not have any effect on achieving NTA skill completion.

(1) Individual Oriented skills. The Acoustic Analysis, ESM Analysis, Instructor TACCO Weapons Proficiency, Basic Flying and Night / IPDFW target specific individual aircrew positional training/readiness requirements are separate from a required crew oriented task.


5-2-2

Specific guidance on how to log these tasks is provided below in the task description.

(2) CAC Oriented skills

. The remaining skill sets are based on CAC oriented tasks. For all of these, the logic will only count those individuals whose crew position has an identified currency requirement as indicated in the Skill Periodicity section of the matrix. In general most of these skill sets require all tactical core positions to be filled.

Note: The High Value Training squadron weapons requirement is based solely on the percentage of specific onboard personnel who completed the TORPEX (730 day periodicity). Squadrons shall ensure when possible that early IDRC ARP crews are composed of aircrew that will be onboard until at least D+3 to ensure TORPEX training value percentages can be achieved. 5204 General Task Guidelines and Amplifying Policies

.

a. Individual Tasks

. The focus of an ‘Individual’ task is enhancing/renewing crew station positional proficiency. As such, these tasks need not be conducted with a crew list defined tactical crew but rather may be conducted with any mix of qualified individuals. Credit for completion of the Task is assigned to the individual and may be carried by that individual from crew to crew. The (*) symbol indicates individual tasks that may be done on tactical crew events where Crew Tasks are also obtained.

Individual Tasks Crew Tasks MOB 201 MOB 202 MOB 203* MOB 204 MOB 205* MOB 206 MOB 207 ASW 208 ASW 212* ASU 207

ASW 201 ASW 202 ASW 203 ASW 204 ASW 205 ASW 206 ASW 207 ASW 210 ASW 211 ASU 201 ASU 203 ASU 204 ASU 205 ASU 206 ASU 209 ISR 201 ISR 202 ISR 203 ISR 204 ISR 205 ISR 206 C2W 201

Figure 5-2-1 b. Crew Tasks

. Crew tasks focus on team tactical problem solving skills initially developed through ARP. Successful completion requires conducting online tactical analysis and effective information sharing, essential to solving a complex tactical situation. Eligibility to attempt a crew coordination tasks is outlined in chapter 5-2.

c. Tactical Crew readiness limits

.

(1) Tactical readiness can only be achieved by 11 aircrew on flights (PPC, PPP, PPCP, PPTC, PPNC, SS1, SS2, SS3, FE1, FE2, IFT) and 7 aircrew on tactical simulator events (PPC, PPP, PPTC, PPNC, SS1, SS2, SS3). Personnel in excess on these limits may not log tactical readiness. These individuals may log MOB 203 or MOB 205 (if applicable) on flight events or MOB 108 on simulator events.

(2) Squadron readiness officers must be aware that, within the SHARP

logic, only those individuals actually participating in the event gain ‘credit’ for completed tasks. For legacy or new crews, a crew list assigned individual who was absent from subject event does not gain credit for this event’s exposure. Assigning crew coordination related task currency to the substituted ‘required crew position’ individual via the SHARP base-lining option is not permitted. The substituted


5-2-3

individual may however gain readiness currency in the missed exposure by participating in a like event either with his or another CAC.

5205. Training and Preparation

. Crews shall be given appropriate training prior to conducting readiness generating tasks. Successful ARP completion for a crew ensures that they are fully prepared for any task attempt. As resources permit, all crews, once ARP current, are expected to optimize their tactical proficiency/readiness.

5206. Hours per Task

. All readiness generating Tasks have a CNAF/CPRG approved time requirement representing the expected time required to successfully train, complete and show proficiency in the specific task. Total flight time (TFT), i.e. hours flown attempting task completion/qualification are expected to approximate these times. Crews shall NOT log task completion if they fail to complete 80% of the TFT allocation for all attempted tasks / qualifications. Waivers to this policy will only be considered in extreme circumstances and may only be approved by CPRG.

Example: If a crew flew a 4 hour ASW flight event, they may not log an ASW 201 Diesel (4.0 hours) and an ASW 203 Coordinated OPS (3.0 hours) since the 4 completed task hours are less than 80% of the 7 hour TFT required. To log both events the crew is required to complete 5.6 hours of flight time. 5207. Task Limitations per Event

. There are no limitations to the amount of Tasks that can be logged per flight provided the TFT and chapter 6 requirements are met. Simulator tactical events may award only the Individual or Crew Coordination task per the CBM execution map instructions and Chapter 6 requirements. Only those tasks as outlined on the CBM are able to be logged in the simulator.

5208. Qualification Flexibility

. Tasks attempted against non-Allied submarines may be awarded if the chapter 6 requirements for the tasks are met.

5209. Task Completion Reporting Requirements

. All crew coordination qualifications that are awarded are to be graded utilizing the QM Cubed electronic grade sheet software that is downloadable from the CPRG NIPR and SIPR websites. Furthermore, all flights where a qualification has been awarded require either a PURPLE or a post mission summary (PMS) to be submitted. The PURPLE/PMS shall contain the MOD/MOP/MOR scores derived from the grade sheets for each qualification recorded in the PMS/PURPLE remarks sections. The MOD/MOP/MOR scores shall also be recorded in the comments section when logged in SHARP

5210. Multiple Crew Events

. Only one tactical crew may participate in/gain tactical tasks on a single event. Parent Wings may relax this restriction to two tactical crews per event only when dedicated range (i.e. AUTEC, Barking Sands etc) use is required. Additionally, the scheduled range period must be of sufficient length to permit two unconstrained sequential task scenarios.

5211. Waivers to In-Flight Requirementonly’ (no number listed in the simulator syllabus of the CBM matrix) shall be awarded if conducted in the simulator unless specific prior authorization is obtained by parent wing from CPRG. Note that tasks that are awarded with successful completion of specific ARP events revert to in-flight only requirements upon completion of that phase of ARP. Use of the WST/TORT for pre-event warm up and related free play events is strongly encouraged.

. No task specified as ‘in-flight

5212. Use of EMATT/MK-30

. With the exception of the ASW 203 and ASW 207, no ASW readiness tasks may be awarded on events utilizing an EMATT or MK-30 as the primary target unless specifically authorized by CPRG.

a. Upon request, CPRG may authorize completion of the ASW 204 (Range TORPEX) utilizing an EMATT.


5-2-4

b. Use of the MK-30 or EMATT to complete the ASW 207 task (Crew ASW Proficiency) for non-deployed aircrews requires CPRG approval.

5213. Awarding of Tactical Readiness

. The following conditions must be satisfied to be awarded readiness credit for a task:

a. The event scenario must satisfy the task requirements. b. The crew is required to receive a minimum MOP score evaluation of 70%

on the crew grade sheet and a minimum of 70% on the task critical sub-areas.

5214. Task Periodicity

. Each skill requirement is achieved by completion of a specific number of tasks over a valid periodicity by required aircrew. The skill/task periodicity is simply the time for which the completed task will remain valid and will be counted as complete for the crew in the skill. For a given skill periodicity in the CBM (represented as days: 30, 90, 120, 180, 730), proficiency is achieved through recurrent mission exposure. To put in simpler terms, over a given assigned periodicity, some tasks may be required to be performed multiple times in order for the skill set to be met or achieved.

5215. Upgrade Training During Tactical Training Events

. Readiness tasks that have been declared for crew readiness purposes may FINEX in order to conduct individual ACTC upgrade training once the Mission Commander is satisfied that the task criteria have been satisfied. Identification of FINEX must be clearly time annotated in all event logs and records.

5216. Specific Task Guidelines 100 Level (Simulator) MOB Tasks

.

a. MOB 101 ARP Event

. Used to log all non qualification events in ARP or failed attempts.

b. MOB 102 TORPEX Warmup

. Prior to attempting the ASW 204 Range TORPEX in-flight task, an appropriate warm-up scenario shall be completed in a TORT.

c. The following MOB events should be logged when the simulator is used to train on the applicable tasks and no qualification is awarded:

MOB 103 Acoustic Collection Training MOB 104 IEER Training MOB 105 Pilot Training Warmups MOB 106 Positional NATOPS/INST Check (LEVEL D) MOB 107 PPIP PQS (OFT/LEVEL D) MOB 109 INST Check (LEVEL D) MOB 108 Aircrew PQS - used to log all WST, TACT, and TORT free-

play and dedicated PQS simulator events. A MOB 108 shall be logged for any tactical event not listed above where the crew failed the attempt, or the simulator did not meet the requirement to be awarded the qualification i.e. conducting diesel ASW training in a de-coupled WST. When logging a MOB 108 in SHARP comment is to include why the MOB 108 was logged. Additionally, a MOB 112/113 shall be logged for the instructors or a MOB 108 for the console operators above the 7 Aircrew permitted to log tactical readiness (PPC, PPP, PPTC, PPNC, SS1, SS2, SS3) during simulator events. If a qualification is awarded, the corresponding Level 200 task shall be logged and the MOD/MOP/MOR recorded in the remarks section of SHARP.

d. DARTS – The MOB 110 AW DARTS and MOB 111 EW DARTS are used to log and

track AW/EW hours of accomplished/completed DARTS training. DARTS hours shall not be logged on crew training or operational missions. For IDRC squadrons, DARTS needs to be conducted with the requisite DARTS Instructor. For deployed squadrons, DARTS requirements are met by time spent with an Instructor conducting some type of ground based training (TAPP and/or 14B59 and/or PACT 3). In order to track DARTS hours, the SHARP software looks for a 14B58 or a 14B59 entry; it then counts the


5-2-5

hours associated with the trainer entry. If one of these trainers is not logged, the SHARP software will not attribute DARTS hours to individuals.

5217. Specific Task Guidelines 200 Level MOB Tasks

.

a. MOB 201 Pilot Training

. Used to log all pilot hours during training and proficiency events such as approaches and landings during the event. Every time a pilot flies regardless of time, they should log this task.

b. MOB 202 PPIP / IPDFW

. Used to log the 90 day IPDFW requirement.

c. MOB 203 Crew PQS

. Used for all Crew training flights, CAC make-up events and PQS flight events. Any aircrew in excess of the 11 specific personnel (PPC, PPP, PPCP, PPTC, PPNC, SS1, SS2, SS3, FE1, FE2, IFT) permitted to log tactical readiness on a flight event shall log a MOB 203.

d. MOB 204 FORM

. Logged for applicable FORM flight training.

e. MOB 205 NATOPS

. Used to log all applicable NATOPS flight events. This task is attributed to individuals as required along with the crew tactical task.

f. MOB 206 Day Proficiency DFW

. This is a 30 day task that is logged as a baseline entry. The entry shall be completed by the Pilot Training Officer or squadron SHARPs/Readiness Officer on the last calendar day of the month for pilots who meet the requirements. This task is required of all COB pilots regardless of crew assignment or ACTC level. To be eligible to log the monthly task, the pilot must satisfy the PPT requirements outlined in Chapter 4-5.

g. MOB 207 Night Proficiency DFW

. This is a 90 day task that shall be logged on the flight when all of the requirements are met. The entry shall be completed by the squadron Pilot Training Officer or SHARPs/Readiness Officer. This task is required of all COB pilots regardless of crew assignment or ACTC level. To be eligible to log the task, the pilot must satisfy the requirements outlined in Chapter 4-5.

h. MOB 209 Pilot Instructor. This task is to be logged when a Level 400I performs instructional duties in the aircraft. i. MOB 210 Instrument Checks. This task is to be logged for all individual pilots who complete an instrument check flight.

5218. Individual 200 Level Task Objectives and Requirements

.

a. ASW 208 AW Acoustic Proficiency

. The ASW 208 is identified as a 30 day task and shall be entered as a baseline entry on the last calendar day of the month in SHARP. The task is required of all acoustic AWs COB regardless of crew assignment or ACTC level and impacts multiple squadron NTAs. Prior to logging an ASW 208, the AW LPO is to ensure that operators have completed and have logged at least one Acoustic Analysis, CBM Task. Additionally the LPO is to ensure that the following requirements have been met prior to logging an ASW 208:

(1) Tactical Air USW Oceanography during this tour (ACTC Level 200/300/400);

(2) CNATTU Acoustic 2 or Acoustic 2 Refresher within the last 24 Mos

(ACTC Level 300/400); and (3) MOB 110 AW DARTS training hours within the last month (30 days):

(a) ACTC level 100-300 four (4) hours per month, and (b) ACTC level 400-500 two (2) hours per month.


5-2-6

ACTC Level 100s are able to log ASW 208 provided they have completed their AW Analysis, CBM Task event and their DARTS hours during the previous month. The squadron Commanding Officer may waive the CNATTU course requirements until after the current deployment phase for those Cat 300 individuals arriving after IDRC month R+13. b. ASU 207 EW Proficiency

. The ASU 207 is identified as a 30 day task and shall be entered as a baseline entry on the last calendar day of the month in SHARP. The task is required of all EWs COB regardless of crew assignment or ACTC level and impacts multiple squadron NTAs. Prior to logging an ASU 207, the EW LPO is to ensure that operators have completed and have logged at least one EW Analysis, CBM Task. Additionally, the LPO is to ensure that the following requirements have been met prior to logging an ASW 208:

(1) CNATTU EW-2 and ISAR Basic or ISAR Refresher courses within the last 24 months (ACTC Level 300/400/500); and

(2) MOB 111 EW DARTS training hours within the last month (30 days):

(a) ACTC level 100-300 four (4) hours per month, and

(b) ACTC level 400-500 two (2) hours per month. ACTC Level 100s are able to log ASU 207 provided they have completed one of the events listed above, and their DARTS hours during the previous month. The squadron CO may waive the FASO course requirements until after the next deployment phase for Cat 300 individuals arriving after IDRC month R+13.

c. ASW 212 Instructor TACCO Weapons Proficiency (ITWPE)

. The ASW 212 is identified as a 90 day task. The task should be logged in SHARP on the date of completion vice a baseline entry on the last calendar day of the month. Refer to Chap 4 Sect 6 for detailed guidance on the conduct of ITWPE.

Note: Refer to Chapter 6 for in-depth discussion of crew based Tasks 5219. Forward Firing Missile Requirement

. The Ef (requirements) section of the CBM establishes the requirement for squadrons to successfully fire one each of three (3) different types of forward firing missiles (Harpoon, Maverick and SLAM) each FRTP. Unless a formal waiver has been granted by CNAF, squadrons not fulfilling this requirement will not satisfy the Attack Surface Targets NTA and /or the Attack Enemy Land Targets NTA. “Successfully” means that the crew satisfactorily met the associated TASK requirements and that the weapon departed the aircraft. Weapon malfunction (after aircraft departure) will not preclude qualification if aircrew targeting and firing procedures are validated. NOTE: CPRG will not issue waivers for SLAM-ER.

5220. SHARP Reports

. SHARP has two reports, CBR Flight Cert and CBR SIM Cert built to provide squadrons the ability to manage SHARP database entries. These reports have color codes for questionable or prohibited task combinations being logged on a flight. The following guidance was used to build those reports:

a. Squadrons may not log more than 125% of tasks (based on the hours per task required) over the actual total flight time.

b. MOB 206 / MOB 207 / ASW 208 / ASU 207 are monthly baseline entries. c. Tactical readiness limit: (1) Flights - Only 11 aircrew may gain / log tactical readiness on

flight events. Any additional personnel shall log a MOB 203 or MOB 205(if applicable).


5-2-7

(2) Only 7 aircrew may gain / log tactical readiness on simulator events. Any additional personnel shall log a MOB 108.

d. The following tasks may not be awarded on the same flight event: (1) ASW 201 / ASW 202, and (2) ASW 205 / ASW 210. e. ISR 206 shall NOT be awarded with ASW 201, ASW 202, ASW 204, ASW 207,

ASW 210, or ASW 212 since opening of the bomb bay door is not permitted. f. ASU 206 should not be awarded ICW the ASU 201, ASU 203 or ASU 204. 5221. SHARP Pocket Hard-Card

. Figure 5-2-2 is a sample pocket hard-card created as a guide for logging events in SHARP under CBM. Current versions located in the fleet may have additional event recording guidance and restrictions based on current guidance.

Figure 5-2-2.

TYPE EVENT TASK SIM/FLT SIM TYPE

ARP TRAINING MOB 101 SIM TORT

TORPEX WARMUP MOB 102 SIM TORT

ACOUSTIC COLLECTION TRAINING MOB 103 SIM TORT

IEER TRAINING MOB 104 SIM TORT

PILOT TRAINING WARMUPS MOB 105 SIM LEVEL De

PPIP PQS MOB 107 SIM LEVEL De

AIRCREW PQS MOB 108 SIM TORT/FDT

FREE* / FAILED ASW QUAL IN SIM MOB 108 SIM TORT

TACT FREE* MOB 108 SIM TORT

DARTS AW MOB 110 SIM TORT/FDT

DARTS EW MOB 111 SIM TORT/FDT/ISART/EWT

PILOT TRAINING MOB 201 SIM/FLT LEVEL De

PPIP / IPDFW MOB 202 SIM/FLT LEVEL De

CTF* / PQS / CAC M/U MOB 203 SIM/FLT LEVEL De

FORM MOB204 FLT N/A

CTF NATOPS ** MOB 205 FLT LEVEL De

DAY DFW MOB 206 BASELINE ENTRY AT EOM N/A

NIGHT DFW MOB 207 BASELINE ENTRY AT EOM N/A

DIESEL / LITTORAL SUB ASW 201 FLT/SIM*** TORT

NUC/OPEN OCEAN SUB ASW 202 FLT/SIM*** TORT

COORDINATED ASW OPS ASW 203 FLT/SIM*** TORT

TORPEX (IF PASSED) ASW 204 FLT N/A

BASIC MULTI-STATICS TRNG (IEER) ASW 205 FLT/SIM TORT

ACOUSTIC COLLECTION TRNG (AAI) ASW 206 FLT/SIM*** TORT

CREW ASW PROFICIENCY ASW 207 SIM/FLT TORT

AW ACOUSTIC PROFICIENCY ASW 208 BASELINE ENTRY AT EOM N/A IEER ATTACK ASW 210 FLT/SIM*** TORT


5-2-8

ASW ACTIVE / PASSIVE SEARCH ASW 211 FLT TORT

INST. TACCO WEAPONS PROFICIENCY ASW 212 FLT N/A

ASU JOINT / COMBINED OPS** ASU 201 FLT/SIM*** TORT

HARPOON** ASU 203 FLT/SIM*** TORT

MAVERICK** ASU 204 FLT/SIM*** TORT

SLAMER** ASU 205 FLTSIM*** TORT

MINEX** ASU 206 SIM/FLT TORT

EW PROFICIENCY ASU 207 BASELINE ENTRY AT EOM N/A

COOPERATIVE SLAM-ER ASU 209 FLT N/A

MARITIME SURVEILLANCE ISR 201 FLT N/A

RECONNAISSANCE ISR 202 FLT N/A

EMITTER RECOGNITION ISR 203 FLT N/A

EW COLLECTION TRAINING (SEI) ISR 204 FLT N/A

AIR TO AIR INTERCEPT ISR 205 FLT N/A

OVERLAND SAR/RECON ISR 206 FLT N/A

COMBAT ARRIVAL/DEPARTURE** C2W 201 FLT/SIM LEVEL De

Limitations & Notes for events * If no crew qualifications are being claimed. ** Every second event shall be completed in-flight, or every event can be conducted in-flight if available. *** Use of SIM requires Parent Wing /CPRG Approval per WTM. ^^^ Where a simulator is not certified for a task or able to meet the requirements of that particular task, the task is to be completed in the aircraft. Additionally Crews may log multiple tasks in aircraft/sim provided they meet both the flight hours and Qualsman requirements. Initial ASW 201 awarded in ARP initial ASW 202 must be awarded in flight. After initial ASW 201 / ASW 202, either but not both may be done in SIM every 90 days. ASW 207 may not be awarded ICW any other ASW task except ASW 203 on deployment per WTM. You must be ARP complete IOT fly events with other squadrons and achieve tactical readiness If you fly with another squadron (VP-62, VP-5, etc.) log your flight time under baseline flight. Go to SETUP, Squadron based properties, select Personnel Data, select Baseline Flight. Follow the format and once data is entered, hit SAVE. If you obtain tasks with another squadron, go to the same page in your own SQN’s data base, select Baseline CBR. Follow the format and hit SAVE.


5-3-1

CHAPTER 5

SECTION 3

COMBAT AIRCREW (CAC) FORMATION, READINESS AND EMPLOYMENT POLICY

5301. Purpose

. To establish the concepts and terminology associated with Combat Aircrew (CAC) formation, training, and readiness derivation. To establish the policy, procedures and requirements for the conduct, evaluation and grading of qualification/task events.

5302. CAC Concepts, Definitions and Relationships

. The following terms and concepts addressing CAC composition and readiness apply throughout this instruction:

a. Tactical Core

. The tactical core of a crew includes the following 7 crew positions: 01 PPC, 02 PPP, 04 PPTC, 05 PPNC, 07 SS1, 08 SS2 and 06 SS3; and is considered a tactically formed crew. The tactical core structures intent is that these 7 core positions provide the standardized basis for all crew qualifications and task achievement.

Tactical core members are eligible to commence ARP and subsequently develop readiness in all tactical crew qualifications/tasks. Prior to ARP commencement though, tactical crews are only able to be awarded tactical readiness in the following tasks: ASW 207 (Crew ASW proficiency) and ASW 211 (ASW Active/Passive Search). To commence ARP, the seven tactical individuals assigned IAW the latest crew list must all participate on that crew. Once ARP has commenced only one crew position change is allowed to occur until ARP is successfully completed and the designation has been awarded by the parent Wing. Refer Chap 5-7 for further guidance on crew stability during ARP.

The minimum ACTC levels required to fill each of these tactical core

positions is identified in Figure 5-3-1. All squadron aircrew will complete the ARP crew syllabus events in order to receive the designation in SHARP.

b. Critical Crew Positions

. The critical crew positions are a subset of the tactical core, and consist of the: 01 PPC, 04 PPTC, 07 SS1 and 06 SS3. The critical crew members are important when establishing crew stability rules.

c. IAW the Crew List identifying the existence and structure of a CAC. The completeness of the

CAC’s structure, its training requirements and its readiness eligibility are all based on the status of NEC/NOBC qualified individuals assigned to the eleven P-3 aircrew positions as published in accordance with the current squadron crew list. CAC setups within SHARP shall be considered the current crew list.

. The crew list is the formal vehicle for

d. CAC Identification supports 12 deployable crews. These crews shall be defined/identified by

CAC number (CAC01 through CAC12). Each crew’s readiness is determined and reported by CAC # based on the readiness of the critical crew and tactical core individuals assigned to that crew IAW the crew list.

. Current squadron Basic Allowance (BA)

e. CAC Assignment Rulesmore than one CAC, nor may any individual be concurrently assigned to more than one position within a CAC, with the exception of the Commanding Officer’s and the Executive Officer’s crews, which are permitted two individuals assigned to either crew position 01 or 04 (PPC or PPTC). Only one individual may be assigned to each CAC crew position, 01 through 11. Multiple individuals may be concurrently assigned to the Observer crew position 12.

. No individual may be concurrently assigned to


5-3-2

f. CAC Assignment Eligibilityheld and ACTC level achieved determines an individual’s eligibility for crew position assignment. Position assignment eligibility criteria based on these two factors is summarized in the upper half of Figure 5-3-1.

. The combination of the NEC/Designator

g. Crew Stability

. Crew stability is an essential component of the crew concept which emphasizes long-term retention and enhancement of crew coordination and tactical proficiency. The crew stability rules address the controlled flow of replacement individuals into the tactical core positions such that the tactical proficiency of the crew is considered retained. The rules are designed to ensure that each newly assigned tactical core member is integrated into the CAC before the next tactical core change may occur. The specific rules for retaining crew stability are:

(1) At least three of the seven assigned tactical core, IAW the crew list, must have completed that crew’s most recent ARP with that crew (either in the current or related upgrade position). (2) At least two of the critical crew positions, IAW the crew list, must have completed that crew’s most recent ARP with that crew. (3) Only one critical crew position ‘change’ may be made at a time.

Crew’s can change three of the tactical core at a time, and maintain crew stability, but only one can be a critical crew position. (a) The term ‘change’ refers either to assignment of an

individual from outside the crew to a tactical core position within the crew, or the upgrade of an individual from within the crew who did not complete ARP with that crew. Upgrading (PPP to PPC, PPNC to PPTC, or SS2 to SS1) from within the crew (IAW the crew list) is not considered a ‘change’ provided the upgrading individual completed the most recent ARP with that crew. (b) New IDRC gains are able to fly with any legacy crew and

receive readiness in all NTAs, however, until they have completed ARP they shall not be designated ARP complete in SHARP. If they are assigned to a new crew, then they can only be awarded tactical readiness IAW new crew rules. Any newly assigned tactical core individual shall complete ARP at least once during this squadron tour either in their current or related upgrade position. This criterion is not able to be waived.

(4) Any critical crew position changes or upgrades within the crew

requires the following two event tasks to be successfully completed: (a) Renewal of one ASW task: ASW 201, ASW 202, ASW 203, ASW 204,

ASW 206, or ASW 207, and (b) Renewal of one ASU/ISR tasks: ASU 201, ISR 201, ISR 202, or

ISR 206.

Inability to retain crew stability results in loss of ARP currency and the crew being reclassified as a ‘new’ crew. The TO shall remove the TAC Crew from ARP completion calcultions. h. ‘New’ Crew

. Any CAC that is not ARP current IAW the crew stability rules is considered a ‘new’ crew. New crews are essentially starting their tactical task training evolution and are restricted from pursuing tactical crew qualifications/tasks except ASW 207, ASW 211, or as generated through the ARP process. Individuals assigned to a newly formed crew do retain previously generated individual readiness.

i. ‘Legacy’ Crew. A legacy crew is one that is ARP current, and that through controlled evolution of personnel filling the tactical core, continue to meet the crew stability requirements. The legacy crew concept


5-3-3

permits/encourages retention and further enhancement of tactical proficiency already gained by that crew. When crafting the IDRC training plan, particular attention should be focused on optimizing the number of legacy crews. Crews which do not satisfy the crew stability requirements lose their ARP currency status and are re-designated as new crews.

j. Fully Formed CAC ten crew positions are filled, IAW the crew list, by appropriate NOBC/NEC

designated, ACTC Level qualified personnel as summarized in Figure 5-3-1.

. A crew is termed fully formed provided all

Crew Assignment Eligibility Criteria

Crew Position 01 02 04 05 07 08 06 03 09 10

Designation PPC PPP PPTC PPTN SS1 SS2 SS3 FE1 FE2 IFT

NEC/Designator 1310/15 1310/15 1320/25 1320/25 7841 7841 7861 8251 8251 9402

Minimum ACTC Level 300 200 300 100 300 100 200 300 100 200

Crew Classification Critical Crew Positions X X X X

Tactical Core X X X X X X X

Fully Formed X X X X X X X X X X

Figure 5-3-1 k. ARP Current CAC

. ARP is structured to train/refresh each crew in the latest standardized tactical procedures. To ensure retention of this force wide standardization, the tactical core of each crew is required to complete ARP during the IDRC. Upon successful completion of ARP, the crew is deemed ARP current, and each tactical core member is designated ARP complete in SHARP. The crew shall retain that status for a two year period or until the crew loses crew stability, whichever comes first. This currency provision ensures each crew gains the benefits of ARP during each IDRC but gives the squadron flexibility when determining the best time during the IDRC for that exposure to occur. A total of 66 squadron individuals (pilots, NFO, AW 7841 and EW 7861) are required to be ARP designated, to satisfy the CBM ARP reporting requirement for the applicable NTAs.

5303. CAC Employability Guidelines

. Squadron Commanding Officers have the flexibility to deploy/det/surge formalized CACs IAW assigned crew lists or non formalized IAW the crew list if required with the following restrictions:

a. Formalized CAC IAW crew list

:

(1) Legacy Crews can be deployed, detached or surged as required by the Commanding Officer.

(a) If IDRC aircrew gains are assigned to a legacy crew and have

not completed ARP, they will be able to det/surge and achieve readiness; provided crew stability is not affected.

(2) New Crews are not able to deploy, detach or surge unless

extenuating circumstances exist and they have received AOR specific training and applicable task completion certification from the Wing WTU or the MPRWS.

b. Non-Formalized Crews

:

(1) Two of the assigned critical crew positions must be ARP complete and designated in SHARP; and


5-3-4

(2) Three of the seven tactical core must be ARP complete and

designated in SHARP; and (2) All members must meet minimum ACTC levels in figure 5-3-1. 5304.

Administrative Procedures

a. Scheduling

. COMPATRECONGRU/numbered Wings, as appropriate, shall coordinate the scheduling of exercises requiring services of other forces or the use of special operating areas, and shall assign all submarine periods for ASW training flights. Participating squadrons shall notify the numbered Wing Commander of the proposed event to be conducted during each flight. Coordination messages shall use Fleet Exercise Publication (FXP) event designators and provide specific event parameters to ensure that the cooperating forces understand crew event requirements.

b. MOP/MOR Grade Review

. A task will be awarded only when an event has been completed successfully and when, in the judgment of the evaluation authority, the required crewmembers have performed their functions to the prescribed standard. When a crew contests a grade, the parent Wing, or CTF certifying officer shall review the event and forward recommendations to the Commanding Officer.

c. Retention/Submission of Qualification Packets

. Squadrons must retain event packets for three months. Event evaluation sheets must be further retained as long as they apply for readiness purposes. Upon completion of any flight conducting operations and a training event, the following records shall be submitted to the evaluator:

(1) All logs and records plus data extract tape and magnetic tape recordings. (2) High speed printout. (3) Acoustic tapes/logs. (4) Non-acoustic tapes/logs. (5) PPTC narrative. (6) All other applicable reports which support evaluation of the crew's performance. 5305. Packets Submitted to Higher Authorities

. When a flight crew has successfully prosecuted a submarine and post-flight analysis requires that all logs, records and recordings be immediately submitted to higher authority (i.e., unavailable for TSC review), the TSC is authorized to evaluate, grade, and, if appropriate, recommend that the flight crew be awarded any applicable tasks.

5306. Task Waivers. The events described in this instruction are designed to optimize the training and readiness of aircrews. As much flexibility as possible has been incorporated into the system without sacrificing criteria essential to the success of the training program. In general, waivers to these requirements will not be granted. However, if any waivers to the requirements set out in this and other relevant publications are considered necessary, they should be forwarded through the applicable chain of command to CPRG N7 for determination.


5-3-5

5307.

Responsibilities.


:

(1) Train and certify wing site Tactical Support Center (TSC) Debriefing Officers (DBOs) to evaluate all Tasks as specified in the VP CBM). The COMPATRECONGRU endorsed QM 3 software shall be used to evaluate CAC performance during these events.

(2) Coordinate and schedule surface, subsurface and coordinated operations with other forces to include CSG/ESG pre-deployment work ups. (3) Coordinate and schedule the use of special operating areas and instrumented ranges to support squadron training and qualification event requirements. (4) Ensure flight crews are thoroughly briefed and debriefed for all tasked sorties. (5) Validate crew and crewmember tasks entered into SHARP. b. Commanding Officers shall

:

(1) Train crews in assigned PMA/NTAs in accordance with the VP training matrix. Crew/individual/squadron readiness shall be tracked via SHARP and DRRS-N. (2) Engage the squadron to review, evaluate and critique operational, training and qualification events. The squadron shall ensure that each flight crew conducts a crew de-brief. (3) Validate crew and crewmember tasks entered into SHARP c. In-flight Observers (IFO)

. Certain tasks/qualifications require an in-flight observer to evaluate the crew’s performance. Specific IFO requirements are delineated in Chapter 6. The IFO shall:

(1) Observe the conduct of the event to ensure that the flight crew follows safe practices.

(2) Evaluate crew/crewmember performance and complete applicable portions of the evaluation form for the task attempted. (3) Assist the DBO with the mission reconstruction and de-brief.


5-3-6

INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK


5-4-1

CHAPTER 5

SECTION 4

POST MISSION REPORTING

5401. Purpose

. To ensure timely and accurate post mission reporting for Navy to reconstruct training, exercise and operational missions; and to support readiness assessments, tactical evaluation and development, and future mission planning.

a. The post mission PURPLE/MISREP reporting system is used throughout the Navy, and as such it is vital that the Tactical Coordinator (TC) and Mission Commander (MC) report accurately, and in as much detail as possible, what occurred on the mission. Data omissions and formatting errors in these reports significantly impacts Navy’s ability to collect data and reconstruct sorties.


.


:

(1) Ensure that post mission summary messages are thoroughly reviewed within 7 days of mission completion for all assigned aircrews (at home or deployed).

(2) Compare readiness entries made to the squadron SHARP database are fully supported by the post mission summary for each SHARP sortie.

(3) Correct readiness entries for SHARP logged sorties as required.

b. Commanding Officers shall

:

(1) Ensure that post mission summary messages are thoroughly reviewed within 72 hours of mission completion. As the CTU and/or CTG commander, squadron COs are ultimately responsible for the conduct of the mission and the quality of the post mission reporting. Correction/amplification messages to correct discrepancies or clarify ambiguity must be released within 48 hours of mission completion.

c. Mission Commanders shall

:

(1) Fill in all required fields of a current PURPLE/MISREP blank, applicable to their theatre and mission;

(2) Ensure the narrative is consistent with the data fields and vice

versa;

(3) Ensure a complete data extract is made available to the appropriate organizations for every sortie;

(4) Ensure that flight data in the post mission summary is consistent

with flight data logged within SHARP; and

(5) Refrain from using previous reports as templates. d. Tactical Support Centers shall

:

(1) Assist the aircrew Mission Commander with message creation to ensure a complete and accurate post mission summary;

(2) Ensure that post mission summary messages are formatted correctly

prior to release;


5-4-2

(3) Ensure timely release of post mission summary messages. The CPRG goal for message release is four (4) hours from the completion of the mission. In no case will post mission summary messages be delayed in excess of 12 hours from mission completion. Beyond 12 hours from mission completion, use of amplification messages is required to make corrections, clarify ambiguity or add missing information;

(4) Ensure that all Rainform GREEN, PURPLE and PURPLE Amplification

(AMP) message are posted on the TSC’s SPAWAR and/or CAS website; and

(5) Ensure that post mission RDSS data extract files (mission replays) are posted on the TSC’s SPAWAR and/or CAS website.

5403. Post Mission Summary Template

. Navy standard message software includes formats for all RAINFORM message traffic. Also, the CPRG-developed PURPLE CREATOR software may be utilized to construct the message and then imported into Navy CMP software. Finally, an ASW purple rough is included as Annex A to this section.

5404. PURPLE Data

. In order to ensure standardization and allow automatic data parsing, Mission Commanders shall adhere to the following guidance for specific post mission summary entries. Note: This list is not all inclusive of every required entry line.

a. Exercise / Operational Name (EXER or OPER): (1) The CTG Commander is required to promulgate a standardized

Exercise (e.g. NIM C2X 08-01) or Operational name as appropriate.

(2) Aircrew Mission Commanders shall ensure that the designated standardized nomenclature is used in either the EXER or OPER message lines.

b. Time Period (TIMPD): (1) Starting/ending times must match the launch and recovery times

from the Event Task (EVTASK) line.

c. Force (FORCE): (1) If sortie is completed as a mixed crew from different squadrons,

the unit designator (i.e. VP-X) shall be the unit to which the Mission Commander is assigned.

d. Event Task (EVTASK): (1) Launch/land times must match start/end times from the Time Period

(TIMPD) line.

(2) The EVTASK line will always reflect actual launch/onstation/offstation/land times.

(3) Squadrons shall utilize an amplification line under the EVTASK

line that reflects planned launch/onstation/offstation/land times.

e. Swap (SWAP): (1) Must be included whenever any turnover (i.e VOICE, SONO, etc.) is

received or passed regardless of swap unit type. There is no limit on the number of SWAP lines. For example, an aircrew that received a hot P3-P3 swap, coordinated a turnover mid-onstation to helo, received contact back from the helo and then turned over to another P3 would write four SWAP lines (two Passed (PA), two Received (RE)).


5-4-3

f. Submarine Contact (SUB): (1) Required whenever contact is gained on a subsurface contact. (2) Crew may use CTU designator for blue units whose name may be

beyond the classification of the message.

(3) Crew must use LANT or PAC assigned contact number for OOA prosecutions.

(4) If passive contact is gained, a signature line (SIGNA) is

required for all non-US submarines. If message classification supports inclusion, it should be included to the maximum extent possible on sorties against US submarines as well.

(5) Target Position (TMPOS):

(a) A minimum of two target position (TMPOS) lines are required

(GAINED and LOST, BRKOFF or SENSOFF).

(b) A TMPOS line is required every 30 minutes or every significant dynamic event, whichever is less. A significant dynamic event is defined as one or more of any of the following; 1) any course change greater than 15 degrees, 2) any speed change greater than two knots or 3) any depth change.

(c) If contact is lost and subsequently regained, a TMPOS is

required for both the LOST and REGAIN target positions.

(d) A TMPOS with a mission event of FIXED is required prior to every attack.

(e) A TMPOS with a mission event of MODE CHANGE is required if

crew detects submarine sinker or riser on a conventional submarine target.

(6) IEER Contact (ELLIPSE):

(a) All contact generated from multi-static active sensors (IEER,

AEER) requires an ELLIPSE line that documents the generated AOP.

(7) Target Reaction (REACT):

(a) Required whenever the aircrews believes that the target may have reacted (sinker, course chg, mode change, etc.) to overflight.

(8) Attack (ATTACK):

(a) Required for all P-3 weapons regardless of type.

(b) All attack lines utilizing simulated or actual weapons

require a corresponding amplification line to document crew designated weapon parameters as directed in Annex A to this section.

(9) Submarine Sinker (SNKR): (a) Required each time crew observes (visually, EO/IR, Radar that

target has submerged.

(10) MAD Performance (MAD): (a) Required for every MAD detection of a submarine target.


5-4-4

(11) Passive MDR / VLAD MDR / Active Range (PASSMDR/VLADMDR/ACTRNG): (a) Required for the above sensors whenever contact is confirmed

on a submarine.

(12) ASW Coordination (ASWCOORD): (a) Required whenever aircrew participates in ASW prosecution

with another platform (P-3 or dissimilar). This line is required whenever the ASW Coordinated Operations task is desired for readiness.

g. Naval Contact (NAVAL): (1) Required whenever contact is gained on a Naval surface combatant

or auxiliary contact. (2) Crew may use CTU designator for blue units whose name may be

beyond the classification of the message. (3) Target Position (TMPOS):


(GAINED and BRKOFF or SENSOFF). Additionally, for combatants or auxiliaries designated as CCOIs, a TMPOS line is required every 30 minutes or every significant dynamic event, whichever is less. A significant dynamic event is defined as one or more of any of the following; 1) any course change greater than 15 degrees, or 2) any speed change greater than five knots.

(b) A TMPOS with a mission event of FIXED is required prior to

every attack.


(a) Required whenever the aircrews believes that the target may have reacted (course change, speed change, start or secure radar, train weapons, etc.) to aircraft fly-by.


(a) Required for all P-3 weapons.

(b) All attack lines utilizing simulated or actual weapons,

regardless of weapon type, require a corresponding amplification line to document crew designated weapon parameters as directed in Annex A to this section.

h. Merchant Contact (MERCH): (1) Required whenever contact is gained on a merchant surface vessel. (2) Aircrew Mission Commanders shall verify contact identification

and rig information with ONI SEALINK database whenever possible.

(3) Target Position (TMPOS):

(a) A minimum of two target position (TMPOS) lines are required (GAINED and BRKOFF or SENSOFF). Additionally, for merchant vessels designated as CCOIs, a TMPOS line is required every 30 minutes or every significant dynamic event, whichever is less. A significant dynamic event is defined as one or more of any of the following; 1) any course change greater than 15 degrees, or 2) any speed change greater than five knots.


5-4-5

(b) A TMPOS with a mission event of FIXED is required prior to every attack.

(4) Target Reaction (REACT): (a) Required whenever the aircrews believes that the target may

have reacted (course change, speed change, start or secure radar, train weapons, etc.) to overflight.





i. Fishing Contact (FISHCTC): (1) Required whenever contact is gained on a merchant fishing vessel. (2) Target Position (TMPOS):


(GAINED and BRKOFF or SENSOFF). Additionally, for fishing vessels designated as CCOIs, a TMPOS line is required every 30 minutes or every significant dynamic event, whichever is less. A significant dynamic event is defined as one or more of any of the following; 1) any course change greater than 15 degrees, or 2) any speed change greater than five knots.

(b) A TMPOS with a mission event of FIXED is required prior to

every attack.


(a) Required whenever the aircrews believes that the target may have reacted (course change, speed change, start or secure radar, etc.) to aircraft fly-by.





j. Emitter Set (EMITTER):

(1) Required for every emitter detected from a COI or CCOI.

(2) Required in order to achieve the Emitter Recognition (ISR203) or

EW Collection Training (ISR204) tasks.


5-4-6

k. Friendly Force/Position Information (FYFCE/FYPOS):

(1) Required on every sortie that supports friendly surface or subsurface forces.

(2) Required in order to achieve the ASW Coordinated Operations

(ASW203) or ASU Joint/Combined Operations (ASU201) tasks.

l. Meteorological Information (MET):

(1) Required at least once on every tactical sortie in order to characterize the operational area. Multiple MET lines may be required if the aircrew experiences significant meteorological changes from one part of the OPAREA to another or over the duration of the on-station period.

m. Link Performance (LINK):

(1) The LINK line documents in-flight performance of the aircraft

link system. Required for every sortie on an aircraft configured for Link-11 and/or Link-16, a separate entry is required each link configuration utilized by the aircrew (e.g. HF, UHF).

(2) Link reliability shall be documented as a percentage of the total

flight time.

(3) An amplification (AMPN) line is required for every link entry that documents CLEW or SLEW mode, one/two-way link and the unit(s) with which the aircrew verified link performance. (See Annex A)

n. Sonobuoy Pattern Deployment Details (BUOY/SONOPATN): (1) Required for every search pattern, lost contact pattern or AAI

collection pattern deployed by the aircrew.

o. Bathythermograph Details (BUOY/BATHY): (1) Required for each SSQ-36 deployed and processed by the aircrew.

p. Sonobuoy Pattern Deployment Details (BUOY/AMBTN): (1) Required at least once per ASW flight and for every SSQ-53

processed for ambient noise data by the aircrew.

q. Ordnance Expenditure Details (EXPEND): (1) With the exception of CADS, an entry is required for all actual

ordnance expended by the aircrew (sonobuoys and weapons).

(2) Mission Commanders shall ensure the proper accounting code is assigned to each ordnance expenditure as delineated below.

(a) A (Training): Used for all ordnance that does not meet the

requirements of categories B, C and E below and all minor fleet exercises (e.g. ORE, TRE, ASWEX, etc.)

(b) B (Operational): Used for all ordnance expended ISO of a

named fleet operation or an OOA ASW prosecution.

(c) C (Fleet Exercise): Used for all ordnance expended ISO major fleet exercises directed by a numbered Fleet Commander (e.g. RIMPAC, VALIANT SHIELD, C2X, JTFEX, etc.).

(d) D (Non-Accountable Items): Not used.


5-4-7

(e) E (Special Project Allowance): Used for all ordnance expended ISO RDT&E projects.

(f) F (Other): Not used.

(3) Mission Commanders shall coordinate with squadron/CMO Ordnance

Branch to ensure that post mission summary accounting of ordnance is aligned with other Fleet ordnance accounting systems (i.e. OIS).

r. Equipment Malfunction Details (EQUIPMAL): (1) An entry is required for all non-operational systems on the

aircraft.

(2) Mission Commanders shall ensure that standardized system nomenclature (IAW Purple Creator or Annex B) is used to identify affected systems.

(3) Mission Commanders shall ensure that a JCN code is documented in

an amplification line (AMPN) for each affected system.

s. Crew Performance Evaluation (TRAIN/QUAL): (1) Every tactical sortie for which the crew desires any credit for

any tactical readiness task requires a TRAIN line and at least one amplification (AMPN/QUAL) line. For each desired readiness task, the TSC DBO will enter the task name (i.e. ASW201), indicate whether the readiness task was awarded and record the Measure of Performance (MOP), Measure of Difficulty (MOD) and Measure of Readiness (MOR) scores derived from the VP Qualifications Manual (reference c).

t. Narrative: (1) Mission Commanders shall ensure that, together with the body of

the message, the narrative fully documents the flight and supports the desired readiness. If desired, crews may organize the narrative with chronological bullets. Additional requirements are delineated in Annex A to this section.


5-4-8

INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK


5-4-A-1

CHAPTER 5 SECTION 4

ANNEX A

PURPLE ROUGH FORMAT

SQUADRON: VP- DATE:_____________ EVENT #:________________AIRCRAFT BUNO #: ____________ CAC: _________ PC: _________________ TC: _________________

IMAGERY INFORMATION

TSC SENT TSC RCVD A/C SENT A/C RCVD

IMAGES

TEXT

COMMS / DATA LINK PERFORMANCE. Example: LINK/HF/PU/6.2/6.1/0.1/TR/G/TQ7/RQ5// (in-flight link only.) LINK/HF/ RS, NC, PU, or MC / / / / T, R, TR, N / P , G /TQ /RQ // OPERATING MODE HRS ATTEMPTED HRS SUCCESSFUL TIME TO ESTABLISH TRANSMIT-RECEIVE INDICATOR DATA ACCURACY TRANS. AVG. QUALITY (0-7) RECEPTION AVG. QUALITY (0-7) LINK IN HOURS AMPN/TWO-WAY LINK WITH . (OR) ONE-WAY RX ONLY LINK WITH . CONDUCTED HRS TROUBLESHOOTING. (OR) LINK INOP. (COMPONENT REMOVED, COMPUTER DOWN, ETC)// GIVE DETAILED REASON

LINK/UHF/ RS, NC, PU, or MC / / / / T, R, TR, N / P , G /TQ /RQ // OPERATING MODE HRS ATTEMPTED HRS SUCCESSFUL TIME TO ESTABLISH TRANSMIT-RECEIVE INDICATOR DATA ACCURACY TRANS. AVG. QUALITY (0-7) RECEPTION AVG. QUALITY (0-7) LINK IN HOURS

AMPN/CLEW OR SLEW/TWO-WAY LINK WITH . (OR) ONE-WAY RX ONLY LINK WITH .CONDUCTED HRS TROUBLESHOOTING. (OR) LINK INOP. (COMPONENT REMOVED, COMPUTER DOWN, ETC)// GIVE DETAILED REASON COMRL/_____________/___________/_______________/________/-/_____________/_________________/________-// TRANSMISSION MODE MSGS SENT TO UNIT MSGS RECEIVED BY UNIT RELIABILITY MSGS SENT TO STATION MSGS RECEIVED BY STATION RELIABILITY TRANSMISSION MODES: HF VOICE UHF VOICE VHF VOICE RELIABILITY IS LISTED AS A PERCENTAGE HF LINK UHF LINK VHF LINK


5-4-A-2

TIME PERIOD, EVENT TASK GOUGE, AND SWAP GOUGE SHEET

TIMPD: TIMES, MONTH, YEAR THAT MARK THE BEGINNING AND THE TERMINATION OF THE REPORT PERIOD.

EXAMPLE: TIMPD/312200Z8/010400Z5/OCT/07// THIS IS A MANDATORY LINE THAT INCLUDES THE YEAR AIRCRAFT TYPE: 1150AT – 1150 ATLANTIC P3 - P-3 ORION ATL2 - ATLANTIC ATL-2 SH-60 – B/F/R P3C2 - P-3C2 ORION CP140 - CP-140 AURORA P3C3 - P-3C3 ORION NIM1 – MR4 NIMROD P3F - P-3F ORION SWAP TYPE: OTHER PLATFORM: TURNOVER METHOD: PA - CONTACT PASSED TAC - TACTICAL AIR LINK - DATA LING RE - CONTACT RECEIVED SUB - SUBMARINE VOICE - VOICE CIRCUIT NC - NO CONTACT ESTABLISHED P3 - ORION SONO - SONOBUOY PN - CONTACT PASSED - NOT CLASSIFIED SH60 - B/F/R OTR - OTHER (EXPLAIN) SHIP - SURFACE SHIP CONTACT METHOD: ES - ELECTRONIC SUPPORT RADAR - RADAR CPA - CLOSEST POINT OF APPROACH VISUAL - VISUAL NC - NO CONTACT MAD - MAGNETIC ANOMALY DETECTOR CZ - CONVERGENCE ZONE FLIR - FORWARD LOOKING INFRARED DP - DIRECT PATH SONACT - ACTIVE SONAR BTMB - BOTTOM BOUNCE LOFAR - LOW FREQUENCY ANAL & RECORDING SELOR - SHIP EMITTER LOCATING REPORT SONPAS - PASSIVE SONAR SOSUS - SOSUS ACSONO - ACTIVE SONOBUOY HFDF - HIGH FREQ DIRECTION FINDING DIFAR - DIRECTIONAL FREQ ANAL & RECORDING STASS - SUBMARINE TOWED ARRAY SONAR SYSTEM SRCH - SEARCH PASONO - PASSIVE SONOBUOY LOB - LINE OF BEARING EER - EXPLOSIVE ECHO RANGING ACTFIX - ACTIVE FIX VLAD - VERTICAL LINE ARRAY DIFAR PASFIX - PASSIVE FIX IR - INFRARED PFA - POST FLIGHT ANALYSIS SURTASS - SURVEILLANCE TACTICAL ARRAY SYSTEM CASS - COMMAND ACTIVATED SONOBUOY TACTAS - TACTICAL TOWED ARRAY SYSTEM DICASS - DIRECTIONAL CASS OTR - OTHER (EXPLAIN IN FREE TEXT)

MISSION PURPOSE MISSION TYPE COPS ASW ASUW SRCH MINE SOPS OTR RECTNG RECON SAR TRNG SURTNG STRIKE SARX


5-4-A-3

Time period covered by the Purple message. (Must match EVTASK departure and arrival times).

TIMPD/ Z/ Z/ / / /___________//

ACTUAL DEPARTURE DAY-TIME GROUP ACTUAL ARRIVAL DATE-TIME GROUP START MONTH START YEAR END MONTH END YEAR MISSN/ / //

MISSION PURPOSE MISSION TYPE DESIGNATOR FORCE/ VP- / 1 / P3C3 AIP / /________1_________/

UNIT DESIGNATION NUMBER ORDERED AIRCRAFT TYPE CIRCLE ONE UNIT CALLSIGN OR AIRCRAFT IDENTIFICATION MISISON OR SORTIE NUMBER

EVTASK/ / Z/ Z/ Z/ Z/ / // DEPARTURE PLACE TIME OF DEPARTURE TIME ON STATION TIME OFF STATION TIME OF ARRIVAL ARRIVAL MISSION / SORTIE NUMBER AMPN/PLANNED/ Z/ Z/ Z/ Z// TIME OF DEPARTURE TIME ON STATION TIME OFF STATION TIME OF ARRIVAL ACFTID/ / / / / // AIRCRAFT TYPE AIRCRAFT NUMBER BUREAU NUMBER NAV ERROR SPECIAL CONFIGURATION ----- (UII.5, UIII, UIII AIP, BMUP, BMUP+) IFF/ VP- / / / / ON or OFF // MODE II is SECRET UNIT DESIGNATION MODE I MODE II MODE III MODE IV

AMPN/MODE II/IV CHECKED SWEET OR SOUR WITH ENROUTE ONSTA// Tactical exchange/turnover of units when on-station relief occurs. SWAP/ / Z/ / / / // SWAP TYPE TIME OF SWAP (DTG) OTHER PLATFORM TYPE OTHER PLATFORM CALLSIGN TURNOVER METHOD CONTACT METHOD SWAP/ / Z/ / / / // SWAP TYPE TIME OF SWAP (DTG) OTHER PLATFORM TYPE OTHER PLATFORM CALLSIGN TURNOVER METHOD CONTACT METHOD SWAP/ / Z/ / / / // SWAP TYPE TIME OF SWAP (DTG) OTHER PLATFORM TYPE OTHER PLATFORM CALLSIGN TURNOVER METHOD CONTACT METHOD SWAP/ / Z/ / / / // SWAP TYPE TIME OF SWAP (DTG) OTHER PLATFORM TYPE OTHER PLATFORM CALLSIGN TURNOVER METHOD CONTACT METHOD Example: SWAP/PA/141350Z4/P3/PASSBOOK64/VOICE/MAD//


5-4-A-4

SUBMARINE CONTACT GOUGE SHEET SUB: CONTACT SERIAL#: SEQUENTIAL NUMBER OF SUBMARINE CONTACTS REPORTED IN THIS MESSAGE

UNIT DESIGNATION: PLAIN LANGUAGE OR ABBREVIATED NAME OR DESIGNATION OF THE UNIT GAINING CONTACT. LOCATING REPORT #: ASSIGNED TO THE REAL-TIME CONTACT OR “NRIF” FOR NOT REPORTED IN FLIGHT. SHIP CONTROL #: ALPHANUMERIC IDENTIFIER AS ASSIGNED BY NAVAL OPERATIONS INTELLIGENCE CENTER.

UNITGEN: UNIT GENERATING CONTACT: TRADEMARK ASSIGNED TO A CONTACT AND UNIT GAINING THE INITIAL CONTACT. EXAMPLE: UNITGEN/CTG 72.4TG11-23/VP47/P3C//

CLASSIFICATION OR CONFIDENCE LEVEL:

CERT - CERTAIN SUB (VISUAL) POSS1 - POSSIBLE SUB CONF LVL 1 PROB - PROBABLE SUB NONSUB - NON-SUBMARINE POSS4 - POSSIBLE SUB CONF LVL 4 ACPOS - ACOUSTIC POSITIVE POSS3 - POSSIBLE SUB CONF LVL 3 INSUF - INSUFFICIENT DATA POSS2 - POSSIBLE SUB CONF LVL 2

SUBMARINE CLASS NAME POWER PLANT

AKULA VIRGINIA DIESEL-POWERED NUCLEAR-POWERED OSCAR OHIO SS - SUBMARINE SSN

SEA WOLF VICTOR SSK - PATROL SSBN TYPHOON LA SSGN MING SONG KILO AIRCRAFT TYPE

1150AT – 1150 ATLANTIC P3 - P-3 ORION ATL2 - ATLANTIC ATL-2 P3C2 - P-3C2 ORION CP140 - CP-140 AURORA P3C3 - P-3C3 ORION NIM2 – HS-801 MK2 NIMROD R-1 NIMROD NIM1 - HS-801 MK1 NIMROD P3F - P-3F ORION BR1050 – BR-1050 ALIZE MISSION EVENT

GAINED CRSCHG - COURSE CHANGE BRKOFF - INTENTIONAL BREAK-OFF HOLDING CPA-A - CPA ANALYSIS AI-BB (CZ) & (DP) - ABRUPT IN BB, (ALSO CZ & DP) BROKEN CPA-C - CPA CREW AO-CZ (BB) & (DP) - ABRUPT OUT CZ, (ALSO BB & DP) LOST DP-SO - DIRECT PATH-SELECT OUT FI-DP (BB) & (CZ) - FADE IN DP, (ALSO BB, CZ) REGAIN SENSOFF - SENSOR OFF FO-BB (CZ) & (DP) - FADE ONT BB, (ALSO CZ & DP) FIXED SPDCHG - SPEED CHANGE SI-BB (CZ) & (DP) - SELECT IN BB, (ALSO CZ & DP) ATTACK MODECHG - MODE CHANGE SO-BB (CZ) & (DP) - SELECT OUT BB, (ALSO CZ & DP)

SENSOR TYPE ID SOURCE CODE ASQ-81/208 IRDS PASONO ACTFIX - ACTIVE FIX CPA EER DICASS ISAR RADAR BB - BROAD BAND CZ FTA DIFAR LOFAR VLAD BTMB - BOTTOM BOUNCE DP PFA MAD VISUAL FLIR

LOCATING REPORT NUMBER LR - A/C reporting contacts enter LR followed by the

Locating Report number (1-99) assigned to the real-time contact.

NRIF – Not reported in flight; the contact is a non-real

time reported in Post Flight Analysis/Mission Debrief.


5-4-A-5

SUBMARINE CONTACT SUB/ / /LR - , or NRIF / / / NUC, DSL, UNK / / CONTACT UNIT DESIGNATION LOCATING REPORT NUMBER CLASSIFICATION AND/OR NATIONALITY SUB PROPULSION TYPE SUB CLASS NAME OR TYPE SERIAL # CONFIDENCE LEVEL / HIGH, MED, or LOW / PHT or NPH // CREDIBILITY CONTACT PHOTOS AMPN/ // SUB NAME IF KNOWN

SIGNA/ _ _____/ _/ /____/____// Example: SIGNA/UNKNOWN/50HZ/1-2-3/55RPM/18TPK// ACOUSTIC SOURCE FREQUENCY HARMONIC RPM TPK

Unit gaining initial contact. Example: UNITGEN/VP-8TGT08-03/PATRON EIGHT/P3C// UNITGEN/ / / // TRADEMARK UNIT DESIGNATION TYPE AIRCRAFT OF ORIGINATING UNIT

Example: SUB/01/CTU20.12.1TGT08-04/NRIF/PROB/US/NUC/SSN/HIGH/NPH// AMPN/USS NEVER DOCK//

SUB CONTACT REQUIRES A MINIMUM OF TWO TMPOS LINES Example: TMPOS/200813Z4/3841N6-06912W8/050T/7KTS/GAINED/AIR/VLAD// Document every 30mins or significant dynamic event --- + 15O COURSE CHANGE --- + 2KT SPEED CHANGE --- DEPTH CHANGE TMPOS/ Z/ / T/ KTS/ GAINED /AIR/ / // DAY-TIME (DTG) CONTACT LOCATION (LAT-LONG) CONTACT COURSE CONTACT SPEED MISSION EVENT SENSOR CODE SOURCE CODE

TMPOS/ Z/ / T/ KTS/ /AIR/ / // DAY-TIME (DTG) CONTACT LOCATION (LAT-LONG) CONTACT COURSE CONTACT SPEED MISSION EVENT SENSOR CODE SOURCE CODE TMPOS/ Z/ / T/ KTS/ /AIR/ / // DAY-TIME (DTG) CONTACT LOCATION (LAT-LONG) CONTACT COURSE CONTACT SPEED MISSION EVENT SENSOR CODE SOURCE CODE TMPOS/ Z/ / T/ KTS/ /AIR/ / // DAY-TIME (DTG) CONTACT LOCATION (LAT-LONG) CONTACT COURSE CONTACT SPEED MISSION EVENT SENSOR CODE SOURCE CODE TMPOS/ Z/ / T/ KTS/ /AIR/ / // DAY-TIME (DTG) CONTACT LOCATION (LAT-LONG) CONTACT COURSE CONTACT SPEED MISSION EVENT SENSOR CODE SOURCE CODE TMPOS/ Z/ / T/ KTS/ /AIR/ / // DAY-TIME (DTG) CONTACT LOCATION (LAT-LONG) CONTACT COURSE CONTACT SPEED MISSION EVENT SENSOR CODE SOURCE CODE TMPOS/ Z/ / T/ KTS/ /AIR/ / // DAY-TIME (DTG) CONTACT LOCATION (LAT-LONG) CONTACT COURSE CONTACT SPEED MISSION EVENT SENSOR CODE SOURCE CODE


5-4-A-6

SUB CONTACT CONTINUED Example: TMPOS/200813Z4/3841N6-06912W8/050T/7KTS/GAINED/AIR/VLAD// TMPOS/ Z/ / T/ KTS/ ______ /AIR/ / // DAY-TIME (DTG) CONTACT LOCATION (LAT-LONG) CONTACT COURSE CONTACT SPEED MISSION EVENT SENSOR CODE SOURCE CODE

TMPOS/ Z/ / T/ KTS/ /AIR/ / // DAY-TIME (DTG) CONTACT LOCATION (LAT-LONG) CONTACT COURSE CONTACT SPEED MISSION EVENT SENSOR CODE SOURCE CODE TMPOS/ Z/ / T/ KTS/ /AIR/ / // DAY-TIME (DTG) CONTACT LOCATION (LAT-LONG) CONTACT COURSE CONTACT SPEED MISSION EVENT SENSOR CODE SOURCE CODE TMPOS/ Z/ / T/ KTS/ /AIR/ / // DAY-TIME (DTG) CONTACT LOCATION (LAT-LONG) CONTACT COURSE CONTACT SPEED MISSION EVENT SENSOR CODE SOURCE CODE TMPOS/ Z/ / T/ KTS/ /AIR/ / // DAY-TIME (DTG) CONTACT LOCATION (LAT-LONG) CONTACT COURSE CONTACT SPEED MISSION EVENT SENSOR CODE SOURCE CODE TMPOS/ Z/ / T/ KTS/ /AIR/ / // DAY-TIME (DTG) CONTACT LOCATION (LAT-LONG) CONTACT COURSE CONTACT SPEED MISSION EVENT SENSOR CODE SOURCE CODE TMPOS/ Z/ / T/ KTS/ /AIR/ / // DAY-TIME (DTG) CONTACT LOCATION (LAT-LONG) CONTACT COURSE CONTACT SPEED MISSION EVENT SENSOR CODE SOURCE CODE

TMPOS/ Z/ / T/ KTS/SENSOFF/BRKOFF/LOST/AIR/ __/ // DAY-TIME (DTG) CONTACT LOCATION (LAT-LONG) CONTACT COURSE CONTACT SPEED MISSION EVENT SENSOR CODE SOURCE CODE

IEER CONTACT ALL CONTACTED GENERATED FROM AN IEER AOP REQUIRE AN ELLIPSE LINE

Example: ELLIPSE/2814N5-06310W0/017T/35NM/25NM// ELLIPSE/ _ _____ / / / // CENTER OF ELLIPSE (LAT-LONG) AXIS ORIENTATION AXIS LENGTH (SEMI-MAJOR AXIS LENGTH (SEMI-MAJOR

ELLIPSE/ _ _____ / / / // CENTER OF ELLIPSE (LAT-LONG) AXIS ORIENTATION AXIS LENGTH (SEMI-MAJOR AXIS LENGTH (SEMI-MAJOR



ELLIPSE/ _ _____ / / / // CENTER OF ELLIPSE (LAT-LONG) AXIS ORIENTATION AXIS LENGTH (SEMI-MAJOR AXIS LENGTH (SEMI-MAJOR ELLIPSE/ _ _____ / / / // CENTER OF ELLIPSE (LAT-LONG) AXIS ORIENTATION AXIS LENGTH (SEMI-MAJOR AXIS LENGTH (SEMI-MAJOR


5-4-A-7

SUBMARINE CONTACT REACTION, AND ATTACK GOUGE SHEET

REACT: REPORTS AN OVERT, DISCERNIBLE REACTION BY A SUB TO FLY-BY.

REACT PASS DIRECTION AIRCRAFT TO CONTACT PASS

PS - PORT TO STARBRD PORT SP - STARBRD TO PORT STBD BS - BOW TO STERN STRN SB - STERN TO BOW BOW NT - NOSE TO TAIL OVHD TN - TAIL TO NOSE UNTH OU - OVER TO UNDER UO - UNDER TO OVER

ORDNANCE / WEAPON TYPE MISSILES TORPEDOS MINES BOMBS AGM65 - MAVERICK MK46 - TORPEDO MK62 - QUICKSTRIKE BDU45 - INERT ATM84-0-1 - EXERCISE MK50 - TORPEDO MK63 - QUICKSTRIKE MK82 - GENERAL PURPOSE DEPTH BOMB AGM84E - SLAM MK54 - TORPEDO MK60 - CAPTON MK20 - ROCKEYE (CBU) ATM84E - SLAM EXERCISE ATTACK RESULTS ATTACK METHOD DAMAGE SLICK ACTIVETRACK MAD URGENT DESTROYED UNSUCCESSFUL BLIND PASSCPA VECTAC HIT SIMULATED DELIBERATE PASSTRACK VISUAL LISTIN WPNFAILED EARLY PEREMPTORY MISSED LATE TARDY

SENSOR TYPE ID SOURCE CODE ASQ-81/208 IRDS PASONO ACTFIX - ACTIVE FIX CPA EER DICASS ISAR RADAR BB - BROAD BAND CZ FTA DIFAR LOFAR VLAD BTMB - BOTTOM BOUNCE DP PFA FLIR MAD VISUAL

TEMPOS: A TEMPOS LINE IS REQUIRED EVERY 30 MINUTES OF CONTACT UNLESS TGT CHANGES COURE +15O DEG OR 2 KTS OR DEPTH CHANGE. A REGAIN TMPOS REQUIRED FOR EVERY LOST TMPOS A FIXED TMPOS REQUIRED PRIOR TO EACH ATTACK A MODE CHANGE TMPOS REQUIRED FOR A SNKR/RISER


5-4-A-8

Submarine reaction to aircraft fly-by. Example: REACT/051425Z7/PS/CPA500FT/200FT/OVHD/SSN WENT SINKER// REACT/ Z/ / CPA YD, FT, M / FT/ / // TIME OF CONTACT (DTG) PASS DIRECTION CLOSEST POINT OF APPROACH ALTITUDE OF CPA AIRCRAFT-T0-CONTACT PASS COMMENTS

TMPOS/ Z/ / T/ KTS/ /AIR/ / // DAY-TIME (DTG) CONTACT LOCATION (LAT-LONG) CONTACT COURSE CONTACT SPEED MISSION EVENT SENSOR CODE SOURCE CODE

REACT/ Z/ / CPA YD, FT, M / FT/ / // TIME OF CONTACT (DTG) PASS DIRECTION CLOSEST POINT OF APPROACH ALTITUDE OF CPA AIRCRAFT-T0-CONTACT PASS COMMENTS


Attack on submarine contact. Example: ATTACK/MK50/SIMULATED/DELIBERATE/1400YD/000R// ATTACK/ / / / FT, YD, M / // ORDNANCE / WEAPON TYPE ATTACK RESULTS ATTACK METHOD / TYPE RANGE FROM WEAPON ENTRY RELATIVE BEARING FROM TGT HDG TO POINT TO TARGET WEAPON WATER ENTRY POINT TMPOS/ Z/ / T/ KTS/ATTACK/AIR/ / // DAY-TIME (DTG) CONTACT LOCATION (LAT-LONG) CONTACT COURSE CONTACT SPEED SENSOR CODE SOURCE CODE

ATTACK/ / / / FT, YD, M / // ORDNANCE / WEAPON TYPE ATTACK RESULTS ATTACK METHOD / TYPE RANGE FROM WEAPON ENTRY RELATIVE BEARING FROM TGT HDG TO POINT TO TARGET WEAPON WATER ENTRY POINT TMPOS/ Z/ / T/ KTS/ATTACK/AIR/ / // DAY-TIME (DTG) CONTACT LOCATION (LAT-LONG) CONTACT COURSE CONTACT SPEED SENSOR CODE SOURCE CODE




5-4-A-9

SINKER, MAD PERFORMANCE, ACOUSTIC DETECTION, AND ASW COORDINATED OPS GOUGE SHEET

SNKR: SUBMARINE SINKER: USED TO REPORT A SUBMARINE SINKER AND TRANSITION FROM LOCALIZATION TO ATTACK. SENSOR CODE: SENSOR HOLDING CONTACT PRIOR TO SUB GOING SINKER. TIME LATE: NUMBER OF MINUTES REQUIRED TO REGAIN THE CONTACT AFTER GOING SINKER. TIME CONTACT GAINED: DTG THAT THE CONTACT WAS GAINED AFTER GOING SINKER, I.E., SINKER TIME PLUS TIME LATE. TIME CONTACT LOST: DTG THAT THE CONTACT WAS LOST AFTER PROSECUTION OF THE SINKER. SENSOR CODE: PRIMARY SENSOR DURING THE PROSECUTION. MAD: REPORTED ALTITUDE: AIRCRAFT’S ALTITUDE. RUN-IN-HEADING: AIRCRAFT’S HEADING IN DEGREES DURING RUN-IN TO THE TARGET. REPORTED DEPTH: SUBMARINE’S DEPTH, 0 FOR SURFACED.

SENSOR TYPE ID SOURCE CODE ASQ-81/208 IRDS PASONO DPSONO ACTFIX - ACTIVE FIX CPA EER IEER DICASS ISAR RADAR SQR 19 TACTAS BB - BROAD BAND CZ FTA DIFAR LOFAR VLAD SQR 53 BTMB - BOTTOM BOUNCE DP PFA FLIR MAD VISUAL

MISSION EVENT GAINED CRSCHG - COURSE CHANGE BRKOFF- INTENTIONAL BREAK-OFF HOLDING CPA-A - CPA ANALYSIS AI-BB (CZ) & (DP) - ABRUPT IN BB, (ALSO CZ & DP) BROKEN CPA-C - CPA CREW AO-CZ (BB) & (DP) - ABRUPT OUT CZ, (ALSO BB & DP) LOST DP-SO - DIRECT PATH-SELECT OUT FI-DP (BB) & (CZ) - FADE IN DP, (ALSO BB, CZ) REGAIN SENSOFF - SENSOR OFF FO-BB (CZ) & (DP) - FADE ONT BB, (ALSO CZ & DP) FIXED SPDCHG - SPEED CHANGE SI-BB (CZ) & (DP) - SELECT IN BB, (ALSO CZ & DP) ATTACK MODECHG - MODE CHANGE SO-BB (CZ) & (DP) - SELECT OUT BB, (ALSO CZ & DP)

ACOUSTIC DETECTION MODE DETECTION TYPE DISPLAY MODE ADR - AUTOMATIC DETECTION AND RANGING DP - DIRECT PATH ARL - AURAL PAD - PASSIVE ACOUSTIC DETECTION CZ - CONVER ZONE BFI - BEARING FREQ IND ALI LOFAR MAN - MANUAL DETECTION BB - BOTTOM BOUNCE OMI - BFI OMNI SEARCH PAC - PASSIVE ACOUSTIC CLASSIFIED SDR - SIGNAL DATA RECORDER OTR - OTHER (EXPLAIN) ALI - SDR ALI LOFAR BAL - BEARING ALI

ASWCOORD: ASW COORDINATION: REPORTS INFO ON SPECIFIC SENSORS AND PLATFORMS USED DURING THE COORDINATED PROSECUTION OF A SUB. SENSOR CODE: SESOR HOLDING CONTACT

ASWCOORD PLATFORM / SAC ASWCOORD CONTACT TYPE ASWCOORD OUTCOME

TAC - TACTICAL AIR CPA ORG - ORIGINAL CONTACT S3 - VIKING CZ SEC - SECOND DETECTION P3 - ORION DP LOC - LOCALIZED H3 - SEA KING BB TRK - TRACKED H 60 - B/S/R LOB ATK - ATTACK CRITERIA SUB - SUBMARINE ACTFIX SHIP - SURFACE SHIP PASFIX OTR - OTHER (EXPLAIN)


5-4-A-10

Submarine Sinker. (Reports a submarine sinker and transition from localization to attack.) Example: SNKR/ISAR/TL7/151517Z0/151604Z7/MAD/Y// TMPOS/151510Z3/3215N-07524W/045T/8KTS/LOST/AIR/VISUAL// SNKR/ ___/TL / Z/ __________________ Z/ ___/ Y or N ___// SENSOR CODE TIME LATE TIME CONTACT GAINED TIME CONTACT LOST SENSOR CODE ATTACK CRITERIA GAINED (HOLDING PRIOR TO SINKER) (MINS FM SINKER TO GAIN) (AFTER SINKER) (AFTER PROSECUTION OR SENSOFF) (PRIMARY SENSOR DURING

PROSECUTION) TMPOS/ Z/ / T/ KTS/ /AIR/ / // DAY-TIME (DTG) CONTACT LOCATION (LAT-LONG) CONTACT COURSE CONTACT SPEED MISSION EVENT SENSOR CODE SOURCE CODE

Mad performance. Example: MAD/ASQ81/Y/Y/AI15/24/02431/100FT/250T/50FT// MAD/ ASQ81 or ASQ208 / Y or N / Y or N /AI / / _ / FT/ T/ _ FT// SENSOR NOMENCLATURE IN-FLIGHT CHECK SATISFACTORY ALPHA INDEX MAD SENSE SETTING MAD OPS EFFECTIVENESS REPORTED ALT RUN-IN HDG, A/C REPORTED DEPTH TMPOS/ Z/ / T/ KTS/ /AIR/ / // DAY-TIME (DTG) CONTACT LOCATION (LAT-LONG) CONTACT COURSE CONTACT SPEED MISSION EVENT SENSOR CODE SOURCE CODE

MAD/ ASQ81 or ASQ208 / Y or N / Y or N /AI / / _ / FT/ T/ _ FT// SENSOR NOMENCLATURE IN-FLIGHT CHECK SATISFACTORY ALPHA INDEX MAD SENSE SETTING MAD OPS EFFECTIVENESS REPORTED ALT RUN-IN HDG, A/C REPORTED DEPTH TMPOS/ Z/ / T/ KTS/ /AIR/ / // DAY-TIME (DTG) CONTACT LOCATION (LAT-LONG) CONTACT COURSE CONTACT SPEED MISSION EVENT SENSOR CODE SOURCE CODE

ASW COORDINATION. Info on the specific sensors and platforms used during the coordinated prosecution of a submarine contact. Example: ASWCOORD/P3/MAD/CPA/SHIP/ATK/H3/H2/SHIP// ASWCOORD/ / / / / / // PLATFORM TYPE, HOLDING CONTACT SENSOR CODE TYPE CONTACT SCENE OF ACTION COMMANDER OUTCOME PLATFORM TYPE, PARTICIPATING PASSIVE/ACTIVE DETECTION PERFORMANCE. Info on the passive and active ranges observed during prosecution of a submarine contact. Example: PASSMDR/2500YD/3500YD// ACTRNG/SQQ62/3500/-/1000// PASSMDR/______________/________________// ACTRNG/_______/____________/____/-/_________________/_______// BOW – RANGE IN YARDS STERN - RANGE IN YARDS BOY TYPE MDR IN YARDS MODE HYDROPHONE DEPTH IN FEET ASPECT


5-4-A-11

SONOBUOY DEPLOYMENT

SONOBUOY DEPLOYMENT DETAILS. Example: BUOY/081625Z/3750N5-06937W5/SSQ77/500FT/4HR/CHAN73// SONOPATN/DISTDP/-/6/1000YD/1000YD/3/18/1.0MDR/50//

BUOY/ Z/ / / FT/ HR or MIN/ // DROP DAY-TIME (DTG) SONOBUOY LOCATION (LAT-LONG) SONOBUOY TYPE HYDROPHONE DEPTH LIFE SETTING CHANNEL SETTING SONOPATN/ / T, M, R, or G / / YD, KYD, NM/ YD, KYD, NM/ / PATTERN TYPE AXIS ORIENTATION OF ROWS COUNT PER ROW SPACING BETWEEN BUOYS SPACING BETWEEN ROWS COUNT OF ROWS / / / / T, M, R, or DEG// TOTAL BUOYS IN PATTERN MDR BUOY SPACING PROBABILITY OF DETECTION IN PERCENT WEDGE ANGLE OR DIRECTION OF WALK AMPN/ //





5-4-A-12

SONOBUOY DEPLOYMENT CONTINUED

BUOY/ Z/ / / FT/ HR or MIN/ // DROP DAY-TIME (DTG) SONOBUOY LOCATION (LAT-LONG) SONOBUOY TYPE HYDROPHONE DEPTH LIFE SETTING CHANNEL SETTING AMPN/ //







5-4-A-13

SONOBUOY DEPLOYMENT AND PATTERN GOUGE

SONOBUOY TYPE SSQ36 SSQ53B/C/D/E/F SSQ57B SSQ62B/C/D/E SSQ77 SSQ57A SONOBUOY PATTERN TYPE BARRIER DISTCZ WEDGE DATUM OTR - (EXPLAIN IN AMPN) CIRCLE DISTDP DIFANL CHEVRON RAIN STEEL!! ( FALLS UNDER OTHER) WALKBAR HORSHOE BRAVO CROSSTAC BRUSHTAC MINBAR DELTA TRITAC ORDNANCE / WEAPON TYPE AGM65 - MAVERICK MK20 - ROCKEYE MINES - MINES AGM84 - HARPOON MK46 - TORPEDO BOMB - GENERAL PURPOSE MK50 – TORPEDO MK54 - TORPEDO CBU - BOMBLETS

EXPENDITURE CATEGORY

A - ASW AIRCREW TRAINING ALLOWANCE B – AIR OPERATIONAL ALLOWANCE

C – AIR FLEET EXERCISE ALLOWANCE D – NON-ACCOUNTABLE ITEMS E – SPECIAL PROJECT ALLOWAN F – OTHER


5-4-A-14

NAVAL CONTACT GOUGE SHEET SHIP TYPE CG - GUIDED MSL CRUISER FFG - GUIDED MSL FRIGATE AE - AMMUNITION SHIP CV - A/C CARRIER PB - PATROL BOAT CVN - NUC A/C CARRIER MCM - MINECOUNTERMEASURES GEN AGOR - OCEAN RESCH SHIP DD - DESTROYER LHA - AMPH GENERAL ASSULT SHIP AOE - COMBAT SUPP SHIP, FAST DDG - GUIDED MSL DESTROYER LPD - AMPH TRANSPORT DOCK FF - FRIGATE LCAC - LND CRAFT AIR CUSHION FSH - FISHING TM - MER SHIP GENERAL BLK - BULK CARGO CGF - FISHING CARGO N) YGT - FLOATING TARGET FAC - FACTORY TU - FISHING VSL GENERAL YT - HARBOR TUG TKR - LIQUID TANKER RUNABOUT MTRYACHT - MOTOR YACHT COUNTRY CODES AL - ALBANIA CI - CHILE OK - EXER ORANGE FRCE UR - USSR AG - ALGERIA CH - CHINA GM - GERMANY UK - UNITED KINGDOM AR - ARGENTINA CU - CUBA GR - GREECE US - UNITED STATES BA - BAHRAIN EG - EGYPT IC - ICELAND YO - YUGOSLAVIA BU - BULGARIA OD - EXER BLUE FRCE LI - LIBERIA CA - CANADA OK - EXER ORANGE FRCE MX - MEXICO SUSPICION CODES 01 - U.S. GOV VESSEL 07 - VSL FITS MOTHER SHIP PROFILE 02 - LOW PROB OF VIOLATION U.S. LAW 08 - VSL WITH A LOT OF COMM EQUIPMENT 04 - OBVIOUSLY NOT LEGITIMATE 09 - VSL NOT CONS’T FOR PREVAILING SEA STATE 06 - LOITERING VESSELS ANY SIZE/SHAPE 10 - VSL WARRANTS SPECIAL ATTN 11 - U.S. GOV’T AIRCRAFT MISSION EVENT

GAINED CRSCHG - COURSE CHANGE BRKOFF- INTENTIONAL BREAK-OFF HOLDING CPA-A - CPA ANALYSIS AI-BB (CZ) & (DP) - ABRUPT IN BB, (ALSO CZ & DP) BROKEN CPA-C - CPA CREW AO-CZ (BB) & (DP) - ABRUPT OUT CZ, (ALSO BB & DP) LOST DP-SO - DIRECT PATH-SELECT OUT FI-DP (BB) & (CZ) - FADE IN DP, (ALSO BB, CZ) REGAIN SENSOFF - SENSOR OFF FO-BB (CZ) & (DP) - FADE ONT BB, (ALSO CZ & DP) FIXED SPDCHG - SPEED CHANGE SI-BB (CZ) & (DP) - SELECT IN BB, (ALSO CZ & DP) ATTACK MODECHG - MODE CHANGE SO-BB (CZ) & (DP) - SELECT OUT BB, (ALSO CZ & DP) ATTACK RESULTS ATTACK METHOD DAMAGE SLICK ACTIVETRACK MAD URGENT DESTROYED UNSUCCESSFUL BLIND PASSCPA VECTIAC HIT SIMULATED DELIBERATE PASSTRACK VISUAL LISTIN WPNFAILED EARLY PRE-EMPTORY LATE TARDY MISSED


5-4-A-15

NAVAL/ / /LR - ,or NRIF / / / / PHT or NPH // CONTACT UNIT DESIGNATION LOCATING REPORT NUMBER SHIP NAME OR CLASS SHIP TYPE, CATEGORY NATIONALITY CONTACT PHOTO STATUS AMPN/ // SHIP’S NAME IF KNOWN

NAVAL CONTACT

(Document every 30mins or significant dynamic event.) Example: TMPOS/200813Z4/3841N6-06912W8/050T/7KTS/GAINED/AIR/VLAD// TMPOS/ Z/ / T/ KTS/ GAINED /AIR/ / // DAY-TIME (DTG) CONTACT LOCATION (LAT-LONG) CONTACT COURSE CONTACT SPEED MISSION EVENT SENSOR CODE SOURCE CODE

TMPOS/ Z/ / T/ KTS/ /AIR/ / // DAY-TIME (DTG) CONTACT LOCATION (LAT-LONG) CONTACT COURSE CONTACT SPEED MISSION EVENT SENSOR CODE SOURCE CODE TMPOS/ Z/ / T/ KTS/ /AIR/ / // DAY-TIME (DTG) CONTACT LOCATION (LAT-LONG) CONTACT COURSE CONTACT SPEED MISSION EVENT SENSOR CODE SOURCE CODE


Ship reaction to aircraft fly-by. Example: REACT/051425Z7/PS/CPA500FT/200FT/OVHD/HARD TURN TO PORT// REACT/ Z/ / CPA YD, FT, M / FT/ / // TIME OF CONTACT (DTG) PASS DIRECTION CLOSEST POINT OF APPROACH ALTITUDE OF CPA AIRCRAFT-T0-CONTACT PASS COMMENTS




5-4-A-16

NAVAL CONTACT CONTINUED

NAVAL/ / /LR - , or NRIF / / / / PHT or NPH // CONTACT UNIT DESIGNATION LOCATING REPORT NUMBER SHIP NAME OR CLASS SHIP TYPE, CATEGORY NATIONALITY CONTACT PHOTO STATUS AMPN/ // SHIP’S NAME IF KNOWN








5-4-A-17

MERCHANT CONTACT

MERCH/ / / / / PHT or NPH // CONTACT SERIAL NUMBER SHIP NAME SHIP TYPE IDENTIFICATION NATIONALITY CONTACT PHOTO STATUS






RIG/GP1,GP2,GP3/ / / ______ / / // CIRCLE ONE HULL PROF STERN TYPE UPRIGHT SEQ TONNAGE LENGTH HULL PROF (1080) STERN TYPE UPRIGHT SEQUENCE RAISED 1 HULL PROFILE SHOWS DISTINCT RAISED AREA AT BOW. REMAINDER OF DECK IS FLUSH. COUNTER CRUISER MAST M

RAISED 2 HULL PROFILE SHOWS DISTINCT RAISED AREA AT AMIDSHIP. BOW AND STERN ARE FLUSH. KINGPOST K

RAISED 3 HULL PROFILE SHOWS DISTINCT RAISED AREA AT STERN. REMAINDER OF DECK IS FLUSH. CRANE C

FLUSH NO BREAKS IN HULL PROFILE FUNNEL F

RAISED 1-2-3 DISTINCT RAISED AREAS AT BOW, MIDSHIPS, AND STERN WITH BREAKS BETWEEN EACH RAISE.

RAISED 1-2 RAISED AREA AT BOW AND MIDSHIPS WITH BREAK.

RAISED 1-3 RAISED AREA AT BOW AND STERN WITH BREAK.

RAISED 12 CONTINUOUS RAISED AREA ENCOMPASSING BOTH BOW AND MIDSHIPS.

RAISED 23 CONTINUOUS RAISED AREA MIDSHIP AND STERN


5-4-A-18

MERCHANT CONTACT CONTINUED MERCH/ / / / / PHT or NPH // CONTACT SERIAL NUMBER SHIP NAME SHIP TYPE IDENTIFICATION NATIONALITY CONTACT PHOTO STATUS






EMITTER SET EMITTER/______________________/ H, M, L /_________/________/_____________HZ/____________________// NICKNAME CONF (CIRCLE) ELNOT FUNCTION CRYSTAL FREQ CRYSTAL COUNT DOWN

BRNG Z /_____________________/______T/______________DEG/_______NM/__________ _/__________/________//

DTG CONTACT LOCATION (LAT-LONG) BRG SECTOR HALF WIDTH LOB RANG SENSOR CODE MISSION EVENT MO/YR RADPA/______/PRF_______/PRI_______/PW___/___HZ-SPC/________/____H____M___S/ JTR, STG, STDY, PLSGP// BAND SCAN RATE SCAN TYPE INTRCEPT DURATION PRF VAR (CIRCLE)


5-4-A-19

FISH CONTACT

FISHCTC/ ___ / / / / PHT or NPH // CONTACT SERIAL NUMBER NAME SHIP TYPE NATIONALITY PHOTO STATUS







5-4-A-20

WEAPONS ATTACK GOUGE SHEET

ORDNANCE / WEAPON TYPE MISSILES TORPEDOS MINES BOMBS AGM65 - MAVERICK MK46 - TORPEDO MK62 - QUICKSTRIKE BDU45 - INERT ATM84-0-1 - EXERCISE MK50 - TORPEDO MK63 - QUICKSTRIKE MK82 - GENERAL PURPOSE DEPTH BOMB AGM84E - SLAM MK54 - TORPEDO MK60 - CAPTON MK20 - ROCKEYE (CBU) ATM84E - SLAM EXERCISE

ALL ATTACK LINES UTILIZING SIMULATED OR ACTUAL WEAPONS REQUIRE THE CORRESPONDING AMPN LINE AFTER THE TEMPOS LINE. MK-20 AMPN/_______________/________/______/____________// LAUNCH ALTITUDE TAS MODE SINGLE/MULTI

MK-82 AMPN/_______________/________/______/____________// LAUNCH ALTITUDE TAS MODE ARMING DELAY

MK-46 AMPN/_______________/________/____________/____________/______________/______________// LAUNCH ALTITUDE TAS SEARCH MODE ISD DEPTH CEILING SETTING FLOOR SETTING

MK-50 AMPN/_______________/_______/____________/__________/____________/______________/______________// LAUNCH ALTITUDE TAS SEARCH MODE SAP/NO SAP ISD DEPTH CEILING SETTING PDA LOGIC

MK-54 AMPN/_______________/_______/____________/__________/_____________/_________// LAUNCH ALTITUDE TAS SEARCH MODE ISD DEPTH CEILING SETTING PDA LOGIC

AGM-65 AMPN/_______________/_______/_______/___________/______________/_____________// LAUNCH ALTITUDE TAS HDG WIND SPEED WIND DIRECTION FUSING OPTION

AGM-84K AMPN/_______________/_______/_______/___________/______________/_____// LAUNCH ALTITUDE TAS HDG WIND SPEED WIND DIRECTION MODE

AGM-84D AMPN/_______________/_______/_______/___________/______________/____________/_______/________/____________// LAUNCH ALTITUDE TAS HDG WIND SPEED WIND DIRECTION SINGLE/SALVO OFFLINE MANUAL RBL(L.M.S) BOL

/________________/____________// MANUAL FLY LEVEL RBL(L.M.S) BOL

/____________/____________// LINE OF SIGHT ENGINE ON/OFF

/________/_________/___________/_____________/__________/_______________// ONLINE RBL(L.M.S) WAY POINTS FLY OUT(HI/LOW) PRESEARCH TERM(SKIM/POP UP)

MINING MK-___ AMPN/_______________/_______/_____/________________/____________/___________// LAUNCH ALTITUDE TAS HDG MANUAL / COMPUTER PLANNED LINE ACTUAL LINE


5-4-A-21

FRIENDLY FORCES, RENDEZVOUS GOUGE SHEET

FYFCE: FRIENDLY FORCES: REPORTS FRIENDLY COOPERATING FORCES OPERATING IN THE MISSION AREA. UNIT DESIGNATION: PLAIN LANGUAGE OR ABBREVIATED NAME OR DESIGNATION OF THE FRIENDLY FORCE UNIT. # OF COOPERATING UNITS: NUMBER OF UNITS IN THE GROUP OF THE SAME SHIP TYPE. SHIP TYPE OR COOPERATING FORCE NAME: TYPE, PLAIN LANGUAGE OR ABBREVIATED NAME.

EXAMPLE: FYFCE/BTG GOLF/1/CVN/2/CG/3/FF/2/FFG/4/DD// FYFCE/CVN68 BTG/1/NIMITZ/1/LUCE/1/MONTGOMERY// (REPORTS THE NUMBER OF HOSTILE AND NON-HOSTILE SUBSURFACE, SURFACE, AND AIR CONTACTS IDENTIFIED AND REPORTED TO THE TACTICAL COMMANDER) MISSION EVENT

GAINED CRSCHG - COURSE CHANGE BRKOFF- INTENTIONAL BREAK-OFF HOLDING CPA-A - CPA ANALYSIS AI-BB (CZ) & (DP) - ABRUPT IN BB, (ALSO CZ & DP) BROKEN CPA-C - CPA CREW AO-CZ (BB) & (DP) - ABRUPT OUT CZ, (ALSO BB & DP) LOST DP-SO - DIRECT PATH-SELECT OUT FI-DP (BB) & (CZ) - FADE IN DP, (ALSO BB, CZ) REGAIN SENSOFF - SENSOR OFF FO-BB (CZ) & (DP) - FADE ONT BB, (ALSO CZ & DP) FIXED SPDCHG - SPEED CHANGE SI-BB (CZ) & (DP) - SELECT IN BB, (ALSO CZ & DP) ATTACK MODECHG - MODE CHANGE SO-BB (CZ) & (DP) - SELECT OUT BB, (ALSO CZ & DP)

SENSOR TYPE ID SOURCE CODE ASQ-81 IRDS PASONO ACTFIX - ACTIVE FIX CPA EER DICASS ISAR RADAR BB - BROAD BAND CZ FTA DIFAR LOFAR VLAD BTMB - BOTTOM BOUNCE DP PFA FLIR MAD VISUAL

COUNTRY CODES AL - ALBANIA CI - CHILE OK - EXER ORANGE FRCE UR - USSR AG - ALGERIA CH - CHINA GM - GERMANY UK - UNITED KINGDOM AR - ARGENTINA CU - CUBA GR - GREECE US - UNITED STATES BA - BAHRAIN EG - EGYPT IC - ICELAND YO - YUGOSLAVIA BU - BULGARIA OD - EXER BLUE FRCE LI - LIBERIA CA - CANADA OK - EXER ORANGE FRCE MX - MEXICO

NAVIGATION METHOD

SATNAV RADAR DR CRDROFFSET - COMPUTER RELEASE OMEGA SINS VISUAL RDROFFSET - NON-COMPUTER RELEASE HFDF CELESTIAL GPS


5-4-A-22

FRIENDLY FORCES. Reports friendly cooperating forces operating in the mission area. FYFCE/ / / / / / / // UNIT DESIGNATION # OF COOP. UNITS COOPERATING FORCE # OF COOP. UNITS COOPERATING FORCE # OF COOP. UNITS COOPERATING FORCE

Example: FYFCE/TU 77.3.1/1/CVN/2/CG/3/FF/2/FFG/4/DD// FYFCE/TU 75.2.5/1/EISENHOWER/1/LUCE/1/MONTGOMERY// FYPOS/ / / Z/ T KTS/ // FRIENDLY UNIT FRIENDLY FORCE LOCATION (LAT-LONG) DAY-TIME (DTG) COURSE AND SPEED FLAG

Example: FYPOS/TU 75.4.1/2815N6-07510W3/122330Z1/185T16KTS/US// FYPOS/BATTLEGROUP GOLF/315BG DELTA55/152359Z5//

RENDEZVOUS INSTRUCTIONS. Provides rendezvous instructions for the tasked unit. RNDZVOUS/ / / / / FT or M // DAY-TIME (DTG) POSITION LAT-LONG UNIT BEING JOINED JOINING UNIT ALTITUDE

Example: RNDZVOUS/2711445Z3/3200N11830W/BLUE RIDGE/TRIDENT41/500FT//

METEOROLOGICAL INFORMATION. Example: MET/FL010/300T/20KTS/15NM/CLR/LGT/2/CU/BASE:027/TOP:035/20C/30.08/4FT/035T/2// MET/ / T/ KTS/ NM/ / / / / FLT LEVEL WIND DIRECTION WIND SPEED VISIBILITY MOST SIGNIFICANT WEATHER TURBULENCE CLOUD COVER IN EIGHTS (0-8) CLOUD TYPE / / / F or C / / FT/ T/ // CLOUD BASE ALT IN HUNDRED OF FEET CLOUD TOP ALT IN HUNDRED OF FEET TEMPERATURE PRESSURE SEA WAVE HEIGHT WAVE DIRECTION SEA STATE TMPOS/ Z/ /-/-/FIXED/AIR/VISUAL/OSWEX// AMP/________________________// DAY-TIME (DTG) LOCATION (LAT-LONG) COMPARE TO WHAT WAS ACTUALLY BRIEFED

MOST SIGNIFICANT WEATHER CODE

CLR – CLEAR D - DUST ZL - FREEZING DRIZZLE A - HAIL L - DRIZZLE LD - LIGHT DUST LZR - LIGHT FREEZING RAIN H - HAZE LL - LIGHT DRIZZLE HD - HEAVY DUST GF - GROUND FOG IF - ICE FOG HL - HEAVY DRIZZLE F - FOG R - RAIN RW - RAIN SHOWER S - SNOW TS - THUNDER STRON

METEOROLOGICAL CONDITION OF WEATHER

DZ - DRIZZLE RASH - SHOWERS XXTS - HEAVY THUNDERSTORM TS - THUNDER STORM RA - RAIN SNSH - SNOW SHOWERS FG - FOG SN - SNOW SP - HAIL

TURBULENCE CLOUD TYPE EXT - EXTREME TURBULENCE CI - CIRRUS NS - NIMBOSTRATUS LGT - LIGHT TURBULENCE CC - CIRROCUMULUS SC - STRATOCUMULUS MOD - MODERATE TURBULENCE CS - CIRROSTRATUS ST - STRATUS NON - NO TURBULENCE AC - ALTOCUMULUS CU - CUMULUS SEV - SEVERE TURBULENCE AS - ALTOSTRATUS CB - CUMULONIMBUS

SEA STATE O - CALM, GLASSY SEA, 0’ WAVE HEIGHT 6 - VERY ROUGH, 13-20' WAVE HEIGHT 1 - RIPPLED, 0-1' WAVE HEIGHT 7 - HIGH, 20-30' WAVE HEIGHT 2 - SMOOTH, 1-2' WAVE HEIGHT 8 - VERY HIGH, 30-45' WAVE HEIGHT 3 - SLIGHT, 2-4' WAVE HEIGHT 9 – PHENOMENAL, OVER 45' WAVE HEIGHT 4 - MODERATE, 4-8' WAVE HEIGHT 5 - ROUGH, 8-13' WAVE HEIGHT


5-4-A-23

LINK, AND MISSION SUMMARY GOUGE SHEET

LINK TRANSMISSION MODE OPERATING MODE TRANS / RECV INDICATOR HF RS - RADIO SILENCE T - TRANSMIT ONLY VHF NC - NET CONTROL R - RECEIVE ONLY UHF PU - PICKET UNIT TR - TRANSMIT / RECEIVE SHF MC - MCJR/MCDR LINK ONLY N - NO SUCCESS

MISUM STATE POST - POSITIONING DP - LOCALIZING DP TRAN - TRANSIT TO STATION SRCH - SEARCHING NLOC - LOCALIZING NON-ACOUSTIC CTC RTB - TRANSIT FROM STATION ASCO - ASSESSING CONTACT TRK - TRACKING OTR - OTHER (EXPLAIN) BBCZ - LOCALIZING BB/CZ ATK – ATTACKING

MISSION SUMMARY. (Must match flight time.) MISUM/(from green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

TOTAL MISSION SUMMARY TIME IN MINUTES: ___________ IN HOURS: ____________

FLIGHT TIME (From FLTTM Line):_____________


5-4-A-24

BATHYTHERMOGRAPH BUOY. Analysis will fill-in the BATHY data. BUOY/ Z/ / / FT/ HR or MIN/ // DROP DAY-TIME (DTG) SONOBUOY LOCATION (LAT-LONG) SONOBUOY TYPE HYDROPHONE DEPTH LIFE SETTING CHANNEL SETTING

AMBIENT NOISE BUOY. Analysis will fill-in the AMBTN data. BUOY/ Z/ / / FT/ HR or MIN/ // DROP DAY-TIME (DTG) SONOBUOY LOCATION (LAT-LONG) SONOBUOY TYPE HYDROPHONE DEPTH LIFE SETTING CHANNEL SETTING

EXPENDITURE AND ALLOCATION. Example: EXPEND/SSQ36/1/0/A/SSQ77/69/3/A// ALL ORDNANCE (EXCEPT CADS) IS REQUIRED TO BE LISTED ON AN EXPENT LINE EXPEND/ SSQ-36 / / / A, B, C, D, E, F/ SSQ-53 / / / A, B, C, D, E, F/ ORDNANCE OR BUOY # EXPENDED # FAILED EXPENDITURE CATEGORY ORDNANCE OR BUOY # EXPENDED # FAILED EXPENDITURE CATEGORY / SSQ-62 / / / A, B, C, D, E, F/ SSQ-77 / / / A, B, C, D, E, F/

ORDNANCE OR BUOY # EXPENDED # FAILED EXPENDITURE CATEGORY ORDNANCE OR BUOY # EXPENDED # FAILED EXPENDITURE CATEGORY

/ SSQ-110 / / / A, B, C, D, E, F/ SSQ-101 ____/ _/ / A, B, C, D, E, F/ ORDNANCE OR BUOY # EXPENDED # FAILED EXPENDITURE CATEGORY ORDNANCE OR BUOY # EXPENDED # FAILED EXPENDITURE CATEGORY / MK-39 / / / A, B, C, D, E, F/ MK-46 REXTORP/ _/ / A, B, C, D, E, F/ ORDNANCE OR BUOY # EXPENDED # FAILED EXPENDITURE CATEGORY ORDNANCE OR BUOY # EXPENDED # FAILED EXPENDITURE CATEGORY / MK-84 / / / A, B, C, D, E, F// ORDNANCE OR BUOY # EXPENDED # FAILED EXPENDITURE CATEGORY


5-4-A-25

EQUIPMENT MALFUNCTION

(USE ONLY LISTED EQUIPMENT FAILURES) “ALL REQUIRED JCN’S ARE TO BE LISTED IN AMP LINE FOLLOWING EQUIPMAL SET”

ALL LISTED EQUIPMENT FAILURES REQUIRE (________%) TO DETERMIN MISSION IMPACT. EQUIPMENT MALFUNCTION. Example: EQUIPMAL/MAD/200300Z5/200330Z5/-/IFF/202300Z7/202340Z1//

EQUIPMAL/ / Z/ Z/-/ / Z/ Z/- EQUIPMENT NAME / DESIGNATION DAY-TIME (DTG) OF MALFUNCTION DAY-TIME (DTG) OF REPAIR EQUIPMENT NAME / DESIGNATION DAY-TIME (DTG) OF MALFUNCTION DAY-TIME (DTG) OF REPAIR

/ / Z/ Z/-/ / Z/ Z/- EQUIPMENT NAME / DESIGNATION DAY-TIME (DTG) OF MALFUNCTION DAY-TIME (DTG) OF REPAIR EQUIPMENT NAME / DESIGNATION DAY-TIME (DTG) OF MALFUNCTION DAY-TIME (DTG) OF REPAIR AMPN/ / / _____________/_________________// EQUIPMENT NAME JCN EQUIPMENT NAME JCN AMPN/ATTEMPTED TO ESTAB LINK WITH _______________. CONDUCTED __.__HRS OF TROUBLESHOOTING TO REPAIR MALFUNCTION WITH/WITHOUT SUCCESS. SUSPECT/ISOLATED PROBLEM WITH/TO THE ___________________.

CREW/ / / / / / / / CREW # PC TC NAV SS1 SS2 SS3 / / // DEBRIEFING OFFICER ANALYSIS

EVALUATION OF PROFICIENCY: TRAIN/_________/________/__________// AMP/QUALS/________________/_____/______/______/_____// PASS/FAIL SCORE MAX SCORE QUAL(S) AWARDED A/N MOD MOP MOR FLTTM/-/ /1// (Flight time must match MISSION SUMMARY.) TOTAL FLIGHT TIME IN HOURS.

AMPN/ONSTA HOURS: CATEGORY: // Example: AMPN/ONSTA HOURS 4.5, CATEGORY:CASW-ASW TRAINING//


5-4-A-26

PURPLE NARRATIVE

RMKS/ WAS A SCHEDULED _________________ EVENT FLOWN ISO TRAINING/EXERCISE _______________/OPERATION ______________. DEPARTED ____________ EARLY/ON TIME (OR) __.__HRS LATE DUE TO __________________________________. ESTAB TWO/ONE-WAY LINK WITH _____________. MODE II/IV CHECKED VALID/INVALID WITH HUNTRESS/SEALORD. CHECKED ONSTA _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________


5-4-A-27

_____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ESTAB COMMS WITH RELIEF, C/S: __________ AND CONDUCTED HOT/COLD TURNOVER. CHECKED OFFSTA AND RTB ______________. SASP: HOT STARTS_____/TIME TO START_____/COLD STARTS_____/TIME TO START_____ ______ SSQ-62 DICASS BUOYS USED DURING EVENT. DEPLOYMENT TIME START PING STOP PING POSITION ______________ _________ ________ ______________ ______________ _________ ________ ______________ ______________ _________ ________ ______________ ______________ _________ ________ ______________ ______________ _________ ________ ______________ ______________ _________ ________ ______________ ______________ _________ ________ ______________ ANALYSIS COMMENTS: RECORDER CHECKS ______(GOOD/BAD), DATA EXTRACT _______(GOOD/BAD), DATA EXTRACT REVEALS ______ MINUTES OF ____________CONTACT. SEI TRAINING: ______(YES/NO) PFA-FTA CONFIRMS CREW IFE OF PASSIVE SUBSURFACE CONTACT. PFA CONFIRMS _____ MINUTES OF ACOUSTIC CONTACT AND _____CPA’S. WATCH OFFICER COMMENTS:________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ RELEASED BY ______________TSC WATCH OFFICER. DSN: XXX-XXX. DRAFTED BY _____________ DSN: XXX-XXXX POC FOR PURPLE ISSUES: ____________ (WHO QA’ED THE PURPLE) DSN: XXX-XXXX [email protected]. PURPLE WILL BE POSTED AT (EXAMPLE-WWW.TSC-JACKSONVILLE.NAVY.SMIL.MIL) UNDER THE P.M.P. SECTION.


5-4-A-28

TSC ACTIONS

ITR=INTEGRATION TIME RESOLUTION PR= PROCESSOR RESOLUTION IT= INTEGRATION TIME

ACDET/________________/_________Z/BB,DP,CZ,BTMB/____________HZ/________/_______FT/____________/_______/______/______// ACOUSTIC DET LIST DTG CIRCLE ONE DETECT FREQ #BUOYS DEPTH DISPLAY LIST ITR PR IT

LOFAL/________/_________/_______/___________/ ___________/________//

INVST CTC CALLED CTC PFA AVAIL SHOULD INVST SHOULD CALLED CTC PRSNT

CTCTIME/_________________/__________/_________/_________// TOT ACOUSTIC CTC TIME DP CTC TIME BB CTC TIME CZ CTC TIME CREW SUMRY/______________Z /_____________ /_________ /____________Z /______________/___________//

DTG CTC GAINED MISSION EVENT SOURCE DTG CTC LOST MISSION EVENT PCT CONTACT

TSC SUMRY/______________Z /_____________ /_________ /____________Z /______________/___________//

DTG CTC GAINED MISSION EVENT SOURCE DTG CTC LOST MISSION EVENT PCT CONTACT

ACOUSTIC DETECTION

AIU ACOUSTIC INTERFACE UNIT ADR AUTO DETECT & RANGING MAN MANUAL DETECT OTR OTHER PAC PASSIVE ACOUSTIC CLASS PAD PASSIVE ACOUSTIC DETECT PPU POST PROCESSOR UNIT

ASW DISPLAY MODE ARL AURAL BAL BEARING ALI BFI BEARING FREQ INDICATOR OMI OMNI SEARCH ESP ENHANCED MOD SIGNAL FAL FALL SDC FLS FALLS SDC ALI SDC ALI LOFAR SDR SIGNAL DATA RECORDER ASP SASP

DETECTION STATUS

DOWN SHIFT GAIN LOSS

LOSS ABRUPT LOSS FADE LOSS KNEE

REGAIN ABRUPT REGAIN FADE REGAIN KNEE

STEADY UPSHIFT


5-4-A-29

ENSURE ALL DATA FIELDS ARE FILLED IN FOR SUBMISSION IN OPS SUMMARY (FOR QUICK LOOK USE)

EVENT CALLSIGN SQD/CAC TOTAL

FLT HR ONSTA HRS CTC HRS

SCHED FLOWN

SSQ36 SSQ53 SSQ77 SSQ62

USE FAIL USE FAIL USE FAIL USE FAIL

ATTACKS LINK HRS 2-WAY TQ/RQ

ATT SUCC

Y/N 5x5


5-4-A-30

QA PURPLE CHECKLIST This checklist is to assist DBO’s in preparing Purples for release. It is not all encompassing but a brief guideline of common discrepancies found on the various missions flown. INFORMATION ACCURACY IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE MC but, It is the responsibility of the DBO to go LINE BY LINE of each Purple to ensure its accuracy. The overall goal is to expedite the release of the purples. PURPEL CREATOR IS THE MOST EFFECT METHOD TO ENSURE ACCURACY.

A. STANDARD HEADER OPCON TWO 1. Verify message DTG is minimum 2.0HRS/maximum of 6.0HRS after land time 2. Verify correct FM PLAD: 3. Verify correct standard PLADs (See CMP) 4. Verify correct mission specific PLADs (See WING/TSC SOP’s) 5. Verify office codes for applicable shore base PLADs

A1. NATO SPECIFIC OPCON TWO 1. (NATO) Verify FM PLAD: 2. (NATO) Verify REL CA or UK or NL (appl unit) 3. (NATO) Verify SIC Codes (See Green/Request Message) 4. (NATO) Verify Passing Instructions: Released for (SQD) 5. (NATO) Verify DECL line reads: DECL/-/-/INST:DESTROY NATO (CLASSIFICATION)// B. STANDARD BODY (ALL ASW PURPLES) CREW OPCON TWO 1. Verify correct classification (All Secret except TORPEX) N/A 2. Verify purple serial number N/A 3. Verify TIMPD DTG matches EVTASK T/O & Land DTG 4. Verify correct squadron with FM line N/A 5. Verify correct area (See Green) N/A 6. Verify SUB line documented correctly (See Purple Creator help file) N/A N/A 7. Verify Target AMPN line indicates Unit Name (ASWEX) or MK-30 SLED (Torpex) N/A 8. Verify Target TMPOS documented every 30mins or dynamic change (i.e. CRSCHG/SPDCHG etc) N/A 9. Verify Target TMPOS fields compare with TGT ATK fields(i.e. Lat/Longs, CRS, SPD, Sensor) N/A 10. Verify Target TMPOS LAT/LONGs ascend/descent appropriately (Course dependent)


5-4-A-31

11. Verify FINAL Target TMPOS field documents SENSOFF/BRKOFF/LOST a. TMPOS SENSOFF equals RTB time b. TMPOS BRKOFF different time (earlier/later) than RTB (ex: Swap Inflt/Retasking) c. TMPOS LOST (if contact never regained)

12. Verify MAD fields filled in correctly (See Purple Creator help file) N/A 13. Verify all MET fields are filled in. (WMO:HZ {Dust Haze} wrong; H {Water Haze} correct)

14. Verify LINK data well documented. Use one of the following:

a. Two-way link with (Unit or Station). b. One-way link with (Unit or Station). X.XHRS T/S. Isolated/Suspect problem to/with

(component). c. Link inop. X.XHRS T/S. (Component) malfunction or failure).

d. Link inop. (Component) removed.

15. Verify MISUM for accuracy (Each Phase: T/O, Onsta, RTB balance against EVTASK fields) N/A 16. Ensure BUOY/SONOPATN for each major pattern deployed (all phases ASWEX/TORPEX/EER) N/A 17. Verify all SONOPATN fields are thoroughly filled in. (OTR type PATNS require AMPN line) N/A 18. Verify all systems <100% have EQUIPMAL field documented N/A 19. Verify Aircraft Mission Effectiveness completed for type mission 20. Verify CATEGORY: ASW or TORPEX or EER documented 21. Verify TRAIN line completed for all ASW type missions N/A N/A 22. Verify ASW TREECODE XXX-XXX-XXX, MOR: XX.X% (Laptop: ASW-1(D), ASW-2(N), ASW-3(Torp) N/A N/A 23. Verify narrative reflects correct attack/weapon times with ATTACK lines 24. Verify TSC Comments are well documented:

a. Mission Replay successful/unsuccessful. (Document reason for unsuccessful replay) b. Analysis IFE comments (AW documented/TWO verified) c. AIP Table d. OTCIXS Table: (See GCCS-M Incoming OPNOTES/Outgoing MSG Log for correct TX/RX #)

N/A

25. Verify AIP/OTCIXS data well documented for inoperative or partial malfunction. Use one of the following:

a. AIP suite inop due to MINI-DAMA or TDP failure or (Another Reason). b. AIP imagery capability inop due to (provide reason) – (IP/ODS Drive, Satellite etc) c. AIP OTCIXS capability inop due to (provide reason)

N/A

CREW OPCON TWO


5-4-A-32

B3. ASWEX/TOOEX/POM SPECIFIC

1. Verify correct SWAP (PA{hot}, RE{hot}, NC{cold}) (If applicable) N/A 2. Verify correct SWAP DTG with relieved/relief crew N/A 3. Verify SNKR line for accuracy. N/A B4. EER/NO-SUB BANGEX CREW OPCON TWO

1. Verify NARR documents Marine Mammal Mitigation procedures conducted N/A 2. Verify NARR documents Unexploded Ordnance Report provided with applicable unit/agency N/A


5-4-B-1

CHAPTER 5 SECTION 4

ANNEX B

P-3C STANDARDIZED EQUIPMENT LIST

COMM-TC ICS MASTER CONTROL PANEL COMMUNICATIONS

COMM-NC ICS MASTER CONTROL PANEL COMM-PLOT ICS MASTER CONTROL PANEL COMM-COPILOT ICS MASTER CONTROL PANEL COMM-FE ICS CREW STATION CONTROL PANEL COMM-SS1 ICS CREW STATION CONTROL PANEL COMM-SS2 ICS CREW STATION CONTROL PANEL COMM-SS3 ICS CREW STATION CONTROL PANEL COMM-ORD ICS CREW STATION CONTROL PANEL COMM-STARBOARD OBS ICS CREW STATION CONTROL PANEL COMM-PORT OBS ICS CREW STATION CONTROL PANEL COMM-GALLEY ICS CREW STATION CONTROL PANEL COMM-ICS INTERCONNECTION BOX COMM-PILOT RECORD CONTROL COMM-ICS ISOLATION CONTROL BOX COMM-TC ICS AMP INTERCONNECTION BOX COMM-NC ICS AMP INTERCONNECTION BOX COMM-PLOT ICS AMP INTERCONNECTION BOX COMM-COPILOT ICS AMP INTERCONNECTION BOX COMM-FE ICS AMP INTERCONNECTION BOX COMM-SS1 ICS AMP INTERCONNECTION BOX COMM-SS2 ICS AMP INTERCONNECTION BOX COMM-SS3 ICS AMP INTERCONNECTION BOX COMM-ORD ICS AMP INTERCONNECTION BOX COMM-STARBOARD OBS ICS AMP INTERCONNECTION BOX COMM-PORT OBS ICS AMP INTERCONNECTION BOX COMM-GALLEY ICS AMP INTERCONNECTION BOX COMM-VHF ISOLATION TRANSFORMER COMM-COMMUNICATION SWITCHING MATRIX COMM-COMMUNICATION SELECTOR PANEL COMM-UHF-1 CIPHER VOICE SELECT PANEL COMM-SECURE SWITCHING MATRIX COMM-ARC-143 UHF-1 CONTROL BOX COMM-ARC-143 UHF-2 CONTROL BOX COMM-ARC-143 UHF-1 RT COMM-ARC-143 UHF-2 RT COMM-ARC-187 UHF-1 RT COMM-ARC-187 UHF-2 RT COMM-ARC-187 UHF-1 CONTROL BOX COMM-ARC-187 UHF-2 CONTROL BOX COMM-ARC-187 UHF-1 CRYPTO VARIABLE CONTROL PANEL COMM-ARC-187 UHF-2 CRYPTO VARIABLE CONTROL PANEL COMM-KY-58 COMM-KY-58 REMOTE CONTROL UNIT COMM-UHF-2 ANTENNA SELECT COMM-ARC-187 UHF-1 AUDIO INTERFACE MODULE COMM-ARC-187 UHF-2 AUDIO INTERFACE MODULE COMM-UHF-1 ANTENNA SWITCHING ASSEMBLY COMM-ARC-182 VHF/UHF RADIO SET CONTROL COMM-VHF ANTENNA SELECT PANEL COMM-ARC-182 VHF/UHF RT COMM-ARC-182 VHF/UHF POWER SWITCH COMM-CASS ANTENNA INDICATOR COMM-VHF/UHF/IFF/CASS ANTENNA COMM UHF-1 ANTENNA COMM UHF-2 UPPER ANTENNA COMM-UHF-2 LOWER ANTENNA COMM-ARC-210 VHF/UHF RADIO SET CONTROL COMM-ARC-210 VHF/UHF RT COMM-CIP DIPLEXER

COMM-CIP IDAA COMM-CIP X-MODE ENABLE RELAY COMM-CIP MD-1324 MODEM COMM-CIP KYV-5 COMM-CIP ANDVT COMM-COMMUNICATION NAVIGATION SWITCHING UNIT COMM-PILOT CDNU COMM-COPILOT CDNU COMM-NC CDNU COMM-ARC-161 HF-1 RADIO CONTROL SET COMM-ARC-161 HF-2 RADIO CONTROL SET COMM-ARC-161 HF-1 RADIO FREQUENCY AMPLIFIER COMM-ARC-161 HF-2 RADIO FREQUENCY AMPLIFIER COMM-ARC-161 HF-1 RT COMM-ARC-161 HF-2 RT COMM-ARC-161 HF-1 ANTENNA COUPLER/LIGHTNING

ARRESTER COMM-ARC-161 HF-2 ANTENNA COUPLER/LIGHTNING

ARRESTER COMM-HF KYV-5 COMM-HF-ANDVT COMM-HF KYV-5 REMOTE CONTROL UNIT COMM-ARC-101 VHF TRANSMITTER COMM-ARC-197 VHF TRANSCEIVER COMM-ARC-197 VHF CONTROL PANEL COMM-VHF BAND PASS FILTER COMM-AIC-41 PILOT FLIGHT DIGITAL CREW

INTERFACE COMM-AIC-41 COPILOT FLIGHT DIGITAL CREW

INTERFACE COMM-AIC-41 TACCO DIGITAL CREW INTERFACE COMM-AIC-41 NC DIGITAL CREW INTERFACE COMM-AIC-41 SS3 DIGITAL CREW INTERFACE COMM-AIC-41 SS1 CREW STATION CONTROL PANEL COMM-AIC-41 SS2 CREW STATION CONTROL PANEL COMM-AIC-41 ORD CREW STATION CONTROL PANEL COMM-AIC-41 PORT OBS CREW STATION CONTROL

PANEL COMM-AIC-41 STARBOARD OBS CREW STATION

CONTROL PANEL COMM-AIC-41 GALLEY CREW STATION CONTROL

PANEL COMM-AIC-41 DATA SWITCH COMM-AIC-41 DIGITAL AUDIO INTERFACE-1 COMM-AIC-41 DIGITAL AUDIO INTERFACE-2 COMM-AIC-41 DIGITAL AUDIO INTERFACE-3 COMM-AIC-41 BUS COUPLER-1 COMM-AIC-41 BUS COUPLER-1 COMM-AIC-41 BUS COUPLER-2 COMM-AIC-41 BUS COUPLER-3 COMM-AIC-41 BUS COUPLER-4 COMM-AIC-41 BUS COUPLER-5 COMM-AIC-41 BUS COUPLER-6 COMM-AIC-41 BUS COUPLER-7 COMM-AIC-41 BUS COUPLER-8 COMM-AIC-41 BUS COUPLER-9 COMM-AIC-41 TC ICS AMP INTERCONNECTION BOX COMM-AIC-41 NC ICS AMP INTERCONNECTION BOX COMM-AIC-41 PLOT ICS AMP INTERCONNECTION BOX COMM-AIC-41 COPILOT ICS AMP INTERCONNECTION

BOX


5-4-B-2

COMM-AIC-41 FE ICS AMP INTERCONNECTION BOX COMM-AIC-41 SS1 ICS AMP INTERCONNECTION BOX COMM-AIC-41 SS2 ICS AMP INTERCONNECTION BOX COMM-AIC-41 SS3 ICS AMP INTERCONNECTION BOX COMM-AIC-41 ORD ICS AMP INTERCONNECTION BOX COMM-AIC-41 STARBOARD OBS ICS AMP INTERCONNECTION

BOX COMM-AIC-41 PORT OBS ICS AMP INTERCONNECTION BOX COMM-AIC-41 GALLEY ICS AMP INTERCONNECTION BOX COMM-AIC-41 NOSE AUX AMP INTERCONNECTION BOX COMM-AIC-41 TAIL AUX AMP INTERCONNECTION BOX

DATA-DATA TERMINAL SET MODEM DATA LINK

DATA-DATA TERMINAL SET CONTROL PANEL DATA-DATA TERMINAL SET POWER SUPPLY DATA-COMMUNICATION INTERFACE 2 DATA-KG-40A DATA-KGX-40 CONTROL PANEL

NAV-ARN-87 VOR-1 RECEIVER NAVIGATION

NAV-ARN-87 VOR-2 RECEIVER NAV-MLR-2020 VOR-1 MULTIMODE RECEIVER NAV-MLR-2020 VOR-2 MULTIMODE RECEIVER NAV-ARC-101 VHF TRANSMITTER NAV-ARN-87 VOR-1 RECEIVER CONTROL PANEL NAV-ARN-87 VOR-2 RT CONTROL PANEL NAV-ARN-87 VOR-1 NAVIGATION CONVERTER NAV-ARN-87 VOR-2 NAVIGATION CONVERTER NAV-VOR ANTENNA COUPLER NAV-VOR RF TRANSMISSION LINE SWITCH NAV-UHF GLIDE SLOPE RECEIVER NAV-ARN-32 MARKER BEACON RECEIVER NAV-ARN-140 VOR/ILS-1 RECEIVER NAV-ARN-140 VOR/ILS-2 RECEIVER NAV-INS-1 MODE SELECTOR UNIT NAV-INS-2 MODE SELECTOR UNIT NAV-INS-1 COMPASS CONTROLLER NAV-INS-2 COMPASS CONTROLLER NAV-INS-1 INERTIAL NAVIGATION UNIT NAV-INS-2 INERTIAL NAVIGATION UNIT NAV-INS-1 CONTROL DISPLAY UNIT NAV-INS-2 CONTROL DISPLAY UNIT NAV-DIGITAL DATA UNIT NAV-TRUE AIRSPEED COMPUTER NAV-TRUE AIRSPEED CONTROL PANEL NAV-PILOT CDNU NAV-COPILOT CDNU NAV-NC CDNU NAV-ARN-151 GPS RECEIVER NAV-ARN-151 GPS MISSION DATA LOADER NAV-ARN-151 CRYPTO FILL PANEL NAV-ARN-151 GPS ANTENNA NAV-ARN-151 GPS ANTENNA PREAMPLIFIER NAV-ARN-84 TACAN RT NAV-ARN-84 TACAN SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER NAV-ARN-84 TACAN CONTROL PANEL NAV-ARN-118 TACAN RT NAV-ARN-118 TACAN SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER NAV-ARN-118 TACAN RADIO SET CONTROL

NAV-TACAN RF SWITCH RELAY NAV-TACAN ANTENNA SELECTOR PANEL NAV-ARN-83 ADF RECEIVER NAV-ARN-83 ADF CONTROL PANEL NAV-ADF SENSE ANTENNA NAV-ADF FIXED LOOP ANTENNA NAV-FLIGHT DIRECTOR STEERING COMPUTER NAV-PILOT FLIGHT DIRECTOR INDICATOR NAV-COPILOT FLIGHT DIRECTOR INDICATOR NAV-FLIGHT DIRECTOR SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL NAV-PILOT HSI NAV-COPILOT HSI NAV-NC HSI NAV-HSI TEST PANEL NAV-PILOT HSI CONTROL PANEL NAV-COPILOT HSI CONTROL PANEL NAV-NC HSI CONTROL PANEL NAV-STANDBY GYRO NAV-WET COMPASS NAV-ELECTRONIC CONTROL AMPLIFIER-1 NAV-ELECTRONIC CONTROL AMPLIFIER-2 NAV-NAVIGATION INTERCONNECTION BOX NAV-NAVIGATION SIMULATOR NAV-PILOT EFDS MULTI-FUNCTION CONTROL PANEL NAV-COPILOT EFDS MULTI-FUNCTION CONTROL PANEL NAV-NC EFDS MULTI-FUNCTION CONTROL PANEL NAV-PILOT EFDI NAV-COPILOT EFDI NAV-PILOT-EHSI NAV-COPILOT EHSI NAV-NC EHSI

COMP-CP2044/ASQ-212 COMPUTER COMPUTER/DATA PROCESSING

COMP-TACCO POWER CONTROL PANEL COMP-DPS-TIME DELAY RELAY COMP-POWER DISTRIBUTION BOX COMP-CP2044/ASQ-212 MAINTENANCE PANEL COMP-RDSS COMP-RDSS MO DRIVE COMP-FLIGHT STATION ASA-66 DISPLAY COMP-TACCO ASA-70 DISPLAY COMP-SS3 ASA-70 DISPLAY COMP-FLIGHT STATION KEYSET COMP-TACCO KEYSET COMP-NC KEYSET COMP-SS3 KEYSET COMP-NC ARO COMP-TACCO ARO COMP-TACCO ARO POWER SUPPLY COMP-NC ARO POWER SUPPLY COMP-ASQ-227 VDC COMP-ASQ-227 COMPUTER COMP-ASQ-227 COMPUTER OPERATOR PANEL COMP-ASQ-222 VDC COMP-ASQ-222 COMPUTER COMP-ASQ-222 COMPUTER MAINTENANCE PANEL


5-4-B-3

COMP-FLIGHT STATION DATA ENTRY PANEL COMP-ORD DATA ENTRY PANEL COMP-PCHRD COMP- TACCO FLAT PANEL DISPLAY COMP-NC FLAT-PANEL DISPLAY COMP-SS1 FLAT PANEL DISPLAY COMP-SS2 FLAT PANEL DISPLAY COMP-SS3 FLAT PANEL DISPLAY COMP-TACCO PEP COMP-NC PEP COMP-SS1 PEP COMP-SS2 PEP COMP-SS3 PEP COMP-TC TRACKBALL COMP-NC TRACKBALL COMP-SS1 TRACKBALL COMP-SS2 TRACKBALL COMP-SS3 TRACKBALL COMP-TACCO KEYBOARD COMP-NC KEYBOARD COMP-SS1 KEYBOARD COMP-SS2 KEYBOARD COMP-SS3 KEYBOARD COMP-HCR COMP-HSP COMP-SOFTWARE RELOAD

ARM-FWD ARM INTERCONNECTION BOX ARMAMENT

ARM-AFT ARM INTERCONNECTION BOX ARM-ARM/ORD TEST PANEL ARM-DIRECT SEARCH INTERFACE CONTROL UNIT ARM-PILOT ARMAMENT CONTROL PANEL ARM-MANUAL ARMAMENT SELECT PANEL ARM-TORPEDO PRESETTER PANEL ARM-DIRECTED SEARCH MODE SELECTOR PANEL ARM-TORPEDO MK-50 HEATER CONTROL ARM-SAFETY CIRCUIT DISABLE SWITCH ARM-BOMB BAD DOOR SELECTOR SWITCH ARM-BOMB BAY DOORS ARM-CONTROL VALVE HANDLE ARM-BOMB BAY RACK LOCK CONTROL PANEL ARM-HARPOON ENCODER DECODER ARM-HARPOON DATA PROCESSOR COMPUTER ARM-CONTROL DISTRIBUTION BOX ARM-HARPOON INTERCONNECTION BOX ARM-HARPOON MISSILE SIMULATOR ARM-HARPOON MISSILE CONTROL PANEL ARM-MISSILE ARMAMENT PANEL ARM-MAP POWER SUPPLY ARM-MISSILE INTERFACE BOX ARM-MISSILE IRDS STATUS PANEL ARM-TACCO MISSILE CONTROLLER ARM-COPILOT MISSILE CONTROLLER ARM-ADVANCED MISSILE INTERFACE BOX ARM-MODIFIED JUNCTION BOX ARM-RTMPS

ORD-PILOT ARMAMENT CONTROL PANEL ORDNANCE

ORD-SEARCH STORE INTERCONNECTION BOX

ORD-MANUAL LAUNCHER SELECT PANEL ORD-PSLT-1 ORD-PSLT-2 ORD-PSLT-3 ORD-ARM/ORD TEST PANEL ORD-SEARCH POWER SAFETY CIRCUIT DISABLE SWITCH ORD-SONOBUOY SAFETY SWITCH ORD-FWD ARM INTERCONNECTION BOX

ACST-ACOUSTIC DISTRIBUTION BOX-1 ACOUSTIC

ACST-ACOUSTIC DISTRIBUTION BOX-2 ACST-SS1 SONO AUDIO SELECTOR ACST-SS2 SONO AUDIO SELECTOR ACST-TIME CODE GENERATOR ACST-ASCL RECEIVER-1 ACST-ASCL RECEIVER-2 ACST-ASCL RECEIVER CONTROL-1 ACST-ASCL RECEIVER CONTROL-2 ACST-RECEIVER INDICATOR-1 ACST-RECEIVER INDICATOR-2 ACST-ASCL ANTENNA-1 ACST-ASCL ANTENNA-2 ACST-ASCL PREAMPLIFIER ACST-RECEIVER CONTROL OTPI ACST-AQH-4 RECORDER REPRODUCER-1 ACST-AQH-4 RECORDER REPRODUCER-2 ACST-ACOUSTIC RECORDER CONTROL PANEL-1 ACST-ACOUSTIC RECORDER CONTROL PANEL-2 ACST-ACOUSTIC TEST SIGNAL GENERATOR

ACST-ACST-ACOUSTIC SIGNAL PROCESSOR POWER CONTROL PANEL

ACST-ANALYZER UNIT ACST-DISPLAY AND CONTROL UNIT ACST-SS1 COMMANDABLE MANUAL ENTRY PANEL ACST-SS2 COMMANDABLE MANUAL ENTRY PANEL ACST-SS1 MULTIPURPOSE DISPLAY ACST-SS2 MULTIPURPOSE DISPLAY ACST-CASS TRANSMITTER ACST-SOFTWARE HOT START ACST-SOFTWARE COLD START

ACST-ASQ-78A ADVANCED SIGNAL PROCESSOR CONTROL PANEL

ACST-ASQ-78A DCU POWER CONTROL PANEL ACST-ASQ-78A ANALYZER UNIT ACST ASQ-78A DISPLAY COMPUTER UNIT ACST-ASQ-78A DASD DRIVE ACST-SS1 COLOR HIGH RESOLUTION DISPLAY ACST-SS2 COLOR HIGH RESOLUTION DISPLAY ACST-AQH-13 ACOUSTIC RECORDER ACST-AQH-13 REMOTE CONTROL PANEL ACST-ASCL PLUS RECEIVER ACST-ASCL PLUS CONTROL INDICATOR ACST-ASCL PLUS RECEIVER CONTROL ACST-SS1 FLAT PANEL DISPLAY ACST-SS2 FLAT PANEL DISPLAY ACST-SS1 PEP ACST-SS2 PEP ACST-SS1 TRACKBALL ACST-SS2 TRACKBALL


5-4-B-4

ACST-SS1 KEYBOARD ACST-SS2 KEYBOARD ACST-USQ-78B SYSTEM CONTROLLER DASD ACST-USQ-78B SYSTEM CONTROLLER ACST-USQ-78B ANALYZER UNIT DASD ACST USQ-78B ANALYZER UNIT ACST-USQ-78B ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT CONTROL INDICATOR ACST-USQ-78B DISPLAY CONTROL UNIT ACST-USQ-78B DCU REMOTE CONTROL PANEL ACST-USQ-78B DCU POWER SUPPLY ACST-OTPI ARA-50 AMPLIFIER ACST-OTPI RECEIVER CONTROL PANEL

RAD-APS-115 RADAR ANTENNA CONTROL PANEL RADAR

RAD-APS-115 RADAR CONTROL PANEL RAD-APS-115 ANTENNA POSITION PROGRAMMER RAD-APS-115 FWD RT RAD-APS-115 AFT RT RAD-APS-115 FWD ANTENNA RAD-APS-115 AFT ANTENNA RAD-ANTENNA ELEVATION PARKING CONTROL RAD-ASA-69 RADAR SCAN CONVERTER CONTROL RAD-ASA-69 RADAR INTERFACE UNIT RAD-SS3 ASA-70 DISPLAY RAD-SS3 KEYSET RAD-APS-137(V) RECEIVER PULSE COMPRESSOR RAD-APS-137 TRANSMITTER RAD-APS-137(V) POWER SUPPLY RAD-APS-137(V) SYNCHRONIZER EXCITER RAD-APS-137(V) ANTENNA RAD-APS-137(V) SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER RAD-APS-137(V) RADAR SET CONTROL INTERFACE RAD-APS-137(V) RADAR SET CONTROL RAD-APS-137(V) CONTROL INDICATOR RAD-APS-137(V) VIDEO CONVERTER UNIT RAD-APS-137 VIDEO RECORDER RAD-APS-137(V) WAVEGUIDE PRESSURIZATION UNIT RAD-APS-137(V) RADAR SET COMPUTER RAD-APG-66 ANTENNA RAD-APG-66 TRANSMITTER RAD-APG-66 LOW POWER RF UNIT RAD-APG-66 SIGNAL DATA PROCESSOR RAD-APG-66 NOSE RADOME COOLING FAN RAD-APG-66 POWER DISTRIBUTION UNIT RAD-APG-66 INERTIAL NAVIGATION UNIT RAD-APG-66 ALTITUDE REFERENCE MODULE RAD-APG-66 SS3 MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY RAD-APG-66 PILOT MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAY RAD-APG-66 HAND CONTROL UNIT RAD-APG-66 DATA BUS COUPLER RAD-APS-137D(V) RECEIVER EXCITER PROCESSOR RAD-APS-137D(V) TRANSMITTER RAD-APS-137D(V) POWER SUPPLY RAD-APS-137D(V) ANTENNA RAD-APS-137D(V) SIGNAL DATA CONVERTER RAD-APS-137D(V) RADAR SET CONTROL INTERFACE RAD-APS-137D(V) RADAR SET CONTROL RAD-APS-137D(V) RADAR SET COMPUTER RAD-APS-137D(V) CONTROL INDICATOR RAD-APS-137D(V) VIDEO CONVERTER UNIT

RAD-APS-137D(V) VIDEO RECORDER RAD-APS-137D(V) VIDEO RECORDER CONTROL RAD-APS-137D(V) GPS ANTENNA RAD-APS-137D(V) GPS AMPLIFIER RAD-APS-137D(V) GPS CRYPTO FILL PORT

CTM-ALE-39 COUNTERMEASURES DISPENSER CONTROL

COUNTER MEASURES

CTM-ALE-39 PROGRAMMER CTM-ALE-39 SEQUENCER SWITCH CTM-PORT DISPENSER HOUSING CTM-PORT DISPENSER MODULE CTM-STARBOARD DISPENSER HOUSING CTM-STARBOARD DISPENSER MODULE CTM-ALE-39 ARM VOLTAGE CONTROL CTM-PORT OBS MANUAL DISPENSE SWITCH CTM-STARBOARD OBS MANUAL DISPENSE SWITCH CTM-PILOT MANUAL DISPENSE SWITCH CTM-COPILOT MANUAL DISPENSE SWITCH CTM-GROUND AIR SENSING RELAY CTM-PORT ARMING PIN ASSEMBLY CTM-STARBOARD ARMING PIN ASSEMBLY CTM-PORT POWER RELAY CTM-STARBOARD POWER RELAY CTM-CMDS SAFETY CIRCUIT DISABLE SWITCH CTM-AAR-47 MISSILE WARNING SET CTM-AAR-47 CONTROL INDICATOR CTM-AAR-47 COMPUTER PROCESSOR CTM-AAR-47 PORT FWD OPTICAL SENSOR CONVERTER CTM-AAR-47 STARBOARD FWD OPTICAL SENSOR CONVERTER CTM-AAR-47 PORT AFT OPTICAL SENSOR CONVERTER CTM-AAR-47 STARBOARD AFT OPTICAL SENSOR CONVERTER CTM-ALE-47 COCKPIT CONTROL UNIT CTM-ALE-47 PROGRAMMER CTM-ALE-47 FWD SEQUENCER CTM-ALE-47 PORT AFT SEQUENCER CTM-ALE-47 STARBOARD AFT SEQUENCER CTM-ALE-47 PORT FWD DISPENSER HOUSING CTM-ALE-47 STARBOARD FWD DISPENSER HOUSING CTM-ALE-47 PORT AFT DISPENSER HOUSING-1 CTM-ALE-47 PORT AFT DISPENSER HOUSING-2 CTM-ALE-47 STARBOARD AFT DISPENSER HOUSING-1 CTM-ALE-47 STARBOARD AFT DISPENSER HOUSING-2 CTM-ALE-47 CMDS POWER RELAY CTM-ALE-47 CMDS ARM RELAY CTM-ALE-47 FWD SAFETY SWITCH CTM-ALE-47 PORT AFT SAFETY SWITCH CTM-ALE-47 STARBOARD AFT SAFETY SWITCH CTM-ALE-47 PILOT BANG SWITCH CTM-ALE-47 COPILOT BANG SWITCH CTM-ALE-47 PILOT MANUAL RELEASE SWITCH


5-4-B-5

CTM-ALE-47 COPILOT MANUAL RELEASE SWITCH CTM-ALE-47 EWS STATUS DRIVER CTM-ALE-47 EWS STATUS INDICATOR CTM-ALE-47 MICRO VOICE MESSAGE SYSTEM

IFF-APX-72 TRANSPONDER CONTROL IFF

IFF-APX-72 RT IFF-APX-72 TEST SET IFF-KIT-1C IFF-ANTENNA IFF-BATTERY POWER SWITCH IFF-ENCODER ALTIMETER IFF-APX-76 SIF CONTROL PANEL IFF-AUXILIARY SIF CONTROL PANEL IFF-APX-76 RT IFF-APX-76 SYNCHRONIZER IFF-KIR-1C IFF-APX-76 ANTENNA

MAD-ASQ-81 MAGNETIC DETECTOR MAD

MAD-ASQ-81 DETECTING SET CONTROLLER MAD-ASQ-81 AMPLIFIER POWER SUPPLY MAD-ASQ-208 MAGNETIC DETECTOR MAD-ASQ-208 CONTROL INDICATOR MAD-ASQ-208 AMPLIFIER POWER SUPPLY MAD-ASQ-208 MAGNETOMETER ASSEMBLY MAD-MAGNETIC FIELD COMPUTER MAD-9 TERM COMPENSATOR MAD-MAD MANEUVER PROGRAMMER MAD-MAGNETOMETER MAD-COIL ASSEMBLY MAD-MAGNETIC VARIATION INDICATOR MAD-SELECTOR CONTROL SUBASSEMBLY MAD-MAD SELECTOR CONTROL PANEL MAD-RO-32 MAGNETIC DISTORTION RECORDER

ESM-ALR-66B(V)3 DISPLAY CONTROL ASSEMBLY ESM

ESM-ALR-66B(V)3 COMPUTER CONVERTER ESM-ALR-66B(V)3 PROCESSOR INTERFACE ESM-ALR-66B(V)3 FREQUENCY MEASURING UNIT ESM-ALR-66B(V)3 RADAR RELAY INTERFACE ESM-ALR-66B(V)3 INDICATOR CONTROL PANEL POWER SUPPLY ESM-ALR-66B(V)3 MODIFIED RADAR ANTENNA ESM-ALR-66B(V)3 PORT FWD CD ANTENNA ESM-ALR-66B(V)3 PORT AFT CD ANTENNA ESM-ALR-66B(V)3 PORT FWD EJ ANTENNA ESM-ALR-66B(V)3 PORT AFT EJ ANTENNA ESM-ALR-66B(V)3 STARBOARD FWD CD ANTENNA ESM-ALR-66B(V)3 STARBOARD AFT CD ANTENNA ESM-ALR-66B(V)3 STARBOARD FWD EJ ANTENNA ESM-ALR-66B(V)3 STARBOARD AFT EJ ANTENNA ESM-ALR-66B(V)3 PORT FWD EJ RECEIVER ESM-ALR-66B(V)3 PORT AFT EJ RECEIVER ESM-ALR-66B(V)3 STARBOARD FWD EJ RECEIVER ESM-ALR-66B(V)3 STARBOARD AFT EJ RECEIVER ESM-ALR-66B(V)3 PORT CD RECEIVER ESM-ALR-66B(V)3 STARBOARD CD RECEIVER ESM-ALR-66B(V)3 LIBRARY MODULE

ESM-ULQ-16 INDICATOR UNIT ESM-ULQ-16 SIGNAL DATA PROCESSOR ESM-ALR-66C(V)3 PORT FWD CD ANTENNA ESM-ALR-66C(V)3 PORT AFT CD ANTENNA ESM-ALR-66C(V)3 PORT FWD EJ ANTENNA ESM-ALR-66C(V)3 PORT AFT EJ ANTENNA ESM-ALR-66C(V)3 STARBOARD FWD CD ANTENNA ESM-ALR-66C(V)3 STARBOARD AFT CD ANTENNA ESM-ALR-66C(V)3 STARBOARD FWD EJ ANTENNA ESM-ALR-66C(V)3 STARBOARD AFT EJ ANTENNA ESM-ALR-66C(V)3 PORT FWD EJ RECEIVER ESM-ALR-66C(V)3 PORT AFT EJ RECEIVER ESM-ALR-66C(V)3 STARBOARD FWD EJ RECEIVER ESM-ALR-66C(V)3 STARBOARD AFT EJ RECEIVER ESM-ALR-66C(V)3 PORT CD RECEIVER ESM-ALR-66C(V)3 STARBOARD CD RECEIVER ESM-ALR-66C(V)3 DF ANTENNA ESM-ALR-66C(V)3 BAND REJECT FILTER SWITCH ESM-ALR-66C(V)3 RF PREAMPLIFIER ESM-ALR-66C(V)3 BAND REJECT FILTER ESM-ALR-66C(V)3 PEDESTAL ELECTRONICS UNIT ESM-SP-160 SIGNAL PROCESSOR ESM-ALR-95 RADIO FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTION UNIT ESM-ALR-95 MICROWAVE TUNER ESM-ALR-95 BLANKING COMBINER UNIT ESM-ALR-95 AUDIO CONTROL UNIT

EO-AVX-1 ACQUISITION CAMERA EO/IR

EO-AVX-1 NFOV TH LEG CAMERA EO-AVX-1 NFOV RT LEG CAMERA EO-AVX-1 MONITOR-1 EO-AVX-1 MONITOR-2 EO-AVX-1 MONITOR-3 E0-AVX-1 TOUCH SCREEN CONTROL PANEL EO-AVX-1 VIDEO INTERFACE PROCESSOR EO-AVX-1 ANALOG CONTROL PANEL EO-AVX-1 POWER DISTRIBUTION PANEL EO-AVX-1 AUTOMATIC VIDEO TRACKER EO-AVX-1 INTERFACE DCS COMPUTER EO-AVX-1 VIDEO RECORDER UNIT EO-AVX-1 VIDEO RECORDER UNIT VCR-1 EO-AVX-1 VIDEO RECORDER UNIT VCR-2 EO-AVX-1 VIDEO RECORDER UNIT VCR-3 EO-AVX-1 PHOTOTELESIS UNIT EO-AVX-1 SERVO ELECTRONIC CONTROL EO-AVX-1 SERVO ELECTRONIC POWER SUPPLY EO-AVX-1 ACQUISITION SIGHT ASSEMBLY EO-AVX-1 OPTICAL WINDOW DEFROSTER ASSEMBLY EO-AAS-36 IRDS CONTROL EO-AAS-36 VIDEO DISPLAY INDICATOR


5-4-B-6

EO-FLIR TURRET CONTROL PANEL EO-AAS-36 TARGET TRACKING SIGHT CONTROL EO-WHEELWELL FLIR TURRET CONTROL EO-AAS-36 POWER-SUPPLY VIDEO CONVERTER EO-AAS-36 CONTROL SERVOMECHANISM EO-AAS-36 RECEIVER CONVERTER EO-ASX-4 AIMS TURRET EO-ASX-4 AIMS IR CAMERA EO-ASX-4 AIMS EOW CAMERA EO-ASX-4 AIMS EON CAMERA EO-ASX-4 AIMS ELECTRONIC UNIT EO-ASX-4 AIMS POWER CONDITIONER EO-ASX-4 AIMS CONTROL PANEL EO-ASX-4 COPILOT HAND CONTROLLER EO-ASX-4 TACCO HAND CONTROLLER EO-ASX-4 NC HAND CONTROLLER EO-ASX-4 SS1 HAND CONTROLLER EO-ASX-4 SS2 HAND CONTROLLER EO-ASX-4 SS3 HAND CONTROLLER EO-ASX-4 AUXILIARY DISPLAY EO-ASX-4 AIMS INTERFACE CONTROLLER EO-ASX-4 TURRET CONTROL PANEL EO-ASX-6 TURRET EO-ASX-6 EOW CAMERA EO-ASX-6 EON CAMERA EO-ASX-6 IR CAMERA EO-ASX-6 SYSTEM INTERFACE EO-ASX-6 INFRARED SET CONTROL EO-ASX-6 HAND CONTROLLER EO-ASX-6 DISPLAY EO-ASX-6 DIGITAL CONVERTER

TCDL-AIRBORNE MODEM ASSEMBLY TACTICAL COMMON DATA LINK

TCDL-RADIO FREQUENCY ELECTRONICS UNIT

TCDL-ATE ANTENNA TCDL-TCDL SWITCH PLATE

C4I-BATWING ANTENNA-1 C4I SYSTEM

C4I-BATWING ANTENNA-2 C4I-BATWING ANTENNA-3 C4I-BATWING ANTENNA-4 C4I-DIPLEXOR-1 C4I-DIPLEXOR-2 C4I-DIPLEXOR-3 C4I-DIPLEXOR-4 C4I-RF ANTENNA SWITCH C4I-ANTENNA COMBINER C4I-TACTICAL DATA PROCESSOR C4I-OASIS DRIVE C4I-ICE DRIVE C4I-MATT C4I-MINI-DAMA RT C4I-MINI-DAMA POWER AMPLIFIER C4I-MINI-DAMA DATA ENTRY PANEL C4I-MINI-DAMA ANDVT C4I-MINI-DAMA KYV-5 C4I-KG-84A-1 C4I-KG-84A-2


5-5-1

CHAPTER 5

SECTION 5

MEASURE OF PERFORMANCE/MEASURE OF READINESS (MOP/MOR)

5501. Purpose

. To ensure that crews meet prescribed standards of mission performance, measures of effectiveness must be established and maintained. To that end, an NMETL (Navy Mission Essential Task List) based objective metrics system has been developed to help evaluate a crew's tactical performance. MOP/MOR grading criteria shall be continually reviewed to ensure that the system can accurately evaluate a crew's performance in current operational environments.

5502. Events Requiring MOP/MOR Grades

. All crew tactical events, whether conducted in the simulator or in-flight, and regardless of crew structure (eg: Crew List defined CAC or make up crew) shall be graded in accordance with the MOP/MOR grading criteria contained in Chapter 6.

a. MOP/MOR Graded Events

. The following events will be graded:

(1) All operationally tasked events regardless of tasking method (Rainform GREEN, ATO, etc.).

(2) All operational missions tasked with allied or against non-allied

units/forces.

(3) Any event for which the crew desires tactical readiness credit. Readiness credit for a specific task shall not be awarded on events with an MOR evaluation of either less than 70 percent or a failure in a critical subarea. b. Declaration of OSE/Crew Readiness Event Grading Intent

. Crews receiving operational tasking are not required to declare for an MOP/MOR grade prior to the event as this will be assumed. Crews desiring a MOP/MOR grade for a training evolution (in-flight or TORT) must declare their intent in advance to ensure that the TSC or Wing Training Department have adequate instructors/briefers available. Rather than fail the crew, the grading TSC may waive a declared MOP/MOR attempt and declare the flight as a crew training event provided the anticipated training did not materialize due to no fault of the crew or less than 50% of the grading criteria was exercised during the event.

c. Post Mission MOP/MOR Reporting

. MOP/MOR evaluations are critical to allow determination of force proficiency levels across assigned NTAs. Therefore, calculated MOP and MOR scores are required on every post mission summary (i.e. Rainform PURLE, MISREP, etc.). MOP/MOR scores may be contained in an amplifying report for those events that are not completely evaluated when the post mission summary message is released. When this occurs, a statement is to be made in the PURPLE/PMS that an amplifying message will follow.


5-5-2

INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK


5-6-1

CHAPTER 5

SECTION 6

WING AND SQUADRON TACTICAL REPORT BOARDS

5601. Purpose

. To establish guidelines for the effective conduct of wing and squadron Tactical Report (TACREP) Boards.

5602. Background

. The feedback and critique of flight crew tactical performance during qualifications, exercise and operational missions is essential in maintaining an effective tactical training program that contributes directly to squadron and crew readiness. This feedback begins with the award of a Measure of Proficiency/Measure of Readiness (MOP/MOR). Follow-on, in depth examination of missions is also crucial in identifying tactical strengths and weaknesses. Trend analysis can, and should, directly influence squadron and wing training objectives. In addition, lessons learned often reveal information of interest to external commands and can enhance safety and improve tactical development and on-station effectiveness.

5603. CPRG Responsibilities

:

a. The CPRG Tactics/New Technology Department will monitor wing and squadron inputs to ensure compliance with this instruction.

b. The MPRWS will consolidate and post the TACREPs, conduct trend

analysis, develop and publish lessons learned and other pertinent data. 5604. Wing/Squadron Weapons Development Officer Responsibilities

:

a. Review all training, TORT, qualification and operational missions that are conducted by squadron aircrews.

b Reconstruct and evaluate pertinent events to the extent necessary to identify deficiencies or strong points as they relate to crew or TSC/MOCC

performance, in the following cases:

(1) Any operational or training mission failing to meet its objective, as determined by the Wing Commander or Squadron Commanding Officer.

(2) Any flight event where either a crew coordination qualification

is not awarded or an MOP/MOR of less than 70% is received. (3) Any weapons event where release occurs outside approved placement

or accuracy envelopes. (4) Any notable outstanding operation or training event. (5) Any operational/training mission where experimental tactics or

procedures are attempted or evaluated except when specifically tasked to conduct tactical development and evaluation under auspices of an existing program.

c. Disseminate TACREP results, performance trends and lessons learned to

squadron aircrews, squadron training officer, numbered wing training officer, and CPRG. In addition, to improve fleet standardization and training courseware, each squadron shall submit a monthly TACREP summary to the MPRWS ([email protected]) with a summary of each TACREP and pertinent lessons learned in the following format:

Squadron/Crew* (Crew Optional) 1. Reason for TACREP 2. Date of event a. Type of event


5-6-2

b. Initiated by c. Description d. Observations e. Lessons Learned

This report shall be sent NLT the fifth working day of each month. Squadrons that did not conduct a TACREP for any events during the month shall send an email stating as such. d. Identify and track squadron aircrew and individual tactical

performance deficiencies and ensure that follow-on training is scheduled. Areas of strong tactical performance should be identified in order to improve squadron overall training objectives and to provide vivid examples for other aircrews. Assist in the squadron ASW proficiency (ASW207) program by providing crew-by-crew recommended ASW scenario emphasis to the Training Officer, squadron instructors and Mission Commanders.

e. Assist squadron Maintenance Officers in tracking tactically

significant equipment malfunctions. 5605. Board Composition

:

a. The wing TACREP Board shall normally include an appropriate number of the following personnel: Tactics Officer, TSC and TORT Team members, NFO and Pilot Training Officers and the Acoustic and EWO Training Petty Officers.

b. The squadron TACREP Board shall include the Warfare Development

Officer, the Acoustic and EW Training Petty Officers as well as additional experts at the discretion of the squadron Commanding Officer.

5606. Replay Facilities

. Board members are encouraged to make maximum use of the TSC facilities. In order to reduce duplication of effort, squadron and wing reconstruct representatives should perform mission reconstructs as a team and should utilize the mission reconstruction checklist (Figure 5-6-2). This checklist outlines the minimum information necessary to perform a thorough reconstruction and review of a mission.

5607. Dissemination of Results

. TACREP findings constitute a critical link in focusing crew tactical awareness within each squadron and throughout the MPR Force. Squadrons and wings are required to forward results through the appropriate chain of command.

TACREP MISSION RECONSTRUCTION CHECKLIST

DATE:

SQDN/CREW (optional):

EVENT:

TYPE OF FLIGHT:

Note: This checklist covers aircrew mission performance areas that are to be reviewed in a thorough reconstruction of a mission or TORT event. It is designed to identify the aircrew's strong or weak points during its assigned mission. For each (NO) box checked, include an explanation at the end of this form. I. FOLLOWING RECONSTRUCT INFORMATION AVAILABLE?

N/A

YES

NO

a. Mission tasking directive (green).

b. Mission scenario and pre-ex message.

c. Mission briefing materials/books.

d. Mission debrief packet including:

(1) HSP

(2) TACCO narrative

(3) DRT's/charts/NAV logs

(4) Mission Planning (ASRAPS, etc.)

(5) Sonobuoy load sheet


5-6-3

(6) MAD trace (7) ESM/RADAR contact logs

(8) COMM logs

(9) SS1/2 logs

(10) SS3 logs

(11) AQH-4/AQH-13 tapes

e. Submarine ABC report.

f. Mission Summary (purple/PMS).

g. Mission replay tape.

II. MISSION PLANNING/PREFLIGHT:

N/A

YES

NO

a. Mission Planning:

(1) OCEANO/Environmentals considered?

(2) Target source level determined?

(3) Correct pattern(s) selected?

(a) Correct buoy spacing?

(b) Correct buoy life/depth settings?

(c) Correct DATUM established?

(4) Correct search verniers set?

(5) Non-acoustic sensor employment plan:

(a) Correct RADAR policy under EMCON?

(b) Appropriate ESM employment?

(c) Appropriate MAD employment?

(d) Appropriate IRDS employment?

(e) Appropriate IFF employment?

(6) Safety of flight issues briefed? (correct en route/ONSTA altitude selected, other units expected on station, land standoff range, etc.)

b. Complete pre-flight?

(1) Notified maintenance of EQMALS?

(2) EQMALs (likely to degrade mission) fixed?

III. TAKEOFF/ENROUTE TO ON-STATION:

N/A

YES

NO

a. Condition III check complete?

(1) Aircrew EQMALs reported to PPTC?

(2) PPMC abort/continue decision made?

(3) MAD/OFOM conducted?

(4) Correct EMCON set?

b. Communications:

(1) Monitor correct frequencies for SWAP?

(2) Broadcast copied?

(3) Data link up/correct mode?

c. Sonobuoy monitoring:


5-6-4

IV. ON STATION N/A

YES

NO

a. Navigation:

(1) Nav system drift checked?

(2) TACCO notified of excessive nav drift?

(3) Correct TACNAV source selected?

(4) Plot stab velocity established/applied?

(5) Safe horizontal/vertical separation with obstructions/other units maintained?

b. Environmentals:

(1) BT/AN deployed - environmentals updated?

(2) Ocean info passed/received to/from "AX"?

c. Search Sensors:

(1) Was equipment effectively used?

(a) Briefed search mode used?

(b) Contact correctly classified in timely manner?

(c) Search in other mode after contact?

(d) Contact type identified (BB,CZ,DP)?

(e) DIFAR/OMNI steered to weak contact?

(f) Relative doppler used to determine target course/speed?

(g) Doppler CPA ranges attempted?

(h) CLF/HYFIX used correctly?

(i) SS1/2 – TACCO coord/ICS comms during tracking phase?

(j) Target aspect noted - TACCO notified?

(k) Target course/speed changes passed to TACCO?

(2) RADAR:

(a) EMCON permitted?

(b) Correct scan/PRF/scale used?

(c) Full/sector scan use correct?

(d) Surface plot obtained/updated?

(e) ISAR classification correct?

(3) ESM - used correctly?

(4) IRDS - used correctly?

(5) MAD:

(a) Slant range determined?

(b) Aircraft positioned correctly?

(c) Equipment operated correctly?

d. Pattern placement:

(1) Initial search:

(a) Area appropriately/efficiently covered?

(b) Area covered by briefed pattern?

(c) No contact procedures appropriate?

(2) Localization:

(a) Correct pattern selection?

(b) Correct pattern expansion/development; transition to next pattern?

(c) Pattern geometry complies with updated environmentals?

(d) Crew advised of buoys of interest?

(e) Efficient buoy utilization?

(3) Tracking coordination:

(a) Crew informed of TACCO's intentions?


5-6-5

(3) Tracking coordination: (Cont)

N/A

YES

NO

(b) Correct tactics employed?

(c) TACCO/Sensor coord appropriate? (ICS comms, anticipate CPA, buoys in contact, course/speed, etc)

(d) TACCO/Pilot coord appropriate? (aircraft placement, buoy/weapon drop set up, ICS comms, etc)?

e. Attack:

(1) Aircraft correctly placed?

(2) Aircraft weapon delivery envelope correct?

(3) Attack authorization gained?

(4) Correct on-line/off-line procedures?

(5) Aircraft nav accuracy, system drift OK?

(6) Weapon placement OK?

(7) Re-attack procedures:

(a) Aircraft placement OK?

(b) MAD utilization OK?

(c) Buoy selection/placement OK?

(d) Plot stab maintained?

(e) Follow-on tactics; briefed to crew?

f. Communications: N/A

YES

NO

(1) ONSTA swap:

(a) Correct format?

(b) Complete swap received?

(c) Turnover buoys correctly placed?

(2) Required reports:

(a) Contact/amplifying/attack reports formatted/sent correctly?

(b) Joining/tasking reports to/from "AW" and/or "AX" sent/receipted?

(c) All others (rent, racket, vampire, etc) sent in timely fashion?

(3) OFFSTA swap:

(a) Correct format?

(b) Complete swap delivered?

(c) Turnover buoys correctly placed?

(4) DATALINK appropriately used?

g. Coordinated Operations

(1) Mission planning:

(a) Crew familiar with/hold current BG OPGENS?

(b) Crew aware of force location at ONSTA time?

(c) Crew prepared to pass P3 employment options to BG?

(d) Correct codes/CRYPTO carried?

(2) Joining:

(a) Comms procedures?

(b) Joining/closing force?

(c) SOF/COMM guard swap?

(d) Override/freelance/preview procedures understood?

(e) BG EMCON observed?

(3) Tasking:

(a) Employment plan passed to "AX"?

(b) "AX" advised of inappropriate/unrealistic P3 tasking?

(c) Coordinated tasking with other platforms appropriate?


5-6-6

(3) Tasking: (Cont)

(4) SAC procedures appropriate?

(5) Checkout:

(a) Swap with relief appropriate/timely/concise?

(b) Checkout with "AW" and/or "AX"?

V. OFF STATION - ENROUTE - POSTFLIGHT

N/A

YES

NO

a. Communications - appropriate/timely?

b. Navigation accurate/safe?

c. ADIZ entry procedures correct?

d. Homebase arrival procedures appropriate/safe?

e. Purple compiled correctly?

f. EQMALS reported to squadron maintenance?

MISSION RECONSTRUCTION COMMENTS

Provide amplifying comments on the discrepancies noted in the relevant section(s) of the mission checklist: Section

Comments

CREW STRENGTHS/WEAKNESSES:

Strengths: Weaknesses:

TACREP FINAL COMMENTS/DECISION: ____________________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Signed:________________________, TACREP CHAIRMAN


5-7-1

CHAPTER 5

SECTION 7

ADVANCED READINESS PROGRAM

5701. Purpose

. To provide guidance for implementation of the squadron-level Advanced Readiness Program (ARP) and the numbered wing ARP syllabus. To define the relationship between ARP, the P-3 Capabilities Based Matrix (CBM) and squadron readiness.

5702. Background

. The goal of ARP is to develop, refresh and baseline VP aircrews in the broad spectrum of MPA mission areas to support current and future OPLANs. ARP completion and certification is an essential prerequisite for developing tactically competent aircrews therefore, all crews shall complete ARP during the IDRC. Considered the first step in developing a crew’s tactical capabilities, this course emphasizes Crew Resource Management (CRM) and standardized Tactical Plans of Action (TPOAs). ARP focuses on ASW, SUW, ISR, and CTT. Additional courseware may be added or removed at the discretion of the Maritime Patrol Reconnaissance Weapons School (MPRWS). The Maritime Patrol Reconnaissance Weapons School (MPRWS) will function as the VP ARP model manager.

5703. Discussion

. Squadron readiness is the responsibility of the Commanding Officer (CO). As such, the VP ARP syllabus is designed to assist the CO in preparing the squadron for deployment. The VP ARP syllabus contains academic lectures/briefs, examinations, simulator and flight events to train and standardize assigned aircrews. Designated squadron ACTC Level 400 instructors and Wing Weapons and Tactics Instructors (WTIs) will provide instruction to individual aircrew during ARP. ARP instructors are to be mindful of the experience level and proficiency of the crew conducting ARP. They should not expect newly formed crews to be tactically proficient in all warfare areas at the commencement of ARP and should adjust their level of instruction to that required of the crew.

5704. ARP Phases

. The ARP curriculum is divided into two phases. For ease of scheduling, squadrons may choose to complete ARP phases consecutively with no planned breaks between the phases. If conducted in two distinct phases no more than one calendar month is permitted between the completion of ARP Phase 1 and the beginning of ARP Phase 2. If required, squadrons should utilize this month to provide further training to underdeveloped crews. Additional simulator makeup days should be planned in case of simulator mechanical problems or aircrew deficiencies. Ideally, makeup days should be scheduled at the completion of ARP for the affected crew. For purposes of Training and Readiness (T&R) reporting, crews must successfully complete the VP ARP training objectives to be designated ‘VP ARP complete’.

5705. Squadron Responsibilities

.

a. Overview

. The Commanding Officer is responsible for the training and competency of his crews, and as such he is responsible for preparing his crews to the appropriate level before undertaking the Wing WTU led ARP Phase 2. Upon return from deployment, squadrons will identify and schedule qualified aircrew with the Wing WTU for course completion. Upon completion of the course, each aircrew will receive readiness credit in various PMAs/NTAs based on satisfactory completion of the evaluated tasks.

b. Coordination with Wing WTU. Each squadron shall designate a squadron ARP coordinator to act as a liaison with the Wing WTU. The coordinator shall oversee the implementation of the syllabus and act as a single point of contact for all issues concerning the squadron’s VP ARP. If assigned, squadrons should utilize their assigned WTI as the squadron ARP coordinator. Furthermore, the squadron ARP coordinator will implement any recommended changes to the squadron training program to ensure standardization across VP mission areas.


5-7-2

c. ARP Crew requirement

. The crew PPC, TC and SS-1 should be ACTC level 300 qualified. Parent wings may waive this requirement when circumstances require ACTC level 200 participation: SS3 can be ACTC level 200. Squadrons shall use all opportunities to expose tactical up-graders to ARP lectures, simulator and flight events. Where a tactical up-grader fills a Tactical up-graders below the prescribed ACTC levels can be designated ARP complete if they participate in all of their crew’s events.

d. Course materials

. The squadron shall provide the required unclassified reference material that is listed in the syllabus for each classroom session. This reference material will be instrumental in reinforcing teaching points. Additionally, the Mission Commander for each crew will be responsible for tracking the SECRET notebooks that the Wing WTU will provide at the beginning of ARP. For the simulator and flying syllabus events, the squadron ARP Coordinator shall provide a copy of the current Navy, Fleet and Strike Wing OPGENs and OPTASKS for each applicable scenario.

e. Debriefing

. Upon completion of the ARP program, the squadron CO will be debriefed on the aircrew’s performance by the responsible Wing WTU Officer. This debrief will allow each squadron to gauge its training programs as it relates to supporting deployed VP operations.

f. Tactical Upgraders

. Squadrons are encouraged to send upgrading aircrew to observe simulator events independent of their assigned crew. This allows frequent exposure to relevant tactics training that will make them better operators.

g. Changes to ARP Curriculum

. Squadrons are encouraged to submit changes to the Wing ARP Coordinator to adapt to changes in tactics, capabilities and/or operations. These recommendations will be reviewed, approved and distributed by the ARP Model Manager for expeditious implementation throughout the fleet.

h. Squadron ARP Instructors

. Upon return from deployment, the squadron shall designate two teams of ARP instructors. Each team (PPC, TC, SS-1, SS-3) must consist of ACTC Level 400 qualified instructors and have met the following requirements:

(1). Successfully completed ARP during the prior IDRC; (2). Observed a Wing WTU instructed ARP Phase to include all lectures

and TORT sessions; and (3). Instructed a squadron ARP Phase One under the observation of Wing

WTIs. A Wing WTI shall observe each nominee during all lectures and simulator events to ensure standardization of training. Note: All nominees shall instruct at least one lecture and all simulator events.

i. ARP Phase 1 Designation

. After completion of a Wing WTU led standardization course and under-instruction requirements, Wing WDO shall inform the squadron of the nominees that have successfully completed the IUT. Those instructors are then authorized to conduct ARP Phase One training independently as required. Wing WDO shall ensure that the designation letters for all recommended instructors are forwarded for final approval by the parent Wing.

5706. Numbered Wing Responsibilities

.

a. Overview

. The numbered Wing WTU is responsible for implementing VP ARP within their respective Wing. Each Wing WTU Officer, at a minimum, shall attend the Wing WTU Weapons and Tactics Instructor (WTI) Program to ensure standardized instructional techniques and mission fundamentals.


5-7-3

b. Coordination with MPRWS

. A Wing WTU Officer shall act as the liaison with the MPRWS ARP Coordinator. Each month, Wing WTUs will coordinate with the MPRWS ARP Coordinator via teleconference. Topics for discussion will include ARP aircrew performance trends (simulators and examinations), lessons learned, post-deployment briefs, TACMEMOs, WTI class notes, and POST-EX reports.

c. Coordination with Squadron

. A Wing WTU Officer shall act as the liaison with the participating squadrons. The Coordinator shall oversee the implementation of the syllabus and act as the point of contact for all issues concerning the participating squadron’s ARP. Prior to commencing ARP training, the Wing ARP Coordinator will conduct a face-to-face ARP indoctrination brief with the participating squadron’s Operations and Warfare Development Officers. During these meetings, coordination and administrative topics will be discussed and clarified as necessary. The Wing ARP Coordinator will provide a monthly written report to the squadron ARP Coordinator focusing on the minutes from the most recent community ARP teleconference.

d. Course materials

. The Wing WTU shall ensure that all aircrew are provided with the required classified references that are listed at the beginning of each classroom session. This reference material will be instrumental in reinforcing teaching points. Additionally, a notebook (’SECRET when filled in’) will be provided by the Wing WTU to the aircrew with which to take notes during classroom sessions. The crew’s Mission Commander will maintain the security of the notebooks.

e. Examinations

. Over the course of ARP, written examinations will be given. The crew assigned PPC, TC, SS-1 and SS-3 must each achieve a passing score of 80% to be eligible to attempt a qualification in the simulator. All other crewmembers must achieve a minimum score of 65%. Any crewmember that fails to meet the minimum standards will be given additional training. Crew continuation of the ARP syllabus will be at the discretion of the Wing WTU.

f. Scheduling

. The parent Wing WTU will normally conduct ARP training for two squadron aircrews simultaneously. Advanced planning and flexibility will minimize scheduling conflicts and ensure quality training for all aircrews. The Wing WTU is responsible for scheduling classroom training and simulator periods. All classroom training should take place in the Wing training spaces to ensure dedicated instruction free from distractions. Priority should be given to ARP events when the monthly Wing training schedule is developed. Additional simulator makeup days should be planned in case of trainer problems or aircrew deficiencies. Ideally, makeup days should be scheduled after completion of the normal ARP cycle.

g. ARP Standardization

. The parent Wing WTU will provide ARP Phase 1 standardization training to squadron ARP instructor teams within 30 days of returning from deployment. This training may include ‘under instruction’ requirements at the discretion of the Wing Commander. Additionally, Wing WTIs shall periodically participate in squadron ARP Phase 1 training to ensure standardization and quality assurance of training across all assigned squadrons.

h. Debriefing

. Upon completion of the ARP program, a Wing WTU Officer will debrief the squadron CO. This debrief will allow the squadron to tailor remaining IDRC events to address identified deficiencies and/or emphasis areas.

i. Tracking

. The Wing WTU Officer responsible for an individual crew is responsible for: ensuring the individual designations are entered into SHARP; and reporting SQN/crew progress to the MPRWS ARP coordinator monthly.


5-7-4

j. Reporting

. Once a squadron has successfully sent all aircrew through the ARP syllabus, the Wing ARP Coordinator will provide a broad analysis to the MPRWS ARP Coordinator. The purpose of this written, informal debrief is to evaluate the effectiveness of the ACTC process and to assure continuity of training within other IDRC training events.

5707. ARP Completion Requirements / Designation

. Successful completion of ARP requires all squadron’ CACs to pass all assessed simulator/flight events, and pass all written examinations. The ASU 205 task may be delayed due to aircraft availability, but the crew will NOT be designated ARP complete until the initial WTI evaluated SLAM-ER qualification requirement is met. Upon completion of the ARP curriculum requirements, the parent Wing WTU shall forward an ARP completion letter to the Wing WDO for final designation. This letter shall be forwarded to the respective squadron to document ARP completion in SHARP. ARP designations in SHARP will expire two years from the completion date of the last ARP. If a CAC fails to meet all of the ARP requirements, or their performance is consistently substandard, they can be removed from the program at the discretion of the Wing WTU and shall undertake remedial training to be administered by the squadron.

5708. MPRWS ARP Coordinator Responsibilities

.

a. Overview

. The MPRWS ARP Coordinator will provide the overall coordination, planning and implementation of ARP within the VP force. This individual will manage a comprehensive and standardized ARP syllabus and the supporting training materials for use by Wing WTUs. The Coordinator shall update the VP ARP syllabus on a monthly basis to ensure the latest tactical and weapons system recommendations are rapidly introduced and disseminated throughout the fleet.

b. Coordination with Wing WTU

. MPRWS shall designate a VP ARP Coordinator to act as a liaison to the Wing WTUs. The MPRWS ARP Coordinator will schedule and lead a monthly teleconference. The MPRWS ARP Coordinator will take minutes from the meeting and immediately disseminate them back to the Wing WTUs. Wing WTUs can then adjust their training accordingly. When available, an NSAWC representative and deployed site Watch Officer and/or WTI should participate in the scheduled teleconferences to add their unique perspective.

c. Coordination with COMPATRECONGRU

. On a quarterly basis, the CPRWS ARP Coordinator will provide a broad analysis of the ARP Program to Commander, Patrol and Reconnaissance Group (N7) and the Naval Strike and Air Warfare Center (NSAWC). The purpose of this written, formal debrief is to evaluate the effectiveness of the ACTC process and to assure continuity of training within other IDRC training events.

d. Coordination with Weapons and Tactics Instructor (WTI) Program

. The WTI program ensures that qualified instructors continue to populate the Wing WTUs. Twice per year, the CPRWS ARP Coordinator shall coordinate with the WTI Program Coordinator to ensure that all briefs, examinations and scenarios are current and relevant. Upon completion of each WTI, the MPRWS ARP Coordinator will update and distribute all course materials to the Wing WTUs.

e. Coordination with FRS Training Officer/Fleet Standardization Group The MPRWS ARP Coordinator shall liaise with the VP-30 Training Department

and/or Fleet Standardization Group to ensure there is standardization between ARP and the FRS curriculum. This will ensure a “bottom up” approach to aircrew training. In addition, the ARP Coordinator will brief all CAT 300 and PXO students regarding the goals of ARP during their FRS syllabus.

.

f. Course materials. The MPRWS ARP Coordinator will compile and

disseminate to the Wing WTUs a list of all reference materials and all courseware/simulator materials that are required for course completion.


5-7-5

g. Examinations

. The MPRWS ARP Coordinator will maintain a database of all examination questions to ensure currency and relevance. This database will not be made available to an aircrew prior to the examination to ensure integrity.

5709. Qualification Eligibility Prior to ARP Completion

. ARP provides the baseline skills upon which PMA/NTA tactical proficiency will be developed. Therefore, no tactical crew qualifications may be attempted/held by a crew that is not ARP current or commenced the basic ARP curriculum other than ASW 207 and ASW 211. Ordinarily, ARP should be an uninterrupted training program to provide squadron flexibility.

5710. ARP Crew Stability/Readiness

. As discussed in sections one and two of this chapter, ARP crew stability provides the basis for determining ARP currency. If necessary, one crew change may be made between ARP Phase 1and Phase 2.

a. Readiness

. ARP-complete crews shall retain basic ARP designation as long as at least three of the tactical core: PPC, PPP, PPTC, PPNC, SS-1, SS-2, and SS-3 (IAW the ARP crew list) completed ARP with that crew. Fleet-ups of PPP to PPC, PPNC to PPTC, and SS-2 to SS-1 do not impact ARP crew stability/currency provided that individual has been assigned to that crew for at least 90 days and completed ARP with that crew. Inability to meet ARP crew stability requirements results in loss of ARP designation and currency in all tactical crew coordination qualifications.


5-7-6

INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK


5-8-1

CHAPTER 5

SECTION 8

CREW RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

5801. Purpose

. To establish guidelines for implementing a command Crew Resource Management (CRM) program, amplify the provisions of references (c) and (d), and promulgate CRM policy and specific requirements.

5802. Background

. CRM is intended to improve the mission effectiveness of all aviation communities and reduce aircraft mishaps by enhancing crew coordination through increased awareness of specifically defined associated behavioral skills. To accomplish this goal, standardized training strategies shall be used in such areas as academics, simulators, and flight training. Specific type/model CRM training programs shall be utilized.

5803. Objectives

. Specific objectives of the CRM program are to:

a. Promulgate training requirements that ensure all personnel whose duties involve flying as an aircrew member receive CRM in accordance with policies as set forth in reference (c) and the appropriate provisions of reference (d).

b. Ensure that CRM is maintained as an integral part of every flight

evolution and that all aircrew members continually evaluate ways in which CRM can be incorporated into their flight operations.

5804. Policy

.

a. Initial type/model CRM training should be provided by the Fleet Replacement Squadron (FRS). Crewmembers that did not receive FRS CRM are required to complete CRM within 60 days of reporting to their new squadron. Personnel may perform duties as crewmembers during this 60-day grace period.

b. Refresher type/model CRM is to be completed annually for all aircrew

members. Refresher CRM may be accomplished within the 60 days preceding expiration of current evaluation and is valid for 12 months from the last day of the month in which the current evaluation expires.

c. Squadron Commanding Officers may grant written extensions to aircrew

expiration dates during the period of an extended deployment not to exceed 90 days after return from deployment.

d. CRM should be conducted by complete aircrews, as specified in the

squadron crew list, whenever practical. e. Staff personnel on DIFOPS/DIFCREW orders who are required to fly as

aircrew members shall complete CRM. f. CRM completion and extension authorizations shall be entered into the

crewmember’s NATOPS Training/Qualification Jacket (OPNAV 3760/32), Section III, Part A on form OPNAV 3760/32E. Entries shall be formatted per reference (c).

g. Personnel that fail to meet CRM requirements without a written

extension shall not serve as aircrew members. Aircrew member duties may be resumed upon completion of CRM requirements or proper documentation of an approved extension.


.

a. Fleet Replacement Squadron (VP-30) shall

:


5-8-2

(1) As the CPRG Executive Agent, act as the CRM Curricula Model and Program Manager.

(2) Provide the standardized type/model CRM training program as

required by reference (c). (3) Provide training and certification for all CRM facilitators. (4) Ensure that CRM curriculum is reviewed annually and updated, as

necessary, to reflect current missions, aircraft configuration, and integration of CRM behavioral skills.

(5) Ensure, as a minimum, the prescribed number of designated CRM

instructors are maintained to provide for the qualification of CRM facilitators.

(6) Conduct standardization assistance visits, in accordance with

reference (c), as deemed necessary to meet Fleet needs and to ensure CRM program standardization.

(7) Submit annual instructor training requirements, budgeting, and

quota management issues in accordance with reference (c). b. Numbered Wing Commanders shall

(1) Ensure that all aviation units under their cognizance have viable and active CRM programs in accordance with references (c) and (d).

:

(2) Ensure that all aircrew in aviation units under their cognizance

receive initial and annual refresher type/model CRM. (3) Conduct annual CRM program assists to ensure standardization and

compliance with CRM instructions and proper documentation of CRM training.

(4) Provide a CRM Master Facilitator to ensure standardization

between squadrons. (5) Ensure that all military and contract simulator instructors are

provided CRM facilitator training. c. Commanding Officers shall

:

(1) Designate a squadron CRM program manager in writing. (2) Ensure that all crewmembers have received initial CRM training

from the FRS or provide initial CRM training to reporting/newly designated crewmembers within 60 days of reporting/designation. Personnel may perform duties as crewmembers during this 60-day grace period.

(3) Ensure that annual refresher training is conducted within 60 days

preceding expiration of current evaluation for each assigned crewmember.

(4) May grant written extensions to aircrew expiration dates during

the period of an extended deployment not to exceed 90 days after return from deployment. Extension authorization shall be filed in the individual’s NATOPS Flight Personnel Training/Qualification jacket.

(5) Coordinate with VP-30 to train and designate in writing all

squadron designated CRM facilitators. (6) Ensure that CRM training is properly logged in accordance with

reference (c).


5-9-1

CHAPTER 5

SECTION 9

NAVAL AIR TRAINING AND OPERATING PROCEDURES STANDARDIZATION (NATOPS) EVALUATION PROGRAM AND STANDARDIZATION BOARD

Annexes: A. Unit NATOPS Evaluation

B. Unit NATOPS Evaluation Grading Criteria

C. Unit NATOPS Evaluation Administrative Requirements

D. Example Muster/Grade Sheet

E. Administrative Inspection Checklist

5901. Purpose. To establish guidelines for implementing the NATOPS Evaluation Program; amplify the provisions of references (d) and (e); and to set forth the NATOPS policy and specific requirements for all Fleet squadrons/units. 5902. Discussion. The goal of the NATOPS Program is to increase combat proficiency through standardized aircraft operating procedures and flight safety awareness. Standardization based on professional knowledge and experience provides the foundation upon which sound operating procedures are developed and practiced. The squadron NATOPS program shall be organized to comply with the requirements directed by all pertinent instructions. Unless specifically waived, compliance with NATOPS procedures is mandatory. The NATOPS evaluation process is intended to measure overall adherence to NATOPS procedures and provide Commanding Officers with an objective appraisal of the NATOPS program under their cognizance. 5903. Evaluations. The VP-30 Fleet NATOPS Evaluation Team shall conduct Unit NATOPS evaluations. Evaluations will be scheduled in coordination with the Fleet NATOPS team through the parent wings and COMPATRECONGRU. The maximum interval between NATOPS evaluations shall normally be 18 months for squadrons on the 18 month IDRC. The 18-month evaluation cycle may be extended up to 24 months for exceptional circumstances such as an unplanned extended deployment or surge. In order to meet the 18-month evaluation requirement, squadrons will complete a Unit-1 and Unit-2 Evaluation during the IDRC. Squadrons operating on the 12 month IDRC shall only conduct the Unit 2 Evaluation. a. Unit-1. The Unit 1 evaluation is only for squadrons operating on the

18 month IDRC. The Unit-1 evaluation should be scheduled during the Basic Phase (R+2 to R+3) of the IDRC for traditional VP Squadrons. This evaluation will consist of a NATOPS/training program review (including a complete check of program records) and ground testing followed by flight evaluations of two crews. The first crew should be selected by the squadron (normally prospective positional NATOPS instructors) and the second crew chosen by the positional Fleet NATOPS Evaluators.

b. Unit-2. For squadrons on the 24 month IDRC, the Unit-2 evaluation

should be scheduled during the Intermediate Phase just prior to surge cycle commencement (R+11 to R+12). For squadrons on the 12 month IDRC, the Unit-2 evaluation should be scheduled during R+7 or R+8 month. This evaluation will consist of a NATOPS/training program inspection (including a complete check of program records), ground testing for all aircrew, including Reserve Component aircrew, and flight evaluations of two crews.


5-9-2

The first crew will be selected by the squadron (normally prospective positional NATOPS instructors as required) and a second crew chosen by the positional Fleet NATOPS Evaluators.

c. Health and Welfare checkup. The Health and Welfare checkup may be

scheduled during the surge cycle in order to maintain positional NATOPS instructors as required by the squadron. The scheduling of this checkup should coincide with the next scheduled visit of the P-3 Fleet NATOPS Team to that site whenever feasible.

(1) Non-traditional deploying units (VQ/VPU) shall conduct Unit-2

evaluations every 16 months. Due to the detachment cycle of VQ and VPU squadrons, a two-phase evaluation may be scheduled. The initial phase will be conducted as a normal Unit-2 evaluation. All non-deployed aircrew shall be tested, records checked, evaluation flights and the administrative inspection will be completed during the first phase. The second phase will normally coincide with the next scheduled visit of the P-3 Fleet NATOPS Team to that site. If another site visit is not scheduled then the second phase should be coordinated with Fleet NATOPS. During this phase all remaining aircrew will be tested. Non-traditional deploying squadrons should plan crew rotations to ensure maximum participation in the NATOPS evaluation.

5904. NATOPS Evaluation Procedures. The procedures and requirements for conducting a Unit NATOPS evaluation are specified in Annex A. Grading criteria for Unit NATOPS evaluations are specified in Annex B. Administrative areas evaluated during NATOPS evaluations are delineated in Annex C. Sample muster/grade sheets are provided in Annex D. Annex E contains an Administrative Inspection Checklist. 5905. Individual NATOPS Evaluations. P-3 Fleet NATOPS Evaluators, COMPATRECONWING NATOPS Instructors, squadron Primary NATOPS Instructors and squadron Assistant NATOPS Instructors shall conduct, grade, and document individual NATOPS evaluations IAW reference (e). Evaluators shall ensure individual compliance with this instruction and the applicable NATOPS manual. 5906. NATOPS Positional Instructor Policy. Each squadron/unit shall have one Primary NATOPS Instructor for each aircrew position. This individual is primarily responsible for the NATOPS program for that position. Squadron Primary NATOPS Instructors shall be highly qualified, designated PPIPs, PPITCs, PPIFEs, PPNCs, and Positional Instructor Naval Aircrewmen. Primary NATOPS Instructors shall receive an evaluation from a designated Fleet NATOPS Positional Evaluator. Prior to completing a Fleet NATOPS evaluation, the prospective squadron NATOPS instructor shall be either a designated positional instructor (PPIP, PPIFE, etc.) or meet the same requirements established for an aircrewman going through the Fleet Instructor Under Training (FIUT) course. Squadron Primary NATOPS Instructors should be assigned to the Safety/NATOPS Department. Commanding Officers are encouraged to designate additional highly qualified and motivated pilots, NFOs and flight crewmembers, as Assistant NATOPS Instructors, to assist in implementing the NATOPS program. Assistant NATOPS Instructors may administer individual NATOPS evaluations to squadron aircrew personnel if the Primary NATOPS Instructor is unavailable. Assistant NATOPS Instructors shall meet the same criteria as the primary instructors, but may receive NATOPS evaluations and recommendations from their respective squadron Primary NATOPS Instructor. Additionally, the prospective Primary/Assistant NATOPS Instructor must receive a recommendation to serve as a Primary/Assistant NATOPS Instructor on the OPNAV 3710/7 form. The final decision on an


5-9-3

individual’s designation as a squadron Primary/Assistant NATOPS instructor rests with the squadron Commanding Officer. 5907. NATOPS Instructor Currency. Primary NATOPS Instructor recommendations issued by the Fleet NATOPS Evaluators are valid until the expiration date reflected on the current NATOPS Evaluation Report (OPNAV 3710/7). Extensions of Primary NATOPS Instructor recommendations may be granted for up to 90 days in accordance with reference (e) to complete a deployment cycle or under other extenuating circumstances by the squadron/unit Commanding Officer in coordination with the P-3 Fleet NATOPS Evaluation Team. Extensions do not alleviate the requirement for a squadron administered annual NATOPS evaluation. Primary NATOPS instructors shall schedule an individual NATOPS evaluation with the Fleet NATOPS Evaluation Team within 30 days of returning from deployment if they have exceeded 12 months since their last Primary NATOPS instructor evaluation. 5908. Responsibilities. The following responsibilities are established: a. Fleet Replacement Squadron (VP-30) shall: Be responsible (as the model

manager) for the administration of the COMPATRECONGRU NATOPS programs.

b. The Senior P-3 Fleet NATOPS Evaluator shall: (1) Monitor and report, on the condition of the Unit NATOPS

program to the cognizant Type Wing.

(2) Conduct Unit NATOPS evaluations of COMPATRECONGRU squadrons.

(3) Conduct annual NATOPS evaluations, including ground exams and individual checkrides of all Fleet NATOPS Evaluators to ensure the highest levels of standardization are maintained.

(4) Review Safety of Flight/Urgent NATOPS Change Recommendations and forward final recommendations to the NAVAIR NATOPS Program Office via the chain of command.

c. Fleet NATOPS Evaluators shall:

(1) Maintain a thorough knowledge of all directives applicable to the NATOPS program and be highly qualified in the P-3 aircraft.

(2) Conduct unit NATOPS evaluations of COMPATRECONGRU squadrons to

include:

(a) Writing and administering ground exams

(b) Conducting flight evaluations

(c) Performing NATOPS training and program reviews

(3) Coordinate with squadron NATOPS instructors to coordinate visits and answer any questions.

d. COMPATRECONWING Commanders shall:

(1) Maintain a viable NATOPS program at their respective Wing.


5-9-4

(2) Coordinate Unit NATOPS evaluations with the Fleet NATOPS Team. (3) Designate in writing Primary and Assistant NATOPS

instructors as required. e. COMPATRECONWING Instructors shall (if applicable): (1) Oversee and coordinate the NATOPS program within their respective

Wing. Serve as the primary liaison with units and the VP-30 Fleet NATOPS Team for NATOPS and standardization issues.

(2) Assist the P-3 Fleet NATOPS Evaluation Team in conducting Unit NATOPS evaluations within their respective wing to ensure standardization of P-3 squadrons and NATOPS instructors.

(3) Maintain a thorough knowledge of all directives applicable to the NATOPS program and be highly qualified in the P-3 aircraft.

(4) Conduct, as a designated Primary/Assistant NATOPS Instructor, checkrides as required.

(5) Represent the respective wing at P-3 NATOPS review conferences.

f. Commanding Officers shall: (1) Maintain a viable NATOPS program. (2) Fully prepare their squadron for Unit NATOPS evaluations. (3) Designate in writing squadron Primary/Assistant NATOPS

Instructors.

g. Squadron Primary NATOPS Instructors shall:

(1) Conduct annual individual NATOPS evaluations for squadron aircrew personnel.

(2) Implement the NATOPS program within the squadron IAW reference (e) and this WTM section.


5-9-A-1

CHAPTER 5 SECTION 9

ANNEX A

UNIT NATOPS EVALUATION

1. Ground Examinations. Open book and closed book examinations will be administered to designated aircrew (Unit-1 evaluation) or all aircrew (Unit-2 evaluation) personnel listed on the current month’s crew list to include Reserve Component aircrew assigned. Two weeks prior to testing, squadrons shall provide Fleet NATOPS with the current month’s crew list and completed muster/grade sheets, listing all aircrew personnel assigned alphabetically by rank. The goal is to test 100% of unit personnel during a Unit-2 evaluation. During a Unit-1 evaluation normally only the squadron’s prospective NATOPS Instructors and a randomly selected aircrew (one per position) will receive a ground/flight evaluation. Participation in the ground examination shall take precedence over all local TAD and other squadron evolutions, including the granting of regular leave. If an individual is not taking the exam, the reason shall be annotated on the positional muster/grade sheet. Less than 80 percent participation by a position may constitute grounds to not test that position. If it appears that tasking from higher authority will preclude 80 percent participation, Fleet NATOPS shall be notified as soon as possible prior to the evaluation.

Aircrew personnel onboard less than 120 days shall take the test, but their score will not count toward the pass/fail percentage for that position. Grades will be awarded per Annex B. a. Spaces. Arrangements for examination rooms should be made to

accommodate: Pilots Acoustic Operators Flight Engineers Electronic Warfare Operators Tactical Coordinators/SEVALs In-flight Technicians Navigator/Communicators SOFRO/Observer Biglook EWOP LABOP Sufficient seating shall be available so that examinees are not crowded. 2. Ground Training. Positional Fleet NATOPS Evaluators will conduct training following the examinations. Squadron personnel should not be scheduled for other events until after training is complete. All personnel from other squadrons within the respective wing are highly encouraged to attend. An overhead projector should be made available. 3. NATOPS Program Review. Annex C and E delineates specific administrative areas to be inspected. The administrative inspection of the squadron’s NATOPS program may be scheduled prior to commencing the formal evaluation. Coordination and agreement by the Fleet NATOPS Evaluation Team and the squadron Commanding Officer is required. 4. Flight Evaluation. The flight evaluation phase should not commence if the Senior P-3 Fleet NATOPS Evaluator determines the ground evaluation to be incomplete or unsatisfactory. Normally, at a minimum, two complete tactical aircrews (one aircrewman per position) shall conduct evaluation flights. Grading will be per reference (e), the applicable NATOPS manual and Annex B. One tactical aircrew will be selected by positional Fleet NATOPS evaluators based upon the current crew list. Fleet NATOPS retains the option to conduct random checkrides jointly, with both the flight station and other aircrew


5-9-A-2

positions on the same event. Although authorized per this instruction, flight evaluations should not be scheduled in conjunction with crew qualifications (training and readiness matrix evolutions) to the maximum extent possible. Flights not airborne within five hours of the scheduled preflight may be canceled at the discretion of the senior NATOPS Evaluator for that evolution. A simulated tactical situation will be provided by the NFO NATOPS Evaluator for tactical crews. This scenario should be used by the evaluees to prepare and conduct the tactical crew brief. The IFT shall receive an Ordnance Qualified (ORDQUAL) checkride. a. Aircraft Requirements. An Instrument Flight Rules (IFR) capable

aircraft is required for pilot/flight engineer flights. Tactical crew flights require an AIP aircraft with all electronic equipment fully operational (to the maximum extent possible).

b. Ordnance Load. Tactical flights require a HACLCS equipped aircraft

with a Harpoon In-flight Missile Simulator installed and connected. Two sonobuoys shall be loaded in the external SLTs for the ARM/ORD initialization. Before takeoff these buoys shall be downloaded and brought inside. Additionally, two other sonobuoys, and two smokes (MK-25/58) shall be carried internally. Bomb bay and wing stations should be configured for the simulation of three MK-46/50 torpedoes, two AGM-84 Harpoons, and four MK-62 mines. For the simulation of weapons, all racks shall be cocked. Jettison system and release/control checks should be performed prior to the scheduled preflight time.

5. Daily Routine. A recommended daily schedule of events for Unit NATOPS evaluations will be promulgated by the Senior P-3 Fleet NATOPS Evaluator. This schedule will normally be sent to the Commanding Officer in letterform six weeks prior to the evaluation. a. Typical Daily Routine. (1) Day One: Ground Evaluation

0715 Senior Fleet NATOPS Evaluator is available to meet with Commanding

Officer, Executive Officer, and NATOPS Officer to review ground examination and flight evaluation procedures. The squadron Safety/NATOPS Officer shall provide copies of the current crew list, squadron standardization notes, monthly positional training report and the most recent flight time summary. The current crew list should be annotated with current and prospective NATOPS instructors.

0800 Positional training and commencement of open and closed book examinations. Examinations will be reviewed following testing. Positional instructors are required to have all NATOPS Flight Personnel Training and Qualification Jackets and log books at the test site for review during the examination.

1300 Review of ground examinations. All evaluation squadron aircrew and other IDRC squadron aircrew at that site are highly encouraged to attend. Any other squadron events scheduled for this day should not commence prior to 1400.

TBD Senior Fleet NATOPS Evaluator meets with Safety/NATOPS Department

Head to review ground examination results.


5-9-A-3

(2) Day Two: Flight evaluation, Squadron NATOPS Instructor

candidates.

0800 Flight Station brief in squadron spaces.

0800 Tactical event brief in squadron spaces. 0945 Flight Station event conduct planeside brief.

1015 Tactical event conduct planeside brief.

1030 Flight Station event takeoff. 1100 Tactical event takeoff. 1330 Flight Station event land.

1400 Tactical event land. Flight Station debrief. 1430 Tactical Crew debrief.

(3) Day Three: Random-pick flight evaluation. For separate flight

station and tactical crew evaluations repeat day two schedule. Joint flights are conducted as follows:

0800 All tactical aircrew brief in squadron spaces.

1015 All aircrew conduct planeside brief.

1100 Joint evaluation flight takeoff.

1400 Joint evaluation flight land. Tactical aircrew deplane. 1430 Tactical Crew debrief.

1430 Flight Station takeoff.

1530 Flight Station land and debrief.

(4) Day Four: Reserve crew training and ground examinations (Unit 2) Back-up fly day, if required.

TBD Senior Fleet NATOPS Evaluator conduct a debrief with the squadron Commanding Officer, Executive Officer and NATOPS Officer.


5-9-A-4

INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK


5-9-B-1

CHAPTER 5 SECTION 9

ANNEX B

UNIT NATOPS EVALUATION GRADING CRITERIA

1. The overall grade for a Unit NATOPS evaluation will be either satisfactory or unsatisfactory. Satisfactory performance will be reported in a Unit NATOPS Evaluation completion letter, originated by the Fleet NATOPS Evaluation Team, to cognizant authority. Following completion of a Unit NATOPS evaluation, the Senior P-3 Fleet NATOPS Evaluator shall forward a written report of the results of the evaluation and comments concerning the effectiveness of the NATOPS program to the squadron Commanding Officer, Model Manager and respective wing Commanding Officer. 2. Ground Evaluation. Satisfactory completion of the ground evaluation phase is based on the following criteria: a. Grading Instructions. Individual examination grades shall be computed

on a 4.0 scale and converted to an adjective grade of qualified or unqualified. Evaluees must achieve an adjective grade of qualified on both open and closed book examinations in order to be considered qualified overall for purposes of the ground evaluation.

(1) Open Book Examination. To obtain a grade of qualified, an evaluee must obtain a minimum score of 3.5 (3.2 for ORDQUAL and SOFRO crewmembers).

(2) Closed Book Examination. To obtain a grade of qualified, an evaluee must obtain a minimum score of 3.3 (3.2 for ORDQUAL and SOFRO crewmembers).

b. Positional Ground Evaluation. Satisfactory completion of the ground evaluation phase by an aircrew position is achieved when a minimum of 80 percent of positionally assigned crewmembers obtain a grade of qualified on both open and closed book examinations.

c. Squadron Ground Evaluation. Satisfactory completion of the ground evaluation phase by the squadron is achieved when:

(1) All safety of flight positions (pilot, flight engineer, navigator/communicator, and non-acoustic/SOFRO) satisfactorily complete the ground evaluation.

(2) No more than two other aircrew positions fail to satisfactorily complete the ground evaluation.

3. Ground Re-evaluation. Individual evaluees who are positionally qualified or conditionally qualified in position and are graded unsatisfactory on the Fleet NATOPS ground evaluation, have 30 days in which to complete a positional ground re-evaluation at the squadron level. These individuals are neither positionally nor observer qualified until the ground re-evaluation is successfully completed. An unsatisfactory squadron ground evaluation requires re-evaluation within 30 days. 4. Flight Evaluation. The flight evaluation phase should not commence unless the squadron satisfactorily completes the ground evaluation phase. Satisfactory


5-9-B-2

completion of the flight evaluation phase is based on the following criteria: a. Grading Instructions. Individual NATOPS flight evaluations shall be

graded as delineated in the applicable NATOPS Manual.

b. Squadron Flight Evaluation. Satisfactory completion of the flight evaluation phase by the squadron is achieved when the total number of individual evaluees who are graded as overall unqualified does not exceed:

(1) Three, regardless of aircrew position or number of tactical/flight station evaluation flights administered.

(2) Two, if both of the unqualified evaluees are either pilots, flight engineers, navigator-communicators, or non-acoustic/SOFRO (safety of flight positions).

Individual evaluees who are graded unqualified in a critical area/sub-area and are graded qualified/ conditionally qualified during an immediate re-fly, shall not count toward the total number of unqualified evaluees. 5. Flight Re-evaluation. Individual evaluees who are graded unqualified on an evaluation flight shall be allowed 30 days in which to complete a re-evaluation flight at the squadron level. An unsatisfactory squadron flight evaluation requires re-evaluation within 30 days. The number of flights to be conducted will be determined by the squadron Commanding Officer. These individuals are neither positionally nor observer qualified until the re-evaluation is successfully completed.


5-9-C-1

CHAPTER 5 SECTION 9

ANNEX C

UNIT NATOPS EVALUATION ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

This Annex along with Annex E may be used to assist in preparing for the administrative portion of a Unit NATOPS evaluation. Specific areas to be reviewed are listed below. Positional Primary NATOPS Instructors and positional training representatives shall be available during the review. 1. NATOPS Flight Personnel Training and Qualification Jacket. a. Introduction. NATOPS training jackets should be maintained by the

primary NATOPS instructor assigned to the Safety/NATOPS Department in conjunction with the positional Aircrew Training Officer/Petty Officer assigned to the Training Department. Only the individual aircrew, NATOPS instructors and personnel designated in writing by the Commanding Officer shall have access to qualification jackets.

b. Inspection Criteria. Fleet NATOPS Evaluators will inspect for compliance with the provisions of references (d) and (e) and this section.

2. Aviators Flight Log Book (OPNAV 3760/31). a. Introduction. Aviator logbooks should be maintained by the Operations

Department in conjunction with positional Primary NATOPS Instructors assigned to the Safety/NATOPS Department.

b. Inspection Criteria. Fleet NATOPS Evaluators will inspect for compliance with the provisions of reference (d) and (e).

3. Classification and Qualification of Aircrew Personnel. a. Reference (a) and the NATOPS Manual delineate specific requirements

for initial qualification and annual re-qualification of various aircrew designations. Time constraints and flight hour requirements should be closely monitored by Training and Safety/NATOPS department personnel to ensure valid designations, qualifications and flight hour minimums are achieved and maintained.

b. Inspection Criteria. Fleet NATOPS evaluators will inspect for compliance with provisions of reference (a), this instruction and the NATOPS manual. Unqualified observers, positional aircrewmen or instructors shall not fly in the respective aircrew capacity until valid re-qualification is achieved. In the case of an expired/unqualified individual NATOPS evaluation, aircrewmen may only fly under instruction of a qualified positional aircrewman until re-qualification is complete.

4. NATOPS Database/Tracking Program. Squadrons shall utilize an easily accessible computer database or positional NATOPS qualification board to provide quick reference to pertinent information concerning NATOPS program management. A hard copy of the computer database should be displayed in the NATOPS Office and be easily accessible to NATOPS Department personnel. Computer databases shall have 30, 60, and 90-day tracking capability. Each aircrew position shall have a separate entry for each individual aircrewman. Information on the entry should include: a. Name, Rate.


5-9-C-2

b. Reported aboard date, PRD. c. Due dates:

(1) Observer NATOPS check (if applicable).

(2) Positional NATOPS check.

(3) Instrument check (if applicable).

(4) CRM due dates.

(5) LPNV/Swim due dates.

(6) Medical clearance date.

d. Quarterly examination, Unit NATOPS evaluation and annual NATOPS test

completion dates.

e. Date positionally qualified/designated. f. Identify NATOPS Instructors, Positional Instructors, CRM Facilitators

and qualified personnel.

g. To the maximum extent possible, squadrons are directed to utilize the SHARP readiness software to track/schedule the information described in this annex.

5. Squadron NATOPS Tests. NATOPS tests used for annual individual ground evaluations shall meet the requirements delineated in the applicable NATOPS manual. The Model Manager test bank should be utilized in constructing test questions; however, squadrons should also add squadron-generated test questions. a. There shall be a minimum of three different open/closed book examinations per aircrew position and three copies of each test (VPU only required to maintain one copy). These tests are to be reserved for annual evaluations only. No one shall take a particular test more than once. b. A “master test” shall be maintained with appropriate references for

correct answers.

c. A record shall be kept with the master test to show who took the test, the date, resulting scores, and what questions were missed.

d. Tests shall be, at a minimum, reviewed and/or updated annually. e. Masters and trend tracking sheets should be retained for one year

after new exams are generated. 6. NATOPS Training/Positional Aircrew Meetings. The squadron shall ensure that positional aircrew meetings (i.e. all pilot meetings) are conducted on a monthly basis. At a minimum, recent HAZREPS and fleet/squadron trends should be discussed. Minutes shall be taken and posted on appropriate positional read boards or emailed to all positional aircrew members. Each position shall provide a distribution and tracking system to verify members not present receive the information from the meeting.


5-9-C-3

a. Year-round NATOPS training establishes the baseline for a successful and effective NATOPS program. The Training Department shall schedule periodic NATOPS training and document attendance, preferably in conjunction with the positional aircrew meetings.

b. Lesson guides for ground familiarization lectures shall be developed and maintained by positional Aircrew Training Officers/Petty Officers in conjunction with Primary NATOPS Instructors. Patrol Squadron Thirty’s Training Department provides standardized lesson guides on several websites under Maritime Patrol Reconnaissance University. These are a recommended baseline for squadrons to personalize.

c. Squadrons shall administer quarterly NATOPS exams for training. Exams reserved for annual evaluations shall not be used for quarterly exams. The master and trend tracking sheets should be retained for one year.

d. A tracking system and muster sheets shall be used to record the following information for training lectures and NATOPS quarterly exams: attendance, make-up date, and scores when applicable.

7. Crew Resource Management Program. a. Introduction. The CRM Program should be maintained by the CRM Program

Manager with assistance from the squadron’s CRM Facilitators. The CRM Program Manager shall be designated in writing.

b. Inspection Criteria. The CRM Curriculum Program Manager or Fleet NATOPS Trip Officer will inspect for compliance with the provisions of reference (d) and (e). The squadron CRM program manager shall be available during the review.

8. NATOPS/Training/SOP Instructions. The squadron Safety/NATOPS Department shall hold and comply with references (a) and (c) and any applicable wing/squadron instructions. Squadrons shall develop positional training instructions which include training timelines, board guidelines and remedial programs for individuals as necessary. 9. Wing/Squadron Standardization Notes. The wing/squadron Safety/NATOPS Officer shall ensure wing/squadron standardization notes are reviewed and updated per local directive. Appropriate wing standardization notes shall be incorporated. Standardization notes should be concise while not containing procedures or limitations already established in NATOPS Manuals. 10. Positional All-Read Boards. The squadron Safety/NATOPS Department shall establish positional all read boards to disseminate current information concerning the NATOPS Program. Recommend including Fleet NATOPS Newsletters, pertinent Naval Aviation Hazard Reports, positional meeting minutes, Approach Magazine articles, specific technical publications, etc. 11. Individual Positional/NATOPS Qualification Completion Timeline. The squadron shall ensure that all aircrew meet applicable “time to train” requirements set forth in respective NATOPS manual and in Chapter 4 of this instruction. Documentation of upgrade training progress should be tracked by use of a Training Progress Report published at least monthly. 12. Pilot Proficiency. The squadron shall ensure that minimum pilot flight hours/proficiency/30 day no-fly/DFW/IPDFW/NDFW requirements established in Chapter 4 of this instruction are completed and effectively monitored.


5-9-C-4

13. TACCO Proficiency. The squadron shall ensure TACCO proficiency through quarterly execution of the Instructor TACCO Weapons Proficiency Event (ITWPE) requirements established in Chapter 4 of this instruction.


5-9-D-1

CHAPTER 5 SECTION 9

ANNEX D

TEST MUSTER POSITION: INFLIGHT TECHINCIAN_ TOTAL TAKING TESTS: ___8______ EVALUATOR: AT1 EVALUATOR________ TOTAL PASSING TESTS: __________ SQUADRON/UNIT: YOUR SQUADRON _ TOTAL COUNTING (>120): ________ DATE: DATE OF EXAM_____________ TOTAL PASSING (>120): _________ RANK/RATE NAME OPEN BOOK CLOSED BOOK REMARKS

ATC SMITH

AT1 ANDERSON

AT1 SANDERS

AT2 ANDREWS, R.

AT2 ANDREWS, S. DET

AT3 BOYCE

AT3 ROBERTS

ATAN BARROWS **

ATAN WALKER

* Indicates a failing grade. ** Not included in average (on board <120 days and not positionally qualified.


5-9-D-2

INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK


5-9-E-1

CHAPTER 5 SECTION 9

ANNEX E

NATOPS EVALUATION ADMINISTRATIVE INSPECTION A. NATOPS DATABASE/TRACKING PROGRAM YES NO NA REMARKS 1. Separated by position 2. 30, 60 and 90 day tickler capability

3. NATOPS IC incorporated/tracker (Conduct manual spot check) 4. List NATOPS/Positional instructors and

qualified personnel 5. Individual positions tracked by: a. Reported aboard date b. Planned rotation date c. Positional Qual: due date<qual date

d. NATOPS check due date e. Instrument check due date (if applicable)

f. LPNV/Swim due dates g. CRM due date h. Medical clearance/expiration and status

B. SQUADRON INST'S., PUB'S., MISC. YES NO NA REMARKS (as applicable)

1. Squadron Stannotes 2. Applicable Wing Stannotes 3. CPRG 3500.25(Series) WTM 4. Misc. squadron instructions (ie. NATOPS,

Training, DFW, Pilot Proficiency, PPT, etc.)

5. 3710.7(Series) available 6. Access to previous year's Fleet NATOPS

evaluation packet 7. Fleet NATOPS Newsletter (historical file,

prominently displayed, available to all aircrew)

8. Hazard reports (historical file, available to all

aircrew, periodically updated)

C. NATOPS TESTS YES NO NA REMARKS 1. 3 Versions (3 copies of each version) of test

(VPU required to maintain 1 copy of tests)


5-9-E-2

2. Tests/master safeguarded (positive control)

3. Squadron generated 4. Historical record of who has taken test, date

administered and score 5. Previous Year’s NATOPS Tests/Trend sheets

6. Quality (ie. Well written, reasonable, site, area,

airframe specific, no minutia) 7. Test Folders contain: a. Version/copy number b. Date exam written/reviewed (updated

annually at a minimum) c. Historical trend sheet indicating questions

missed and distractor picked d. Answer key including NATOPS ref. page #

D. NATOPS TRAINING/Positional Aircrew Meetings

YES NO NA REMARKS

1. Periodically scheduled (recommend monthly)

2. Minutes maintained (posted/fwd up the chain)

a. Remedial training process 3. Senior flyer (CPO, 0-4/5) representation

4. Quality training lectures: a. Cover areas listed in NATOPS b. Periodically updated (recommend annually

or with NATOPS manual change) 5. Administration of quarterly open/closed book

exams

E. CRM PROGRAM YES NO NA REMARKS 1. Individual currency tracked 2. Evaluation flights administered by facilitators

Reviewed by CRM Curriculum Program Manager or TRIP OFFICER

1. Instructional material current/relevant (P-3

specific case studies/HAZREPS) 2. Recommend training crews together 3. Qualification of Facilitators (all aircrew

representation)


5-9-E-3

F. FLIGHT TIME TRACKING YES NO NA REMARKS 1. Flight hour summary/tracking for all positions

(forwarded via the chain of command)

2. Minimum flight time requirements IAW

OPNAV 3710.7(series) annual & semi-annual

mins. 3. Significant gaps of zero flight time (ie. 30-60

days of 0 flights.)

G. POSITIONAL DESIGNATION PROCESS YES NO NA REMARKS (I.E."TIME-TO-TRAIN") 1. Time limits tracked for initial qualification (ie.

PQS/Event "curves") 2. Document below average performance 3. Remedial programs established (boards,

training, additional events) 4. Chain of command notification 5. Positional upgrading boards a. Governing instruction/guidelines

b. Board composition c. Relevant topics/outline 6. Review Up-grader training jackets(PQS)

H. POSITIONAL INSTRUCTOR MEETING YES NO NA REMARKS 1. Conducted Monthly 2. Attendance tracked 3. Squadron trends discussed 4. Student performance reviewed 5. Senior flyer (CPO, 0-4/5) representation

6. Minutes maintained (fwd up the chain/filed)

I. PILOT TRAINING REQUIREMENTS YES NO NA REMARKS 1. IPDFW/NDFW/PPC Proficiency/PPT a. Meets squadron/Wing requirements

b. Tracking system utilization c. Grade/completion sheets utilized

d. Updated via chain of command (ie.

Monthly Training Plan) 2. 30 day no-fly policy/tracking


5-9-E-4

INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK


5-10-1

CHAPTER 5

SECTION 10

OPERATIONAL READINESS EVALUATION POLICY AND PROCEDURES

51001. Purpose

. To establish guidelines for the conduct of the Operational Readiness Evaluation (ORE).

51002. Background

. ORE is a critical component in the VP deployment certification process. The parent Wing ORE Coordinator shall coordinate and administer the ORE. This section sets forth ORE parameters and grading criteria. The numbered Wing Commanders shall be the Chief Inspectors for the ORE. The MPRWS will assist numbered Wings to ensure training standardization across the force.

51003. Timing

. The ORE shall be conducted between R+11 and R+14 (24 month FRTP) or between R+9 and R+11 (18 month FRTP) of the squadron’s IDRC. Ideally, the ORE should be completed prior to entering the Surge Phase of the employability window (24 month cycle). This ensures that aircrew composition accurately reflects personnel deploying with the squadron.

51004. Discussion

. Squadrons shall complete three practical events per crew, of which at least one shall be a flight event. Squadron crew lists shall accurately reflect assignment of all available aircrew personnel. All crews should have completed the Advanced Readiness Course (ARP). Crew composition for all flight and simulator events shall be in accordance with the current SHARP crew list.

51005. Phases

. The ORE shall consist of Examination, Simulator and Flight phases. These phases should be administered as follows:

a. Phase 1 - Examination Phase

. This phase will consist of practical and written examinations designed to evaluate individuals’ knowledge and ability to operate in the deployed area of responsibility (AOR). The parent Wing should administer written evaluations to include; 1) Recognition (to be taken by all crew members), 2) Acoustic Sensor Operator (AAWO) skills, 3) Electronic Warfare Operator (NAAWO) skills and 4) AOR Guidance/Rules of Engagement (to be taken by the crew PPC and TACCO) knowledge prior to the simulator/flight phases of ORE. Preparation for these evaluations should take place throughout the IDRC. The MPRWS will assist numbered Wings in the development of appropriate written exams.

(1) Practical Examinations

. The acoustic and non-acoustic practical exams shall be conducted IAW paragraph 41003 (AWTIP).

b. Phase 2 - Simulator Phase

. This phase will consist of at least one simulation event for each crew on the crew list. At a minimum, the event must be conducted in a TORT with a pseudo-flight station and be based on a major MCO ASW scenario. If a second simulation event is conducted, it should be based on a contingency scenario in the AOR to which the squadron is deploying. Scenarios will be developed by the Wing WTU. To the maximum extent possible, they shall be based on realistic targets and oceans likely to be encountered. Each crew shall be briefed, evaluated and debriefed by the Wing WTU and shall be awarded a MOP/MOR grade. Crewmembers not normally required for simulation events (i.e. FEs and IFTs) should be present to promote full crew participation. A squadron TAB member may be present (at the instructor station) for each event. Task attempts for readiness value must be coordinated prior to the ORE start date.

c. Phase 3 - Flight Phase. This phase will consist of at least one event for each crew on the crew list and is intended to evaluate the ability of the Operations, Maintenance and Training Departments of each squadron to conduct high-tempo flight operations. The Flight phase may be conducted

COMPATRECONGRUINST 3500.25D 01 Jul 10

5-10-2

in conjunction with a JTFEX, FLEETEX or any other high tempo exercise approved by the numbered wing.

(1) Onstation Performance

. Aircrew onstation performance will be evaluated over the entire period. Flights will be coordinated, briefed and debriefed through the respective TSC. Each crew will receive an MOP/MOR grade.

(2) Maintenance Performance

. The parent Wing Maintenance Officer will evaluate the maintenance portion of the ORE. Maintenance Control Supervisors and the crew Mission Commanders will certify the aircraft status using the aircraft certification form depicted in figure 5-10-1.

51006. ORE Summary

. The Chief Inspector is the final authority in issuing a passing or failing grade. The Wing ORE Coordinator will prepare an ORE Summary (figure 5-10-2) providing detailed highlights of grades and trends. Squadron ORE summaries will be forwarded to COMPATRECOGRU N7 after approval by the Chief Inspector.

ORE AIRCRAFT STATUS CERTIFICATION FORM

Date

From: VP XX Maintenance To: COMPATRECONWING XX Maintenance Officer Subj: ORE MAINTENANCE SUMMARY Ref: (a) COMPATRECONGRUINST 3500.25 SERIES 1. Per reference (a), aircraft BUNO _______ has been released for event number ______ in ______ status. The following discrepancies were noted: Discrepancy JCN

Status

2. MAD Comp current: yes/no.

__________________

Mission Commander

__________________

Maintenance Control Sup

3. Validated by: ___________________ Wing Maintenance Rep

Figure 5-10-1


5-10-3

SAMPLE ORE SUMMARY

From: Commander, Patrol Wing XXX To: Commander Patrol and Reconnaissance Group (N7) Subj: PATROL SQUADRON XXX ORE SUMMARY Ref: (a) COMPATRECONGRUINST 3500.25 1. Per reference (a), Commander, Patrol Wing XXX conducted an Operational Readiness Evaluation (ORE) of Patrol Squadron XXX from to (month, year). A grade of "Passing" is awarded. The results attained are summarized below: 2. ORE Grade Summary by Phase: a. Examination Phase: (1) Acoustic Operator Practical Exam Average: 92.4 (2) Non-acoustic Operator Practical Exam Average: 87.5 (3) Threat Recognition Exam Average: 96.1 (4) AOR Guidance/ROE: 79.6 b. Simulator Phase:

Event Date Crew OSE Event Date Crew OS E TORT-1 3 93.8 TORT-2 1 75.1

TORT-1 11 99.7 TORT-2 2 83.4 TORT-1 6 99.6 TORT-2 3 79.6 TORT-1 1 96.2 TORT-2 4 95.1 TORT-1 10 98.3 TORT-2 5 88.5 TORT-1 5 99.7 TORT-2 6 67.7 TORT-1 2 92.8 TORT-2 7 70.9 TORT-1 9 96.7 TORT-2 8 91.5 TORT-1 7 88.7 TORT-2 9 86.8 TORT-1 4 99.0 TORT-2 10 62.4 TORT-1 8 98.6 TORT-2 11 80.9 TORT-1 12 84.5 TORT-2 12 81.9 Simulation Average: XX.X c. Flight Phase: Event Date Crew OSE 7 74.2 ISR202/ASU205

Quals

5 74.7 ASU201/ASU206 6 99.2 ASW201 2 89.4 ASW202 1 99.9 ASW201 4 69.7 None 8 69.8 None 9 99.9 ASW202 11 99.7 ASW202 3 100 ASW203 10 82.4 None 12 85.6 ISR202 Flight Average: XX.X

1. Comments. Copy to: VP XX

Figure 5-10-2

COMPATRECONGRUINST 3500.25D 01 Jul 10

5-10-4

INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK


5-11-A-1


ANNEX A

DRRS-N COMMENTS GUIDANCE

1. Commanding officer’s DRRS-N NTA comments are to be constructed in accordance with the following table:

Conditions/Directions: 1. In all cases where completion of a skill is mentioned, the crews are to have passed the qual IAW the chapter six/qualsman standard and logged it in SHARP.

2. All crews are IAW the crew list as entered in SHARP. Chapter 5 Section 3 crew stability rules apply when counting skilled crew numbers/task completion. 3. ASW NTAs are defined as: NTA 1.2.7 Conduct Tactical Oceanographic Analysis, NTA 2.2.1 Collect Target Information, NTA 2.2.4 Assess Tactical Environment, NTA 2.3.1 Conduct Technical Processing and Exploitation, NTA 3.2.1.2 Attack Submerged Contacts and NTA 5.4.1.2 Exercise Tactical Command and Control. 4. ASU NTAs are defined as: NTA 1.4.8.2 Conduct Maritime Counter Drug Operations, NTA 2.2.3 Perform Tactical Reconnaisaince and Surveillance, NTA 3.2.1.1 Attack Surface Contacts, NTA 3.2.10 Integrate Tactical Fires, NTA 3.2.2. Attack Enemy Land Targets and NTA 5.1.3.1 Maintain and display Tactical Picture. MOB NTAs, ASW NTAs, ASU NTAs Definition DRRS-N Comments NTA 1.1.2.3 Move Units: Mobility 1. How many pilots you have COB in each ACTC Lvl. 2. How many pilots have not completed an IPDFW or NDFW in the last

90 days

3. How many pilots have not met the 'Basic Flying' skill requirement (3 events in 30 days)

4. How many personnel COB are not NATOPS current

NTA 1.1.2.3.3 Conduct Flight Operations

Combat Arrival and Departure currency

1. How many pilots and FE have completed either 2 ISR 203s or an ISR 204 and a CSW 201 Combat Arrival and Departure task in the last 120 days.

2. How many NFOs and AWOs have completed one ISR 204 in the last 120 days.

NTA 1.2.7 Conduct Tactical Oceanographic Analysis

ARP, NUC, Diesel, ASW 207 sim currency 1. How many crews have completed ARP.


5-11-A-2

2. How many ARP complete crews have completed both an ASW 202 NUC sim/flt and an ASW 201 diesel sim/flt in the last 90 days.

3. How many of the same crews in 1 and 2 IAW the crew list have completed 3 ASW 207 proficiency sims/flights in the last 90 days.

NTA 1.4.1 Conduct Mining Instructor TACCO Weapons Proficiency currency

1. How many TACCOs have successfully completed an ASW 212 Instructor TACCO Weapons Proficiency qual in the last 90 days.

NTA 1.4.8.2 Conduct Maritime Counter Drug Operations

Air Intercept skill currency

1. How many crews have completed the ISR 205, Air Intercept skill in the last 120 days.

2. For SQNs not deploying to where this NTA is required, you should comment that you are not training in this NTA due to planned deployment site.

NTA 2.2.1 Collect Target Information

Multistatic ASW currency

1. How many crews have successfully completed an ASW 205/210 IEER sim/flt in the last 120 days.

** SQN are no longer required to conduct EER missions**

NTA 2.2.3 Perform Tactical Reconnaisance

Coastal/Overland Surveillance and EW Collection currency

1. How many crews have successfully complete an ISR 202 Reconnaissance task in the past 90 days; and

2. How many crews have successfully complete an ISR 204 EW Collection Training task in the past 90 days.

NTA 2.2.4 Assess Tactical Environment

AW/EW Proficiency currency (DARTS and ASW mission currency)

1. How many AW/EW operators COB. Report AW/EW separately.

2. How many AW/EW operators have completed the required DARTS hours for the month.

3. How many AW/EW operators from 2 have completed a sim/flt in the past 30 days as required by the current CBM.

NTA 2.3.1 Conduct Technical Processing and Exploitation

AAI currency 1. How many crews have successfully completed the ASW 206 Acoustic Collection Training qual in the last 120 days.

NTA 3.2.1.1 Attack Surface Contacts

Maverick, Harpoon Currency

1. List how many crews IAW the crew list have successfully completed at least one of the forward firing missile RQMTS except SLAM-ER by type of missile.

e.g. 6 crews Maverick qualed, 2 crews Harpoon qualed etc.

NTA 3.2.1.2 Attack Submerged Contacts

Range TORPEX Currency 1. How many crews have successfully completed an ASW 204 Range TORPEX drop this IDRC.

NTA 3.2.10 Integrate Tactical Fires

Coordinated ASU Ops currency

1. How many crews have successfully completed 2 ASU 201 Joint/ Combined ASU sims/flts in the last 120 days.


5-11-A-3

NTA 3.2.2. Attack Enemy Land Targets

SLAM-ER currency 1. How many crews have successfully completed 2 ASU 205/209 SLAM-ER events in the last 150 days.

NTA 5.1.3.1 Maintain and Display Tactical Picture

Maritime Surveillance and EW operator currency

1. How many crews have successfully completed the ISR 201 Maritime Surveillance task in the last 120 days.

NTA 5.4.1.2 Exercise Tactical Command and Control

Coordinated ASW Ops currency

1. How many crews have successfully completed the ASW 203 ASW Coordinated Ops task in the last 90 days.

NTA 5.4.3.6 Coordinate Offensive Mining Operations

MINEX task/skill currency

1. How many crews have completed 2 ASU 206 MINEX quals in the last 180 days.

NTA 6.2.2.1 Perform Search and Rescue

Maritime Surveillance currency

1. How many crews have completed the ISR 201 Maritime Surveillance task in the past 180 days.

OP 2.3.2 Collect Operational Information

Overland SAR Radar currency (LSRS)

1. How many crews have successfully completed an ISR 206 Overland SAR Reconnaissance qual in the last 120 days.

* For those without the capability, or are not required to train to the capability, comment should be, 'SQN is not required to train to this capability.*


5-11-A-4

INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK


5-11-1

CHAPTER 5

SECTION 11

TRAINING AND READINESS REPORTING

51101. Purpose

. To outline recurring training and readiness reporting requirements.

51102. Discussion

. Squadrons are required to submit training and readiness reports; these include: the monthly Commanding Officer’s DRRS-N Capability/NTA Assessment, the Organization and Resource Status (OARS) update and the Current Readiness Assessment. Questions pertaining to their content and submission due dates should be directed to your respective wing training officer.

51103. Commanding Officer’s DRRS-N Capability/NTA Assessment. As an absolute minimum, squadrons shall submit their SHARP End of Month (EOM) Report by the fifth calendar day of each month, and submit the CO’s DRRS-N Capability/NTA assessment once per month NLT the 15th calendar day of each month. The ten day gap allows for the EOM data to populate DRRS-N. Completion of the CO’s assessment requires the Commanding Officer to assess the squadron against the approved ROC/POE warfare capabilities by providing both a ‘stop light’ indicator and comments against each capability. Figure 5-11-1 shows the front page of a notional squadron’s DRRS-N report using fictional data. Reference (h) describes each page inside DRRS-N and the use of the DRRS-N software. Reference (h) can be accessed via the https://drrs-n/ffc.navy.smil.mil/drrs-n website or via the tutorial embedded in reference (g)

Figure 5-11-1 a. DRRS-N Capability/NTA Assessment Guidance. When completing the front

page of the assessment, Commanding Officers can only affect change to the ‘CDR’ column. The ‘Core CDR’ cell is the Commanding Officer’s overall assessment of the squadron’s ability to perform against all Capabilities; while the ‘Capability CDR’ cells are the Commanding Officer’s assessment of the squadron’s ability to perform against individual Capabilities. The Computed column score and subsequent color is derived from the average scores of each of the METs that make up each Capability. To view the Computed column scores and the computed P (Personnel), E (Equipment) and T

https://drrs-n/ffc.navy.smil.mil/drrs-n�


5-11-2

(Training) pillar scores for each NTA/MET, select the + sign to the left of each Capability. The overall scores on the roll-up page for the P, E and T pillars are derived from the average scores for each NTA/MET under each Capability. Commanding Officers of active duty squadrons shall use the metrics in figure 5-10-1 to determine their individual NTA/MET assessment color selection. The metric and subsequent color selection in Figure 5-11-1 is defined against a 12 crew requirement.

NTA Color

GreenYellowRed

GreenYellowRed

Green

Yellow

RedGreenYellowRed

GreenYellowRed

GreenYellowRed

GreenYellowRed

GreenYellowRed

GreenYellowRed

Green

Yellow

RedGreenYellowRed

GreenYellowRed

Green

YellowRed

Comments10 crews or more meet all requirements

7 crews or less meet all requirements

10 crews or more meet both FLTS (or sim/FLT) w/no MSL fired; all crews have one flight (or sim) w/no MSL fired OR 6 crews met both FLTS (sim/FLT) reqs and SQDN fired at least one MSL

10 crews or more have meet all reqs (1x ISR203 and 1xC2W)8 crews have meet all reqs or all crews have met 1xC2W7 crews or less have meet all requirments or have 1xC2W

7 or less crews have either an ASW 205 or an ASW 210

10 or more crews meet all requirements (NUC, DSL, ASW 207, ARP)

8 crews have met all 4 reqs or are only missing an ASW 201, ASW 202 or an ASW 207

7 crews or less have met all 4 requirements OR have 2 of 4 (ARP & 207)10 or more crews meet all requirements (ITWP & Mining qual)

2 crews or less meet the ASU201 & ISR205 requirement10 crews or more have either an ASW 205 and an ASW 2108 crews have either an ASW 205 or an ASW 210

8 crews meet all requirements7 crews or less meet all requirements

5 or less crews meet the ASW206 requirement

8 crews have both an ISR 202 and an ISR 204<= 7 crews have both; or all have an ISR 202 or all have ISR 204>=80% AW/EW’s meet all reqs (DARTS and CBM FLT/SIM)60-79.9% AW/EW's met DARTS and CBM FLT/SIM requirements

8 crews meet the ASW206 requirement

4 crews meet the ASU201 & ISR205 requirements

1.1.

2.3

1.

1.2.

3.3

1.2.

71.

4.1

7 crews or less meet the ASU201 requirement10 crews meet the ASU205 requirements (2 in 150 days) and SQDN fired a MSL

8 crews meet all requirements

8 crews meet the ASW204 requirement7 crews or less meet the ASW204 requirement10 crews or more meet the ASU201 requirement (2 in 120 days)8 crews meet the ASU201 requirement or all have at least one FLT or sim

10 crews or more meet both FLTS (or sim/FLT) requirements and the SQDN has fired both MSL's (Harpoon & Maverick)

3.2.

2

7 crews or less meet the ASU205 requirement or have completed the SLAM-ER FLT

10 crews or more meet the ASU205 requirements w/no MSL fired; all crews have one FLT/sim w/no MSL fired OR 8 crews met the reqs and SQDN fired MSL

7 crews or less have both FLTS (or sim/FLT) or have only one flight (sim)10 crews or more meet the ASW204 requirement

10 crews or more have both an ISR 202 and an ISR 204

2.2.

4

2.3.

1

3.2.

1.2

6 crews meet the ASW206 requirement

1.4.

8.2

2.

2.1

2.2.

3

Less than 60% met DARTS and CBM FLT/SIM requirements

3 crews meet the ASU201 & ISR205 requirements

3.2.

1.1

3.2.

10


5-11-3

NTA ColorGreenYellowRed

GreenYellowRed

Green

Yellow

RedGreenYellowRed

GreenYellowRed

10 or more crews meet the ISR201 and ESM Analysis Skill requirements8 or more crews meet the ISR201 and ESM Analysis Skill requirements

10 crews or more meet the ASW203 requirements8 crews meet the ASW203 requirements7 crews or less meet the ASW203 requirements10 crews or more meet the ASU206 requirements (2 in 180 days)

8 crews meet the ASU206 requirements or all crews have one FLT

7 crews or less meet the requirements or have only one FLT/sim10 or more crews meet the ISR201 requirements8 crews meet the ISR201 requirements7 crews or less meet the ISR201 requirements4 crews meet the ISR202 and ISR206 requirements3 crews meet the ISR202 and ISR206 requirements2 crews or less meet the ISR202 and ISR206 requirements

6.2.2.

1

7 crews or less meet the ISR201 and ESM Analysis Skill requirements

Comments

OP 2.

3.25.1

.3.1

5.4

.1.2

5.4

.3.6

Figure 5-11-1

Reserve Squadrons have a number of NTAs in their CBM that they are not required to train to, they are:

1. Collect Target Information (NTA 2.2.1), 2. Conduct Technical Processing and Exploitation (NTA 2.3.1), 3. Attack Enemy Land Targets (NTA 3.2.2), and

4. Collect Operational Information (OP 2.3.2)

When commenting against the above NTAs, RC squadrons shall use the following statement, ‘This unit is not required to train to this NTA’. When drafting the comments for the Capabilities that contain one of these NTAs, RC squadrons shall add the following statement, ‘This assessment does not include NTAs XXX and/or YYY’. RC squadrons are to be aware that these NTAs will lower the ‘Calculated’ column figure, and the rollup P, E and T figures. So, when determining the ‘CDR’ column, color assessment for the Capabilities that contain one of the above NTAs, RC squadrons shall manually calculate what the ‘Computed’ column figure would be by excluding the above NTAs, then averaging the ‘Computed’ scores for the remaining NTAs, then select the applicable color using the following as a comparison: <60=Red, 60-80=Yellow and >80=Green. All other guidance in this chapter remains extant to RC squadrons. b. Core Capability Assessment Guidance

. When making the Core Capability assessment the Commanding Officer shall comply with the following:

(1) The squadron can be no higher than the assessed Mobility color because Mobility is a safety related capability.

(2) The squadron can be no higher than the three lowest assessed capability colors i.e.: three Reds = Red; one Red + two Yellows = Red or Yellow; three Yellows = Yellow; one/two Yellows + rest Green = Yellow or Green; two Reds + rest Green = Red or Yellow (see Rule 3). Rule (1) applies in all cases. (3) The squadron can only be one color higher than the lowest assessed color i.e.:


5-11-4

one Red + rest Green = Red or Yellow; one yellow + rest Green = Yellow or Green; one Red + one Yellow + rest Green = Red or Yellow; Rule (1) applies in all cases.

c. Commanding Officer’s Comments Guidance

. Commanding Officer’s are required to provide Core comments (overall squadron status), overall comments against each capability (specific to the capability) and against individual NTAs (Task/Qual completion numbers). The framing of comments in each area is to be completed in accordance with the following guidance:

(1) Core Comments

. Commanding Officers are required to address all of the personnel, equipment and training issues in the ‘Overall’ dialogue box; they are not required to provide comments in each of the individual P, E and T dialogue boxes. Additionally Supply alone shall not be broken out. That information should be rolled up into the Equipment comments.

IDRC Squadrons: Shall start off with ‘R+month of IDRC’. Additionally they shall state how many crews are ARP complete and when they expect to achieve 12 crews. This should also include any LIMFACS.

Deployed squadrons: Shall start with ‘D+month of Deployment’. Deployed squadrons should focus their comments on deployment activities and any kind of major show stoppers/major pluses. No need to continue to mention IDRC issues once deployed.

Personnel: Should state any kind of manning issues (lack of certain ACTC levels) and what the ramifications are (i.e. ‘Do not have enough AAW’s which limits us to X crews’). Additionally it should state what the fixes are (if there are any).

Equipment: ‘Have x of y planes assigned’. Can tell the number and flavor of aircraft, but as of now no need for specific BUNO break down.

Training: Big training issues. Issues should focus on single site/mission focus which would explain why squadron is down in a Capability area. Also any major exercises that were completed that helped in Training as well any real world ops that affected Training (HA/DR as an example).

(2) Capability Comments

. For each individual capability, commanding officers’ are to provide one to three sentences about specific training issues that are affecting the squadron’s ability to meet the capability’s requirements.

(3) Individual NTA Comments

. Comments against individual NTAs are to reflect the number of crews/individuals that have completed the specific defined requirements for that NTA. Annex A to this chapter contains the specific guidance required to complete these comments.

51104. DRRS-N Account/Access Guidance

. Access to DRRS-N is controlled via account access. To request an account individuals should go to ‘https://drrsn.ffc.navy.smil/InformationCentre/Login.aspx’ and click on ‘Request Access’. There are four levels of DRRS-N access/accounts which are defined as:

a. USER – basic access. Allows view of own unit’s DRRS-N front page and any other unit’s DRRS-N front page. b. UNIT USER – adds the ability to view own Unit’s OARS page and to draft comments.

c. UNIT COMMANDER – adds the ability to release/submit the Unit’s DRRS-N report.


5-11-5

d. UNIT ADMIN – currently restricted at this time. Squadrons shall have a total of six accounts and should restrict the Unit Commander accounts to the CO, XO and OPSO, and Unit User accounts to the Readiness Officer and two spare accounts to be issued as required. Units can request any number of User accounts. Squadrons shall review their access lists every six months and request deletion or changes to access level as appropriate. Wings should restrict access to the Unit User level for the Commodore, CSO, OPSO, TO and RO. If the Commodore and CSO do not want DRRS-N accounts, the Wing can allocate those accounts as required. Wing TOs shall review their access lists every six months and request deletion or changes to access level as appropriate. The access levels and number of accounts stated above are the only ones permitted by COMPATRECONGRU N7. Requests for extra accounts above those listed are to be sent via email to COMPATRECONGRU N7 stating specifically why and for whom the account is required. 51105. Organization and Resource Status (OARS) Report

.

a. Overviewunit to report those SORTSREPNV data sets required by Joint Staff through the DRRS-N application. This section contains the rule sets for completing the OARS page. The OARS page is only used by units that no longer send a separate SORTSREPNV message and are using the NMETL w/SORTS reporting method within DRRS-N. SORTSREPNV data generated for the OARS page is only visible to users who have a DRRS-N account with permissions to view a draft report in a given unit. When a unit submits a DRRS-N assessment, the OARS data is updated at the DRRS-N server which in turn generates a SORTSREPNV message for processing up line to Joint Staff. The DRRS-N generated SORTSREPNV message is not transmitted via the Naval Message System and is only visible in the TRMS Ashore Database (through Sept 2010).

. The Organization and Resource Status (OARS) page allows the

b. SORTSREPNV M and C Rates Section

Computed Personnel, Equipment, and Training capability scores from the unit’s DRRS-N Assessment. The SORTSREPNV rules for calculating C and M rates still apply to the OARS page.

. This section is auto-filled from the

(1) The overall M rate equals the worst M rate in a given row. (2) The Calculated C rate equals the worst two M rates in a given column or is one higher than the worst single M rate in a given column.

The unit may override automatically calculated M-rates or C-rates in cases where the data from DRRS-N is missing or inaccurate. The unit can only override M and C rates in the Overall M-rate column or the Draft C-rate rows

Note: The ORD (Ordnance) columns are not used by Squadrons.


5-11-6

c. Calculating the Supply C Rateshould normally see in the OARS page. The Supply section of the worksheet is not auto-filled from the DRRS-N assessment since there is no Supply pillar in DRRS-N for squadrons. VP Units shall compute the Supply C rate by using the following calculation:

. The sample above is what the user

(1) Divide the number of aircraft in reporting (possessed) by the squadrons PAA (Primary Aircraft Authorized)

Use the table below to calculate the Supply C rate based on the percentage of possessed aircraft. Enter the appropriate C rate in the “S” column. Supply C rate percentages:

Supply C rate Percent of Possessed Aircraft C1 90 – 100% C2 80 -89 % C3 60 – 79% C4 00 – 59%

d. Calculating the Officer and Enlisted M ratesEnlisted (ENL) M rates are part of the overall Personnel C rate calculation. Since they are not automatically populated from DRRS-N, the unit must perform the calculations and enter the M rate in the appropriate pull down box.

. The Officer (OFF) and

OFF M rate = The Current on Board (COB) for all officers divided by the Billets Authorized (BA) for all officers. ENL M rate = The Current on Board (COB) for all enlisted divided by the Billets Authorized (BA) for all enlisted. Note: The use of BA vice M+1 is a change in DRRS-N.

OFF and ENL percentages:

OFF and ENL M rate Percent of OFF and ENL M1 90 – 100% M2 80 – 89% M3 70 – 79% M4 00 – 69%

e. Reporting C rates for deployable squadrons in transition and Fleet Replacement Squadrons

. These two scenarios meet the requirements for C5 reporting in the SORTSREPNV guidance. To enable the C5 function in the OARS page, the unit shall first select the category 16 Activity Code Fleet Replacement Training (FRPTNG) which will display C5 in the Overall C rate block. The overall M rate column and resources area C rates will display M/C 1-4 as normal.

(1) All Fleet Replacement Squadrons shall enable the C5 overall function on every assessment.

(2) Deployable squadrons must be directed to enable the C5 function by CNAF N40. Normally this is directed when the squadron has transferred all their legacy aircraft and is ready to begin the FRS phase of the transition. Once the squadron has completed Safe for Flight and has stood up the second shift for maintenance, they shall no longer report C5 in the overall C rate. This is enabled by selecting any Category of Activity Code that is not labeled as a C5 code.

f. The Organization and Location Section

.


5-11-7

(1) OPCON (Operational Commander)operational commander in Task Designator format (CTF 030.2). If you do not know the task designator of your operational commander, enter the task designator of your fleet commander (e.g. CTF 020 for SECOND FLEET).

. Squadrons report the name of your

(2) ADCON (Administrative Commander)e.g. CSFWL or CHSCWP.

. Squadrons report your TYPEWING

(3) LAT/LONG (Unit location)homeport location when the unit is not embarked. Format is Deg, Min, and Direction (e.g 37.00N 076.00W) See the table below for the LAT/LONG for homeports and duty stations of CNAF units. Leave this field blank when the unit is embarked.

. Enter LAT/LONG of your squadron’s

CONUS Locations LAT LONG Location LAT LONG NAS Oceana 36.29N 076.01W NAS Ventura County 34.07N 119.07W NS Norfolk 36.56N 076.17W NAS Fallon 39.25N 118.42W MCAS Beaufort 32.28N 080.43W NAS Whidbey Island 41.21N 122.39W NAS Brunswick 43.53N 069.56W NAS Lemoore 36.20N 119.57W NAS Jacksonville 30.14N 081.40W NAS North Island 32.42N 117.13W NS Mayport 30.23N 081.25W NAF China Lake 35.41N 117.41W NAS Key West 24.34N 081.41W JRB FT Worth 32.46N 097.26W JRB Willow Grove 40.11N 075.08W Tinker AFB OK 35.24N 097.23W JRB New Orleans 29.49N 090.02W MCAS Kaneohe Bay 21.27N 157.46W NAF Washington DC 38.48N 076.52W NAS Atlanta 33.54N 084.30W NAS Patuxent River 38.17N 076.24W

(4) EmbarkedSquadron or detachment is embarked. Leave blank when not embarked

. When embarked, enter the UIC of the ship on which your

g. Activity Category

Code Category. Squadrons will select either Category 16 (Air Training) during the IDRC or Category 20 (Operations) if deployed.

. Use the pull-down menu to select the Activity

(1) Activity Code

. Select Advanced Training during the IDRC and Deployed when deployed.

(2) Percent Effective (PCTEF)

. Not required for CNAF units.

(3) Percent Effective (PCTEF) Remark

(4)

. Not required for CNAF units.

Deployment Statusthe pull down menu. Since a 4

. Select the appropriate deployment Status from th Fleet selection is not available, units

in 4th Fleet will have to select the 2nd

h.

Fleet option Chemical-biological Defense Section

C4

.


5-11-8

(1) Chem-bio Defense Overview

. Units must provide an overall assessment of their CBD Equipment/Supply status based on their possessed requirement as outlined in the appropriate Allowance Equipage List (AEL) or Table of Allowance (TOA). The CBD equipment / supplies status rating represents an independent assessment and shall not be factored into or related to the equipment/supplies on hand resource area or overall status. The specific type and quantity of CBD equipment/supplies that particular units/platforms are required to possess is stipulated in equipment/supplies allowance lists as well as other appropriate OPNAV, Navy component commander, or TYCOM documents.

CBD Equipment/Supply is limited to CBD personnel protective equipment only (suits, gas masks, gloves, boots etc). Aircrew related CBD equipment shall not be considered in the unit’s assessment.

(2) Current Rate

(3)

. The overall value is automatically calculated from the Equipment/Supply and Training C rates.

Supply Rate

. Report 1-4 as per the CBD Supply/Equipment table below.

Does the unit possess an AEL/TOA for CBD equipment?

Has the unit been issued CBD equipment?

CBDRT C-rate

Yes No C4

Yes C1-C4

No No C4

Yes C4

(4) Supply Reason

. Report the three letter code YZZ for all cases.

(5) Training Rate

. Report C 1-4 as per the CBD training table below

Does the unit possess a TYCOM Training Matrix?

Has the unit been trained on CBD equipment?

CBDRT C-rate

Yes No C4

Yes C1-C4

No No C4

Yes C41

(6) Training Reason Code

. Report the three letter code ZZZ for all cases.

i. Unit Commander Section

.


5-11-9

(1) Unit Commander - Enter the CO or OIC Rank, Name, and Lineal number. If Lineal number is not known, enter date of rank.

j..Personnel Strength (PERSTREN)

.

(1) Typeapplicable. Add a new Personnel Strength set for each personnel type.

. Report NC (Officers), NE (Enlisted) and NW (Warrants) as

(2) Structured (BA)Manning Document (AMD) or Enlisted Distribution Verification Report (EVDR).

. Report Billets Authorized (BA) from your Activity

(3) Authorized (BA)Manning Document (AMD) or Enlisted Distribution Verification Report (EVDR).

. Report Billets Authorized (BA) from your Activity

(4) Assigned (NMP).

Report the Navy Manning Plan (NMP) number by personnel Type as per the AMD or EVDR.

(5) Possessed (COB)

Notes:

. Report the number of personnel in that type that are Current on Board (COB).

1. Detachments shall only report Type and Possessed. All other fields shall be zeros. 2. These are the same numbers that are reported in the PERSTREN set in SORTSREPNV. The only change is that BA has replaced M+1. 3. These numbers are not auto-populated from DRRS-N and must be entered manualy.

k. Major Equipment (MEQLOCN)

.

(1) Equipment

. Add your TMS. You can only use each equipment type one time. If your aircraft type is not listed select A Other.

(2) Allowance

. Report number of aircraft authorized (PAA) by the unit.

(3) Possessed

. Report the number of aircraft “in reporting” by the unit. Squadrons and detachments shall refer to the Aircraft Material Supply Readiness Report (AMSRR) for the number of “in reporting” aircraft.

(4) Ready

. Report the number of operationally ready aircraft.


5-11-10

(5) Operational

. Leave blank

(6) Allocated Crew

. Report the number of crews authorized (squadron) for that UIC. Refer to the authorized/allocated crews as per Encl (16) of the CNAF 3500.1C (Capabilities-based T&R matrix).

(7) Formed Crews

. Report the number of crews that can be physically formed based on the crew composition rules of the T&R matrix.

(8) Ready Crews

. Report the average number of skilled crews calculated by SHARP (using the CB T&R matrix).

51106. Current Readiness/NAVRIIP Report

. Until such time as Current Readiness CFT1 data is automatically extracted from the squadron SHARP data base resident in ADW, squadrons are required to prepare and submit the monthly CFT1 Current Readiness data through their respective parent wings—due to the wing NLT the fifth working day of the calendar month. This data provides a cross check for generated ACTC percentiles as listed in the CBM.

a. Process Description

. Squadrons shall use the following process when submitting their Current Readiness Report:

(1) Expand each Capability on the front page of the unit’s DRRS-N assessment by selecting the + sign to the left of each Capability.

(2) Assign a value to each NTA/MET T pillar (TFOM) color as follows: Green = 1, Yellow = 3 and Red = 4, then add them together e.g. ASW NTA TFOMs = R,Y,R,G,Y and G; this would equate to 4+3+4+1+3+1 = 17. (3) Then divide by the number of TFOMS e.g. 17/6 = 2.66 (4) Continue this method for all Capabilities. (5) Input the resultant Capability values e.g. ASU = 3.00, ASW = 2.66, C2W = 3.00, CCC = 3.00, INT = 2.00, MIW = 1.00 and MOB = 1.00 into the Current Readiness/NAVRIIP spreadsheet to produce a resultant Current Readiness Assessment measured against the R+ month standard e.g. 15.6/7 = 2.24.


5-12-1

CHAPTER 5

SECTION 12

TORPEDO EXERCISE GUIDELINES AND REPORTING RESPONSIBILITIES 51201. Purpose. To delineate responsibilities for scenario assignment, data collection, and reporting associated with a Torpedo Exercise (TORPEX) events. 51202. Background. The data extracted from each TORPEX is used Navy-wide as the primary source for a quantified representation of aircrew proficiency in ASW kill-chain analyses. Past discrepancies between the multiple Wings and TORPEX ranges in data collection, reporting, target selection, and grading criteria have resulted in inaccurate representations of aircrew proficiency and/or weapon effectiveness. The guidelines put forth in this section seek to correct these discrepancies in order to produce accurate representations of aircrew proficiency for incorporation in future kill-chain analyses. 51203. Wing WTU/TSCWO Responsibilities: a. Given the actual EXTORP or REXTORP type(s) being used for the

TORPEX, provide the aircrew with a simulated target type and simulated OPAREA water depth. The weapon/target/water depth combination will result in an optimal zone for torpedo employment that shall be classified by difficulty as Level I, II, or III. The parameters of each zone level can be found on the CPRG WTU CAS website under the ASW Weapons section. Of each squadron’s twelve primary FRTP TORPEX events, Level I and Level II zones shall not be assigned more than four times each. The minimum of four Level III zones can be exceeded if desired. Zone selection for TORPEX events conducted independently of FRTP requirements is at the discretion of parent Wing WTU/TSCWO.

b. Provide simulated target information and MK-30 run profile to the

range NLT 72 hours prior to the scheduled exercise. c. Using the Torpedo Exercise Firing Reports (TEFR) in Figure 5-10-1

and Figure 5-10-2 filled out by the aircrew and range personnel, complete the Torpedo Rapid Feedback Message for submission to Naval Undersea Warfare Center (NUWC) Keyport, WA. Release message within 48 hours of event completion. One message shall be released for each EXTORP or REXTORP employed.

d. Ensure one aircrew TEFR and one range TEFR are completed for each EXTORP, REXTORP or simulated TORPEX attack. Forward completed TEFRs electronically to the CPRG WTU ASW Weapons Officer. Current SIPR e-mail address for the CPRG WTU ASW Weapons Officer can be found on the CPRG WTU CAS website under the ASW Weapons section.

51204. Aircrew Responsibilities: a. Complete aircrew version of TEFR at the time of torpedo employment.

One form shall be completed for each EXTORP or REXTORP dropped. Specific attention should be given to the timely and accurate collection of GENTRACK parameters at the precise time of torpedo employment. On AIP and BMUP aircraft, it is recommended that the Nav/Comm annotate the time critical information. Include in the


5-12-2

remarks any sources of data or tracking inaccuracy such as computer failure, OTPI failure, or adverse weather.

b. Complete an additional TEFR for each simulated torpedo employment.

Ensure a TEFR for each EXTORP, REXTORP and simulated TORPEX attack is submitted to the TSCWO during mission debrief.

51205. Range Personnel Responsibilities: a. Complete range version of TEFR at the time aircrew announces their

weapon drop. Include in the remarks any sources of data inaccuracy not covered in the other TEFR sections, such as malfunctioning range equipment.

b. Submit one completed TEFR for each EXTORP, REXTORP and simulated

TORPEX attack to the TSCWO at the appropriate Wing. If all reports cannot be submitted within 24 hours of event completion due to torpedo recovery and/or preset downloading delays, notify TSCWO of estimated submission delay.

51206. MPRWS ASW Weapons Officer Responsibilities: a. Compile and maintain TEFR database. Provide periodic feedback of

aircrew performance to COMPATRECONGRU, Wings and squadrons. b. Coordinate with NUWC Keyport, WA to ensure Torpedo Rapid Feedback

Messages are being received on time and completed adequately. Obtain periodic feedback from NUWC Keyport, WA regarding fleet proficiency trends.


5-12-3

SECRET WHEN FILLED IN

Torpedo Exercise Firing Report – Aircrew Version

1) Time of Attack Authorization: __________________ (DDMMMYY HH:MM:SS Z)

2) Time of Actual Attack: __________________ (DDMMMYY HH:MM:SS Z)

3) GENTRACK Data (at time of attack):

a. Position: _____________________ (DD:MM:SS)

b. Course: _____________________ (degrees true)

c. Speed: _____________________ (include tenths of knots if available)

d. Depth: _____________________ (in feet)

4) Targeting Data:

a. Type: ______________________ (as briefed by TSC)

b. Aimpoint range: ______________________ (degrees relative)

c. Aimpoint bearing: ______________________ (yards)

d. Zone range: ______ yds to _______ yds

e. Zone bearing: ______ ° R to _______ ° R

5) Aircraft Data:

a. Heading: ____________________________ (degrees true)

b. Speed: ____________________________ (KTAS)

c. Altitude: ____________________________ (feet)

6) Torpedo Preset Data:

a. Mode selected: __________________

b. ISD set by crew: __________________

c. Ceiling set by crew: __________________

d. Tactical floor set by crew: __________________ (if applicable)

7) Remarks:

________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________

Squadron: ________________________

Crew: ________________________

Event: ________________________

Range: ________________________

SECRET WHEN FILLED IN Figure 5-12-1


5-12-4

SECRET WHEN FILLED IN

Torpedo Exercise Firing Report – Range Version

1) Time of Attack Authorization: __________________ (DDMMMYY HH:MM:SS Z)

2) Attack DTG: __________________ (DDMMMYY HH:MM:SS Z)

3) Target Data (at time of attack):

a. Type: _______________________

b. Position: _______________________ (most detailed coordinates available)

c. Course: _______________________ (degrees true)

d. Speed: _______________________ (include tenths of knots if available)

e. Depth: _______________________ (in feet)

4) Attack Data:

a. Weapon type: __________________ (with Mod and BU if applicable)

b. Weapon bearing from target: __________________ (degrees relative)

c. Weapon range from target: __________________ (in yards)

d. Mode set by crew: __________________ (Snake/Circle/DS/NDS)

e. ISD set by crew: __________________

f. Ceiling set by crew: __________________

g. Tactical floor set by crew: __________________ (if applicable)

h. Did the weapon run? __________________ (EXTORP only)

i. Did the weapon acquire? __________________ (EXTORP only)

5) Recovery Data (not applicable for simulated attacks):

a. Did actual torpedo settings match crew presets? _______________________

b. If not, what were the actual settings recovered? _______________________

c. Weapon Serial Number: _____________________________

6) Remarks:

_____________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________

Reporting Range: ________________________

Contact Phone Number: ________________________

SECRET WHEN FILLED IN Figure 5-12-2


5-13-1

CHAPTER 5

SECTION 13

SHARP/T&R INTERFACE CONSIDERATIONS

51301. Purpose

. To provide a quick reference guide to maintaining the SHARP database such that correct training readiness status is reported.

51302. Discussion

. CNAF has mandated the use of the SHARP software package as the only authorized vehicle for tracking aircrew training activity, resource expenditures and generating training readiness status for input to the DRRS-N readiness reporting system. The software was originally designed around the training concepts employed by other T/M/S aviation communities. In these communities the focus is on the training of individuals; resultant readiness is measured based on individuals. The VP community trains individuals but also focuses emphasis on training as a crew in the coordinated tactical application of the P-3C. The VP community measures NTA and Primary Mission Area (PMA) training readiness in terms of the crew entity as defined by the crew list. To incorporate the crew readiness concept into SHARP, significant software/database enhancements were required. Many compromises were necessary to fit the basic T&R readiness determination logic to VP, the squadron SHARP user must be constantly aware of special input considerations. Most significant of these compromises is the definition of the MOB and Tactical NTA readiness computation crew, comprised of a subset of the full crew. For the purpose of calculating COB crews, a MOB crew composition is defined as: a >= ACTC Lvl 300 PPC, a >= ACTC Lvl 200 PPP and a >= ACTC Lvl 300 FE. The skilled number of MOB crews is determined by the best fit method i.e. all pilots and FEs are pooled to find the maximum number of possible crews. The tactical crew composition and calculation of COB crews is determined by the crew stability rules defined in Chapter 5 Section 3.

51303. Squadron Administrator Setupsrequired to maintain two critical setup files; the Personnel setup and the Tactical Crew setup.

. The squadron SHARP administrator is

a. Personnel Setup

into the SHARP Personnel file via the Personnel Setup routine. Some of the data fields critical to T&R readiness determination however do not remain static and must be revisited and updated as the individual progresses through the P3QS syllabus and/or are moved to different crews pr positions within the crew. The following fields significantly impact readiness computation and must be maintained:

. All individuals on flight orders shall be entered

Data Field Amplification

DOB: Date onboard Date of Departure: Best estimate of PRD. Update as necessary Service Code: Tactical Crew: Crew # assignment (e.g. Crew-04)

TACNUC Member: All crew members are to be annotated as TACNUC. Special Qual: Crew Position: Numeric crew position assignment (01 through 12) IAW the current crew list. Because of the Task/Training Interval look-back intervals contained within the software logic, do not delete his/her record when an individual checks out of the squadron. Rather, insert the actual PRD date and place the individual in a ‘Departed’ status. Do not remove them from the database for at least two years.

b. Tactical Crew Setupis used both to determine the number of PMA COB crews and the number of crews Skilled in that particular NTA. Crews COB is the divisor used in determining M-Rates based on combat ready crews. The number of COB crews

. Structure of this file is critical in that it


5-13-2

is the crews formable based on all qualified assets COB the squadron has. The software logic will only look at the structure relative to the MOB and TACNUC subsets defined above. Armed with this knowledge, special consideration must be made to the following:

(1) Create as many fully, tactically and MOB/TACNUC crews as COB manning mix permits, not to exceed 13 (85% of M+1), assigning them crew numbers 01 through 13. Chapter 5, Section 3 crew rules apply.

(2) ‘Excess’ COB individuals shall either be assigned to Crew 60 or to numeric crew position 12 (Observer) within Crews 01 through 13.

(3). To the maximum extent possible, the setup crew structure should

conform to the current crew list assignment. For those crews that are in the ARP process or are ARP-current, the setup crew structure must

be as per the current crew list.

(4). Ensure the ACTC Levels of all assigned crewmembers are correct, with special attention paid to those individuals assigned to the readiness computation crews. (See above listed ACTC standards). Incorrect ACTC levels has a dramatic effect on COB crew calculations.

51304. Logging Eventsexposure (tasks/NTAs) is accomplished via the Event Logging routine. This necessitates logging all events conducted in flight and the simulator (OFT/TORT/TACT/FDT). Although thorough, standardized and consistent entry of all pertinent data is required, from a readiness calculation standpoint, special attention should be given to the following:

. Capturing all resource expenditures and training

a. All squadron individuals participating in the flight or sim event must be included in the event’s crew setup. These individual participants may be a full crew as set up in the Tactical Crew setup, a subset of a crew or a grouping of individuals from different crews. Although the logic will not check, the participants identified should in aggregate result in a logical composition for the type of event being conducted. If the crew meets the crew stability rules in Chapter 5 Section 3 then the applicable Tactical Crew number should also be selected/logged.

b. No individual not actually ‘on board’ the event shall be included in

the participant setup.

c. Although all individuals conducting the events (including instructors) for simulator events must be included in order to write the flight schedule, only individuals assigned to actually perform the training shall receive tactical CBR task credit within SHARP. For example, instructors and console operators shall not receive tactical task credit for simulator events.

d. When logging multiple tasks/quals for the one mission, Chapter 3 Annex

B and Chapter 6 requirements shall be strictly adhered to.


5-13-3

SHARP USERS GUIDE

DATE AND TIME

Enter Time Zone (Z GMT +0) Enter Date/Time of Launch ALLWAYS IN Z Select Airfield ICAO Enter Date/Time of Land ALLWAYS IN Z Select Airfield ICAO -If New Field: ICAO Button/Add ICAO and Description Select TFT Check Det/Org 00-N09665-AU6 Select Aircraft (Use 160001 if we do not pay for gas!) Select Exercise (as applicable -otherwise blank)

Select GeoRegion (Flight Only)

Select System Status (usually F-Full System Takeoff) select Phase

CREW SELECTION

Enter Individual crewmembers. Also select appropriate TAC Crew if crew is IAW crew stability rules.

IF crewmembers not in squadron or in SHARP, gather needed data to have added FLIGHT HOURS

Enter Flight Hours for Pilots as appropriate Enter Total/Special Crew Time for Tube

SPECIAL INTEREST HOURS SELECT CONTINGENCY WHEN IN 5TH FLEET

USER DEFINED SPECIAL INTEREST HOURS Enter any maint delays Enter contact time Enter surge time

MISSIONS Enter mission(s) from Mission list below Multiple Missions can be selected Eg: TU*BGS and TU*MAV Eg: IP*PQS and IP*NATP - Select ARP ASW/ASU/MIW for all ARP quals Include Transit Time [should match with TACCO's PURPLE] DO NOT include Transit Time for PTFs, DFWs, Repo Flights or FCFs (Tactical Flights only)

CBR TASKS P-3C Task List

Select Task(s) IAW Mission Task Sheet ESL guidance is provided Flight Gouge - Log as many quals as chap 6 requirements and total flight time allow.

- No qual claimed or failed attempt select MOB108 except failed ARP qual select MOB 101.

- For Pilot/FE/NFO/AW/EW NATOPS select MOB205. - Pilots should log MOB201 on every flight. - FOR DFW select MOB206/IPDFW select MOB202 Sim Gouge - Log as many quals as chap 6 requirements and total flight time allow.

- No qual claimed or failed attempt select MOB 108 except failed ARP qual select MOB 101.


5-13-4

Both - NATOPS/INST select for members who recv'd check only - PPIP for Instructor Pilots and IFE's only All INST get MOB112, MOB113 or MOB108 for SIMS

ACTIONS/HOURS Enter Name of Crew Member Enter Action. IPDFW and NFO N_ITWPE shall be entered on this page

APPROACHES//LANDINGS Enter Name/Approach/Type/Number per pilot Enter Name/Type/ICAO/Day or Night/Number/ 0 cat shots

RANGE/WEAPONS Enter Entire Crew/Weapon Type # Functioned/# Failed/Range Used Enter Range Used/Onsta Time/Offsta Time NOTE: Please put in correct range and log all CHAFF/FLARES, BDU's, TORPS, SSQ and etc.

QUALS/DESIGNATIONS Enter Quals Log EDP Flt, CRM Flt, NATOPS, INTS X and etc. Enter Desig.

REMARKS **NOTHING CLASSIFIED OR SENSITIVE ** Remarks, at a minimum should include: MOP, MOD, MOR and Event Number Crew Quals On time or Late, if late WHY? Fuel used in K. Fuel CHIT number, gallons and price if away from home. Summary of Event Gripes Instructors (Sim)

ADDING PEOPLE IN SHARP INFO REQ'D First/Last Name, SSN, Rank, Date of Birth. Rank/Rate/Qual (ie, PPC, 2p, etc) GIVE Info to Readiness Officers for entry info SHARP in appropriate status UPDATE Mission Sum


5-13-5

SHARP MISSION LIST

OPERATIONAL MISSIONS OU*ASU

TRAINING FLIGHTS ASU ASU TU*BGS Battle Group Support

OW*ASW ASW TU*HAR Harpoon OD*MAR Counter-Drug (Maritime) TU*MAV Maverick OD*OVR Counter-Drug (Overland) TU*SLAM SLAM OI*MAR Surveillance (Maritime) TU*OTHER Other OI*OVR Surveillance (Overland) MIW TM*MINX Minex OI*MIW Mining ASW TW*ASWD ASW Diesel TASKED SERVICES TW*ASWN ASW Nuclear SO*SAR SAR Mission TW*ATTK Torpex SO*TD&E CNO Proj / RDT&E TW*BT AAI SO*DEMO Fly-by/DEMO (event/trng) TW*COORD Coord ASW SO*MED Medevac TW*IEERX IEER

EXERCISE TW*EMAT EMATT EU*ASU Exercise ASU TW*SRCH ASW Search (non-ctc) EW*ASW Exercise ASW INT TI*ER Emitter Recognition EI*ISR Exercise ISR TI*EW EW Collection EI*MAR Exercise Maritime Surv TI*MAR Maritime Surveillance EM*MIW Exercise Minex TI*OVR Overland EO/Recon TRANSITS CDU TI*CDU CDU Training OO*DEP Deployment Transit Crew IC*PQS Crew PQS/CTF OO*DET Operational Det Transit Pilot IP*AIRW Airways Flight LOG Logistic Run (All) IP*DFW DFW (non instructor) EO*DET Exercise Transit IP*NDFW NDFW

MAINTAINANCE IP*IC Pilot Instrument Check MO*CHK FCF IP*IDFW Instructor DFW MO*FERY A/C Ferry IP*IUT Pilot/FE IUT event MO*MAD MAD Comp IP*PQS PTF NATOPS IC*NATP

SIMULATOR CTF/NATOPS FDT FD*AW AW DARTS

IP*NATP Pilot NATOPS FD*EW EW DARTS TORT ARP XT*ASU ASU Qual

ARP*ASU ASU Qual/Event XT*ASW ASW Qual ARP*ASW ASW Qual/Event XT*FREE Freeplay ARP*ISR ISR Qual/Event XT*PQS PQS/Upgrader Event ARP*MIW MIW Qual/Event XT*MIW Mining

Pilot/OFT MISCELLANEOUS XO*CTT Combat Arrival/Departure RDY Ready Alert (all) XO*IC Instrument Check XO*IUT IUT Event XO*PQS PQS/Upgrader Event


5-13-6

INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK


6-1

CHAPTER 6

COMBAT AIRCREW (CAC) QUALIFICATIONS

Ref: (a) COMNAVAIRFORINST 3500.1 (Series) - Squadron Training and Readiness (b) FXP (Series) 6001. Purpose

. To outline the crew qualifications as directed in reference (a). To identify the training requirements necessary to generate and maintain Primary Mission Area (PMA) / Naval Task Assignment (NTA) skilled aircrews and to amplify the guidance provided in references (a) and (b).

6002. Background

. Reference (a) establishes Naval Aviation standardized readiness philosophy and computational procedures. Enclosure (5) to Reference (a) formalizes the P-3 Capabilities Based Training Matrix (CBM) which identifies the tasks and their associated impact on an individual’s, CAC’s or squadron’s readiness for both active duty and reserve components. Reference (b) contains Navy-wide qualification events that are used to train and evaluate combat crews in ASW/SUW, aerial mining, weapons employment, surveillance and coordinated operations.

6003. Discussion. This chapter addresses all of requirements and gradesheets for the Aircrew tasks / qualifications VP squadrons are required to undertake to produce NTA/PRMAR skilled crews.


6-2

INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK


6-1-1

CHAPTER 6

SECTION 1

CREW QUALIFICATIONS/TASK INSTRUCTIONS

6101. Aircrew Evaluation Policy. All readiness events conducted by VP aircrews shall be evaluated in accordance with the guidance contained within this instruction. The intent of the structure provided by the task gradesheets is to remove as much subjectivity from the aircrew evaluation as possible, thus providing objective feedback from which to improve while aligning the community with Defense Readiness Reporting System – Navy (DRRS-N) Conditions and Standards associated with the US Fleet Forces Command (USFFC) approved VP Navy Mission Essential Task List (NMETL). These evaluations form the basis of the feedback mechanism into the VP Training Continuum by providing the following:

a. A means of tracking training effectiveness and identifying weaknesses; b. A means of measuring individual, crew, squadron, wing and force readiness; and c. Instantaneous feedback for aircrew improvement.

6102. Definitions.

a. Operational Tasked Event. An operational event is a mission that is tasked by an operational command (CTF-67, CTF-72, CTF-20, etc.) against or in search of known/suspected threats or high interest units, or to support U.S./Allied units operating against threat/high interest combatants. Tactical readiness may be awarded on operationally tasked events as long as the requirements for the individual task are satisfied and the total number of tasks does not exceed guidance contained in CPRGINST 3500.25 series (WTM).

b. ASW Event. An ASW event is one in which a crew recognizes acoustic and/or non-acoustic submarine contact and aggressively prosecutes the target, including delivery of simulated attacks if the tactical situation permits. For ASW 201, ASW 202, ASW 204, ASW 205, ASW 206 and ASW 207, a crew can only be awarded readiness credit for the associated task under the following conditions: (1) Successfully prosecuting a fully submerged submarine. (2) In order to complete the ASW 202, ASW 204 and ASW 206

tasks, the submarine must remain fully submerged for a minimum of 30 minutes. The task shall not be awarded if the submarine operates with either masts exposed or surfaced for the entire onstation period. Any of the following circumstances fulfill ASW prosecution requirements:


6-1-2

(a) The submarine is surfaced or has masts exposed then subsequently submerges after which the crew successfully conducts passive/active tracking and attacks.

(b) The submarine remains submerged throughout the

entire sortie and the crew successfully conducts passive/active tracking and attacks.

(c) The submarine is submerged, is passively/actively

tracked and attacked, and subsequently comes to periscope depth and exposes masts or surfaces.

(3) Completion of the ASW 201 task has no minimum time

requirement for submerged operations; however the conditions in para (5) below must be met.

(4) Completion of the ASW 207 using the MK-30 sled or EMATT

requires a minimum of one hour of submerged contact. (5) In order to complete the ASW 201, ASW 202 and ASW 207,

at least two valid attacks must be conducted while the submarine is submerged. Torpedo splashpoint must be within an area defined by the optimum zone plus 300 yards around the boundary of the optimum zone to be considered a valid attack. Attack requirements for the ASW 204 (Range TORPEX) are contained in Annex 5-B.

6103. ASW Attack Simulation. In order to properly execute and record a simulated attack, the following criteria must be met:

a. Aircraft heading, altitude, and airspeed must be within published weapons release parameters. b. All attacks must be conducted using the Torpedo Decision Tree (TDT). The first attack shall utilize the TDT assuming an evasive target. c. Proper attack criteria in accordance with NTTP must be attained. d. Except for operationally tasked events with restrictive ROE, a cocked wing or bomb bay weapon station must be selected and utilized for each simulated attack. In any case, a corresponding weapon type shall be entered in the weapons tableau.

e. The PPTC shall ensure that a weapon symbol appears on his display after the attack. The weapon symbol will appear automatically upon release of a cocked rack with a weapon entered in the proper tableau.

f. A constructive kill (CK) may be executed and logged when

mission constraints, (i.e., requirement for covertness), prevent a crew from meeting all simulated attack criteria. The crew will offset the attack datum and establish the aircraft within parameters (heading, altitude and airspeed) that best


6-1-3

approximates a weapon drop profile. All other requirements for attack criteria and scope symbology apply.

6104. ASU Attack Simulation. In order to gain the maximum training

benefit from all ASU tasks (ASU 201 – ASU 209), crews shall make training events as realistic as possible. Procedures to be used to achieve realistic training include:

a. Carriage of a CATM on ASU 204 and ASU 205 is required.

b. Cocked wing and/or bomb bay racks are required to complete the

ASU 201 (if HARPOON is simulated weapon), ASU 203, ASU 206 and ASU 208 tasks.

c. Completion of full NATOPS weapons preflight. If no shape or

CATM is fitted, preflight shall be conducted as if weapon is carried to the maximum extent possible.

d. Conducting weapon planning including ballistic travel, impact

angle and skip angle as applicable. e. Aircraft heading, altitude, and airspeed must be within

published weapons release parameters and appropriate for type of attack.

f. Crew should attempt to identify intended target from a

realistic standoff distance dependent on current and/or scenario weapons/warning posture.

g. On events other than when CATMs or other non weapon wing stores

are carried, a cocked wing or bomb bay weapon station must be selected and crew must conduct full weapon release procedures including having corresponding weapon type entered in the weapons tableau, opening of bomb bay doors (if applicable), turning on master arm and depressing weapon release button.

6105. Use of EMATT/MK-30. With the exception of the ASW 203 and ASW 207, no ASW readiness tasks may be awarded on events utilizing an EMATT or MK-30 as the primary target unless specifically authorized by CPRG. a. Upon request, CPRG may authorize completion of the ASW 204

(Range TORPEX) utilizing an EMATT. b. Use of the MK-30 or EMATT to complete the ASW 207 task (Crew

ASW Proficiency) for non-deployed aircrews requires CPRG approval.

6106. Awarding of Tactical Readiness. The following conditions must be satisfied for an event to be awarded readiness credit for a task: a. The event scenario must satisfy the task requirements. b. The crew is required to receive a minimum MOR score evaluation

of 70% on the crew gradesheet and a minimum of 70% on the task critical sub-areas.


6-1-4

6107. Upgrade Training During Tactical Training Events. Readiness tasks that have been declared for crew readiness purposes may FINEX in order to conduct individual ACTC upgrade training once the Mission Commander is satisfied that the task criteria have been satisfied. Identification of FINEX must be clearly time annotated in all event logs and records. In the case of ASW events, FINEX can be no earlier than after the second attack and does not relieve the crew of the requirement to track a fully submerged target for a minimum of 30 minutes and execute a proper turnover. 6108. Task Evaluation. An assessment of aircrew performance will be conducted for every tactical sortie. The evaluation contains subsets in alignment with NMETL Conditions and Standards. These are:

a. Measure of Performance (MOP). The MOP shall be based on

objective goal accomplishment and good practice emphasizing procedural efficiency. The minimum standard is 70% (competent). A score of 85% or higher will denote that an aircrew is considered procedurally proficient in that area. MOPs are encapsulated in the aircrew gradesheets and are derived from NMETL standards.

(1) Each qualification has an associated gradesheet, which

is further divided into sub-areas. (2) Each gradesheet contains one or more ‘critical’ sub-

areas, in which aircrews are required to score a minimum of 70% in order to be awarded the qualification. Failure to achieve 70% in a ‘critical’ sub-area will constitute an automatic failure of the qualification.

(3) Each gradesheet contains items that if not performed to

a minimum standard will result in an automatic ‘failure’ regardless of the sub-area/MOR score evaluation.

(4) MOP items may be evaluated in the simulator only,

inflight only or during both types of events. These are identified in the ‘Training Device’ column of each gradesheet.

(5) In general, all MOP tasks must be evaluated in order to

award a qualification. The use of “Not Applicable’ is identified by a gray box (vice black) under the ‘N/A’ column and is reserved for those tasks which may or may not occur during the course of a mission. Due to the degraded training value of the event, MOP tasks that require specific mission systems must be graded as a ‘0’ if the mission system is inoperable or the crew simply declines its use. Lack of critical mission systems should be used as one of the criteria when determining ‘Mission Constraints’ as part of the MOD determination.

(6) To determine the crew grade for the event, totals for

each sub-area are compared against total points possible for that sub-area. The resulting percentage is then weighted based on its relative importance for the overall


6-1-5

event, and points are totaled to generate the MOP score (0%-100%).

b. Measure of Difficulty (MOD). The MOD is based on NMETL conditions and is a modifier used to adjust the final assessment score based on factors beyond crew control, including environmental factors, mission constraints, or operations in a threat environment. Each task has an associated MOD flowchart, containing elements which might help or hinder a crew's ability to perform onstation. More difficult missions will increase the final assessment score while missions of little or no difficulty will reduce the final score. The associated flowchart for each qualification is provided in this instruction as a representation of the software process utilized to determine the MOD weighting. Figure 1-1 is provided as a visual reference to the impact of MOD on the final assessment score (MOR).

(1) Common Condition Definitions.

Oceanographic Factors:

- Above Normal: Ambient sound pressure spectrum level above deep or shallow water WENZ curve.

- Normal: Ambient sound pressure spectrum level within deep or shallow water WENZ curve.

- Below Normal: Ambient sound pressure spectrum level below deep or shallow water WENZ curve.

Environmental Factors: - Extreme: Strong thunder showers, moderate to strong turbulence and/or Sea State > 4 - Moderate: Up to intermittent rain showers, light to moderate turbulence and/or Sea State of 2-4 - Mild: No environmental impact on ability to conduct mission as briefed

Target Maneuvering Characteristics: - Extensive: Average per hour of four or more of the following:

Course change - 45 degrees or greater Speed change - 6 knots or greater Cross layer/column depth change - Moderate: Average per hour of two or three of the following: Course change - 30 degrees or greater Speed change - 4 knots or greater Cross layer/column depth change - Light: All those missions which do not fit into either of the aforementioned categories


6-1-6

Mission Constraints: Those factors directly affecting aircrew's ability to perform the mission as briefed. Examples: Airspace or hard-deck restrictions during ISR missions, or sonobuoy restrictions while performing ASW against a short MDR target, etc. - Extreme Constraints: Includes system failures or degradations with which no other systems or sensors may perform the function, or restrictions precluding sensor collection, etc. - Normal Constraints: Includes system failures or degradation with which other systems or sensors can perform the function however, the task becomes more difficult. Example (ASW): OTPI failure- utilization of marine markers (smokes) - Unconstrained: No constraints on the crews ability to perform PRMAR Mission/s or NMET Task/s

c. Measures of Readiness (MOR). The Measure of Readiness (MOR) is the crew's final grade, and is determined by multiplying the MOP and MOD. An MOR of less than 70% results in a failure of the task and the crew will not receive the associated readiness. A crew receiving an MOR of 85% or greater is considered tactically proficient in that area.

Figure 6-1-1


6-1-7

GradesheetSquadron:_____ Crew:_____ Event #_______ Date:_________

Qualification/s Attempted:________________________

PPC:____________________ PPTC:_______________________

PPMC: PPC/PPTC (circle one) PPNC:_______________________

SS1:____________________ SS3:________________________

MOP (OSE):______ MOD (Conditions):______

_______ X ________ = ________ *

MOP MOD value MOR

* Pass/Fail (circle one)

DBO Signature/Date:___________________________________

PPMC Signature/Date:__________________________________

DBO Comments:______________________________________________

___________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________

PPMC Comments:_____________________________________________

___________________________________________________________

Certifying Signature/Date:__________________________ STAB: Y / N

Figure 6-1-2


6-1-8

INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK


6-2-1

CHAPTER 6

SECTION 2

TASK ASW-201 DIESEL/LITTORAL CREW QUALIFICATION

FXP: ASW-11-A

6201. Mission Objective. To evaluate a crew’s ability to employ the P-3 weapons system to effectively conduct an all sensor search of an assigned area to detect, rapidly localize and conduct two valid attacks IAW the appropriate Torpedo Decision Tree (TDT) against a diesel submarine, preferably in a littoral environment, on a simulated wartime patrol. Note: The exercise should normally COMEX with a planned search of the assigned area and cover all phases (search, localization and attack) of ASW. Scenarios shall be consistent with expected diesel patrol areas and tactics. 6202. Requirements/Critical Sub-Areas. a. The qualification can be conducted either in-flight or in the

simulator. Note: During the 90 day periodicity either ASW 201 or ASW 202 can be

conducted in the simulator, but not both. Note: A crew’s initial ASW 201 task may be awarded concurrently with

the crew’s ARP diesel certification event. b. For events conducted in-flight, the target may be either a diesel or

nuclear submarine. If a nuclear submarine is used as the target, the exercise shall be structured such that it acoustically and tactically simulates a diesel submarine. The crew is required to actively/close track a submerged target and conduct at least two attacks. The task shall not be awarded if the attacks are conducted with any portion of the submarine exposed above the surface.

c. Rapid localization and attack will require use of SSQ-62 DICASS

sonobuoys. d. The crew is required to score a minimum of 70% in the critical

sub-areas and as an overall score on the crew grade sheet in order to be awarded the qualification. Critical sub-areas for this qualification are Localization and Attack.

6203. Measures of Performance. a. Brief/Tactical Planning/Preflight: Given a full tactical brief from

TSC, aircrew demonstrates ability to incorporate pertinent briefing information and message traffic into tactical positional briefs. Briefs appropriate tactics based on environmental conditions and target. Tactics IAW NTTP/NATIP.

b. Transit/Onstation: Crew to demonstrate the ability to a make a safe

and efficient transition to onstation, update environmental data and optimize aircraft sensors.

c. Search: Demonstrate the employment of Search tactics IAW brief or

NTTP/NATIP to successfully meet the mission objective. An all-sensor search shall be planned and executed.


6-2-2

d. Localization: Demonstrate the employment of tactics IAW brief or NTTP/NATIP to aggressively localize target minimizing time between initial contact and the first attack. Full use of all aircraft electronic sensors is expected. A score of less than 70% in this sub-area will result in a failure of the qualification.

e. Tracking: Demonstrate the employment of tactics IAW brief or

NTTP/NATIP to successfully track the target utilizing all available sensors to achieve attack criteria as soon as possible.

f. Lost Contact: If required, demonstrate the ability to recognize

lost contact and employ appropriate tactics IAW brief or NTTP/NATIP to regenerate contact.

g. Attack: Demonstrate the correct employment of ASW weapons IAW

NATOPS and the NTTP/NATIP. Multiple attacks (actual or simulated) shall be conducted. An estimate of the submarine’s course and speed shall be logged at the time of each attack. Crew shall monitor torpedo operation, while maintaining close tracking (to retain attack criteria). All subsequent attacks are not to be conducted until after dogbox expiration; or weapon runtime completion, or weapon malfunction. A score of less than 70% in this sub-area will result in a failure of the qualification.

h. Turnover/Offstation: Demonstrate the ability to safely and

efficiently check offstation and handover hot contact as appropriate.

i. Records and Charts: Demonstrate the ability to maintain sortie

records in sufficient detail to enable sortie reconstruction. j. Crew Coordination / Safety of Flight: Demonstrate a satisfactory

level of crew coordination and conduct mission in a safe manner. 6204. Evaluation. a. Debriefing Officer: (1) Reconstruct the mission or event and input data (crew

performance and mission difficulty factor) into the on-line grade sheet program.

(2) Critique performance and debrief crewmembers on the results of

the evaluation. (3) Forward all exercise data to the Certifying Officer. b. CPRW / CTF Certifying Officer: (1) Review the evaluation and award the crew grade as

appropriate. (2) Forward all mission data to the Squadron TAB for review and

crew debrief if appropriate. c. Squadron TAB Officer: (1) Conduct TAB evaluation and thorough debriefing of the crew. (2) Forward specific comments, analysis, results and

recommendations for further training to the Commanding Officer


6-2-A-1

CHAPTER 6

SECTION 2

Annex A

ASW 201 Measures Of Difficulty 1. Type Cueing/Initial Gain Contact (Avg of these two criteria) Type Cueing 10 None or ESM LOB 9 IUSS SPA 8 ELINT Ellipse 7 EER AOP 6 Submarine Generated Datum/IEER AOP 5 Surface Ship Generated Datum 4 Aircraft Generated Datum 3 Hot Active/Passive Turnover 2 Regen Point or Vectored 1 Radar Riser/Sinker 0 Hot Visual Turnover/RDVU Initial Contact 10 BB 9 CZ 8 SM 7 IEER 6 DP 5 Active 4 MAD 3 Radar (APS-115) 2 EO/FLIR/IRDS/Radar (APS-137) 1 Visual 2. Target Augmentation A. No Acoustic Augmentation B. Acoustically Augmented 3. Target MDR or ARD A. <500 YDS B. 500 – 999 YDS C. 1000 – 1999 YDS D. 2000 – 3000 YDS E. >3000 YDS 4. TGT Maneuvering Characteristics A. Extensive B. Moderate C. Minimal or None 5. Environmental Factors A. Extreme B. Moderate C. Mild 6. Oceanographic Characteristics A. Above Normal B. Normal C. Below Normal


6-2-A-2

7. Mission Constraints A. Extreme B. Normal C. Unconstrained

Measure of Difficulty Flowchart

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.10

9

0

8

A B C D E

2

1

3

4

7

6

5

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

Figure 6-2-1


6-2-B-1

TASK ASW-201 DIESEL / LITTORAL ASW QUALIFICATION SHEET Objective Area /

Supporting Tasks

10 7 4 0 N/A Primary Responsibility

Training Device

Brief / Mission Planning

Brief /Tactical Planning/Preflight

Objective: Given a full Tactical brief from TSC, demonstrate the ability to incorporate pertinent briefing information and message traffic into Tactical positional briefs. Aircrew briefs appropriate tactics based on environmentals and target. Tactics IAW NTTP/NATIP.

Intelligence Assessment

Crew used all intelligence information to determine tactics, aircraft positioning, and sensor employment. Crew familiar with all current and relevant message traffic to include OPORDS, OPGENS, OPTASKS, SPINS, etc…

Crew omits some intelligence information or crew familiar with all current and relevant message traffic to include OPORDS, OPGENS, OPTASKS, SPINS, etc…

Crew omits most intelligence information and/or crew unfamiliar with all current and relevant message traffic to include OPORDS, OPGENS, OPTASKS, SPINS, etc…

Crew omitted all intelligence considerations for tasking or intelligence not briefed or crew not familiar with pertinent message traffic. MC

Environmental Assessment

Crew used all available planning resources to determine appropriate tactics and sensor utilization.

Crew used most available planning resources to determine appropriate tactics and sensor utilization. One omission of pertinent environmental information in the planning process.

Two or more available planning resources to determine appropriate tactics and sensor utilization omitted.

Crew received environmental information but did not use planning resources to determine appropriate tactics and sensor utilization.

MC

Flight Station Brief

All information briefed, to include order of battle, standoffs, mission flight profile, and safety of flight (aircraft swap, assigned altitudes, etc.)

Minor omissions ( 1 to 2 items) to brief

Major omissions (3 or more) to brief

Not briefed, or major omissions relating to safety of flight

PC

Acoustic Brief All information briefed correctly from current environmental data



Not briefed SS1

ASW 201 MOP Gradesheet


6-2-B-2

Non Acoustic Brief

Accurate SS3 pre-mission target analysis and briefing. (ESM characteristics, weapons standoffs, (land, sea, air) and associated radars, standoffs for surface weapons to U.S. and friendly units.




SS3

Nav Comm Brief

All information briefed IAW checklist.

Minor omissions to brief or charts (1 to 2).

Major omissions to brief or charts (3 or more).

Not briefed, or major omissions relating to safety of flight NC

TACCO Brief


Minor omissions to brief (1 to 2).

Major omissions to brief (3 or more).

Not briefed, or major omissions relating to safety of flight TC

Mission Equipment

Aircraft Mission System degradation passed to TSC OPCON N/A N/A

Not briefed or major omissions relating to safety of flight or mission effectiveness

MC Flight Only

Sonobuoy selection

Sonobuoy loadout and settings selected based on environmental briefing and target considerations; sonobuoy depth based on predicted best ray path or depth limitations

Sonobuoy loadout selected based on environmental briefing and target considerations; Minor errors in sonobuoy settings; sonobuoy depth based on predicted best ray path or depth limitations

Sonobuoy loadout selected based on environmental briefing and target considerations; Most settings incorrect or sonobuoys placed at incorrect depth based on predicted best ray path or depth limitations

Sonobuoy loadout and/or settings and depth selection completely inconsistent with environmental brief and/or target considerations.

TC

TPOA

Tactics for all phases of tasking addressed and assessed as optimum based on assigned target and environmentals. All tactics IAW NTTP/NATIP. 20 Pts

Tactics for all phases of tasking addressed suitable but not optimal to assigned target or environmentals. All tactics IAW NTTP/NATIP. 14 Pts

Tactics for all phases of tasking addressed but fail to take into account assigned target and environmental. All tactics IAW NTTP/NATIP. 5 Pts

Fails to address major areas of tasking or tactics not IAW NTTP/NATIP

TC


6-2-B-3

Weapon Loadout

Weapon loadout ideally suited to briefed target based on intel and weapon characteristics / limitations. Effectively utilized Torpedo decision matrix as applicable. Anticipated target evasion tactics for each target briefed

N/A

Sub-Optimal loadout selected based on intel and weapon characteristics / limitations or incorrectly applied torpedo decision matrix.

Weapon loadout not suitable to briefed target.

MC

Fuel plan for specific mission with briefed sonobuoy and weapon load and drag count

Maintained NATOPS requirements. Calculated go home gas and was able to meet mission on-station time. N/A N/A

Did not Maintain NATOPS requirements. Exceeded zero fuel weight or was unable to conduct the mission as briefed or make destination based on poor fuel planning.

PC

Communications Systems Check

All comms circuits operable and verified by TSC (UHF, UHF SECVOX, HF, HF SECVOX, LINK-11, TTY, OTCIX, ICE)

All comms circuits checked with TSC. No more than one inoperable comm circuit N/A

All comms circuits not checked with TSC or more than one comm circuit inoperable

MC Flight Only

Inflight

Transit/Onstation Objective: Demonstrate the ability to a make a safe and efficient transition to onstation, update environmental data and optimize aircraft sensors

Departure Time

Takeoff as scheduled (within 15 minutes), or as permitted by maintenance.

N/A N/A

Late takeoff due to aircrew error.

MC Flight Only

Kilo Status Report Timeliness

Aircraft status determined and kilo report transmitted to TSC within 20 mins of takeoff


Aircraft status determined and kilo report transmitted to TSC prior to onstation

Aircraft status not determined or kilo report transmitted after onstation

NC Flight Only


6-2-B-4

Check In

Check in completed IAW brief with no deviation. All sensors utilized to the max extent practicable to determine battle group position. Crew has complete situational awareness including location of HVU. IAW OPTASKS, SPINS and TACAID

Check in completed IAW brief with minor deviations. Situational awareness of crew satisfactory, with location of HVU known.

Check in completed, but not IAW brief. Low situational awareness of Strike group location.

Check in not performed, or done in an unsafe manner. No apparent crew situational awareness, or HVU standoff broken without permission.

MC

Assist crew with sfc and air picture.

Used Tacan channels to I.D. organic sfc/air contacts to include the use of Mode II/III and visual sighting. Maintain appropriate stand offs to include airspace restrictions. Updated air picture with ACU as required.

N/A N/A

Flight station did not use available resources to I.D. organic sfc contacts and or violated airspace restrictions.

PC Simulator Only

Timeliness On station at scheduled time. 20 Pts

On station within 15 minutes of scheduled time. 14 Pts


On station > 30 from scheduled time.

MC Flight

Only

EMCON

Crew follows EMCON conditions, with deviations made only for authorized, cases (SOF, engagement, prevent loss of life at sea).

Crew complies with EMCON, but does not deviate when warranted by the situation not affecting SOF

Crew generally complies with EMCON, but makes minor deviations not warranted by NTTP/NATIP, NATOPS or guidance.

Major unwarranted deviations from EMCON policy.

MC

Environmental Assessment and Sensor Calibration

Environmental conditions assessed and sensor calibration conducted if required (IRDS, EO, RADAR, Visual etc). Data recorded and briefed to TACCO.

Environmental conditions assessed and sensor calibration conducted if required, but data not recorded and/or briefed to TACCO.

Environmental conditions assessed; but sensor calibration not conducted when required. Data may or may not have been recorded and/or briefed to TACCO.

Environmental conditions not assessed.

MC

BT / Ambient Noise

BT/AN deployed within 5nm of search area, data recorded and briefed to TACCO.

BT/AN deployed >5 - < 10nm of search area, data recorded and briefed to TACCO.

BT/AN deployed > 10nm of search area, or data not recorded or not briefed to TACCO.

BT/AN not deployed

MC


6-2-B-5

Noisy RF check

Correctly performs noisy RF check prior to first sonobuoy deployment – to include print to HSP.

N/A N/A

Does not perform a noisy RF check or does not print data to the HSP. SS1

OFOM annotation

OFOM conducted and all annotation complete and correct. 5 Pts

OFOM conducted. Minor deviations from NATOPS, CSMM, or Local Directives. 3 Pts

N/A

OFOM not conducted or major deviations from NATOPS, CSMM, or Local Directives. Less than 50% of annotation complete.

SS3 Flight Only

On station Turnover

Swap conducted IAW briefed altitudes. Deviation from brief only if coordinated and warranted. Safety of flight procedures followed.

N/A N/A

Swap not conducted IAW briefed altitudes and safety of flight was compromised. FAIL

PC

ASW summary and plain text via Link (if authorized)

ASW summary received. 5 Pts

ASW summary attempted but not received 3 Pts

N/A

ASW summary not attempted. MC

All tactical turnover information properly obtained and evaluated

Crew used ASW turnover checklist and received all required turnover items. 15 Pts

Crew used ASW turnover checklist but omitted 1 or 2 required turnover items. 10 Pts


Crew did not use ASW turnover checklist or omitted 5 or more required turnover items.

TC

Prosecution assumed in a timely manner without losing contact

Crew conducted altitude swap and assumed prosecution within 3 minutes of completion of safety of flight swap without losing contact.

Crew conducted altitude swap and assumed prosecution within between 3 and 5 minutes of safety of flight swap without losing contact.

Crew conducted altitude swap and assumed prosecution between 5 and 10 minutes of safety of flight swap without losing contact.

Crew conducted altitude swap and assumed prosecution more than 10 minutes after of safety of flight swap or contact lost during turnover.

MC

MAD system optimization.

Bandpass and Sense setting adjustments were complete upon level flight after descent to MAD altitude. SNR optimized for MAD detections. 5 Pts

N/A

Bandpass and Sense setting adjustments were complete at other than level flight after descent to MAD altitude. SNR not optimized for MAD detections. 2 Pts

Bandpass Filter or Sense setting not adjusted when required.

SS3 Simulator Only


6-2-B-6

RADAR/ IFF system optimization.

Operator consistently utilizes RADAR/ IFF functionality to optimize RADAR/ IFF returns. (I.E. tilt, gain controls, FTC, correct modes, etc…) 5 Pts

Operator uses RADAR/ IFF hardware/ software to optimize RADAR/ IFF returns 80% of the time. 3 Pts

Operator uses RADAR/ IFF hardware/ software to optimize RADAR/ IFF returns 70-80% of the time. 2 Pts

Operator uses RADAR/ IFF hardware/ software to optimize RADAR/ IFF returns <70% of the time. SS3 Simulator

Only

Plot Stabilization (stab) maintained throughout search, localization, tracking, attack and re-attack.

Plot is maintained; errors in plot stab are quickly noted and rectified; no errors in sonobuoy or weapon placement.

Plot is maintained; minor delay in plot stab error recognition and rectification results in occasional poor sonobuoy placement; All errors corrected prior to weapon employment.

Plot is maintained; TACCO fails to correct for minor errors which result in poor sonobuoy placement or errors not corrected prior to weapon employment.

Plot is not maintained; TACCO fails to correct for significant errors, resulting in poor sonobuoy placement leading to lost contact or poor weapon employment.

TC Simulator Only

Search Objective - Demonstrate the employment of Search tactics IAW brief or NTTP/NATIP to successfully meet the mission objective (Detect/Deter).

Search Tactics

Search Plan IAW brief or NTTP/NATIP. All applicable sensors utilized. Pattern spacing, sonobuoy settings, aircraft altitude adjusted to match updated environmental data.

Search Plan IAW brief or NTTP/NATIP. All applicable sensors utilized. Environmental data not fully utilized in adjustment of pattern spacing, sonobuoy settings.

Unwarranted deviation from briefed search plan, tactics IAW NTTP/NATIP. Pattern and sonobuoy settings not adjusted based on updated Environmental data. Did not use all available sensors. Delay in search due to aircrew error.

Search plan/tactic not IAW brief or NTTP/NATIP

TC

Radar Search

Radar use consistent with briefed tactic or IAW NTTP/NATIP. Radar duty cycle fully consistent with detect or deter mission. Aircraft altitude optimizes aircraft radar / ESM detection / counter-detection. 5 Pts

N/A N/A

Unwarranted deviation from briefed radar search plan, tactics IAW NTTP/NATIP or detect/deter mission not considered or radar/ESM horizon detection / counter-detection not optimized.

TC


6-2-B-7

Search Sonobuoy management

All search sonobuoys of interest tuned or tuned in a time share cycle as appropriate to provide the best opportunity to gain contact. 5 Pts

N/A

Search sonobuoys of interest rarely tuned or inappropriately tuned in a time share cycle. 2 Pts

Poor monitoring of buoys results in inability to carry out mission.

SS1

Flight station adjusted altitude as necessary to maximize secondary sensors.

Flight station optimized altitude during all phases to maximize secondary sensors to include MAD, visual, radar and ESM. 5 Pts

N/A

Flight station initiated altitude adjustment during some phases to maximize secondary sensors to include MAD, visual, radar and ESM. 2 Pts

Flight station failed to initiated altitude adjustment during any phases to maximize secondary sensors to include MAD, visual, radar and ESM.

PC

TOI correctly recognized

Contact correctly recognized as TOI within <3 minutes of initial detection. 20 Pts

Contact correctly recognized as TOI within 3 - 5 minutes of initial detection. 14 Pts

Contact correctly recognized as TOI with > 5 minutes initial detection. 8 Pts

All contact opportunities missed or contact never generated. FAIL

SS1/SS3

Initial Contact Checklist

Checklist used, no omissions.

One or two omissions. N/A

> 2 omissions, or not used. SS1 Simulator

Only

TOI correctly reported

Accurate contact report (IAW TACAID) sent in less than 5 minutes of detection with all available information.

Accurate contact report (IAW TACAID) sent in less than 10 minutes from detection with all available information.


Incomplete contact report or sent > 15 minutes from detection.

NC

Localization Objective: Demonstrate the employment of tactics IAW brief or NTTP/NATIP to successfully localize target. Failure to score a minimum of 70% MOP score in this subarea will result in failure of the qualification attempt.

Transition to Localization

All pertinent contact information (buoy, bearing, doppler frequency) vocalized every two minutes. Briefed TPOA used or IAW NTTP/NATIP.

All pertinent contact information (buoy, bearing, doppler frequency) passed as applicable and vocalized every 3 minutes. Briefed TPOA used or IAW NTTP/NATIP.

Failure to pass major contact information (buoy, bearing, doppler frequency) as applicable, or vocalized every 4 to 6 minutes. Briefed TPOA used or IAW NTTP/NATIP.

No contact information passed, or contact information vocalized at a greater than 6 minute interval or TPOA / NTTP / NATIP not utilized. SS1


6-2-B-8

Localization tactics

Appropriate pattern deployed based on type of contact held. Contact maintained on TOI. 20 Pts

Pattern selection does not match type of contact held. Contact maintained on TOI. 14 Pts

N/A

Unwarranted deviation from briefed TPOA or not IAW NTTP/NATIP or contact lost during localization.

TC

Flight Station minimizes timelate

Flight maximized aircraft speed within NATOPS limits to minimize timelate on initial cueing data.

N/A

Flight increased speed but failed to maximize airspeed for timelate on initial cueing data.

Flight station failed to minimize time late on initial cueing data.

PC

Timeliness of Localization Tactics

Time to initiate localization pattern after initial recognition of contact on TOI to include diesel engine < 6 minutes.

Time to initiate localization pattern after initial recognition of contact on TOI to include diesel engine between 6 and 12 minutes.

Time to initiate localization pattern after initial recognition of contact on TOI to include diesel engine between 13 and 25 minutes.

No corroborative use of sensors or time to initiate localization pattern after initial recognition of contact on TOI to include diesel engine > 26 minutes or target not contained or localized. FAIL

TC

Sensor Utilization

All sensors utilized as appropriate (MAD, ESM, AIMS/IRDS, Visual, RADAR/IFF, Acoustics).

Most sensors monitored as appropriate (MAD, ESM, AIMS/IRDS, Visual, RADAR/IFF, Acoustics).

2 or more available sensors not utilized.

Secondary sensors not considered in localization.

TC Simulator Only

Localization Sonobuoy management

All sonobuoys of interest tuned to generate/maintain contact. 5 Pts

No more than one sonobuoy of interest not tuned but contact generated/maintained. 3 Pts

2 sonobuoys of interest not tuned but contact generated/maintained. 2 Pts

Sonobuoys of interest not tuned results in lost or missed contact. FAIL

SS1 Simulator Only

Tracking Objective: Demonstrate the employment of tactics IAW brief or NTTP/NATIP to successfully track the target.

Tracking Tactics

Briefed TPOAS used or IAW NTTP/NATIP. Optimal pattern deployed based on Observed Detection Range (ODR). 20 Pts

Briefed TPOAS used or IAW NTTP/NATIP. Pattern deployed not optimal but still appropriate based on ODR. 14 Pts

Briefed TPOAS used or IAW NTTP/NATIP. Pattern selection does not match ODR. 8 Pts

Unwarranted deviation from briefed tactics or not IAW NTTP/NATIP.

TC

Timeliness of ODR calculations

ODRs computed within 15 minutes of gaining first CPA.

ODRs computed within 15-30 minutes of gaining first CPA.


ODRs not computed or > 45 minutes of gaining first CPA.

SS1

CPA determination TCAARDS passed on all CPAs. 15 Pts

TCAARDS passed on 75% of CPAs. 10 Pts


TCAARDS passed on less that 50% of CPAs.

SS1 Simulator

Only


6-2-B-9

Target fixing

Target position known within 500 yards and GENTRK displayed within 10 minutes of DP gain.

Target position known within 750 yards and GENTRK displayed and within 15 minutes of DP gain.


Target position not known within 1000 yards or GENTRK not displayed and within 20 minutes of DP gain.

TC Simulator Only

Course estimate

Course known +/- 5 degrees within 10 minutes of contact gain or dynamic change.

Course known +/- 10 degrees within 15 minutes of contact gain or dynamic change


Course unknown or more than 20 minutes to determine course.

TC Simulator Only

Speed estimate

Speed known +/- 2 knots within 10 minutes of contact gain or dynamic change.



Speed unknown or more than 20 minutes to determine speed.

TC

Target Classification TGT correctly classified to type/class (as required by ROE/TACSIT)

N/A N/A TGT incorrectly classified or not classified

SS1

Recognized dynamic events

100% of all dynamic events recognized and verbalized within 2 minutes of occurrence.

85-99% of all dynamic events recognized or recognized within 3 minutes of occurrence.


< 70% of all dynamic events recognized

SS1 Simulator Only

MAD recorder Procedures

Recorder on and monitored during entire portion of mission where opportunity for MAD was available. Standardized symbology utilized. Chart on/off and times annotated every 5 minutes. 5 Pts

Recorder on and monitored during entire portion of mission where opportunity for MAD was available. Use of non-standard chart symbology. 3 Pts

Recorder turned off in AOP. Maneuver noise and/or spurious signals not identified. 2 Pts

Recorder not turned on and monitored in AOP. Very little or no annotation on chart.

SS3

MAD marks

Recognized valid MAD signals and entered a corresponding MAD Mark into the Tactical Computer. HAATS information annotated. 5 Pts

Recognized valid MAD signals and entered a corresponding MAD Mark into the Tactical Computer. HAATS information not annotated. 3 Pts

Valid MAD signals recognized but not entered into the Tactical Computer. 2 Pts

Valid MAD signals missed or annotated as maneuver/spurious noise. SS3


6-2-B-10

SS3 calculation of submarine maximum depth ** indicates for WST ONLY)

Maximum submarine depths annotated on chart. Depth calculated 100% of time. **Depth calculation <100 feet of target depth and verbalized over ICS. 5 Pts

Operator depth estimates annotated with most MAD hits and verbalized over ICS. ** Estimates within 150 feet of target depth. 3 Pts

Operator depth estimates annotated on a few MAD hits and verbalized over ICS. ** Estimates within 200 feet of target depth. 2 Pts

Did not annotate maximum submarine depth on valid MAD signals or **when provided are >200 feet of target depth or not verbalized over ICS.

SS3 **

Simulator only

MAD to MAD course and speed determination.

Operator verbally updates course and speed after consecutive MADs, or upon execution of MAD Predict. Course within 5 degrees; speed within 2 knots. 5 Pts

Operator verbally updates course and speed on most MAD hits. Course within 10 degrees; speed within 5 knots. 3 Pts

N/A

Operator routinely does not accurately determine MAD course and speed when data is available. Course >10 degrees; speed >5 knots.

SS3 Simulator Only

Tracking Sonobuoy Usage Rate

Sonobuoy usage rate consistent with target ODR and/or planned mission duration. (15-20 buoys/hour in track phase)

Sonobuoy usage rate more than 15-20 /hour in tracking phase. However contact maintained and appropriate buoys available at OFFSTA for hot handover if applicable.

Sonobuoy usage rate high based on target ODR and/or planned mission duration. Contact maintained however insufficient buoys available at OFFSTA for hot handover if applicable.

Sonobuoy usage rate inconsistent with target ODR and/or planned mission duration resulting in early depletion of sonobuoys or lost contact..

TC

NAVCOMM DRT's

DRT's maintained at all times onstation as appropriate. Updated every 12 minutes or less. 15 Pts

DRT's maintained at all times onstation as appropriate. Updated every 13-18 minutes. 10 Pts


DRT's not maintained or updated at intervals greater than 24 minutes.

NC

Interval Updates Interval updates passed every two minutes or less.

Interval updates passed every three minutes.

Interval updates passed every four minutes.

Interval updates passed in > four minute intervals.

MC

Dynamic changes

Time is marked. Fix designate to mark datum and expand circle are used on all dynamic events.

Time is marked. Fix designate to mark datum and expand circle are used on most dynamic events.

N/A

Time is not marked and/or fix designate to mark datum and expand circle are rarely used on dynamic events.

TC Simulator Only

Flight Station ability to fly in the tactical environment

Minimized the use of AOB greater than 30 degrees in tracking phase. Maintained 4-8 mile scale.

Consistently used greater than 45 AOB in tracking phase. Maintained 8 mile scale.

N/A

Consistently used 45-60 degrees AOB in tracking phase. Unable to maintain 8 mile scale

PC Simulator Only


6-2-B-11

Flight Station ability to mark buoys and capture expendables

Flight consistently marked buoys and captured expendables on course, wings level.

Flight station marked buoys +/- 5 degrees heading and captured expendables on course, wings level

Flight station makred buoys +/- 10 degrees heading and captured expendables on course.

Flight station unable to mark buoys on a given heading or capture expendables on course

PC Simulator Only

Flight station able to fly crew TPOA offline

Flight is able to fly crew TPOA offline. Pattern geometry resembles crew TPOA with minimal errors.

Flight is able to fly crew TPOA offline. Pattern geometry loosely resembles crew TPOA.

N/A

Flight is unable to fly TPOA offline

PC

Precision tactical flying

Aircraft within 8 nm of AOP at all times, flight station able to execute required flying for crew TPOAs. Airspeed selection commensurate with distance to AOP in order to minimize time late.

N/A

Aircraft within 8 nm of AOP at all times. Flight station unable to effectively execute crew TPOAs or airspeed selection did not minimize time late.

Aircraft not within 8 nm of AOP at all times or airspeed selection did not minimize time late.

PC Simulator Only

Lost Contact Procedures

Objective: Demonstrate the ability to recognize loss contact and employ appropriate tactics IAW brief or NTTP/NATIP to regenerate contact.

Timely recognition of lost contact (based on crew definition of LC from brief)

< 1 minute Between 1 and 2 minutes

Between 3 and 4 minutes

> 4 minutes

SS1 Simulator Only

Time to Initiate Lost Contact Procedures

Initial lost contact sonobuoy deployed < 6 minutes.

Initial lost contact sonobuoy deployed 7-10 minutes.


Initial lost contact sonobuoy deployed > 15 minutes.

TC

Executed Briefed TPOA

Executed briefed TPOA, or executed warranted change to tactics IAW NTTP/NATIP. Target inside lost contact pattern and detected. 20 Pts

Executed briefed TPOA, or executed warranted change to tactics IAW NTTP/NATIP. Target not inside lost contact pattern but detected outside pattern 15 Pts

N/A

Unwarranted change to briefed TPOA or warranted change not IAW NTTP/NATIP or target not contained and contact is not regained.

TC

Sensor Utilization





MC

Attack Procedures Objective: Demonstrate the correct employment of ASW weapons IAW NATOPS and the NTTP/NATIP. Failure to score a minimum of 70% MOP score in this subarea will result in failure of the qualification attempt


6-2-B-12

Initial attack criteria gained and recognized in a timely manner

Aircrew actively working toward gaining attack criteria. Attack criteria recognized at first opportunity. 20 Pts

Aircrew actively working toward gaining attack criteria. Attack criteria not recognized for 2-4 minutes after attack criteria gained. 14 Pts


Aircrew not working toward achieving attack criteria or more than six minutes elapsed before crew recognizes valid attack criteria.

TC Simulator Only

Attack Authorization

Attack authorization requested upon target classification (as required by ROE/TACSIT)

Minor delay (less than 5 minutes) in requesting attack authorization

Significant delay (greater than 5 minutes) in requesting attack authorization.

Attack authorization not requested

TC

Attack criteria

All attacks made with valid attack criteria.

Maximum of one attack w/o valid sensor attack criteria (MC discretion). All other attacks meet valid attack criteria.

N/A

More than 1 attack made without valid attack criteria. MC

Timeliness of initial attack (deliberate)

Attack made within 15 minutes of initial detection of TOI or within 7 minutes of attack authorization. 20 Pts

Attack made within 22 minutes of initial detection or between 7 and 10 minutes of attack authorization. 14 Pts

Attack made within 28 minutes of initial detection or between 10 and 20 minutes of attack authorization. 8 Pts

Attack made greater than 28 minutes after initial detection or more than 20 minutes of authorization. FAIL

TC

Timeliness of initial attack (urgent)

Attack made within 3 minutes of authorization.

Attack made between 3 and 5 minutes of authorization.


Attack made beyond 7 minutes of authorization. TC

Proper launch mode

Optimal settings for target, speed, and environment. N/A

Settings not optimal for target, speed, and environment yet results in a hit.

Settings do not match target, speed, and/or environmental conditions.

TC

Water Space Management

Crew updated waterspace constraints upon check in and verified prior to all weapon drops. Weapon placement within proper waterspace.

Crew updated waterspace constraints upon check in and verified prior to first weapon drop. Weapon placement within proper waterspace.

Crew updated waterspace constraints upon check in but not verified prior to first attack. Weapon placement within proper waterspace.

Waterspace not taken into consideration, or weapon drop into improper waterspace. FAIL MC


6-2-B-13

First attack weapon placement relative to target (deliberate attack)

Weapon within TDT optimal zone. 20 Pts

Weapon within an area defined as the optimal zone plus an additional 300 yard around the area that defines the optimal zone. 14 Pts

Weapon splashpoint is outside optimal zone set by NTTP/NATIP or Torpedo Decision Matrix but target is within acceptable range (IAW TDT) of the weapon. 8 Pts

Weapon splashpoint is such that the target is outside published acceptable range of the weapon.

TC

Post Attack/Reattack

Crew monitored torpedo operation. Post attack pattern deployed IAW brief or NTTP/NATIP and at least one valid reattack conducted. Reattack pattern completed within 5 minutes of initial attack. 20 Pts

Crew monitored torpedo operation. Post attack pattern deployed IAW brief or NTTP/NATIP and at least one valid reattack conducted. Reattack pattern completed within 6-10 minutes of initial attack. 14 Pts

Crew monitored torpedo operation. Unwarranted deviation from briefed reattack tactics. At least one valid reattack conducted. Reattack pattern completed > 10 minutes of initial attack. 8 Pts

Crew failed to monitor torpedo operation and/or no post attack pattern or tactics not IAW NTTP/NATIP or failed to deliver at least one attack in the optimal zone or failed to deliver reattack within weapon parameters. FAIL

TC

Timeliness of second attack

Second attack made within 5 minutes of DMI expiration OR weapon fails OR detonates.

Second attack made between 6 and 15 minutes of DMI expiration OR weapon fails OR detonates.

Second attack made within 25 minutes of initial attack OR weapon fails OR detonates.

(1) No second attack conducted, OR (2) attack conducted prior to DMI expiration, OR (3) reattack not completed within 30 minutes of initial attack. FAIL

TC

Second attack weapon placement relative to target (deliberate attack)

Weapon splashpoint is within TDT optimal zone. 20 Pts

Weapon within an area defined as the optimal zone plus an additional 300 yard around each point that defines the optimal zone. 14 Pts



TC


6-2-B-14

Flight station aircraft positioning

Positioned aircraft to maintain attack criteria IAW crew TPOA and delivered attack within 2 mintues of attack criteria. Flight profile on parameters for weapons placement. Maintained appropriate standoff IAW TSC brief.

Positioned aircraft to maintain attack criteria IAW crew TPOA and delivered attack within 2-4 minutes of attack criteria. Flight profile on parameters for weapons placement. Maintained appropriate standoff IAW TSC brief.

Positioned aircraft to maintain attack criteria IAW crew TPOA and delivered attack within 4-6 minutes of gaining attack criteria. Flight profile on parameters for weapons placement. Maintained appropriate standoff IAW TSC brief.

Unable to position aircraft for proper weapons placement for specified attack criteria.

PC Simulator Only

Contact/amplification/ SITREP reports passed

All reports made in accordance with published formats in 2 minutes or less.

Minor deviation to report format (1-2 items) or reports transmitted in <3 minutes.

Major deviation to report format (3 or more items) or reports transmitted in <4 minutes.

Non standard reports or passing classified information in the clear or reports transmitted in > 4 minutes.

NC

Turnover/Offstation Objective: Demonstrate the ability to safely and efficiently check OFFSTA and handover hot contact as appropriate.

Proper altitude separation

Swap conducted IAW briefed altitudes. Deviation from brief only if coordinated and warranted. Safety of flight procedures followed. 20 Pts

N/A N/A


PC

All turnover information properly passed via briefed procedure

Crew used checklist and passed all required turnover items. 20 Pts

Crew used checklist but omitted 1 or 2 required turnover items. 14 Pts


Crew did not use checklist or omitted 5 or more required turnover items.

MC

Deployed turnover sonobuoys correctly (proper channels, positions and timely)

Sonobuoy channels for turnover deployed as briefed. Up doppler sonobuoys or active contact held for duration of turnover.

Up doppler sonobuoys or active contact held at swap time.

N/A

Incorrect sonobuoy channels for turnover or down doppler sonobuoys in contact at time of swap.

TC

Turnover CPA or active contact

< .75 MDR CPA or < .75 ODR active return on turnover pattern. N/A N/A

> .75 MDR CPA or > .75 ODR active return on turnover pattern or no contact at turnover.

TC


ASW summary sent. 5 Pts N/A N/A

ASW summary not sent. MC


6-2-B-15

Post Flight

Records and Charts Objective: Demonstrate the ability to maintain sortie records in sufficient detail to enable sortie reconstruction.

NAVCOMM Records

All significant events logged. Full reconstruct not affected if replay / extract fails.

Minor discrepancies in NAVCOMM log that but ability to conduct a full reconstruct when replay / extract fails not affected.

N/A

Major discrepancies in NAVCOMM log that would not support a reconstruct.

NC

TACCO Log

All significant events logged to aid in Purple construction

Minor discrepancies in TACCO log that would not affect Purple completion

N/A

Major discrepancies in TACCO log or no log kept

TC

Radar / Electro Optics logs and ESM Contact Table

Logs contain all required data with no omissions. RADAR logs include additional information annotated, i.e. contact name, IFF Mode, correlation to AIMS/IRDS (EO/IR) contacts, course & speed, etc. ESM Contact Table printed on HSP after FINEX and/or logged in operators log if HSP unavailable.

Logs contain all required data with 1-2 minor omissions. No additional information logged on RADAR logs.

N/A

Logs have major omission (s) or > 4 minor omissions OR No ESM Contact Table printed or was printed prior to FINEX and/or not logged in operators log if HSP unavailable.

SS3

RDSS Data Extract

Data recorded and is available for review for post mission analysis / reconstruction

N/A N/A

Data is not recorded or not available for review

MC Flight Only

Acoustic Log

Acoustic logs legible and include applicable data including TCAARDS for every CPA, BT and AN data.

Minor discrepancies in Acoustic log.

N/A

Major discrepancies in Acoustic log

SS1

Post Mission Summary (PMS) / Purple

PMS/Purple contains all required data

1-2 omissions from PMS / Purple


> 4 omissions from PMS / Purple MC Flight

Only General

Crew Coordination and Safety of Flight Objective: Demonstrate satisfactory level of crew coordination and conduct mission in a safe manner


6-2-B-16

Terrain and political standoffs

All political standoffs maintained. Proper MOSA procedures followed IAW NATOPS.

N/A

All political standoffs maintained. Minor omissions to MOSA procedures.

Political standoff broken, or omission of MOSA procedure resulting in unsafe situation. FAIL

NC

Safety procedures, terrain and political standoffs.

Ensured appropriate TMS setup was used to maintain flight station S/A to maintain standoff

N/A

Did not use TMS effectively to maintain flight station S/A. Maintained standoff.

Crew does not follow safety of flight procedures, or fails to maintain standoffs. FAIL

PC Simulator Only

Weapon Standoffs


Ensured appropriate TMS setup was used to maintain flight station S/A and hostile wpn envelopes effectively mitigated

Did not use TMS effectively to maintain flight station S/A. Maintained standoff

Fails to maintain standoff due to lack of S/A and inability to mitigate hostile wpn capabilities FAIL

PC Simulator Only

Surface plot / Standoffs (area based the smaller of assigned area or 5000 - 15000 sq nm with 10 - 20 contacts)

Surface plot updated every 15 minutes (EMCON permitting), all surface standoffs maintained.

Surface plot updated every 20 minutes, all standoffs to surface vessels maintained.


Surface plot not updated, or standoff to surface vessel broken. FAIL

SS3 Simulator Only

ICS Procedures

Tactical and safety of flight flows freely amongst crew members. All pertinent tactical and safety of flight information verbalized in a timely manner with no misunderstanding amongst the crew. Phases of ASW prosecution (as applicable) are vocalized.

Tactical and safety of flight flows freely amongst crew members, with minor discrepancies. All pertinent tactical and safety of flight information verbalized in a timely manner with minimal misunderstanding amongst the crew. Phases of ASW prosecution (as applicable) are vocalized.

Reduced level of tactical information passed amongst crew members results in a tactical error onstation. Tactical or safety of flight information, when passed, is not in a timely manner.

Very little or no tactical information passed amongst crew members. Problems with ICS usage seriously hamper tactical effectiveness of the aircrew. Critical piece of safety of flight information not passed or understood by members of the crew.

MC Simulator Only

SS3 Weather/ landmass stand-offs.

Operator consistently and correctly verbalizes weather and landmass/ territorial standoffs. N/A

Operator correctly verbalizes weather and landmass stand-offs but aircraft closes within 5nm of recommended/ territorial stand-offs.

Operator does not verbalize weather and landmass stand-offs. Aircraft pass within recommended/ territorial stand-offs. Overall SOF is affected. FAIL

SS3 Simulator Only


6-2-B-17

Chart Utilization

All required positions use correct scale charts to plot/ verify high obstructions for MOSA, RADAR assisted NAV fixing, or Landmass recognition IAW NATOPS

N/A N/A

One or more positions does not have correct scale charts; does not plot/ verify high obstructions for MOSA, RADAR assisted NAV fixing, or Landmass recognition.

MC

TACCO Scope Management.

TACCO displays proper scope management as appropriate to current mission 75-100% of time.


N/A

TACCO displays proper scope management as appropriate to current mission < 50% of time.

TC Simulator Only

SS3 Scope Management.

Operator displays proper scope management as appropriate to current mission 75-100% of time.


N/A

Operator displays proper scope management as appropriate to current mission < 50% of time.

SS3 Simulator Only




N/A


SS1 Simulator Only

Summary Subareas Raw Score Weighted Score Mission Planning / /5 Transit/Onstation / /5 Search / /15 Localization** / /20 Tracking / /10 Lost Contact / /10 Attack** / /20 Turnover/Offstation / /5 Records and Charts / /5 Crew Coordination / /5 Total / /100 MOP ** Critical Subareas. Required to score a minimum of 70% in these subarea to be awarded Qualification


6-2-B-18

INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK


6-3-1

CHAPTER 6

SECTION 3

TASK ASW-202 NUCLEAR/OPEN OCEAN CREW QUALIFICATION

FXP: ASW-12-A

6301. Mission Objective. To evaluate a crew’s ability to employ the P-3 weapons system to effectively detect, localize, track and attack a nuclear submarine (SSN/SSGN/SSBN) on a simulated wartime patrol. All authorized sensors shall be utilized to localize/track to passive attack criteria and deliver an initial covert attack. A minimum of two valid attacks IAW the appropriate Torpedo Decision Tree (TDT) shall be conducted. 6302. Requirements/Critical Sub-Areas. a. The qualification can be conducted either in-flight or in the

simulator.

Note: During the 90 day periodicity either ASW 201 or ASW 202 can be conducted in the simulator, but not both.

Note: A crew’s initial ASW 202 task must be successfully performed on

a live submarine target. b. The crew is required to passively close track the submarine for a

minimum of 30 minutes while the target is fully submerged. Following the 30 minutes of close tracking, the crew must conduct an initial covert attack followed by at least one more valid re-attack while the submarine remains submerged. The task shall not be awarded if the attacks are conducted with any portion of the submarine exposed above the surface.

c. The crew is required to score a minimum of 70% in the critical sub-

areas and as an overall score on the crew grade sheet in order to be awarded the qualification. Critical sub-areas for this qualification are Search, Tracking and Records and Charts.

6303. Measure of Performance. a. Brief/Tactical Planning/Preflight: Given a full tactical brief from


b. Transit/Onstation: Demonstrate the ability to a make a safe and

efficient transition to onstation, update environmental data and optimize aircraft sensors.


NTTP/NATIP to successfully meet the mission objective. An all-sensor search shall be planned and executed, minimizing the possibility of counter detection prior to delivery of the first attack. A score of less than 70% in this sub-area will result in a failure of the qualification.

d. Localization: Demonstrate the employment of tactics IAW brief or

NTTP/NATIP to localize target. Full use of all passive sensors and tactics to localize and classify the target is required.


6-3-2

e. Tracking: Demonstrate the employment of tactics IAW brief or NTTP/NATIP to successfully passively track the target for a minimum of 30 minutes. A score of less than 70% in this sub-area will result in a failure of the qualification.

f. Lost Contact: If required, demonstrate the ability to recognize

lost contact and employ appropriate tactics IAW brief or NTTP/NATIP to regenerate contact.

g. Attack: Demonstrate the correct employment of ASW weapons IAW

NATOPS and the NTTP/NATIP. The initial attack shall be based on passive attack criteria. At least one reattack must be conducted while the submarine remains completely submerged IAW NTTP/NATIP. An estimate of the submarine’s course and speed shall be logged at the time of each attack. Crew shall monitor torpedo operation, while maintaining close tracking (to retain attack criteria). All subsequent attacks are not to be conducted until after dogbox expiration; or weapon runtime completion, or weapon malfunction.




records in sufficient detail to enable sortie reconstruction. A score of less than 70% in this sub-area will result in a failure of the qualification.

j. Crew Coordination / Safety of Flight: Demonstrate a satisfactory

level of crew coordination and conduct mission in a safe manner. 6304. Evaluation. a. Debriefing Officer: (1) Reconstruct the mission or event and input data (crew



the evaluation. (3) Forward all exercise data to the Certifying Officer. b. CPRW / CTF Certifying Officer: (1) Review the evaluation and award the crew grade, as appropriate. (2) Forward all mission data to the Squadron TAB officer for review

and crew debrief if appropriate. c. Squadron TAB Officer: (if applicable) (1) Conduct TAB evaluation and thorough debriefing of the crew. (2) Forward specific comments, analysis, results and

recommendations for further training to the Commanding Officer.


6-3-3

CHAPTER 6 SECTION 3

Annex A

ASW 202 Measures of Difficulty 1. Type Cueing/Initial Gain Contact (Avg of these two criteria) Type Cueing 10 None or ESM LOB 9 IUSS SPA 8 ELINT Ellipse 7 ER AOP 6 Submarine Generated Datum/IEER AOP 5 Surface Ship Generated Datum 4 Aircraft Generated Datum 3 Hot Active/Passive Turnover 2 Regen Point or Vectored 1 Radar Riser/Sinker 0 Hot Visual Turnover/RDVU Initial Contact 10 BB 9 CZ 8 ESM 7 EER/IEER 6 DP 5 Active 4 MAD 3 Radar (APS-115) 2 EO/FLIR/IRDS/Radar (APS-137) 1 Visual 2. Target Augmentation A. No Acoustic Augmentation B. Acoustically Augmented 3. Target MDR or ARD A. <500 YDS B. 500 – 999 YDS C. 1000 – 1999 YDS D. 2000 – 3000 YDS E. >3000 YDS 4. TGT Maneuvering Characteristics A. Extensive B. Moderate C. Minimal or None 5. Environmental Factors A. Extreme B. Moderate C. Mild 6. Oceanographic Characteristics A. Above Normal B. Normal C. Below Normal 7. Mission Constraints A. Extreme B. Normal C. Unconstrained


6-3-A-2


1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.10

9

0

8

A B C D E

2

1

3

4

7

6

5

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

Figure 6-3-1


6-3-B-1

TASK ASW-202 NUCLEAR/OPEN OCEAN ASW QUALIFICATION SHEET Objective Area /

Supporting Tasks 10 7 4 0 N/A Primary Responsibility Training Device



Objective: Given a full Tactical brief from TSC, aircrew demonstrates ability to incorporate pertinent briefing information and message traffic into Tactical positional briefs. Aircrew briefs appropriate tactics based on environmentals and target. Tactics IAW NTTP/NATIP.





Crew omitted all intelligence considerations for tasking or intelligence not briefed or crew not familiar with pertinent message traffic.

MC






MC


All information briefed, to include order of battle, standoffs, mission flight profile, and safety of flight (aircraft swap, assigned altitudes, etc..)




PC




Not briefed SS1



6-3-B-2

Non Acoustic Brief





SS3

Nav Comm Brief





TACCO Brief





Mission Equipment



MC Flight Only

Sonobuoy selection





TC

TPOA





TC


6-3-B-3

Weapon Loadout


N/A



MC




PC



All comms circuits checked with TSC. No more than one inoperable comm circuit

N/A


MC Flight Only

Inflight


Departure Time

Takeoff as scheduled (within 15 minutes), or as permitted by maintenance. N/A N/A


MC Flight Only






NC Flight Only


6-3-B-4

Check In





MC



N/A N/A


PC Simulator Only





MC Flight Only

EMCON





MC






MC

BT / Ambient Noise




BT/AN not deployed

MC


6-3-B-5

Noisy RF check


N/A N/A

Does not perform a noisy RF check or does not print data to the HSP.

SS1

OFOM annotation



N/A


SS3 Flight Only

On station Turnover


N/A N/A


PC




N/A







TC






MC



N/A


Bandpass Filter or Sense setting not adjusted.

SS3 Simulator Only


6-3-B-6





Operator uses RADAR/ IFF hardware/ software to optimize RADAR/ IFF returns <70% of the time. SS3 Simulator Only






TC Simulator Only

Search Objective - Demonstrate the employment of Search tactics IAW brief or NTTP to successfully meet the mission aim. Failure to score a minimum of 70% MOP score in this subarea will result in failure of the qualification attempt.

Search Tactics





TC



N/A



SS1



N/A


Flight station failed to initiate altitude adjustment during any phases to maximize secondary sensors to include MAD, visual, radar and ESM.

PC


6-3-B-7






SS1/SS3

Initial Contact Checklist Checklist used, no omissions.


> 2 omissions, or not used. SS1 Simulator Only





Incomplete contact report or sent > 15 minutes from detection. NC

Localization Objective: Demonstrate the employment of tactics IAW brief or NTTP/NATIP to successfully localize target.




Failure to pass major contact information (buoy, bearing, doppler frequency) as applicable or vocalized every 4 to 6 minutes. Briefed TPOA used or IAW NTTP/NATIP.

No contact information passed, or contact information vocalized at a greater than 6 minute interval or TPOA / NTTP / NATIP not utilized.

SS1




N/A


TC



N/A



PC


Time to initiate localization pattern after initial recognition of contact on TOI < 6 minutes.

Time to initiate localization pattern after initial recognition of contact on TOI between 6 and 12 minutes.


No corroborative use of sensors or time to initiate localization pattern after initial recognition of contact on TOI > 26 minutes or target not contained or localized. FAIL

TC


6-3-B-8

Sensor Utilization





TC Simulator Only






SS1 Simulator Only

Tracking Objective: Demonstrate the employment of tactics IAW brief or NTTP/NATIP to successfully track the target. Failure to score a minimum of 70% MOP score in this subarea will result in failure of the qualification attempt.

Tracking Tactics





TC

Timeliness of ODR calculations ODRs computed within 15 minutes of gaining first CPA.




SS1





SS1 Simulator Only

Target fixing





TC Simulator Only

Course estimate





TC Simulator Only

Speed estimate





TC



SS1


6-3-B-9






SS1 Simulator Only






SS3

MAD marks










SS3 ** Simulator only




N/A


SS3 Simulator Only


6-3-B-10






TC

NAVCOMM DRT's





NC





MC

Dynamic changes



N/A


TC




N/A


PC Simulator Only


Flight station consistently marked buoys and captured expendables on course, wings level.


Flight station marked buoys +/- 10 degrees heading and captured expendables on course.


PC Simulator Only

Flight station ability to execute crew TPOA offline.

Flight station was able to execute required offline flying for crew TPOAs with minimal direction from TACCO.

Flight station requires continual direction from TACCO to execute offline crew TPOAs. Able to fly crew TPOA.

N/A

Flight station consistently unable to fly offline crew TPOAs.

PC


6-3-B-11



N/A



PC Simulator Only

Lost Contact Procedures Objective: Demonstrate the ability to recognize loss contact and employ appropriate tactics IAW brief or NTTP/NATIP to regenerate contact.




> 4 minutes

SS1 Simulator Only






TC

Time to Complete LC Pattern < 10 Minutes 10-15 Minutes 15-20 Minutes > 20Minutes TC




N/A


TC

Sensor Utilization





MC

Attack Procedures Objective: Demonstrate the correct employment of ASW weapons IAW NATOPS and the NTTP/NATIP






TC Simulator Only


6-3-B-12






TC

Attack criteria



N/A


Timeliness for deliberate attack Attacks made within 7 minutes of authorization.

Attacks made between 7 and 10 minutes of authorization.


Attacks made beyond 20 minutes of authorization.

TC

Timeliness for urgent attack Attack made within 3 minutes of authorization.


Attack made between 5and 7 minutes of authorization.

Attack made beyond 7 minutes of authorization.

TC

Proper launch mode

Optimal settings for target, speed, and environment.

N/A



TC




Crew updated waterspace constraints upon check in but not verified prior to first attack. Weapon placement within proper waterspace.







TC


6-3-B-13






TC


Second attack made within 5 minutes of DMI expiration OR weapon fails OR detonates.




TC






TC


Positioned aircraft to maintain attack criteria IAW crew TPOA and delivered attack within 2 minutes of attack criteria. Flight profile on parameters for weapons placement. Maintained appropriate standoff IAW TSC brief.




PC Simulator Only






NC


6-3-B-14

Turnover/Offstation Objective: Demonstrate the ability to safely and efficiently check OFFSTA and handover hot contact as appropriate



N/A N/A


PC






MC




N/A


TC




TC




Post Flight

Records and Charts Objective: Crew demonstrates the ability to maintain sortie records in sufficient detail to enable sortie reconstruction. Failure to score a minimum of 70% MOP score in this subarea will result in failure of the qualification attempt.

NAVCOMM Records



N/A


NC

TACCO Log



N/A


TC


6-3-B-15




N/A


SS3

RDSS Data Extract

Data recorded and is available for review for post mission analysis / reconstruction.

N/A N/A

Data is not recorded or not available for review. MC Flight Only

Acoustic Log



N/A

Major discrepancies in Acoustic log.

SS1


PMS/Purple contains all required data.

1-2 omissions from PMS / Purple.


> 4 omissions from PMS / Purple. MC Flight Only

General Crew Coordination and Safety of Flight Objective: Demonstrate satisfactory level of crew coordination and conduct mission in a safe manner.



N/A



NC



N/A


Crew does not follow safety of flight procedures, or fails to maintain standoffs. FAIL

PC Simulator Only

Weapon Standoffs





PC Simulator Only


6-3-B-16






SS3 Simulator Only

ICS Procedures





MC Simulator Only


Operator consistently and correctly verbalizes weather and landmass/ territorial standoffs.

N/A



SS3 Simulator Only

Chart Utilization


N/A N/A


MC




N/A


TC Simulator Only



Operator displays proper scope management for current mission 50-75% of time.

N/A


SS3 Simulator Only


6-3-B-17




N/A


SS1 Simulator Only

Summary Subareas Raw Score Weighted Score Mission Planning / /5 Transit/Onstation / /5 Search** / /10 Localization / /15 Tracking** / /20 Lost Contact / /10 Attack / /15 Turnover/Offstation / /5 Records and Charts** / /10 Crew Coordination / /5 Total / /100 MOP ** Critical Subareas. Required to score a minimum of 70% in these subareas to be awarded Qualification


6-3-B-18

INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK


6-4-1

CHAPTER 6

SECTION 4

TASK ASW-203 ASW COORDINATED OPS CREW QUALIFICATION

FXP: ASW-1 to 12-I

6401. Mission Objective. To evaluate a crew’s ability to effectively employ the P-3 weapons system to conduct coordinated ASW search in conjunction with other surface, subsurface and/or air units. MPA crewmembers shall be familiar with each unit’s tactical capabilities and employ effective communication procedures in order to successfully conduct responsibility of Scene of Action Commander (SAC). 6402. Requirements/Critical Sub-Areas. a. The qualification should be attained in the aircraft. CPRG may waive

this requirement to allow completion in the WST if a suitable target and other prosecuting participants are not available.

b. Localization and attack of an actual submarine is desirable but not

required for the qualification to be awarded. Where no submarine is available, use of EMATT to simulate the threat is allowed.


areas and as an overall score on the crew grade sheet in order to be awarded the qualification. Critical sub-areas for this qualification are Search and Coordinated Operations.


TSC, demonstrate ability to incorporate pertinent briefing information and message traffic into Tactical positional briefs.




NTTP/NATIP to successfully meet the mission objective. An all-sensor search shall be planned and executed, minimizing the possibility of counter detection prior to gaining contact on the target. A score of less than 70% in this sub-area will result in a failure of the qualification.

d. Localization: Demonstrate the employment of tactics IAW brief or

NTTP/NATIP to localize target. Full use of all sensors and tactics to localize and classify the target is required.



f. Lost Contact Procedures: Demonstrate the ability to recognize lost

contact and employ appropriate tactics IAW brief or NTTP/NATIP to regenerate contact.


6-4-2

g. Attack: Demonstrate the correct employment of ASW weapons IAW NATOPS and the NTTP/NATIP. An estimate of the submarine’s course and speed shall be logged at the time of each attack. Crew shall monitor torpedo operation, while maintaining close tracking (to retain attack criteria) and be prepared for immediate re-attack if the torpedo malfunctions.

h. Coordinated Operations: Conduct an ASW prosecution in concert with

at least one dissimilar ASW platform leading/assisting. When practical this should include successful transfer of SAC to/from the P-3 and successful performance of SAC duties should be demonstrated. A score of less than 70% in this sub-area will result in a failure of the qualification.

i. Turnover/Offstation: Demonstrate the ability to safely and

efficiently check OFFSTA and handover hot contact as appropriate. j. Records and Charts: Demonstrate the ability to maintain sortie

records in sufficient detail to enable sortie reconstruction. Hard copies of joining, on-station, off-station, contact/amplifying and EW reports are required at debrief.

k. Crew Coordination and Safety of Flight: Demonstrates satisfactory

level of Crew Coordination and conducts mission in a safe manner including maintaining an awareness of the location and altitude of other units (surface and air).

6404. Evaluation. a. Debriefing Officer: (1) Reconstruct the mission and input data (crew performance and

mission difficulty factor) into the on-line grade sheet program. (2) Critique performance and debrief crewmembers on the results of

the evaluation. (3) Forward all mission data to the Certifying Officer. b. CPRW / CTF Certifying Officer: (1) Review the evaluation and award the crew grade, as appropriate. (2) Forward all mission data to the Squadron TAB officer for review




6-4-A-1

CHAPTER 6 SECTION 4

ANNEX A

ASW 203 COORDINATED OPERATIONS Measures of Difficulty

1. Airspace Clutter (# Add’l Aircraft engaged in singular action) 5 >5 4 4 - 5 3 2 - 3 2 1 1 0 2. # Active Circuits to Monitor A. >3 B. 2 – 3 C. <2 3. # PRMARs Tasked A. >2 B. 2 C. 1 4. Mission Constraints A. Extreme B. Normal C. Unconstrained 5. Environmental Factors A. Extreme B. Moderate C. Mild 6. Scene of Action Commander A. Self B. Other


6-4-A-2


10

9

2

1

0

3

4

8

7

6

5

5

4

3

2

1

1 2 3 4 5 6

A B C D E

Figure 6-4-1


6-4-B-1


TASK ASW-203 ASW COORDINATED OPS QUALIFICATION SHEET Objective Area /

Supporting Tasks

10 7 4 0 N/A Primary Responsibility

Training Device

Brief / Mission Planning Brief /Tactical Planning/Preflight

Objective: Given a full Tactical brief from TSC, aircrew demonstrates ability to incorporate pertinent briefing information and message traffic into Tactical positional briefs. Aircrew briefs appropriate tactics based on environmentals and target. Tactics IAW NTTP/NATIP.










Crew received environmental information but did not use planning resources to determine appropriate tactics and sensor utilization. MC






PC




Not briefed SS1


6-4-B-2

Non Acoustic Brief





SS3

Nav Comm Brief





TACCO Brief





Mission Equipment



MC Flight Only

Sonobuoy selection





TC

TPOA





TC


6-4-B-3

Weapon Loadout


N/A



MC




PC




N/A


MC Flight Only

Inflight


Departure Time



MC Flight Only






NC Flight Only

Check In





MC


6-4-B-4

Tactical Join message

Crew successfully conducted voice join at earliest opportunity with on scene OTC and all required information received. 20 Pts

Crew successfully conducted voice join after some unnecessary delay with on scene OTC and all required information received 14 Pts

Crew successfully conducted voice join at earliest opportunity with on scene OTC with 1 or 2 items of required information not received. 8 Pts

Significant delay in conducting tactical join caused by crews’ action or major items of tactical join not received. MC



N/A N/A


PC Simulator Only





MC Flight Only

EMCON





MC






MC

BT / Ambient Noise




BT/AN not deployed

MC


6-4-B-5

Noisy RF check


N/A N/A

Does not perform a noisy RF check or does not print data to the HSP. SS1

OFOM annotation



N/A


SS3 Flight Only

On station Turnover

Swap conducted IAW briefed altitudes. Deviation from brief only if coordinated and warranted. Safety of flight procedures followed. N/A N/A

Swap not conducted IAW briefed altitudes and safety of flight was compromised. FAIL PC




N/A

ASW summary not attempted.

MC






TC






MC



N/A



SS3 Simulator Only


6-4-B-6


Operator consistently utilizes RADAR/ IFF functionality to optimize RADAR/ IFF returns. (I.E. tilt, gain controls, FTC, correct modes, etc) 5 Pts



Operator uses RADAR/ IFF hardware/ software to optimize RADAR/ IFF returns <70% of the time. SS3 Simulator Only






TC Simulator Only



N/A



PC Simulator Only

Search Objective - Demonstrate the employment of Search tactics IAW brief or NTTP to successfully meet the mission aim. Failure to score a minimum of 70% MOP score in this subarea will result in failure of the qualification attempt.

Search Tactics





TC



N/A



SS1


6-4-B-7


Flight station optimized altitude during all phases to maximize secondary sensors to include MAD, visual, radar and ESM. 5 Pts N/A



PC






SS1/SS3

Initial Contact Checklist Checklist used, no omissions.


> 2 omissions, or not used. SS1 Simulator Only





Incomplete contact report or sent > 15 minutes from detection. NC






No contact information passed, or contact information vocalized at a greater than 6 minute interval or TPOA / NTTP / NATIP not utilized. SS1




N/A


TC


6-4-B-8



N/A



PC




Tme to initiate localization pattern after initial recognition of contact on TOI between 12 and 25 minutes.


TC

Sensor Utilization





TC Simulator Only






SS1 Simulator Only

Tracking Objective: Crew to demonstrate the employment of tactics IAW brief or TACMAN to successfully track the target.

Tracking Tactics





TC






SS1





SS1 Simulator Only


6-4-B-9

Target fixing





TC Simulator Only

Course estimate





TC Simulator Only

Speed estimate





TC



SS1






SS1 Simulator Only






SS3

MAD marks




Valid MAD signals missed or annotated as maneuver/spurious noise.

SS3








6-4-B-10




N/A


SS3 Simulator Only






TC

NAVCOMM DRT's





NC





MC

Dynamic changes



N/A


TC




N/A


PC Simulator Only


Flight consistently marked buoys and captured expendables on course, wings level.




PC Simulator Only


6-4-B-11

Flight station able to fly crew TPOA offline

Flight is able to fly crew TPOA offline. Pattern geometry resembles crew TPOA with minimal errors.

Flight is able to fly crew TPOA offline. Pattern geometry loosely resembles crew TPOA.

N/A

Flight is unable to fly TPOA offline

PC



< 1 minute Between 1 and 2 minutes Between 3 and 4 minutes > 4 minutes

SS1 Simulator Only






TC

Time to Complete LC Pattern

< 24 Minutes 25-30 Minutes 31-36 Minutes > 36 Minutes TC




N/A


TC

Sensor Utilization





MC







TC Simulator Only






TC


6-4-B-12

Attack criteria



N/A

More than 1 attack made without valid attack criteria.

MC

Timeliness for deliberate attack

Attacks made within 7 minutes of authorization.



Attacks made beyond 20 minutes of authorization.

TC

Timeliness for urgent attack

Attack made within 3 minutes of authorization.



Attack made beyond 7 minutes of authorization. TC

Proper launch mode


N/A


Settings do not match target, speed, and/or environmental conditions. TC




Crew updated waterspace constraints upon check in but not verified prior to first attack.. Weapon placement within proper waterspace.







TC






TC


6-4-B-13


Second attack made within 5 minutes of DMI expiration OR weapon fails OR detonates..




TC






TC






PC Simulator Only






NC

Coordinated Operations Objective: Crew conducts ASW prosecution in concert with at least one dissimilar ASW platform. Failure to score a minimum of 70% MOP score in this subarea will result in failure of the qualification attempt.


6-4-B-14

Scene of Action Commander

Aircrew requests launch and/or assumes SAC of coordinated asset at a tactically optimum time. Checklist is utilized. Aircrew executes all SAC duties successfully. 20 Pts

N/A

Aircrew requests launch of and/or assumes SAC of coordinated asset earlier or later than dictated by the tactical situation or execution of SAC duties impedes ASW mission. 8 Pts

Aircrew fails to request launch of and/or assume SAC of coordinated asset when tactically warranted or fails to use checklist or failure to execute SAC duties.

MC

Coordinated Operations Safety of Flight

Altitude separation maintained IAW brief or NTTP at all times. Safety of flight comms maintained. Altitude swaps conducted as briefed or IAW NTTP. 20 Pts

Minor deviations to briefed or NTTP altitude separation requirements not affecting safety of flight. Safety of flight comms maintained. Minor omissions to briefed or IAW NTTP altitude swap procedures not affecting safety of flight. 14 Pts

Aircrew demonstrates general lack of situational awareness with respect to coordinated asset, not resulting in unsafe situation. Safety of flight comms minimal. 5 Pts

Deviation from briefed or IAW NTTP altitude separation or swap procedures results in unsafe situation. Lack of situational awareness results in unsafe situation. FAIL

PC

Coordinated Tactics

Briefed TPOAS used or IAW NTTP. Deviations as warranted by tactical situation.

N/A

Unwarranted deviation from briefed or NTTP tactics.

Aircrew fails to adequately utilize coordinated asset.

TC Simulator Only

Coordinated Attack

Aircrew selects optimum coordinated asset as attack platform. Urgent vs. Deliberate attack, platform position, weapon placement, and weapon inventory taken into consideration.

N/A

Aircrew selects sub-optimum coordinated asset as attack platform. Some consideration of urgent vs. deliberate attack, platform position, weapon placement, and weapon inventory.

Selection of suboptimal coordinated asset results in failure to kill TOI. No consideration of urgent vs. deliberate attack, platform position, weapon placement, and weapon inventory.

MC

Datalink

Successfully established with TSC or ACU; assigned items to keep tactical picture inside and outside aircraft.

Successfully established with TSC or ACU; only used to keep picture inside aircraft.

Available, but track data not successfully passed to or from TSC or ACU.

Available but crew did not utilize. FAIL

NC

CHG 1


6-4-B-15

Coordinated Information Flow

Seamless flow of information between coordinated asset, SAC, and Warfare Commander.

Appropriate flow of information, with minor omissions, between coordinated asset, SAC, and Warfare Commander.

Information flow between coordinated asset, SAC, and Warfare Commander strained, resulting in degradation of mission effectiveness.

Little or no information flow between coordinated asset, SAC, and Warfare Commander.

MC Simulator Only




N/A N/A


PC





Crew did not use checklist or omitted 5 or more required turnover items. MC




N/A

Incorrect sonobuoy channels for turnover or down doppler sonobuoys in contact at time of swap. TC




TC




Post Flight

Records and Charts Objective: Crew demonstrates the ability to maintain sortie records in sufficient detail to enable sortie reconstruction.

NAVCOMM Records



N/A


NC


6-4-B-16

TACCO Log



N/A


TC




N/A


SS3

RDSS Data Extract


N/A N/A


MC Flight Only

Acoustic Log



N/A


SS1





> 4 omissions from PMS / Purple MC Flight Only




N/A



NC



N/A


Flight does not follow safety of flight procedures, or fails to maintain standoffs. FAIL

PC Simulator Only


6-4-B-17

Weapon Standoffs





PC Simulator Only






SS3 Simulator Only

ICS Procedures





MC Simulator Only





SS3 Simulator Only

Chart Utilization


N/A N/A


MC




N/A


TC Simulator Only


6-4-B-18




N/A


SS3 Simulator Only




N/A


SS1 Simulator Only

Summary Subareas Raw Score Weighted Score Mission Planning / /10 Transit/Onstation / /5 Search** / /20 Localization / /5 Tracking / /10 Lost Contact / /5 Attack / /5 Coordinated Ops** / /25 Turnover/Offstation / /5 Records and Charts / /5 Crew Coordination / /5 Total / /100 MOP ** Critical Subareas. Required to score a minimum of 70% in these subarea to be awarded Qualification


6-5-1

CHAPTER 6

SECTION 5

TASK ASW-204 RANGE TORPEX

CREW QUALIFICATION

FXP: ASW-7-A 6501. Mission Objective. To evaluate a crew’s ability to effectively employ the P-3 weapons system to passively track and then conduct multiple attacks on a submarine (inert or actual) using MK-46/MK-50/MK-54 torpedoes. 6502. Requirements/Critical Sub-Areas. a. The qualification shall be attained in the aircraft. b. An SSN, SS or MK-30 submarine simulator shall be used as a target.

Use of EMATT requires CPRG approval. c. At least one MK-46/50/54 EXTORP/REXTORP shall be expended. d. The exercise shall be accomplished on an instrumented undersea

range, unless Wing authorization is obtained for an open ocean exercise; and a suitable scoring system is in place to accurately evaluate weapon splashpoint and submerged target position.

e. The crew must have successfully completed an ASW-207 scenario in the

WST within the last 30 days. f. The crew is required to score a minimum of 70% in the critical sub-

areas and as an overall score on the crew grade sheet in order to be awarded the qualification. Critical sub-areas for this qualification are Attack and Weapon Placement/Settings.

g. Crews are not authorized to attack before COMEX plus 30 minutes. 6503. Procedures. a. The briefing officer or range control personnel will nominate the

kingpin position to ensure DP contact on the submarine/target. In an open ocean scenario, the crew will be given information to ensure that initial pattern will gain DP contact. For both scenarios crews shall receive target intelligence (simulated) at the brief, including type of target, mode of operation and general acoustic characteristics. The target will simulate a patrolling nuclear or diesel submarine.

b. After initial contact, crews are expected to maintain attack

criteria throughout the duration of the event. Attacks are not authorized until COMEX +30 minutes and range authorization/verification of weapons settings has been completed. The initial attack shall be a covert attack. Crews are not authorized use of active sensors until after completion of the initial attack. All scored attacks shall be based on crew information. Attacks conducted from other platforms or derived from range information will not be used to score the event.


6-5-2

c. At COMEX, the submarine shall be positioned in the exercise area and will commence the simulated patrol. The submarine will continue simulation until alerted, e.g., initial attack, active sonobuoy, etc. At that time, the submarine will be free to execute full evasive maneuvers.

d. At FINEX in the open ocean scenario, the crew shall establish

communications with the submarine and conduct a MOT. Following the MOT, the submarine will provide the aircraft with the following information:

(1) ABC message - COMEX to FINEX. (2) Course/distance traveled between FINEX and MOT. 6504. Measure of Performance. a. Brief/Tactical Planning/Preflight: Given a full tactical brief from




c. Localization: Demonstrate the employment of tactics IAW brief or

NTTP/NATIP to localize target. Full use of all passive sensors and tactics to localize and classify the target is required.

d. Tracking: Demonstrate the employment of tactics IAW brief or

NTTP/NATIP to successfully track the target passively for at least 30 minutes or as specified in the exercise instruction.

e. Lost Contact Procedures: If required, demonstrate the ability to

recognize lost contact and employ appropriate tactics IAW brief or NTTP/NATIP to regenerate contact.

f. Attack: Demonstrate the correct employment of ASW weapons IAW

NATOPS and the NTTP/NATIP. After 30 minutes of passive tracking and upon gaining attack criteria, conduct initial attack with exercise torpedo and subsequent attacks simulating torpedoes. An estimate of the submarine’s course and speed shall be logged at the time of each attack. Crews will complete entire checklist including manipulation of presetter panel, weapons station panels, bomb bay, etc. for all actual and simulated attacks. Crew shall monitor torpedo operation, while maintaining close tracking (to retain attack criteria). All subsequent attacks are not to be conducted until after dogbox expiration; or weapon runtime completion, or weapon malfunction. A score of less than 70% in this sub-area will result in a failure of the qualification.

g. Weapon Placement/Settings: Score a minimum of 70% for Weapon

placement/settings IAW TDT Flowchart. Weapon scoring based upon a maximum score of 100 points(based on 4 weapon drops of 25 points each). Scoring based on the following criteria:


6-5-3

(1) Weapon Placement (20 Points per drop): (a) 20 Points - Weapon within TDT optimum zone for the

applicable torpedo/target type IAW NTTP/NATIP. (b) 12 Points – Weapon within 300 yards of the boundary of the

defined optimum zones for the applicable torpedo/target type IAW NTTP/NATIP.

(c) 0 Points – Weapon outside the area defined by the

optimum zone plus 300 yards for applicable torpedo/target type IAW NTTP/NATIP.

(2) Weapon Settings (5 Points per drop):

(a) 5 Points – all settings IAW briefed TDT target

flowchart/kneeboard. (b) -1 Point – incorrect ISD set. (c) -1 Point – Incorrect Tactical floor set. (d) -2 Points – Tactical Floor not utilized (if applicable). (e) -5 Points – Tactical floor set above ISD. (f) -5 Points – Crew fails to verbalize settings prior to

drop. A score of less than 70% will result in Qualification not being awarded. Note: Points will NOT be awarded for any attack conducted after contact is lost if range information is used to provide an updated TOI datum.

h. Records and Charts: Demonstrate the ability to maintain sortie

records in sufficient detail to enable sortie reconstruction. j. Crew Coordination and Safety of Flight: Demonstrate satisfactory

level of Crew Coordination and conduct mission in a safe manner. 6505. Evaluation. a. Debriefing Officer: (1) Upon receipt of range mission data, reconstruct the mission or

event and input data (crew performance and mission difficulty factor) into the on-line grade sheet program.

(2) Critique performance and debrief crew members on the results of

the evaluation. (3) Forward all exercise data to the Certifying Officer.

b. CPRW / CTF Certifying Officer:

(1) Review the evaluation and award the crew grade. (2) Forward all mission data to the Squadron TAB for review and

crew debrief if applicable.


6-5-4

c. Squadron TAB Officer: (if applicable) (1) Conduct TAB evaluation and thorough debriefing of the crew. (2) Forward specific comments, analysis, results and



6-5-A-1

CHAPTER 6 SECTION 5

ANNEX A

ASW 204 Measures of Difficulty

1. Type Cueing/Initial Gain Contact (Avg of these two criteria) Type Cueing 10 None or ESM LOB 9 IUSS SPA 8 ELINT Ellipse 7 EER AOP 6 Submarine Generated Datum/IEER AOP 5 Surface Ship Generated Datum 4 Aircraft Generated Datum 3 Hot Active/Passive Turnover 2 Regen Point or Vectored 1 Radar Riser/Sinker 0 Hot Visual Turnover/RDVU Initial Contact 10 BB 9 CZ 8 ESM 7 IEER 6 DP 5 Active 4 MAD 3 Radar (APS-115) 2 EO/FLIR/IRDS/Radar (APS-137) 1 Visual 2. Target Augmentation A. No Acoustic Augmentation B. Acoustically Augmented 3. Target MDR or ARD A. <500 YDS B. 500 – 999 YDS C. 1000 – 1999 YDS D. 2000 – 3000 YDS E. >3000 YDS 4. TGT Maneuvering Characteristics A. Extensive B. Moderate C. Minimal or None 5. Environmental Factors A. Extreme B. Moderate C. Mild 6. Oceanographic Characteristics A. Above Normal B. Normal C. Below Normal


6-5-A-2



1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.10

9

0

8

A B C D E

2

1

3

4

7

6

5

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

Figure 6-5-1


6-5-B-1


TASK ASW-204 TORPEX QUALIFICATION SHEET

Objective Area / Supporting Tasks 10 7 4 0 N/A Primary

Responsibility Training Device



Objective: Given a full Tactical brief from TSC, demonstrate ability to incorporate pertinent briefing information and message traffic into tactical positional briefs, and brief appropriate tactics based on environmentals and target. Tactics IAW NTTP/NATIP.






MC






MC





Not briefed, or major omissions relating to safety of flight PC




Not briefed SS1


6-5-B-2

Non Acoustic Brief





SS3

Nav Comm Brief All information briefed IAW checklist.




NC

TACCO Brief All information briefed IAW checklist.




TC

Mission Equipment



MC

Sonobuoy selection





TC

TPOA





TC


6-5-B-3

Weapon Loadout


N/A



MC




PC




N/A


MC

Inflight

Transit/Onstation Objective: Demonstrate the ability to a make a safe and efficient transition to onstation, update environmental data and optimize aircraft sensors.

Departure Time


N/A N/A


MC






NC

Check In Range check in completed IAW brief with no deviation.

Check in completed IAW brief with minor deviations.

Check in completed, but not IAW brief.

Check in not performed, or done in an unsafe manner.

MC


6-5-B-4






MC

BT / Ambient Noise




BT/AN not deployed

MC

Noisy RF check


N/A N/A


SS1

OFOM annotation



N/A


SS3

On station Turnover


N/A N/A


PC



N/A



SS3



6-5-B-5





No contact information passed, or contact information vocalized at a greater than 6 minute interval. SS1


Appropriate pattern deployed based on type of contact held. 20 Pts

Appropriate pattern deployed based on type of contact held. 14 Pts

Pattern selection does not match type of contact held . 5 Pts

Unwarranted deviation from briefed TPOA or not IAW NTTP/NATIP.

TC





No corroborative use of sensors or time to initiate localization pattern after initial recognition of contact on TOI > 15 minutes or target not contained or localized.

TC


Tracking Tactics





TC






SS1


TCAARDS passed on 75% of CPAs 10 Pts

TCAARDS passed on 50% of CPAs 5 Pts

TCAARDS passed on less that 50% of CPAs

SS1

Target fixing





TC

Course estimate





TC


6-5-B-6

Speed estimate





TC

Target Classification

TGT correctly classified to type/class (as required by ROE/TACSIT)

N/A N/A

TGT incorrectly classified or not classified

SS1






SS1






SS3

MAD marks










TC

NAVCOMM DRT's





NC

Interval Updates Interval updates passed every 2 minutes or less.




MC


6-5-B-7

Dynamic changes



N/A


TC

Flight station ability to execute crew TPOA.

Flight station was able to execute required flying for crew TPOAs with minimal direction from TACCO.

Flight station requires continual direction from TACCO to execute crew TPOAs. Able to fly crew TPOA.

N/A

Flight station unable to fly crew TPOAs.

PC

Maintained Passive Tracking for 30 minutes prior to 1st Attack

Crew able to maintain close passive tracking of target for full 30 minutes or for period stipulated in exercise instruction prior to 1st attack.

N/A N/A

Crew unable to maintain close passive tracking of target for full 30 minutes or for period stipulated in exercise instruction prior to 1st attack.

MC

Lost Contact Procedures

Objective: Demonstrate the ability to recognize loss contact and employ appropriate tactics IAW brief or NTTP/NATIP to regenerate contact.




> 4 minutes

SS1






TC


Executed briefed TPOA, or executed warranted change to tactics IAW NTTP/NATIP. Datum marked within 1nm. Target inside lost contact pattern and detected. 20 Pts


N/A

Unwarranted change to briefed TPOA or warranted change not IAW NTTP/NATIP. Datum not marked or outside of 1nm. Target not contained, no contact gained.

TC

Attack Procedures Objective: Demonstrate the correct employment of ASW weapons IAW NATOPS and the NTTP/NATIP. Failure to score a minimum of 70% MOP score in this subarea will result in failure of the qualification attempt


6-5-B-8

Attack criteria



N/A

More than 1 attack made without valid attack criteria.

MC





Crew failed to monitor torpedo operation and/or no post attack pattern laid or tactics not IAW NTTP/NATIP or failed to deliver reattack within weapon parameters. FAIL

TC



Minor deviation to report format (1-2 items). Report accomplished in 2-3 minutes.

Major deviation to report format (3 or more items).Report accomplished in 3-4 minutes.

Non standard reports or passing classified information in the clear or report accomplished in > 4 minutes.

NC

Weapon/Aircraft Malfunctions

Any weapon/aircraft malfunctions such as hungstore, bomb bay opening problems handled IAW NATOPS

N/A N/A

Weapon/Aircraft malfunctions not handled IAW NATOPS FAIL TC

Weapon Placement/Settings

Objective: Score a minimum of 70% for Weapon placement IAW TDT Flowchart. A score of less than 70% will result in Qualification not being awarded. Points will NOT be awarded for any attack conducted after contact is lost if range information is used to provide an updated TOI datum.

Weapon Placement Scores

20 Points - Weapon within TDT optimal zone 12 Points - Weapon within an area defined as the optimal zone plus an additional 300 yard around each point that defines the optimal zone

0 Points - Weapon outside of an area defined as the optimal zone plus 300 yards around each point that defines the optimal zone

1st Torpedo Attack 20 Points 12 Points 0 Points 2nd Simulated Torpedo Attack 20 Points 12 Points 0 Points

3rd Simulated Torpedo Attack 20 Points 12 Points 0 Points

4th Simulated Torpedo Attack 20 Points 12 Points 0 Points


6-5-B-9

Weapon Setting Scores

5 Points (All Settings IAW

briefed TDT target Flowchart)

-1 Point (Incorrect ISD set)

-1 Point (Incorrect Tactical

Floor Set)

-2 Points (Tactical Floor not

Utilized (if applicable))

- 5 Points (Tactical Floor set above ISD)

-5 Points (Crew Fails to

Verbalize settings prior to

drop) 1st Torpedo Attack 5 Points 4 Points 3 Points 2 Points 1 Point 0 Points 2nd Simulated Torpedo Attack 5 Points 4 Points 3 Points 2 Points 1 Point 0 Points

3rd Simulated Torpedo Attack 5 Points 4 Points 3 Points 2 Points 1 Point 0 Points

4th Simulated Torpedo Attack 5 Points 4 Points 3 Points 2 Points 1 Point 0 Points

Total Weapon Scores (Maximum 100 points

based on 4 drops of up to 25 Points each)

Excellent (91% or above) Satisfactory (70 - 90%) Unsatisfactory (69% or below) FAIL

Post Flight

Records and Charts Objective: Crew demonstrates the ability to maintain sortie records in sufficient detail to enable sortie reconstruction

NAVCOMM Records



N/A


NC

TACCO Log



N/A


TC




N/A


SS3


6-5-B-10

RDSS Data Extract


N/A N/A

Data is not recorded or not available for review. MC

Acoustic Log



N/A

Major discrepancies in Acoustic log.

SS1





> 4 omissions from PMS / Purple. MC

General Crew Coordination and Safety of Flight Objective: Demonstrates satisfactory level of Crew Coordination and conducts mission in a safe manner


Ensured appropriate TMS setup was used to maintain flight station S/A to maintain standoff N/A


Flight does not follow safety of flight procedures, or fails to maintain standoffs FAIL.

PC






SS3



N/A



SS3


6-5-B-11

Chart Utilization


N/A N/A


MC

Summary Subareas Raw Score Weighted Score Mission Planning / /5 Transit/Onstation / /5 Localization / /5 Tracking / /20 Lost Contact / /5 Attack** / /25 Wpn Placement** / /25 Records and Charts / /5 Crew Coordination / /5 Total / /100 MOP ** Critical Subareas. Required to score a minimum of 70% in these subarea to be awarded Qualification


6-5-B-12

INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK


6-6-1

CHAPTER 6

SECTION 6

TASK ASW-205 IEER

CREW QUALIFICATION

FXP: ASW-5,11,12-A 6601. Mission Objective. To evaluate a crew’s ability to effectively employ the P-3C weapons system for use of Improved Extended Echo Ranging (IEER) software and tactics to detect and localize a submarine. 6602. Requirements/Critical Sub-Areas. a. Qualification should be attained in the aircraft. Scheduled events

should include a minimum of four hours on-station with a dedicated submarine target.

b. Required crew members must complete IEER ground training, including

a pre-qual period in the TORT (prior to initial qualification) during ARP to evaluate the crew’s ability to detect and analyze IEER contact.


areas and as an overall score on the crew grade sheet in order to be awarded the qualification. Critical sub-areas for this qualification are Search and AOP Investigation.

d. To maintain operator proficiency, acoustic operators shall complete

12 hrs of aural training on the AMTS or target recognition trainer between qualifications.


TSC, demonstrate ability to incorporate pertinent briefing information and message traffic into tactical positional briefs.




NTTP/NATIP to successfully meet the mission objective. Once the environmental update and marine mammal procedures are completed deploy the briefed/updated search pattern and utilize the IEER software and hardware to recognize contact and refine the AOP. A score of less than 70% in this sub-area will result in a failure of the qualification.

d. AOP Investigation: Demonstrate the employment of tactics IAW brief

or NTTP/NATIP to determine the correct AOP and localize the target to gain direct path contact. Full use of all aircraft electronic sensors is expected. A score of less than 70% in this sub-area will result in a failure of the qualification.

e. Pouncer Coordination: If applicable, demonstrate the ability to

direct a pouncer aircraft to the correct AOP so that transition to direct path contact can occur.


6-6-2

f. Turnover/Offstation: Demonstrate the ability to safely and efficiently check offstation and handover hot contact as appropriate.

g. Records and Charts: Demonstrate the ability to maintain sortie

records (including dedicated EER acoustic logs) in sufficient detail to enable sortie reconstruction

h. Crew Coordination and Safety of Flight: Demonstrate satisfactory

level of crew coordination and conduct mission in a safe manner Note: The IEER system is an operator intensive system, even to the most experienced aircrew. TSCs should not impose additional paging requirements on acoustic operators because it can detract from their ability to operate the system. 6604. Measure of Effectiveness. Crew successfully deployed IEER pattern and properly evaluated returns to achieve a definitive, passively searchable, AOP on a valid submarine target return. 6605. Evaluation. a. Debriefing Officer: (1) Reconstruct the mission and input data (crew performance and

mission difficulty factor) into the on-line grade sheet program.


the evaluation. (3) Forward all exercise data to the Certifying Officer. b. CPRW / CTF Certifying Officer: (1) Review the evaluation and award the crew grade, as appropriate. (2) Forward all mission data to the Squadron TAB Officer for review

and crew debrief. c. Squadron TAB Officer: (if applicable) (1) Conduct TAB evaluation and thorough debriefing of the crew. (2) Forward specific comments, analysis results and recommendations

to Commanding Officer.


6-6-A-1

CHAPTER 6 SECTION 6

ANNEX A

IEER Measures of Difficulty

1. Search Area Size/Time Late 9 >3,600 Sqnm &/or >12 Hrs 8 3,600 Sqnm &/or 10 – 12 Hrs 7 2,500 Sqnm &/or 8 – 10 Hrs 6 900 Sqnm &/or 6 – 8 Hrs 5 600 Sqnm &/or 4 – 6 Hrs 4 400 Sqnm &/or 2 – 4 Hrs 3 100 Sqnm &/or 1 – 2 Hrs 2 Regen Pts. &/or < 1 Hr 1 Target PIM &/or Current Position 2. Scenario Scripting A. None/Unknown Location B. Freeplay in Specified Area C. Scripted Freeplay D. Fully Scripted Evolution 3. Target Displacement A. <500 Tons B. 500 – 1,200 Tons C. 1,200 – 3,000 Tons D. 3,000 – 8,000 Tons E. >8,000 Tons 4. False Return Potential A. Duct Mode – High Volume Surf Traffic B. CZ Mode – High Volume Pinnacles/Bottom Debris C. Duct Mode – Moderate Volume Surface Traffic or CZ Mode – Moderate Volume Pinnacles/Bottom Debris D. CZ Mode – Low Volume Pinnacles/Bottom Debris E. Duct Mode – Low Volume Surface Traffic 5. Primary Return Type A. Monostatic B. Bistatic C. Multistatic 6. Mission Constraints A. Extreme B. Normal C. Unconstrained 7. Environmental Factors A. Extreme B. Moderate C. Mild 8. Oceanographic Profile A. Onstation Update Does Not Support ASPECT Generated Prediction B. Onstation Update Consistent with ASPECT Generated Prediction


6-6-A-2

9. Processing Mode vs. TGT Depth/Position A. CZ Raypath – TGT Shallow_Above Layer B. Duct Raypath – TGT Deep or Below Layer C. CZ Raypath – TGT Deep or Below Layer D. Duct Raypath – TGT Shallow_Above Layer


10

9

2

1

0

3

4

8

7

6

5

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

A B C D E

Figure 6-6-1


6-6-B-1


TASK ASW-205 BASIC MULTI-STATIC ASW (IEER) QUALIFICATION SHEET

Objective Area / Supporting Tasks 10 7 4 0 N/A Primary

Responsibility Training Device


Brief /Tactical Planning/Preflight Objective: Given a full Tactical brief from TSC, demonstrate the ability to incorporate pertinent briefing information and message traffic into tactical positional briefs. Brief appropriate tactics based on environmentals and target. Tactics IAW NTTP/NATIP.






MC






MC



Minor omissions ( 1 to 2 items) to brief.

Major omissions (3 or more) to brief.

Not briefed, or major omissions relating to safety of flight.

PC

Acoustic Brief All information briefed correctly from current environmental data.

Minor omissions (1 to 2 items) to brief.


Not briefed. SS1


6-6-B-2

Non Acoustic Brief





SS3

Nav Comm Brief




Not briefed, or major omissions relating to safety of flight. NC

TACCO Brief




Not briefed, or major omissions relating to safety of flight. TC

Mission Equipment

Aircraft Mission System degradation passed to TSC OPCON. N/A N/A

Not briefed or major omissions relating to safety of flight or mission effectiveness.

MC Flight Only

Sonobuoy selection

Sonobuoy loadout and settings selected based on environmental briefing and target considerations; sonobuoy depth based on predicted best ray path or depth limitations.

Sonobuoy loadout selected based on environmental briefing and target considerations; Minor errors in sonobuoy settings; sonobuoy depth based on predicted best ray path or depth limitations.

Sonobuoy loadout selected based on environmental briefing and target considerations; Most settings incorrect or sonobuoys placed at incorrect depth based on predicted best ray path or depth limitations.


TC

TPOA




Fails to address major areas of tasking or tactics not IAW NTTP/NATIP.

TC


6-6-B-3

IEER - Aircraft Groomed

All items completed including AQH-4 time code verification, record and replay 10 mins of DIFAR BITE on all acoustic tracks both FWD & AFT recorders and CASS transmitter output has been verified. 20 Pts

N/A N/A

Failed to complete all items including; AQH-4 time code verification, record and replay 10 mins of DIFAR BITE on all acoustic tracks on both FWD & AFT recorders OR CASS transmitter output was not verified.

SS1 Flight Only




PC




N/A


MC Flight Only

Inflight


Departure Time



MC Flight Only






NC Flight Only


6-6-B-4



N/A N/A


PC Simulator Only





MC Flight Only

EMCON





MC






MC

BT / Ambient Noise




BT/AN not deployed

MC

BT and AMB data transmitted to TSC for follow on events

Data sent within 30 Mins of BT/AN deployment

Data sent within 30 - 45 Mins of BT/AN deployment


Data sent not sent or sent >1 hour of BT/AN deployment

MC Flight Only

Noisy RF check


N/A N/A


SS1


6-6-B-5

OFOM annotation



N/A


SS3 Flight Only

On station Turnover


N/A N/A


PC




N/A







TC



N/A



SS3 Simulator Only





Operator uses RADAR/ IFF hardware/ software to optimize RADAR/ IFF returns <70% of the time.

SS3 Simulator Only

Visual Clearance of area for surface contacts and sea mammals

Flight station conducts a thorough search of the search area for small surface contacts and signs of marine mammals

N/A N/A

Visual search of area not conducted

PC Flight Only


6-6-B-6

Acoustic Clearance of area for mammal mitigation

SS1&2 conducts aural acoustic search of area prior to weapon drops for marine mammals

N/A N/A

Acoustic search of area not conducted

SS1 Flight Only






TC Simulator Only

Search Objective - Demonstrate the employment IEER search tactics IAW brief or NTTP/NATIP to successfully meet the mission aim. Failure to score a minimum of 70% MOP score in this subarea will result in failure of the qualification attempt.

Search Tactics

Deployed briefed IEER search pattern with all posts in correct position and correct post ID’s and reseated any failed receivers prior to IEER search. 20 Pts

A single pattern discrepancy 14 Pts

Two pattern discrepancies 8 Pts

More than two pattern discrepancies OR failure to reseat any identified failed receivers prior IEER search OR any SSQ-110A deployed within the established escape corridor.

TC


Flight station optimized altitude during all phases to maximize secondary sensors to include MAD, visual, radar and ESM. N/A

Flight station initiated altitude adjustment during some phases to maximize secondary sensors to include MAD, visual, radar and ESM.


PC

IEER System Setup

Used correct processing mode, band settings, and selected the correct processing time as assigned at mission brief.

N/A N/A

Failed to used the correct processing mode, band settings, or selected the incorrect processing time assigned at mission brief.

SS1

Marking of Main Bang

Utilized the Source Reposition function after every SSQ-110A bang to ensure IEER plot stab is as accurate as possible.

N/A N/A

Failed to use the Source Reposition function after every SSQ-110A bang to ensure IEER plot stab is as accurate as possible.

SS1


6-6-B-7

IEER Bang Interval

Based on the average bang interval, first bang to last bang, the average bang time is < 7.5 minutes.

Based on the average bang interval, first

bang to last bang, the average bang time is

7.5 - 10 minutes.

Based on the average bang interval, first

bang to last bang, the average bang time is

10 - 12 minutes.

Based on the average bang

interval, first bang to last bang, the

average bang time is > 12 minutes.

MC

IEER Analysis of Returns

Replayed 100% of all detection arrows and other possible contacts, analyzed both bands, correctly used display formats, and correctly recognized IEER contact.

Replayed >70% of all detection arrows and other possible contacts, analyzed both bands, correctly used display formats, and correctly recognized IEER contact.

Replayed <70% of all detection arrows and other possible contacts, analyzed both bands, correctly used display formats, and correctly recognized IEER contact.

Failure to replay <50% of all detection arrows and other possible contacts, analyzed both bands, correctly used display formats, OR missed any available IEER contact.

SS1 Simulator Only

IEER Contact Recognition ZERO missed contact on any given bang.

No more than two bangs missing

contact.

No more than three bangs missing

contact.

More than three bangs missing

contact. SS1

IEER Contact Transfer

All generated IEER contacts are correctly measured and sent to the TACCO.

N/A N/A

Failed to display all generated IEER contacts to the TACCO.

SS1 Simulator Only

IEER AOP Generation

Effectively used software, to include Contact Correlate, Modified Bearings and Global Point StIEERing to generate an AOP IAW NTTP 3-22.1-P-3. 20 Pts

Effectively used software, to include Contact Correlate, Modified Bearings and Global Point StIEERing to generate an AOP with no more than a 1 NM error in radius IAW NTTP 3-22.1-P-3. 14 Pts

Effectively used software, to include Contact Correlate, Modified Bearings and Global Point StIEERing to generate an AOP with no more than a 1 NM error in radius IAW NTTP 3-22.1-P-3. 8 Pts

Failure to develop a AOP from valid IEER contact. FAIL

TC

IEER Search Pattern Timeliness

Pattern complete within 60 minutes of first pattern sonobuoy deployment.

Pattern complete 60 - 70 minutes of first pattern sonobuoy deployment.


Pattern complete > 80 minutes of first pattern sonobuoy deployment.

TC

IEER Contact Report

Passed IEER AOP contact report within 5 minutes of AOP determination IAW the prescribed format.

Passed IEER AOP contact report > 5 - < 8 minutes of AOP determination IAW the prescribed format.


Failed to pass IEER AOP contact report within 10 minutes of AOP determination OR did not follow the prescribed format.

NC

Best Band holding data transmitted to TSC

Crew reports the best band-holding contact to

the TSC. N/A N/A

Crew failed to report the best band-holding contact to the TSC.

MC Flight Only


6-6-B-8

AOP Investigation Objective: Demonstrate the employment of tactics IAW brief or NTTP/NATIP to successfully investigate multi-static contact. Failure to score a minimum of 70% MOP score in this subarea will result in failure of the qualification attempt

IEER AOP Accuracy

Based on PFA or Submarine Track Message, submarine is located within 2 nm of center of AOP. 30 Pts

Based on PFA or Submarine Track Message, submarine is located within 2 - 4 nm of center of AOP. 21 Pts


Based on PFA or Submarine Track Message, submarine is located >6 nm of center of AOP.

TC


Briefed TPOA used or IAW NTTP/NATIP, optimal use of all sensors. Appropriate pattern deployed based on type of contact held. Time to initiate localization from first validated contact < 30 min. 20 Pts

Briefed TPOA used or IAW NTTP/NATIP, attempted to use other sensors. Appropriate pattern deployed based on type of contact held. Time to initiate localization from first validated contact 30 - 40 min. 14 Pts

Briefed TPOA used or IAW NTTP/NATIP. Attempted to use other sensors. Pattern selection does not match type of contact held. 8 Pts

Unwarranted deviation from briefed TPOA or not IAW NTTP/NATIP. No corroborative use of sensors or time to initiate localization from first validated > 40 min.

TC

Plot Stabilization (stab) maintained throughout localization,

Plot is maintained; errors in plot stab are quickly noted and rectified; no errors in sonobuoy placement.

Plot is maintained; minor delay in plot stab error recognition and rectification results in occasional poor sonobuoy placement; All errors corrected

Plot is maintained; TACCO fails to correct for minor errors which result in poor sonobuoy placement

Plot is not maintained; TACCO fails to correct for significant errors, resulting in poor sonobuoy placement leading to lost contact

PC Simulator Only

Sensor Utilization



2 or more appropriate sensors not utilized

Secondary sensors not considered in localization TC

Pouncer Coordination Objective: Demonstrate the coordination required to successfully localize target utilizing a pouncer.

Sonobuoy deconfliction Sonobuoy channels deconflicted between Banger and Pouncer

N/A N/A No consideration given to sonobuoy deconfliction

TC

AOP transfer

Size of AOP correctly assessed and passed to Pouncer. Type and confidence of contact passed. 20 Pts

Size of AOP correctly assessed and passed to Pouncer. Type and confidence of contact passed not given. 14 Pts

Size of AOP incorrectly assessed and passed to Pouncer 8 Pts

Position of datum given with no consideration given to size of datum/wrong datum passed

TC


6-6-B-9




N/A N/A


PC






MC



Up doppler sonobuoys or active contact held at swap time. N/A


TC




TC




Post Flight

Records and Charts Objective: Crew demonstrates the ability to maintain sortie records in sufficient detail to enable sortie reconstruction.

NAVCOMM Records



N/A


NC

TACCO Log



N/A


TC


6-6-B-10




N/A


SS3

RDSS Data Extract


N/A N/A

Data is not recorded or not available for review MC Flight Only

Acoustic Log



N/A


SS1

IEER Acoustics Logs

Completed all logs and printed all required tableaus to HSP prior to ONSTA, after each change to IEER settings, after each contact and on every bang.

Minor discrepancies in log or tableaus printed on 1 or 2 occasions. N/A

Major discrepancies in log or tableaus printed on 3 or more occasions. SS1









N/A



NC



N/A



PC


6-6-B-11

Weapon Standoffs





PC Simulator Only






SS3 Simulator Only

ICS Procedures





MC Simulator Only



N/A



SS3 Simulator Only

Chart Utilization

All required positions use correct scale charts to plot/ verify high obstructions for MOSA, RADAR assisted NAV fixing, or Landmass recognition IAW NATOPS N/A N/A


MC


6-6-B-12




N/A


TC Simulator Only




N/A


SS3 Simulator Only




N/A


SS1 Simulator Only

Summary Subareas Raw Score Weighted Score Mission Planning / /5 Transit/Onstation / /10 Search** / /30 AOP Investigation** / /20 Pouncer Coordination / /10 Turnover/Offstation / /5 Records and Charts / /15 Crew Coordination / /5 Total / /100 MOP ** Critical Subareas. Required to score a minimum of 70% in these subarea to be awarded Qualification


6-7-A-1

CHAPTER 6

SECTION 7

TASK ASW-206 AIRBORNE ACOUSTIC INTELLIGENCE

CREW QUALIFICATION

FXP: ASW-9-A 6701. Mission Objective. To evaluate a crew’s ability to effectively employ the P-3C weapons system to collect Acoustic Intelligence from subsurface contacts. 6702. Requirements/Critical Sub-Areas. a. Qualification should be attained in the aircraft. Use of the

simulator to renew this task requires parent wing approval. In no case will a crew be permitted to complete two consecutive ASW 206 tasks in the simulator. If the inflight portion of the qualification is completed in the simulator or an aircraft without a calibrated recording system, the crew is required to complete the calibration requirement prior to award of final qualification.

b. A target - SS, SSN, SSGN or SSBN. c. The crew is required to score a minimum of 70% in the critical sub-

areas and as an overall score on the crew grade sheet in order to be awarded the qualification. Critical sub-areas for this qualification are Collection Patterns, Records and Charts and Calibration Data.

d. All techniques should be utilized to localize, track, and conduct

event IAW current Office of Naval Intelligence (ONI) guidelines. e. Certification will only be awarded if the aircrew’s data meets ONI

requirements. 6703. Measure of Performance. a. Brief/Tactical Planning/Preflight: Given a full tactical brief from



efficient transition to onstation; update environmental data, and optimize aircraft sensors.

c. Localization: Demonstrate the employment of tactics IAW brief, ONI

Guidelines and SOPs to successfully localize target. d. Tracking: Demonstrate the employment of tactics IAW brief or ONI

Guidelines and SOPs to successfully track the target. e. Collection Patterns: Demonstrate the employment of tactics IAW

brief or ONI Guidelines and SOPs to successfully collect acoustic data from the target. A score of less than 70% in this sub-area will result in a failure of the qualification.

f. Lost Contact Procedures: If required, demonstrate the ability to

recognize lost contact and employ appropriate tactics IAW brief or NTTP/NATIP to regenerate contact.

6-7-A-2

g. Turnover/Offstation: Demonstrate the ability to safely and efficiently check offstaion and handover hot contact as appropriate.

h. Records and Charts: Demonstrate the ability to maintain sortie

records in sufficient detail to enable sortie reconstruction. Organize a complete data packet for submission to the Wing Special Projects Office for review and evaluation. A score of less than 70% in this sub-area will result in a failure of the qualification.

i. Calibration Data: Ensure a valid preflight or post-flight

calibration of the aircraft recording system is performed in accordance with ONI guidelines. A score of less than 70% in this sub-area will result in a failure of the qualification.

j. Crew Coordination and Safety of Flight: Demonstrate satisfactory

level of crew coordination and conduct mission in a safe manner. 6704. Measure of Effectiveness. Crew successfully conducted SPL collection on target. 6705. Evaluation. a. Debriefing Officer: (1) Reconstruct the mission or event and input data (crew





crew debrief if appropriate. c. Squadron TAB Officer:

(1) Conduct TAB evaluation and thorough debriefing of the crew.

(2) Forward specific comments, analysis, results and



6-7-A-3

CHAPTER 6 SECTION 7

Annex A

AAI Measures of Difficulty

1. Type Cueing/Initial Gain Contact (Avg of these two criteria) Type Cueing 10 None or ESM LOB 9 IUSS SPA 8 ELINT Ellipse 7 EER AOP 6 Submarine Generated Datum/IEER AOP 5 Surface Ship Generated Datum 4 Aircraft Generated Datum 3 Hot Active/Passive Turnover 2 Regen Point or Vectored 1 Radar Riser/Sinker 0 Hot Visual Turnover/RDVU Initial Contact 10 BB 9 CZ 8 ESM 7 EER/IEER 6 DP 5 Active 4 MAD 3 Radar (APS-115) 2 EO/FLIR/IRDS/Radar (APS-137) 1 Visual 2. Target Augmentation A. No Acoustic Augmentation B. Acoustically Augmented 3. Target MDR or ARD A. <500 YDS B. 500 – 999 YDS C. 1000 – 1999 YDS D. 2000 – 3000 YDS E. >3000 YDS 4. TGT Maneuvering Characteristics A. Extensive B. Moderate C. Minimal or None 5. Environmental Factors A. Extreme B. Moderate C. Mild 6. Oceanographic Characteristics A. Above Normal B. Normal C. Below Normal

6-7-A-4



1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.10

9

0

8

A B C D E

2

1

3

4

7

6

5

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

Figure 6-7-1


6-7-B-1


TASK ASW-206 AIRBORNE ASW INTELLIGENCE (AAI) QUALIFICATION SHEET Objective Area /

Supporting Tasks 10 7 4 0 N/A Primary Responsibility

Training Device


Brief /Tactical Planning/Preflight Objective: Given a full Tactical brief from TSC, demonstrate the ability to incorporate pertinent briefing information and message traffic into Tactical positional briefs. Brief appropriate tactics based on environmentals and target. Tactics IAW NTTP/NATIP.






MC






MC






PC




Not briefed SS1


6-7-B-2

Non Acoustic Brief





SS3

Nav Comm Brief





TACCO Brief





AAI brief

Brief turnover pattern, tracking pattern into and out of pattern, type of pattern to include minutes ahead of TOI and number of buoys in each pattern. 20 Pts

Minor omissions to brief (1 to 2). 14 Pts

Major omissions to brief (3 or more). 8 Pts


MC

Mission Equipment

Aicraft Mission System degradation passed to TSC OPCON N/A N/A


MC Flight Only

Sonobuoy selection

Logical sonobuoy loadout and settings selected based on environmental briefing and target considerations; sonobuoy depth based on predicted best ray path or depth limitations. Flight only: Sono load visually verified including SSQ-53 calibration data (manufacturer, lot, cal omni) 15 Pts

Logical sonobuoy loadout selected based on environmental briefing and target considerations; Minor errors in sonobuoy settings; sonobuoy depth based on predicted best ray path or depth limitations

Logical sonobuoy loadout selected based on environmental briefing and target considerations; Most settings incorrect or sonobuoys placed at incorrect depth based on predicted best ray path or depth limitations

Sonobuoy loadout and/or settings and depth selection completely inconsistent with environmental brief and/or target considerations or sono load not visually verified. FAIL

TC


6-7-B-3

TPOA



Tactics for all phases of tasking addressed but fail to take into account assigned target and environmental. All tactics IAW NTTP/NATIP. 5Pts


TC




PC




N/A


MC Flight Only

Inflight


Departure Time



MC Flight Only






NC Flight Only


6-7-B-4

Check In





MC



N/A N/A


PC Simulator Only





MC Flight Only

EMCON





MC






MC

BT / Ambient Noise




BT/AN not deployed

MC


6-7-B-5

Noisy RF check


N/A N/A


SS1

TACCO Pre-Onstation Preparation

TACCO constructs GENTRK with at least two tracking patterns attached. 20 Pts

TACCO constructs GENTRK with one tracking patterns attached. 14 Pts

N/A

GENTRK not constructed.

TC Simulator Only

SS1 & 2 Pre-Onstation Preparation

SS1 enters two manual SPLs patterns at station prior to on station.

SS1 enters one manual SPL pattern at station prior to on station.

N/A

Manual SPL patterns not entered.

SS1 Simulator Only

OFOM annotation



N/A


SS3 Flight Only

On station Turnover


N/A N/A


PC




N/A







TC






MC


6-7-B-6



N/A



SS3 Simulator Only






SS3 Simulator Only






TC Simulator Only


Crew completes SAC checklist and verbalizes takeover of SAC.

Crew completes SAC checklist although does not verbalize takeover of SAC.

N/A

SAC checklist not completed TC






No contact information passed, or contact information vocalized at a greater than 6 minute interval or TPOA / NTTP / NATIP not utilized.

SS1




N/A


TC


6-7-B-7



N/A



PC






TC

Sensor Utilization





TC Simulator Only






SS1 Simulator Only


Tracking Tactics





TC





SS1





SS1 Simulator Only


6-7-B-8

Target fixing





TC Simulator Only

Course estimate





TC Simulator Only

Speed estimate





TC



SS1

Doppler used for TMA

Crew utilizes doppler for Target Motion Analysis 100% of the time

Crew utilizes doppler for Target Motion Analysis 85% - 99% of the time

Crew utilizes doppler for Target Motion Analysis 70% - 84% of the time

Crew utilizes doppler for Target Motion Analysis <70% of the time

SS1 Simulator Only






SS1 Simulator Only

Full Spread Analysis JEZ operators consistently conduct full spread analysis

JEZ operators often conduct full spread analysis

JEZ operators seldom conduct full spread analysis

No full spreads conducted

SS1 Simulator Only






SS3


6-7-B-9

MAD marks














N/A


SS3 Simulator Only






TC





MC

Dynamic changes



N/A


TC


6-7-B-10




N/A


PC Simulator Only




N/A


PC Simulator Only






PC Simulator Only




N/A


PC

Collection Patterns Objective: Demonstrate the employment of tactics IAW brief or ONI Guidelines and SOPs to successfully collect data from the target. Failure to score a minimum of 70% MOP score in this subarea will result in failure of the qualification attempt.

AAI Checklist

AAI Checklist complete with no errors

AAI Checklist complete with minor errors in Checklist, but no loss of SPL data N/A

AAI Checklist complete with major errors in Checklist that lead to loss of SPL data or AAI Checklist not completed

MC

TACCO software

TC is familiar with and uses (gen track, reinit, 3,6,and 9 minute project position, marks significant events, range rate aid, CPA circles, expand circles, and compute intersection, pic-lock selected for all patterns, and entrapment) 15 Pts

TACCO familiar with all functions and uses all but 2 functions. 10 Pts

TACCO not familiar with all functions but uses all but 3 functions. 5 Pts

TACCO is unfamiliar with software functions or uses all but 4 functions.

TC Simulator Only


6-7-B-11

Recorders

On and voice annotated properly to include classification, event, date, start time, deck #, reel # and pattern #.

N/A N/A

Recorder not on or incorrectly annotated. FAIL

SS1

Buoy tuning

All data on 1 tape recorder and proper ASCL tracks with contact recorded prior to fade in. 20 Pts

Pattern tuned with tracks moved to 1 AQH-4 with up doppler but not fade-in contact. 15 Pts

N/A

Pattern not tuned on 1 AQH-4 after fade in. FAIL

SS1 Flight Only

Wedge/slash penetration

Two pattern penetrations with 2 or more buoys on each side. 30 Pts

Two pattern penetrations with less than 2 buoys on each side. 20 Pts

N/A

Invalid collect. FAIL

MC





> 4 minutes

SS1 Simulator Only






TC

Time to Complete LC Pattern < 20 Minutes 20-25 Minutes 25-30 Minutes > 30Minutes

TC




N/A


TC

Sensor Utilization





MC


6-7-B-12

Turnover/Offstation Objective: Demonstrate the ability to safely and efficiently check OFFSTA and handover hot contact as appropriate.

Proper altitude separation and EMCON


N/A N/A


PC






MC





TC




TC




Post Flight

Records and Charts Objective: Demonstrate the ability to maintain sortie records in sufficient detail to enable sortie reconstruction. Failure to score a minimum of 70% MOP score in this subarea will result in failure of the qualification attempt.

NAVCOMM Records

All significant events logged. Full reconstruct not affected if replay/extract fails.

Minor discrepancies in NAVCOMM log that prevents full reconstruct when replay/extract fails.

N/A

Major discrepancies in NAVCOMM log that would not support any reconstruct.

NC

NAVCOMM DRT's

DRT's maintained at all times onstation as appropriate. Updated every 12 minutes or less. Additionally, one summary DRT developed to describe collection effort. 20 Pts



DRT's not maintained or no summary DRT provided.

NC


6-7-B-13

TACCO Log

All significant events logged to aid in Purple construction.

Minor discrepancies in TACCO log that would not affect Purple completion.

N/A

Major discrepancies in TACCO log or no log kept.

TC

Master Pattern sheet

All blocks filled in correctly. 15 Pts

1-2 blocks not filled in that do not effect reconstruct. 10 Pts

1-2 blocks not filled in that effect reconstruct. 5 Pts

3 or more blocks not filled in.

MC




Logs contain all required data with 3-4 minor omissions.


SS3

RDSS Data Extract


N/A N/A


Magnetic Data and ADP Material

AQH-4 tapes labeled correctly. Moe disc enabled for data extract and all required events extracted. 20 Pts

N/A N/A

Labels incorrect/not filled out/no Raw replay file retrieved.

IFT Flight Only

Data Retrieval

Following events dumped to HSP: PPU Contact History, Processing/Sonobuoy Status for each pattern, Tuning Criteria, BT/SVP each pattern, CPAs, Frequencies by RF, Contact Criteria, Sam Amplify, Ambient Noise Tableau, Noisy RF Tableau, Active Tableaus, System Alerts Tableau, Interface Status Tableau.

1 required event not printed.

More than 1 required event not printed.

No events printed to HSP.

TC Flight Only


6-7-B-14

Acoustic Log



N/A


SS1






Calibration Data Objective: Demonstrate the ability to record acoustic data suitable for ONI use. Failure to score a minimum of 70% MOP score in this subarea will result in failure of the qualification attempt.

Calibrated Data

Calibrated data recorded on both AQH-4 recorders. 20 Pts

Calibrated data recorded on only one AQH-4 recorder and same recorder is used to record TOI collection data. 14 Pts

N/A

Calibrated data not recorded. FAIL

IFT Flight Only

Calibration Log Sheet Calibration log sheet filled out correctly. N/A N/A

Calibration log sheet incorrect/not filled out. IFT Flight Only

General Crew Coordination and Safety of Flight Objective: Crew demonstrates satisfactory level of Crew Coordination and conducts mission in a safe manner



N/A



NC



N/A



PC






SS3 Simulator Only


6-7-B-15

ICS Procedures





MC Simulator Only



N/A



SS3 Simulator Only

Chart Utilization


N/A N/A


MC




N/A


TC Simulator Only




N/A


SS3 Simulator Only



Operator uses proper scope management as appropriate to current mission 50-75% of time.

N/A

Operator uses proper scope management as appropriate to current mission < 50% of time.

SS1 Simulator Only


6-7-B-16

Summary Subareas Raw Score Weighted Score Mission Planning / /10 Transit/Onstation / /5 Localization / /5 Tracking / /15 Collection Patterns** / /25 Lost Contact / /5 Turnover/Offstation / /5 Records and Charts** / /15 Calibration Data** / /10 Crew Coordination / /5 Total / /100 MOP ** Critical Subareas. Required to score a minimum of 70% in these subarea to be awarded Qualification


6-8-1

CHAPTER 6

SECTION 8

TASK ASW-207 ASW CREW PROFICIENCY CREW QUALIFICATION

6801. Mission Objective. To evaluate a crew’s ability to employ the P-3 weapons system to effectively detect, localize, track and attack a submarine on a simulated wartime transit or patrol. The evolution is designed to enhance ASW skills through recurrent exposure to ASW tactical situations in a less structured environment than that applied to ARP and the other ASW tactical qualifications. 6802. Requirements/Critical Sub-Areas. a. The qualification can be conducted either in-flight (deployed

aircrews) or in the simulator (non-deployed aircrews). b. To ensure maintenance of individual crewmember ASW tactical

skills and maximize ASW exposure, this task, whether conducted inflight or in the simulator, may not be awarded concurrently with any other ASW task.

c. The crew is required to score a minimum of 70% as an overall

score on the crew grade sheet in order to be awarded the qualification.

6803. Procedures – Non-Deployed Aircrews. a. The 2F140/2F87 (coupled mode) or 2F179A TORT simulators are the

primary resources for completion of the ASW 207 task during the IDRC.

Note: Use of the MK-30 or EMATT to complete the ASW 207 task

requires CPRG approval. Note: The ASW 207 task may be awarded when conducted on an

actual submarine target in lieu of a second ASW 201, ASW 202, ASW 205, ASW 206 or ASW 210 conducted in the same 30-day period.

b. When using the 2F140/2F87 (coupled) or 2F179A TORT:

(1) The qualification requires a dedicated simulator period which shall be conducted in a freeplay style mode utilizing freeze/unfreeze and real-time instructional feedback as appropriate. (2) These WST events shall be instructed by WTIs when available. However, if WTIs are not available, ACTC Level 400 instructors are acceptable substitutes with parent Wing approval. (3) Scenario selection should be based on crew performance deficiencies as identified by combined inputs from the squadron TAB process, instructor feedback and crew mission commander desires.


6-8-2

(4) If the squadron/wing does not have a formal ASW 207 program, instructors must use one of the following grade sheets: (a) ASW 201 (b) ASW 202 (c) ASW 205 (d) ASW 206 (e) ASW 210 (5) If the Wing has a formal ASW 207 program for focused ASW training that includes an aircrew performance tracking mechanism, focused MOP grade sheets may be developed for use by all assigned squadrons/aircrews. Sample grade sheets have been included as annexes to this chapter.

c. When using MK-30 or EMATT: (1) CPRG approval is required.

(2) Crews must select a target run profile that contains a minimum of four separate course and/or speed changes per hour. (3) Crews must track the target for a minimum of one hour and conduct at least two valid attacks IAW the appropriate Torpedo Decision Tree (TDT) for the simulated target. (4) Crews must achieve a minimum MOR score of 70% based on the ASW 202 grade sheet (Chapter 3 Annexes A and B).

d. When using an actual submarine target:

(1) The qualification may be awarded in lieu of a second ASW 201, ASW 202, ASW 205, ASW 206 or ASW 210 conducted in the same 30-day period.

(2) The crew is required to score a minimum of 70% in the

critical sub-areas and as an overall score on the appropriate crew grade sheet in order to be awarded the qualification. Critical sub-areas will be determined by the qualification grade sheet that is utilized.

6804. Procedures - Deployed Aircrews. a. When using the 2F140/2F87 (coupled) or 2F179A TORT:

(1) CPRG approval is required. (2) The qualification requires a dedicated simulator period which shall be conducted in a freeplay style mode utilizing freeze/unfreeze and real-time instructional feedback as appropriate. (3) These WST events shall be instructed by WTIs when available. However, if WTIs are not available, ACTC Level 400 instructors are acceptable substitutes with parent Wing approval. (4) Scenario selection should be based on crew performance deficiencies as identified by combined inputs from the squadron


6-8-3

TAB process, instructor feedback and crew mission commander desires. (5) If the squadron/wing does not have a formal ASW 207 program, instructors must use one of the following grade sheets: (a) ASW 201 (b) ASW 202 (c) ASW 205 (d) ASW 206 (e) ASW 210 (6) If the Wing has a formal ASW 207 program for focused ASW training that includes an aircrew performance tracking mechanism, focused MOP grade sheets may be developed for use by all assigned squadrons/aircrews. Sample grade sheets have been included as annexes to this chapter.

b. When using MK-30 or EMATT:

(1) Crews must select a target run profile that contains a minimum of four separate course and/or speed changes per hour. (2) Crews must track the target for a minimum of one hour and conduct a minimum of two valid attacks IAW the appropriate Torpedo Decision Tree (TDT) for the simulated target. (3) Crews must achieve a minimum MOR score of 70% based on the ASW 202 grade sheet (Chapter 3 Annexes A and B).

c. When using an actual submarine target:

(1) The qualification may be awarded in lieu of a second ASW 201, ASW 202, ASW 205, ASW 206 or ASW 210 conducted in the same 30-day period.

(2) The crew is required to score a minimum of 70% in the critical sub-areas and as an overall score on the appropriate crew grade sheet in order to be awarded the qualification. Critical sub-areas will be determined by the qualification grade sheet that is utilized.

6805. Evaluation. a. Debriefing Officer: (1) Reconstruct the mission or event and input data (crew


(2) Critique performance and debrief crewmembers on the results

of the evaluation. (3) Forward all exercise data to the Certifying Officer. b. Squadron / CPRW / CTF Certifying Officer: (1) Review the evaluation and award the crew grade, as

appropriate.


6-8-4

(2) Forward all mission data to the Squadron TAB officer for

review and crew debrief if appropriate. c. Squadron TAB Officer: (if applicable)

(1) Conduct TAB evaluation and thorough debriefing of the crew. (2) Forward specific comments, analysis, results and recommendations for further training to the Commanding Officer.


6-8-A-1

ASW 207 EER Banger Ops MOP

10 7 4 0 MC: Deployed BT and Ambient Noise sonobuoy

and completed BT/AMN measurements prior to pattern deployment to include temperature

measured at 65' / 650'.

BT/AMN deployed > 5 - < 10 nm from search pattern; updated temperature at 65

or 650 feet.

BT/AMN deployed > 10 - < 15 nm from search pattern; updated temperature at 65

or 650 feet.

> 15 nm from search pattern/area, did not deploy or did not update temperature at

65’ and 650’.

MC: Crew reports the best band-holding contact to the TSC.

N/A N/A Crew failed to report the best band-holding contact to the TSC.

MC: Crew is able to generate and pass a valid AOP within 2000 yards, measured at the

time the AOP was passed.

Crew is able to generate and pass a valid AOP within 4000 yards, measured at the


Crew is able to generate and pass a valid AOP within 6000 yards, measured at the


Crew fails to generate a valid AOP within 6000 Yards, measured at the time the

AOP was passed. MC: All crew generated AOP’s passed are valid

to within 4000 yards, measured at the time the AOP was passed.

75% of all crew generated AOP’s passed are valid to within 4000 yards, measured

at the time the AOP was passed.

50% of all crew generated AOP’s passed are valid to within 4000 yards, measured

at the time the AOP was passed.

< 50% of all crew generated AOP’s passed are valid to within 4000 yards,

measured at the time the AOP was passed.

TACCO: Posts in correct position, post ID’s correct, and pattern complete within 60 minutes of

first pattern sonobuoy deployment.

A single pattern discrepancy or pattern complete > 60 but < 70 minutes of first

pattern sonobuoy deployment.

Two pattern discrepancy or pattern complete > 70 but < 80 minutes of first

pattern sonobuoy deployment.

More than two pattern discrepancies OR pattern complete > 80 minutes OR any

SSQ-110A deployed within the established escape corridor.

TACCO: Correctly correlated target conics to all surface and subsurface positions.

Failed to correctly correlate surface contact to EER conics no more than two

times. Failed to correctly correlate surface

contact to EER conics no more than three times.

Failed to correctly correlate surface contact to EER conics more than three

times.

TACCO: Correctly entered all sonobuoys into tableau (subtype 110A’s)

N/A N/A Failed to correctly enter all SSQ-110A into tableau.

NAV: Passed EER AOP contact report IAW enclosed format within 5 minutes of AOP

determination.

Passed EER AOP contact report IAW enclosed format > 5 - < 8 minutes of AOP

determination.

Passed EER AOP contact report IAW enclosed format > 8 - < 10 minutes of

AOP determination.

Failed to pass EER AOP contact report IAW enclosed format within 10 minutes of AOP determination OR did not follow the

prescribed format. CREW: Based on the average bang interval, first

bang to last bang, the average bang time is < 7 minutes.

Based on the average bang interval, first bang to last bang, the average bang time

is > 7 - < 8 minutes.


is > 8 - < 10 minutes.


is > 10 minutes.


6-8-A-2

ACOUSTIC INSTRUCTOR GRADESHEET

10 7 4 0

SS1 Correctly performs noisy RF check prior to first sonobuoy deployment – to include print

to HSP.

N/A N/A Does not perform a noisy RF check or does not print data to the HSP.

SS1: Replayed >90% of all detection arrows and other possible contacts, analyzed both

bands, and correctly used display formats.

Replayed 70-90% of all detection arrows and other possible contacts, analyzed both bands, and correctly used display

formats.

Replayed 50-70% of all detection arrows and other possible contacts, analyzed both bands, and correctly used display

formats.

Replayed <50% of all detection arrows and other possible contacts, analyzed both bands, andcorrectly used display

formats.

SS1: ZERO missed contact on any given bang. No more than two bangs missing contact. No more than three bangs missing contact.

More than three bangs missing contact.


6-8-B-1

ASW- 207 ESM/OFFLINE MOP

Facilitators: TC: _________EWO:__________AAW:__________

SQD/CREW: ____/___

FINAL MOP: ________

CREW BRIEFS

10 7 4 0 TC

Includes ESM Pass Loc TPOA to include # of buoys, buoy spacing, area coverage,

and other sensor use integration.

N/A 1 omission Did not brief ESM Pass Loc TPOA or > 1 omission.

TC

Includes Off-Line Track TPOA to include pattern type(s) and geometry, timing

requirements, and specific crewmember responsibilities.

N/A 1 omission Did not brief Off-Line Track TPOA or > 1 omission.

SS3

Includes Primary TOIs radars/functions, estimated ranges for Visual / IRDS / ESM

Horizon.

N/A 1 omission > 1 omission

SS1/2 Includes Primary TOIs signature sources for battery and diesel modes, BRTs, max speeds and acoustic discriminators.


PC Includes On-Sta expected weather, prosecution altitudes and airspeeds, tactical

flight profiles, and preferred method of TC-FS direction (normals, expendables,

headings, etc…)



6-8-B-2

ESM PASSIVE LOC EXECUTION 10 7 4 0

SS3: Correctly classified hostile series radar to specific type within 3 mins of recognition.

Correctly correlated sensor data to possible subsurface TOIs.

Correctly classified hostile series radar to specific type within 4 mins of recognition.


Correctly classified hostile series radar to specific type within 5 mins of recognition.


Correctly classified Snoop series radar to specific type outside > 5 mins of

recognition OR incorrectly classified Snoop series radar OR incorrectly

correlated sensor data to possible TOI. SS3: Correctly determined and vocalized over

ICS, ESM contact as FMU or Wingtip antenna gain OR vocalized as

indeterminable.

N/A N/A Incorrectly determined ESM contact as FMU or Wingtip antenna gain OR did not

vocalize over ICS.

TC: Time to initiate ESM Pass Loc TPOA from initial recognized gain < 1 min.

Time to initiate ESM Pass Loc TPOA from initial recognized gain < 2 mins.

Time to initiate ESM Pass Loc TPOA from initial recognized gain < 3 mins.

Time to initiate ESM Pass Loc TPOA from initial recognized gain > 3 mins.

TC: ESM Pass Loc TPOA tactic executed as briefed and successful. No flaws in pattern

geometry or area coverage.

ESM Pass Loc TPOA tactic executed as briefed and successful. Flaws in pattern

geometry or area coverage, but not resulting in negative consequence.

ESM Pass Loc TPOA tactic not executed as briefed, but still successful.

ESM Pass Loc TPOA tactic not executed as briefed AND unsuccessful.

MC: TPOA for ESM was read and executed on ICS using a challenge and response format

without missing any steps.

TPOA for ESM was read and executed on ICS using a challenge and response format missing no more than 1 step.

TPOA for ESM was read and executed on ICS using a challenge and response format missing no more than 2 steps.

TPOA for ESM was not read and executed on ICS using a challenge and response format or failed to execute more than 2

steps.

OFF-LINE TRACKING EXECUTION 10 7 4 0

TC: Maintained continuous contact during Off-Line tracking for 1 hour.

Maintained continuous contact during Off-Line tracking for 45 mins to 1 hour.

Maintained continuous contact during Off-Line tracking for 30 mins to 45 mins.

Did not maintain continuous contact during Off-Line tracking for at least 30 mins.

ACOUSTIC ANALYSIS

10 7 4 0 JEZ: Recognized initial Primary TOI contact within

2 mins of actual acoustic gain. (Measured by verbalization over ICS).

Recognized initial Primary TOI contact within 3 mins of actual acoustic gain.

Recognized initial Primary TOI contact within 4 mins of actual acoustic gain.

Did not recognize OR recognized initial Primary TOI contact outside 4 mins of

actual acoustic gain.

JEZ: Classified Primary TOI to max extent possible within 5 mins of initial CPA.

N/A Classified Primary TOI to max extent possible within 10 mins of initial CPA.

Never classified Primary TOI to max extent possible OR classified to max

extent possible outside 10 mins of initial CPA.


6-8-B-3

STANDARD ICS REPORTS 10 7 4 0

JEZ Initial Primary TOI acoustic gain ICS report IAW Encl (5) with no omissions.

1 omission 2 omissions > 2 omissions

JEZ Complete TCAARDS ICS report for 100% of all CPAs < 500yds.

Complete TCAARDS ICS report for 75% of all CPAs < 500yds.

Complete TCAARDS ICS report for 50% of all CPAs < 500yds.

Complete TCAARDS ICS report for < 50% of all CPAs <500yds.


6-8-B-4

INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK


6-8-C-1

ASW-207 Q2KILL MOP Instructors: ________________ SQD/Crew: _________________

QUE 5NM

10 7 4 0

PPC: Busters inbound at 280-300 KIAS (not to exceed NATOPS limits) and at briefed

altitude.

Busters inbound at 260-279 KIAS or arrives at AOP > 250ft than briefed

altitude.

Busters inbound at 240-259 KIAS or arrives at AOP > 500 ft than briefed

altitude.

Busters inbound at less than 239 KIAS or arrives at AOP > 750 ft than briefed

altitude.

TC: First buoy of localization pattern in the water in appropriate position in 2 minutes.

First buoy of localization pattern in the water in appropriate position in 3 minutes.


First buoy of localization pattern in the water in appropriate position in >4

minutes. CREW: Correctly calculates TL and employs briefed

or logically adjusted TPOA for TL calculated. Target inside LOC pattern.

Miscalculation of TL without negative effect. Employs briefed or logically

adjusted TPOA. Target inside LOC pattern

Miscalculation of TL with negative effect. Employs briefed or logically adjusted TPOA. Target outside LOC pattern.

Miscalculation with negative effect or failed to consider TL and / or employed non-briefed or non-appropriate TPOA.

Target outside LOC pattern. JEZ: Time from datum passed to aircrew, to target

classification less than 5 minutes.

Time from datum passed to the aircrew, to target classification

5-10 minutes.

NA

NA

SS3: Missed 0 MADS.

(Whether or not they were available.)

Missed 1 MAD.

Missed 2 MADS.

Missed 3 or more MADS.

CREW: Generated attack criteria and attacked within 11 minutes of passed datum.

Generated attack criteria and attacked within 13 minutes of passed datum.


Did not generate attack criteria or did not attack within 15 minutes of passed datum.

CREW: Attack within yellow zone or attack within 200 yards of non classified target aim point.

Attack within MK-46/50 acquisition range. Attack outside MK-46/50 acquisition range.

TC: Attack checklist read over the ICS in a challenge and response format with 0

missing steps.

Attack checklist read over the ICS in a challenge and response format with 1

missing step.


missing steps.

Attack checklist read over the ICS in a challenge and response format with >2

missing steps. TC: Torpedo preset correctly.

(Floor if applicable, ISD, and ceiling set correctly.)

NA NA Torpedo preset incorrectly. (Floor if applicable, ISD, or ceiling set

incorrectly.) NC: Dog Box call initiated w/in 1 minute of

weapon splash. Dog Box call initiated b/w 1-2 minutes of


weapon splash. Dog Box call initiated >3 minutes of

weapon splash.


6-8-C-2

QUE 10NM 10 7 4 0

PPC: Busters inbound at 280-300 KIAS (not to exceed NATOPS limits) and at briefed

altitude.


altitude.


altitude.


altitude.





minutes.

CREW: Correctly calculates TL and employs briefed or logically adjusted TPOA for TL calculated.

Target inside LOC pattern.








6-11 minutes.


>11 minutes

Target not classified, or classified incorrectly

SS3: Missed 0 MADS.


Missed 1 MAD.

Missed 2 MADS.







Attack within MK-46/50 acquisition range. Attack outside of MK-46/50 acquisition range..


missing steps.


missing step.


missing steps.


missing steps.

TC: Torpedo preset correctly. (Floor if applicable, ISD, and ceiling set

correctly.)


incorrectly.)

NC: Dog Box call initiated w/in 1 minute of weapon splash.

Dog Box call initiated b/w 1-2 minutes of weapon splash.

Dog Box call initiated b/w 2-3 minutes of weapon splash.

Dog Box call initiated >3 minutes of weapon splash.


6-8-C-3

QUE 15NM

10 7 4 0 PPC: Busters inbound at 280-300 KIAS (not to

exceed NATOPS limits) and at briefed altitude.


altitude.


altitude.


altitude.














7-12 minutes.


>12 minutes


SS3: Missed 0 MADS.


Missed 1 MAD.

Missed 2 MADS.







Attack within MK-46/50 acquisition range. Attack outside of MK-46/50 acquisition range.


missing steps.


missing step.


missing steps.


missing steps.


correctly.)






weapon splash.


6-8-C-4

QUE 20NM

10 7 4 0 PPC: Busters inbound at 280-300 KIAS (not to

exceed NATOPS limits) and at briefed altitude.


altitude.


altitude.


altitude.














8-13 minutes.


>13 minutes


SS3: Missed 0 MADS.


Missed 1 MAD.

Missed 2 MADS.







Attack within MK-46/50 acquisition range. Attack outside of MK-46/50 acquisition range.


missing steps.


missing step.


missing steps.


missing steps.


correctly.)






weapon splash.


6-8-D-1

ASW-207 IEER Localization MOP

Tactical Brief: 10 7 4 0 TACCO Brief: Briefed DRC TPOA to include passive vs.

active sono-pattern tactic, all other sensor tactics, inbound airspeed, altitude, pattern

flight profile and TL considerations. IAW Checklist items 10a – 10y.

Omitted 1 item. Omitted 2 items. Did not brief or omitted >2 items.

Acoustic Brief: Briefed predom TOI sig chars, BRT, max speed, class ID, MDR / PRD, SASP setup,

SST, SLD, BLG, water depth / type and recommended buoy string settings.

IAW Checklist items 4a – 4h.


EWO Brief: Briefed TOI emitter chars, all other threat emitter chars, all threat weapon ranges and standoffs, all estimated sensor ranges, all sensors setup, and radar run-in procedure.

IAW Checklist items 5a – 5d & 6a – 6e.


NAV Brief: Briefed MSA, MESA and MOSA, oparea, geo-pol standoffs, CPA procedures, radio

setup and reporting reqs. IAW Checklist items 9a – 9j.


PPC Brief: Briefed status of forces, alt swap procedures, standoff TMS expectation, radio

setup and expected weather. IAW Checklist items 2a – 2f.



6-8-D-2

KILO 4B W/MAD Reaction:

10 7 4 0 TACCO: Correctly calculates TL and employs briefed





Miscalculation with negative effect or failed to consider TL and / or employed

non-briefed or non-appropriate TPOA. Tgt outside LOC pattern.

PPC: Busters inbound at 280 to 300 KIAS (not to exceed NATOPS limits.

Busters inbound at 260 – 279 KIAS or arrives at AOP > 250ft than briefed

altitude.

Busters inbound at 240 – 259 KIAS or arrives at AOP > 500 ft than briefed

altitude.


altitude.

NAV: Reports Loc 1 Ser 1 to controlling authority < 3 mins of DP/MAD recognition. Reports

subsurface posit and intentions, to include specific localization tactic.

Reports Loc 1 Ser1 within 3 - 10 mins of recognition. Reports subsurface posit and intentions, to include specific localization

tactic.

Reports Loc 1 Ser1 11 - 20 mins of recognition and / or fails to report posit or

specific intentions.

Fails to report Loc1 Ser1 or reports > 20 mins of recognition.

Execution:

10 7 4 0 MC: TPOA fo r IEER LOC was read and

executed on ICS using a challenge and response format without missing any steps.

TPOA for IEER LOC was read and executed on ICS using a challenge and response format missing no more than 1

step.


steps.

TPOA for IEER was not read and executed on ICS using a challenge and

response format or failed to execute more than 2 steps.

TACCO: All sonobuoys geometrically spaced as briefed or logically adjusted. All other

sensors setup as briefed, to include Visual, MAD, IRDS, Radar, and ESM.

All sonobuoys geometrically spaced as briefed or logically adjusted but, any other

sensor not setup as briefed.

Briefed sono tactic execution attempted. Sono tactic still effective.

Briefed sono tactic not executed. Sono tactic ineffective.

PPC: Fly’s profile for briefed or logically adjusted sono pattern spits.

No pattern buoy spits missed due to non-precision flying.

Fly’s profile for briefed or logically adjusted sono pattern spits.

> 0 pattern buoy spits missed due to non-precision flying.

Fly’s profile for briefed or logically adjusted sono pattern spits. But, requires unnecessary time consuming A/C

repositioning IOT commence pattern spits and / or leads to misplacement of buoys

due to imprecise flight path.

Does not fly briefed or logically adjusted TPOA profile.


6-8-D-3

KILO 4B W/O MAD Reaction:










altitude.


altitude.


altitude.




tactic.




Execution:

10 7 4 0 MC: TPOA for IEER LOC was read and executed

on ICS using a challenge and response format without missing any steps.


step.


steps.




sensors setup as briefed, to include Visual, IRDS, Radar, and ESM.














6-8-D-4

HAN SSN W/MAD Reaction:










altitude.


altitude.


altitude.




tactic.




Execution: 10 7 4 0 MC: TPOA for IEER LOC was read and executed



step.


steps.


















6-8-D-5

HAN SSN W/O MAD Reaction:










altitude.


altitude.


altitude.




tactic.




Execution: 10 7 4 0 MC: TPOA for IEER LOC was read and executed



step.


steps.


















6-8-D-6


KILO 4B W/MAD Sonobuoy Monitoring: 10 7 4 0 Acoustic: Tuned all buoys of interest in less than 3

minutes of TACCO direction and monitored accordingly.

Late or did not tune 1 buoy of interest. Late or did not tune 2or 3 buoy of interest. Did not maintain buoys of interests for more than 3 buoys.

Recognition/Classification: 10 7 4 0 Acoustic: Recognized and classified contact within 5

minutes of initial contact availability. Recognized and classified contact within 5-10 minutes of initial contact availability.

Recognized and classified contact greater than 10 minutes of initial contact

availability

Failed to recognize contact during initial contact availability.

Communications:

10 7 4 0 Acoustic: Correctly verbalized CPRW-10 standard

initial contact report without any omissions. Verbalized CPRW-10 standard initial

contact report with 1 omission. Verbalized CPRW-10 standard initial

contact report with 2 omissions. Failed to verbalize CPRW-10 standard

initial contact report.


6-8-D-7

ACOUSTIC INSTRUCTOR GRADESHEET KILO 4B W/O MAD Sonobuoy Monitoring: 10 7 4 0 Acoustic: Tuned all buoys of interest in less than 3






availability


Communications:







6-8-D-8


HAN SSN W/MAD Sonobuoy Monitoring: 10 7 4 0 Acoustic: Tuned all buoys of interest in less than 3






availability


Communications:







6-8-D-9


HAN SSN W/O MAD Sonobuoy Monitoring: 10 7 4 0 Acoustic: Tuned all buoys of interest in less than 3






availability


Communications:






TOTALS: BRIEF: _____/10 DSL #1: _____/30 DSL #2: _____/30 NUC #1: _____/30 NUC #2: _____/30 OVERALL: _____/130 = ______ %


6-8-D-10

NON-ACOUSTIC INSTRUCTOR GRADESHEET

KILO 4B W/MAD Recognition:

10 7 4 0 Non-Acoustic: Correctly recognizes all available MAD

contact, properly plots and reports MAD recognition in under 5 seconds, and passes

MAD depth within +/- 50 ft.

Missed no more than 1 available MAD contact, properly plots and reports MAD

posit ion within 5-10 seconds, and passes MAD depth within +/- 100 ft.

Missed no more than 2 available MAD contacts, properly plots and reports MAD posit ion >10 seconds, and passes MAD

depth within +/- 150 ft.

Missed more than 2 available MAD contacts or did not properly plot and report

MAD posit ion or passes MAD depth greater than +/- 150 ft.

HAN SSN W/MAD Recognition:

10 7 4 0 Non-Acoustic: Correctly recognizes all available MAD

contact, properly plots and reports MAD recognition in under 5 seconds, and passes

MAD depth within +/- 50 ft.

Missed no more than 1 available MAD contact, properly plots and reports MAD

posit ion within 5-10 seconds, and passes MAD depth within +/- 100 ft.

Missed no more than 2 available MAD contacts, properly plots and reports MAD posit ion >10 seconds, and passes MAD

depth within +/- 150 ft.

Missed more than 2 available MAD contacts or did not properly plot and report

MAD posit ion or passes MAD depth greater than +/- 150 ft.

TOTALS: BRIEF: _____/10 DSL #1: _____/10 NUC #1: _____/10 OVERALL: ______/30 = ______ %


6-8-E-1

ASW-207 DRC MOP Tactical Brief: 10 7 4 0 TACCO Brief: Briefed DRC TPOA to include passive vs.

active sono-pattern tactic, all other sensor tactics, inbound airspeed, altitude, pattern

flight profile and TL considerations. IAW Checklist items 10a - 10y.


Acoustic Brief: Briefed predom TOI sig chars, BRT, max speed, class ID, MDR / PRD, SASP setup,

SST, SLD, BLG, water depth / type and recommended buoy string settings.

IAW Checklist items 4a - 4h.


EWO Brief: Briefed TOI emitter chars, all other threat emitter chars, all threat weapon ranges and standoffs, all estimated sensor ranges, all sensors setup, and radar run-in procedure.

IAW Checklist items 5a - 5d & 6a - 6e.


NAV Brief: Briefed MSA, MESA and MOSA, oparea, geo-pol standoffs, CPA procedures, radio

setup and reporting reqs. IAW Checklist items 9a - 9j.


PPC Brief: Briefed status of forces, alt swap procedures, standoff TMS expectation, radio

setup and expected weather. IAW Checklist items 2a - 2f.


Recognition: 10 7 4 0 Non-Acoustic: Correctly recognizes DRC during first radar

detection opportunity. Verbally informs crew of last radar contact update time and/or minimum TL. Properly plots DRC posit.

Correctly recognizes DRC during first radar detection opportunity, but fails to

verbally inform crew of last radar contact update time and / or minimum poss TL.

Properly plots DRC posit.

Correctly recognizes DRC later than first radar detection opportunity and / or

improperly plots DRC posit with tactical negative effect.

Never recognizes DRC.


6-8-E-2

Passive Localization Reaction: 10 7 4 0 TACCO: Correctly calculates TL and employs briefed

or logically adjusted TPOA for TL calculated. Miscalculation of TL without negative effect. Employs briefed or logically

adjusted TPOA.

Miscalculation of TL with negative effect. Employs briefed or logically adjusted

TPOA. Miscalculation with negative effect or

failed to consider TL and / or employed non-briefed or non-appropriate TPOA.



altitude.


altitude.


altitude.

NAV: Reports DRC to controlling authority < 3 mins of DRC recognition. Reports DRC posit and intentions, to include specific

localization tactic.

Reports DRC within 3 - 10 mins of recognition. Reports DRC posit and

intentions, to include specific localization tactic.

Reports DRC 11 - 20 mins of recognition and / or fails to report posit or specific

intentions.

Fails to report DRC or reports > 20 mins of recognition.

Execution: 10 7 4 0 MC: TPOA for DRC was read and executed on

ICS using a challenge and response format without missing any steps.

TPOA for DRC was read and executed on ICS using a challenge and response format missing no more than 1 step.

TPOA for DRC was read and executed on ICS using a challenge and response format missing no more than 2 steps.

TPOA for DRC was not read and executed on ICS using a challenge and response format or failed to execute more than 2

steps. TACCO: All sonobuoys geometrically spaced as

briefed or logically adjusted. All other sensors setup as briefed, to include Visual,

MAD, IRDS, Radar, and ESM.














6-8-E-3

Active Localization Reaction: 10 7 4 0 TACCO: Correctly calculates TL and employs briefed


adjusted TPOA.






altitude.


altitude.


altitude.






intentions.























6-8-E-4

15 Minute Time-late Localization (Passive Response) Reaction: 10 7 4 0 TACCO: Correctly calculates TL and employs briefed


adjusted TPOA.






altitude.


altitude.


altitude.






intentions.























6-8-E-5

15 Minute Time-late Localization (Active Response) Reaction: 10 7 4 0 TACCO: Correctly calculates TL and employs briefed


adjusted TPOA.






altitude.


altitude.


altitude.






intentions.























6-8-E-6

INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK


6-8-F-1

ASW-207 DOPPLER MOP Instructors: ________________ SQD/Crew: _________________

Initial Gain/MK-46/50 Attack

10 7 4 0

JEZ: Completes Initial Gain Report IAW CPRW-10 INST 3500.2 (ENCL 2) within 3 minutes

and with zero omissions.

Completes Initial Gain Report IAW CPRW-10 INST 3500.2 (ENCL 2) within 4 minutes

and/or no more than 1 omission.

Completes Initial Gain Report IAW CPRW-10 INST 3500.2 (ENCL 2) within 5 minutes

and/or no more than 2 omissions.

Fails to complete Initial Gain Report IAW CPRW-10 INST 3500.2 (ENCL 2) within 5

minutes and/or more than 2 omissions. JEZ: Correctly calculates Fo and target speed and

passes to the crew within 2 minutes of initial CPA.

Correctly calculates Fo and target speed and passes to the crew within 3 minutes of

initial CPA.

Correctly calculates Fo and target speed and passes to the crew within 4 minutes of

initial CPA.

Fails to correctly calculate Fo and speed at CPA or does not pass to crew within 4

minutes of initial CPA. CREW: Correctly calculated the max deviation,

determining Max F1/ F2 for verbalized speed within 3 minutes of initial CPA.

Correctly calculated the max deviation, determining Max F1/ F2 for verbalized speed within 4 minutes of initial CPA.

Correctly calculated the max deviation, determining Max F1/ F2 for verbalized speed within 5 minutes of initial CPA.

Fails to correctly calculate the max deviation, determining Max F1/ F2 for

verbalized speed within 5 minutes of initial CPA.

TACCO: Displayed Gentrack within 4 minutes of Initial contact within +/- 45 degrees of actual track.

Displayed Gentrack within 7 minutes of Initial contact within +/- 45 degrees of

actual track.

Displayed Gentrack within 10 minutes of Initial contact within +/- 45 degrees of

actual track.

Fails to display a Gentrack within 10 minutes of initial gain within +/- 45 degrees

of actual track. CREW: (Query 10 minutes after initial contact)

Course determined by aircrew is within + 5 degrees and + 1 knot.

Course determined by aircrew is within + 10 degrees and + 2 knots.


Course determined by aircrew is greater than + 15 degrees and/or + 3 knots.

CREW: Generated a CPA less than 500 yards within 10 minutes of the initial on top.

Generated a CPA less than 500 yards within 15 minutes of the initial on top.

Generated a CPA less than 500 yards within 20 minutes of the initial on top.

Fails to generate a CPA less than 500 yards within 20 minutes of the initial on

top. TACCO: Weapon splash point in yellow zone for

appropriate TDT. Weapon splash point within reliable

acquisition range for applicable torpedo. N/A

Weapon splash point NOT within reliable acquisition range TDT OR incorrect TDT

utilized.

MC: CPRW-10 prescribed pattern or squadron approved re-attack pattern complete within 8

minutes immediately following weapon release.

CPRW-10 prescribed pattern or squadron approved re-attack pattern complete within 9 minutes immediately following weapon

release.

CPRW-10 prescribed pattern or squadron approved re-attack pattern complete within 10 minutes immediately following weapon

release.

Failed to complete any approved re-attack pattern complete within 10 minutes

immediately following weapon release.


6-8-F-2

Dynamic Change 1

10 7 4 0 JEZ: Recognized dynamic change and verbalized

to the crew within 30 seconds of actual event.

Recognized dynamic change and verbalized to the crew within 45 seconds

of actual event.

Recognized dynamic change and verbalized to the crew within 1 minute of

actual event.

Fails to recognize the dynamic change or fails to verbalize to the crew within 1

minute of actual event.

JEZ: Completes Dynamic Change Report IAW CPRW-10 INST 3500.2 (ENCL 2) with zero

omissions within 2 minutes of dynamic event.

Completes Dynamic Change Report IAW CPRW-10 INST 3500.2 (ENCL 2) with no more than one omission and/or within 3

minutes of dynamic event.

Completes Dynamic Change Report IAW CPRW-10 INST 3500.2 (ENCL 2) with no

more than 2 omissions and/or within 4 minutes of dynamic event.

Fails to complete Dynamic Change Report IAW CPRW-10 INST 3500.2 (ENCL 2) with less than 2 omissions or within 4

minutes of dynamic event. CREW: Correctly determined the type of dynamic

change within 3 minutes of actual event. Correctly determined the type of dynamic change within 4 minutes of actual event.

Correctly determined the type of dynamic change within 5 minutes of actual event.

Fails to correctly determine the type of dynamic change within 5 minutes of actual

event. CREW: (Query NLT 10 minutes after dynamic change)





CREW: (NA if only a course change)

Correctly recalculated the max deviation, determining Max F1/ F2 for verbalized speed

within 3 minutes of dynamic event.

Correctly recalculated the max deviation, determining Max F1/ F2 for verbalized

speed within 4 minutes of dynamic event.



Fails to correctly recalculate the max deviation, determining Max F1/ F2 for verbalized speed within 5 minutes of

dynamic event. TACCO: Correctly updated the displayed Gentrack

within 5 minutes of dynamic change within +/- 30 degrees of actual track.

Correctly updated the displayed Gentrack within 7 minutes of dynamic change within

+/- 30 degrees of actual track. Correctly updated the displayed Gentrack


Fails to correctly update the displayed Gentrack within 10 minutes of dynamic change within +/- 30 degrees of actual

track.

Dynamic Change 2 10 7 4 0

JEZ: Recognized dynamic change and verbalized to the crew within 30 seconds of actual

event.


of actual event.


actual event.














event.


6-8-F-3

CREW: (Query NLT 10 minutes after dynamic change)



















track.

Dynamic Change 3

10 7 4 0 JEZ: Recognized dynamic change and verbalized



of actual event.


actual event.














event.




















track.


6-8-F-4

Dynamic Change 4 10 7 4 0 JEZ: Recognized dynamic change and verbalized



of actual event.


actual event.














event.




















track.


6-8-G-1

ASW-207 Countermeasures MOP Facilitators: TC: _________EWO: __________AAW: __________

SQD/CREW: ____/____

Attack Procedures – Scenario 1 10 7 4 0

TACCO: Generated attack criteria within 10 minutes of initial contact.

Generated attack criteria within 13 minutes of initial contact.


Failed to generate attack criteria within 16 minutes of initial contact.

TACCO: Weapon splash point in yellow zone for appropriate TDT.

Weapon splash point within reliable acquisition range for applicable torpedo.

N/A

Weapon splash point NOT in yellow zone for appropriate TDT OR incorrect TDT

utilized. NAV: Passed DOGBOX report IAW NTTP 3-22.5

PG 33 with zero omissions within 2 minutes of weapon release.

Passed DOGBOX report IAW NTTP 3-22.5 PG 33 with no more than one omission and/or within 3 minutes of

weapon release.

Passed DOGBOX report IAW NTTP 3-22.5 PG 33 with no more than two

omissions and/or within 3 minutes of weapon release.

Passed DOGBOX report IAW NTTP 3-22.5 PG 33 with more than two omissions and/or greater than 3 minutes of weapon

release. MC: CPRW-10 or Squadron approved re-attack

pattern complete in < 8 minutes immediately following weapon release.

CPRW-10 or Squadron approved re-attack pattern complete in < 9 minutes




Failed to complete CPRW-10 pr squadron approved re-attack pattern complete in < 10 minutes immediately following weapon

release. JZ: Correctly recognized passive acoustic

countermeasure and verbalized to the TACCO within 1 minute of contact gain.

Correctly recognized passive acoustic countermeasure and verbalized to the

TACCO within 2 minutes of contact gain. Correctly recognized passive acoustic countermeasure and verbalized to the

TACCO within 3 minutes of contact gain. Failed to recognize passive acoustic

countermeasure or failed verbalize to the TACCO within 3 minutes of contact gain.

MC: Crew maintained contact of the TOI throughout the countermeasure scenario.

Crew momentarily lost contact of the TOI but re-gained within their briefed re-attack

pattern. N/A Crew lost contact of the TOI and failed to

re-gain within their briefed re-attack pattern.

TC: Re-attack weapon splash point in yellow zone for appropriate TDT.

Re-attack weapon splash point within reliable acquisition range for applicable

torpedo. N/A Failed to execute re-attack or weapon

splash point not within reliable acquisition range for applicable torpedo.

MC: TPOA for TORPEDO ATTACK was read and executed on ICS using a challenge and

response format without missing any steps.

TPOA for TORPEDO ATTACK was read and executed on ICS using a challenge and response format missing no more

than 1 step.


than 2 steps.

TPOA for TORPEDO ATTACK was not read and executed on ICS using a

challenge and response format or failed to execute more than 2 steps.


6-8-G-2








N/A





weapon release.











release. JZ: Correctly recognized active countermeasure

and verbalized to the TACCO within 1 minute of contact gain.

Correctly recognized active countermeasure and verbalized to the

TACCO within 2 minutes of contact gain. Correctly recognized active

countermeasure and verbalized to the TACCO within 3 minutes of contact gain.

Failed to recognize active countermeasure or failed verbalize to the TACCO within 3

minutes of contact gain. MC: Crew was able to identify active decoy from

TOI within 2 minutes of contact gain. Crew was able to identify active decoy

from TOI within 3 minutes of contact gain. Crew was able to identify active decoy

from TOI within 4 minutes of contact gain. Crew was unable to identify active decoy from TOI within 4 minutes of contact gain.












than 1 step.


than 2 steps.



* NOTE: MOP #6 is unique to this scenario.


6-8-G-3








N/A





weapon release.











release. JZ: Correctly recognized mobile decoy


Correctly recognized mobile decoy countermeasure and verbalized to the

TACCO within 3 minutes of contact gain. Correctly recognized mobile decoy


Failed to recognize mobile decoy countermeasure or failed verbalize to the TACCO within 4 minutes of contact gain.

MC: Crew was able to identify mobile decoy from TOI within 2 minutes of contact gain.

Crew was able to identify mobile decoy from TOI within 3 minutes of contact gain.

Crew was able to identify mobile decoy from TOI within 4 minutes of contact gain.

Crew was unable to identify mobile decoy from TOI within 4 minutes of contact gain.












than 1 step.


than 2 steps.



* NOTE: MOP #6 is unique to this scenario. Total Score: ________ / 260


6-8-G-4

INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK


6-9-1

CHAPTER 6

SECTION 9

TASK ASW-210 IEER - ATTACK

CREW QUALIFICATION

6901. Mission Objective. To evaluate a crew’s ability to effectively employ the P-3C weapons system for use of Improved Extended Echo Ranging (IEER) software and tactics to detect, identify and localize a submarine. 6902. Requirements/Critical Sub-Areas. a. Due to a lack of simulator capability, the qualification must be

completed in flight. b. Initial qualification requires crew completion of WTU/FAST

administered IEER ground school, five part-task trainer (PTT) periods and three flight events.

c. It is highly recommended that at least once during the IDRC, the

crew convert actual IEER contact to a localized valid attack solution.

d. The crew is required to score a minimum of 70% in the critical sub-

areas and as an overall score on the crew grade sheet in order to be awarded the qualification. Critical sub-areas for this qualification are Search and AOP Investigation.






NTTP/NATIP to successfully meet the mission objective. Once verified by environmental update, deploy the briefed/updated search pattern and utilize the IEER software and hardware to recognize contact and refine the AOP. A score of less than 70% in this sub-area will result in a failure of the qualification.

d. AOP Investigation: Demonstrate the employment of tactics IAW brief

or NTTP/NATIP to determine the correct AOP and localize the target to gain direct path contact. Full use of all aircraft electronic sensors is expected. A score of less than 70% in this sub-area will result in a failure of the qualification.




6-9-2

f. Attack: Demonstrate the correct employment of ASW weapons IAW NATOPS and the NTTP/NATIP. Multiple attacks (actual or simulated) shall be conducted. An estimate of the submarine’s course and speed shall be logged at the time of each attack. Crew shall monitor torpedo operation, while maintaining close tracking (to retain attack criteria). All subsequent attacks are not to be conducted until after dogbox expiration; or weapon runtime completion, or weapon malfunction.

g. Pouncer Coordination: If applicable, demonstrate the ability to

direct a pouncer aircraft to the correct AOP so that transition to direct path contact can occur.




records (including dedicated IEER acoustic logs) in sufficient detail to enable sortie reconstruction.

j. Crew Coordination and Safety of Flight: Demonstrate satisfactory

level of crew coordination and conduct mission in a safe manner. 6904. Measure of Effectiveness. Crew successfully deployed IEER pattern and properly evaluated returns to achieve a definitive, passively, searchable AOP on a valid submarine target return and localize to an attack solution. 6905. Evaluation. a. Debriefing Officer: (1) Reconstruct the mission and input data (crew performance and



the evaluation. (3) Forward all exercise data to the Certifying Officer. b. CPRW / CTF Certifying Officer: (1) Review the evaluation and award the crew grade, as appropriate. (2) Forward all mission data to the Squadron TAB Officer for review

and crew debrief. c. Squadron TAB Officer: (if applicable) (1) Conduct TAB evaluation and thorough debriefing of the crew. (2) Forward specific comments, analysis results and recommendations

to Commanding Officer.


6-9-A-1

CHAPTER 6 SECTION 9

ANNEX A

ASW 210 IEER Measures of Difficulty

1.Search Area Size/Time Late 9 >3,600 Sqnm &/or >12 Hrs 8 3,600 Sqnm &/or 10 – 12 Hrs 7 2,500 Sqnm &/or 8 – 10 Hrs 6 900 Sqnm &/or 6 – 8 Hrs 5 600 Sqnm &/or 4 – 6 Hrs 4 400 Sqnm &/or 2 – 4 Hrs 3 100 Sqnm &/or 1 – 2 Hrs 2 Regen Pts. &/or < 1 Hr 1 Target PIM &/or Current Position 2. Scenario Scripting A. None/Unknown Location B. Freeplay in Specified Area C. Scripted Freeplay D. Fully Scripted Evolution 3. Target Displacement A. <500 Tons B. 500 – 1,200 Tons C. 1,200 – 3,000 Tons D. 3,000 – 8,000 Tons E. >8,000 Tons 4. False Return Potential A. Duct Mode – High Volume Surf Traffic B. CZ Mode – High Volume Pinnacles/Bottom Debris C. Duct Mode – Moderate Volume Surface Traffic or CZ Mode – Moderate Volume Pinnacles/Bottom Debris D. CZ Mode – Low Volume Pinnacles/Bottom Debris E. Duct Mode – Low Volume Surface Traffic 5. Primary Return Type A. Monostatic B. Bistatic C. Multistatic 6. Mission Constraints A. Extreme B. Normal C. Unconstrained 7. Environmental Factors A. Extreme B. Moderate C. Mild 8. Oceanographic Profile A. Onstation Update Does Not Support ASPECT Generated Prediction B. Onstation Update Consistent with ASPECT Generated Prediction 9. Processing Mode vs. TGT Depth/Position A. CZ Raypath – TGT Shallow_Above Layer B. Duct Raypath – TGT Deep or Below Layer C. CZ Raypath – TGT Deep or Below Layer D. Duct Raypath – TGT Shallow_Above Layer


6-9-A-2


10

9

2

1

0

3

4

8

7

6

5

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

A B C D E

Figure 9-1


6-9-B-1


TASK ASW-205 BASIC MULTI-STATIC ASW (IEER) QUALIFICATION SHEET Objective Area /


Training Device


Brief /Tactical Planning/Preflight Objective: Given a full Tactical brief from TSC, demonstrate the ability to incorporate pertinent briefing information and message traffic into tactical positional briefs. Brief appropriate tactics based on environmentals and target. Tactics IAW NTTP/NA






MC






MC






PC




Not briefed. SS1


6-9-B-2

Non Acoustic Brief





SS3

Nav Comm Brief





TACCO Brief





Mission Equipment



MC Flight Only

Sonobuoy selection





TC

TPOA





TC


6-9-B-3

IEER - Aircraft Groomed

All items completed including AQH-4 time code verification, record and replay 10 mins of DIFAR BITE on all acoustic tracks both FWD & AFT recorders and CASS transmitter output has been verified. 20 Pts

N/A N/A

Failed to complete all items including; AQH-4 time code verification, record and replay 10 mins of DIFAR BITE on all acoustic tracks on both FWD & AFT recorders OR CASS transmitter output was not verified.

SS1 Flight Only




PC




N/A


MC Flight Only

Inflight


Departure Time



MC Flight Only






NC Flight Only


6-9-B-4



N/A N/A


PC Simulator Only





MC Flight Only

EMCON





MC






MC

BT / Ambient Noise




BT/AN not deployed

MC

BT and AMB data transmitted to TSC for follow on events

Data sent within 30 Mins of BT/AN deployment



Data sent not sent or sent >1 hour of BT/AN deployment

MC Flight Only

Noisy RF check


N/A N/A


SS1


6-9-B-5

OFOM annotation



N/A


SS3 Flight Only

On station Turnover


N/A N/A


PC




N/A







TC



N/A



SS3 Simulator Only






SS3 Simulator Only


Flight station conducts a thorough search of the search area for small surface contacts and signs of marine mammals

N/A N/A


PC Flight Only


6-9-B-6



N/A N/A


SS1 Flight Only






TC Simulator Only

Search Objective - Demonstrate the employment IEER search tactics IAW brief or NTTP/NATIP to successfully meet the mission aim. Failure to score a minimum of 70% MOP score in this subarea will result in failure of the qualification attempt.

Search Tactics

Deployed briefed IEER search pattern with all posts in correct position and correct post ID’s and reseated any failed receivers prior to IEER search. 20 Pts

A single pattern discrepancy 14 Pts

Two pattern discrepancies 8 Pts

More than two pattern discrepancies OR failure to reseat any identified failed receivers prior IEER search OR any SSQ-110A deployed within the established escape corridor.

TC


Flight station optimized altitude during all phases to maximize secondary sensors to include MAD, visual, radar and ESM. N/A

Flight station initiated altitude adjustment during some phases to maximize secondary sensors to include MAD, visual, radar and ESM.


PC

IEER System Setup

Used correct processing mode, band settings, and selected the correct processing time as assigned at mission brief.

N/A N/A

Failed to used the correct processing mode, band settings, or selected the incorrect processing time assigned at mission brief.

SS1

Marking of Main Bang

Utilized the Source Reposition function after every SSQ-110A bang to ensure IEER plot stab is as accurate as possible.

N/A N/A

Failed to use the Source Reposition function after every SSQ-110A bang to ensure IEER plot stab is as accurate as possible.

SS1


6-9-B-7

IEER Bang Interval

Based on the average bang interval, first bang to last bang, the average bang time is < 7.5 minutes.



average bang time is 7.5 - 10 minutes.



average bang time is 10 - 12 minutes.



average bang time is > 12 minutes.

MC

IEER Analysis of Returns

Replayed 100% of all detection arrows and other possible contacts, analyzed both bands, correctly used display formats, and correctly recognized IEER contact.

Replayed >70% of all detection arrows and other possible contacts, analyzed both bands, correctly used display formats, and correctly recognized IEER contact.

Replayed <70% of all detection arrows and other possible contacts, analyzed both bands, correctly used display formats, and correctly recognized IEER contact.

Failure to replay <50% of all detection arrows and other possible contacts, analyzed both bands, correctly used display formats, OR missed any available IEER contact.

SS1 Simulator Only

IEER Contact Recognition ZERO missed contact on any given bang.

No more than two bangs missing

contact.

No more than three bangs missing

contact.

More than three bangs missing

contact. SS1

IEER Contact Transfer

All generated IEER contacts are correctly measured and sent to the TACCO.

N/A N/A

Failed to display all generated IEER contacts to the TACCO.

SS1 Simulator Only

IEER AOP Generation

Effectively used software, to include Contact Correlate, Modified Bearings and Global Point Steering to generate an AOP IAW NTTP 3-22.1-P-3. 20 Pts

Effectively used software, to include Contact Correlate, Modified Bearings and Global Point Steering to generate an AOP with no more than a 1 NM error in radius IAW NTTP 3-22.1-P-3. 14 Pts

Effectively used software, to include Contact Correlate, Modified Bearings and Global Point Steering to generate an AOP with no more than a 1 NM error in radius IAW NTTP 3-22.1-P-3. 8 Pts

Failure to develop a AOP from valid IEER contact. FAIL

TC

IEER Search Pattern Timeliness

Pattern complete within 60 minutes of first pattern sonobuoy deployment.



Pattern complete > 80 minutes of first pattern sonobuoy deployment.

TC

IEER Contact Report

Passed IEER AOP contact report within 5 minutes of AOP determination IAW the prescribed format.



Failed to pass IEER AOP contact report within 10 minutes of AOP determination OR did not follow the prescribed format.

NC

Best Band holding data transmitted to TSC

Crew reports the best band-holding contact to

the TSC. N/A N/A

Crew failed to report the best band-holding contact to the TSC.

MC Flight Only

AOP Investigation Objective: Demonstrate the employment of tactics IAW brief or NTTP/NATIP to successfully investigate multi-static contact. Failure to score a minimum of 70% MOP score in this subarea will result in failure of the qualification attempt


6-9-B-8

IEER AOP Accuracy

Based on PFA or Submarine Track Message, submarine is located within 2 nm of center of AOP. 30 Pts



Based on PFA or Submarine Track Message, submarine is located >6 nm of center of AOP.

TC


Briefed TPOA used or IAW NTTP/NATIP, optimal use of all sensors. Appropriate pattern deployed based on type of contact held. Time to initiate localization from first validated contact < 30 min. 20 Pts

Briefed TPOA used or IAW NTTP/NATIP, attempted to use other sensors. Appropriate pattern deployed based on type of contact held. Time to initiate localization from first validated contact 30 - 40 min. 14 Pts

Briefed TPOA used or IAW NTTP/NATIP. Attempted to use other sensors. Pattern selection does not match type of contact held. 8 Pts

Unwarranted deviation from briefed TPOA or not IAW NTTP/NATIP. No corroborative use of sensors or time to initiate localization from first validated > 40 min.

TC

Plot Stabilization (stab) maintained throughout localization,

Plot is maintained; errors in plot stab are quickly noted and rectified; no errors in sonobuoy placement.

Plot is maintained; minor delay in plot stab error recognition and rectification results in occasional poor sonobuoy placement; All errors corrected

Plot is maintained; TACCO fails to correct for minor errors which result in poor sonobuoy placement

Plot is not maintained; TACCO fails to correct for significant errors, resulting in poor sonobuoy placement leading to lost contact

PC Simulator Only

Sensor Utilization



2 or more appropriate sensors not utilized

Secondary sensors not considered in localization TC


Tracking Tactics





TC





SS1





SS1 Simulator Only


6-9-B-9

Target fixing





TC Simulator Only

Course estimate





TC Simulator Only

Speed estimate





TC



SS1






SS1 Simulator Only






SS3

MAD marks






6-9-B-10










N/A


SS3 Simulator Only






TC

NAVCOMM DRT's





NC





MC

Dynamic changes



N/A


TC




N/A


PC Simulator Only


6-9-B-11






PC Simulator Only




N/A


PC



N/A



PC Simulator Only







TC Simulator Only






TC

Attack criteria



N/A


Timeliness for deliberate attack

Attacks made within 7 minutes of authorization.



Attacks made beyond 20 minutes of authorization. TC


6-9-B-12

Timeliness for urgent attack Attack made within 3 minutes of authorization.



Attack made beyond 7 minutes of authorization.

TC

Proper launch mode


N/A



TC




Crew updated waterspace constraints upon check in but not verified prior to first attack.. Weapon placement within proper waterspace.

Waterspace not taken into consideration, or weapon drop into improper waterspace. FAIL

MC






TC






TC


Second attack made within 5 minutes of expiration of initial dogbox or weapon stops running.

Second attacks made between 5 and 10 minutes initial dogdox expiration or weapon stops running.

N/A

No second attack conducted or reattack conducted prior to expiration of dogbox and/or weapon run time or second attack outside 10 minutes of initial dogbox expiration. FAIL

TC


6-9-B-13






TC






PC Simulator Only






NC

Pouncer Coordination Objective: Demonstrate the coordination required to successfully localize target utilizing a pouncer.

Sonobuoy deconfliction Sonobuoy channels deconflicted between Banger and Pouncer

N/A N/A No consideration given to sonobuoy deconfliction

TC

AOP transfer

Size of AOP correctly assessed and passed to Pouncer. Type and confidence of contact passed. 20 Pts

Size of AOP correctly assessed and passed to Pouncer. Type and confidence of contact passed not given. 14 Pts

Size of AOP incorrectly assessed and passed to Pouncer 8 Pts

Position of datum given with no consideration given to size of datum/wrong datum passed

TC



6-9-B-14



N/A N/A


PC






MC





TC




TC


ASW summary sent. 5 Pts

N/A N/A ASW summary not sent. MC

Post Flight

Records and Charts Objective: Crew demonstrates the ability to maintain sortie records in sufficient detail to enable sortie reconstruction. Failure to score a minimum of 70% MOP score in this subarea will result in failure of the qualification attempt.

NAVCOMM Records



N/A


NC

TACCO Log



N/A


TC


6-9-B-15


Logs contain all required data with no omissions. RADAR logs include additional information annotated, i.e. contact name, IFF Mode, correlation to AIMS/IRDS (EO/IR) contacts, course & speed, etc. ESM Contact Table printed on HSP after FINEX and/or logged


N/A


SS3

RDSS Data Extract


N/A N/A


Acoustic Log



N/A


SS1

IEER Acoustics Logs

Completed all logs and printed all required tableaus to HSP prior to ONSTA, after each change to IEER settings, after each contact and on every bang.

Minor discrepancies in log or tableaus printed on 1 or 2 occasions. N/A

Major discrepancies in log or tableaus printed on 3 or more occasions. SS1









N/A



NC



N/A



PC


6-9-B-16

Weapon Standoffs





PC Simulator Only






SS3 Simulator Only

ICS Procedures


Tactical and safety of flight flows freely amongst crew members, with minor discrepancies. All pertinent tactical and safety of flight information verbalized in a timely manner with minimal misunderstanding amongst the crew. Phases of ASW prosecution (



MC Simulator Only



N/A



SS3 Simulator Only

Chart Utilization

All required positions use correct scale charts to plot/ verify high obstructions for MOSA, RADAR assisted NAV fixing, or Landmass recognition IAW NATOPS N/A N/A


MC


TACCO displays proper scope management for current mission 75-100% of time.

TACCO displays proper scope management for current mission 50-75% of time.

N/A

TACCO displays proper scope management for current mission < 50% of time.

TC Simulator Only


6-9-B-17




N/A


SS3 Simulator Only




N/A


SS1 Simulator Only

Summary Subareas Raw Score Weighted Score Mission Planning / /5 Transit/Onstation / /10 Search** / /25 AOP Investigation** / /20 Tracking / /5 Attack / /5 Pouncer Coordination / /10 Turnover/Offstation / /5 Records and Charts / /10 Crew Coordination / /5 Total / /100 MOP ** Critical Subareas. Required to score a minimum of 70% in these subarea to be awarded Qualification


6-9-B-18

INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK


6-10-1

CHAPTER 6

SECTION 10

TASK ASW-211 ASW ACTIVE/PASSIVE SEARCH

CREW QUALIFICATION

61001. Mission Objective. To evaluate a crew’s ability to employ the P-3 weapons system to effectively conduct an all sensor search of an assigned area. This qualification is designed to be awarded on events where no contact is gained despite the application of sound ASW search techniques. 61002. Requirements/Critical Sub-Areas. a. The qualification can be conducted either in-flight (deployed/non

deployed aircrews) or in the simulator (non-deployed aircrews). b. The crew is required to score a minimum of 70% in the critical sub-

area and as an overall score on the crew grade sheet in order to be awarded the qualification. The critical sub-area for this qualification is Search.

61003. Measures of Performance. a. Brief/Tactical Planning/Preflight: Given a full tactical brief from


b. Preflight/Transit: Aircraft preflight conducted IAW NATOPS, CSMM

and local Directives and applicable systems available for on time departure. Crew demonstrates proper Condition III checks and conducts a safe and timely transition to onstation.

c. Onstation: Demonstrate the ability to operate safely and

efficiently while onstation including updating of environmental data and optimization of aircraft sensors.

d. Search: Demonstrate the employment of Search tactics IAW brief or

NTTP/NATIP to successfully meet the mission objective. An all-sensor search shall be planned and executed. A score of less than 70% in this sub-area will result in a failure of the qualification.

e. Turnover/Offstation: Demonstrate the ability to safely and

efficiently check OFFSTA and handover hot contact as appropriate. f. Records and Charts: Demonstrate the ability to maintain sortie

records in sufficient detail to enable sortie reconstruction. g. Crew Coordination and Safety of Flight: Demonstrate satisfactory

level of crew coordination and conduct mission in a safe manner.


6-10-2

61004. Evaluation. a. Debriefing Officer: (1) Reconstruct the mission or event and input data (crew










6-10-A-1

CHAPTER 6

SECTION 10

Annex A

ASW 211 Measures of Difficulty 1. Type Cueing/Initial Gain Contact (Avg of these two criteria) Type Cueing 10 None or ESM LOB 9 IUSS SPA 8 ELINT Ellipse 7 EER AOP 6 Submarine Generated Datum/IEER AOP 5 Surface Ship Generated Datum 4 Aircraft Generated Datum 3 Hot Active/Passive Turnover 2 Regen Point or Vectored 1 Radar Riser/Sinker 0 Hot Visual Turnover/RDVU Initial Contact 10 BB 9 CZ 8 ESM 7 IEER 6 DP 5 Active 4 MAD 3 Radar (APS-115) 2 EO/FLIR/IRDS/Radar (APS-137) 1 Visual 2. Target Augmentation A. No Acoustic Augmentation B. Acoustically Augmented 3. Target MDR or ARD A. <500 YDS B. 500 – 999 YDS C. 1000 – 1999 YDS D. 2000 – 3000 YDS E. >3000 YDS 4. TGT Maneuvering Characteristics A. Extensive B. Moderate C. Minimal or None 5. Environmental Factors A. Extreme B. Moderate C. Mild


6-10-A-2

6. Oceanographic Characteristics A. Above Normal B. Normal C. Below Normal 7. Mission Constraints A. Extreme B. Normal C. Unconstrained


1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.10

9

0

8

A B C D E

2

1

3

4

7

6

5

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

Figure 6-10-1


6-10-B-1


TASK ASW-211 PASSIVE / ACTIVE ASW SEARCH QUALIFICATION SHEET Objective Area /


Training Device


Brief /Tactical Planning/Preflight Objective: Given a full Tactical brief from TSC, demonstrate the ability to incorporate pertinent briefing information and message traffic into Tactical positional briefs. Aircrew briefs appropriate tactics based on environmentals and target. Tactics IAW NTTP/NATIP.











MC






PC




Not briefed. SS1


6-10-B-2

Non Acoustic Brief





SS3

Nav Comm Brief





TACCO Brief





Mission Equipment



MC

Sonobuoy selection





TC

TPOA





TC


6-10-B-3

Weapon Loadout

Weapon loadout ideally suited to briefed target based on intel and weapon characteristics / limitations. Effectively utilized Torpedo decision matrix as applicable. Anticipated target evasion tactics for each target briefed.

N/A



MC




PC



All comms circuits checked with TSC. No more than one inoperable comm circuit.

N/A

All comms circuits not checked with TSC or more than one comm circuit inoperable.

MC

Inflight


Departure Time


N/A N/A


MC


Aircraft status determined and kilo report transmitted to TSC within 20 mins of takeoff.


Aircraft status determined and kilo report transmitted to TSC prior to onstation.

Aircraft status not determined or kilo report transmitted after onstation.

NC


6-10-B-4

Check In





MC



N/A N/A


PC Simulator Only





MC

EMCON





MC






MC

BT / Ambient Noise




BT/AN not deployed

MC


6-10-B-5

Noisy RF check


N/A N/A


SS1

OFOM annotation



N/A


SS3

On station Turnover


N/A N/A


PC




N/A ASW summary not attempted. MC






TC






MC

Search Objective - Demonstrate the employment of Search tactics IAW brief or NTTP/NATIP to successfully meet the mission objective (Detect/Deter). Failure to score a minimum of 70% MOP score in this subarea will result in failure of the qualification attempt.


6-10-B-6

Search Tactics





TC

Radar Search

Radar use consistent with briefed tactic or IAW NTTP/NATIP. Radar duty cycle fully consistent with detect or deter mission. Aircraft altitude optimizes aircraft radar / ESM detection / counter-detection. 5 Pts

N/A N/A

Unwarranted deviation from briefed radar search plan, tactics IAW NTTP/NATIP or detect/deter mission not considered or radar/ESM horizon detection / counter-detection not optimized.

TC



N/A



SS1



N/A



PC






SS1/SS3


6-10-B-7





Incomplete contact report or sent > 15 minutes from detection.

NC




N/A N/A


PC




N/A


TC




Post Flight


NAVCOMM Records



N/A


NC

TACCO Log



N/A


TC


6-10-B-8




N/A


SS3

RDSS Data Extract


N/A N/A


MC

Acoustic Log



N/A


SS1





> 4 omissions from PMS / Purple MC




N/A



NC



N/A



PC


6-10-B-9

Chart Utilization


N/A N/A


MC

Summary Subareas Raw Score Weighted Score Mission Planning / /5 Transit/Onstation / /15 Search** / /30 Turnover/Offstation / /15 Records and Charts / /30 Crew Coordination / /5 Total / /100 OSE ** Critical Subareas. Required to score a minimum of 70% in these subarea to be awarded Qualification


6-10-B-10

INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK


6-11-1

CHAPTER 6

SECTION 11

TASK ASU-201 ASU JOINT / COMBINED OPS

CREW QUALIFICATION

FXP: ASU-2-I/ASU-3-I 61101. Mission Objective. To evaluate a crew’s ability to employ the P-3 weapons system to effectively conduct OTH-Targeting and a coordinated ASUW strike with dissimilar OTH ASUW platforms. P-3 crews must be familiar with participating units’ tactical capabilities, as well as the proper communication procedures (Link 11, OTCIXS, SURPIC) necessary to provide tactical data to SAC, ASUWC and CWC. 61102. Requirements/Critical Sub-Areas. a. The initial ASU 201 event should be conducted during ARP.

Subsequent events must be completed inflight. Use of the simulator to renew this task requires Wing approval.

b. To ensure realistic strike training, crew shall carry a suitable

CATM or utilize the Harpoon Missile Simulator (HMS) or AWM-103 Common Organizational Level Armament Support Tester. When not utilizing a CATM, weapon racks will be cocked. All required checklists shall be performed.

c. A dissimilar OTH strike platform or a dissimilar OTH targeting

platform that provides attack authorization and TOT requirements. d. The crew must identify target from a realistic standoff distance. e. All attacks (simulated or actual) must be conducted against an

actual maritime target (crews may use blue/white vessels to simulate red surface vessels. Weapon release shall be conducted within actual published weapon release envelope (altitude, offset heading and speed).

f. The crew is required to score a minimum of 70% in the critical sub-

areas and as an overall score on the crew grade sheet in order to be awarded the qualification. Critical sub-areas for this qualification are Search, Attack and Coordinated Operations.


TSC, aircrew demonstrates ability to incorporate pertinent briefing information and message traffic into tactical positional briefs.




NTTP/NATIP to successfully meet the mission objective. An all-sensor search shall be planned and executed while observing all weapons standoff and hazard areas as well as maintaining situational awareness (altitude and location of other air units).


6-11-2

d. Coordinated Operations: Conduct a successful coordinated OTH engagement with dissimilar OTH strike platform(s). If exercise permits, assume SAC duties and maintain a vigilant monitor of all units assigned to ensure proper altitude separation and deconfliction of all launch points to assure a safe coordinated strike.

e. Attack: Demonstrate the correct employment of ASUW weapons IAW

NATOPS and the NTTP/NATIP. Coordinate with another platform to deliver at least one valid (actual or simulated) attack.

f. Offstation: Demonstrate the ability to safely and efficiently check

offstation. g. Records and Charts: Demonstrate the ability to maintain sortie

records in sufficient detail to enable sortie reconstruction. Hard copies of on-station, off-station, joining, contact, amplifying, SURPIC and EW reports are required at debrief.

h. Crew Coordination and Safety of Flight: Demonstrate satisfactory

level of crew coordination and conducts mission in a safe manner. 61104. Measure of Effectiveness. Crew met mission objective criteria and completed a successful (actual/simulated) launch. 61105. Evaluation. a. Debriefing Officer: (1) Reconstruct the mission or event and input data (crew










6-11-A-1

CHAPTER 6

SECTION 11

ANNEX A

ASU COORDINATED OPERATIONS Measures of Difficulty

1. Airspace Clutter (# Add’l Aircraft engaged in singular action) 5 >5 4 4 - 5 3 2 - 3 2 1 1 0 2. # Active Circuits to Monitor A. >3 B. 2 – 3 C. <2 3. # PRMARs Tasked A. >2 B. 2 C. 1 4. Mission Constraints A. Extreme B. Normal C. Unconstrained 5. Environmental Factors A. Extreme B. Moderate C. Mild 6. Scene of Action Commander A. Self B. Other


6-11-A-2


10

9

2

1

0

3

4

8

7

6

5

5

4

3

2

1

1 2 3 4 5 6

A B C D E

Figure 6-11-1


6-11-B-1

ASU 201 MOP Gradesheet

TASK ASU-201 ASU JOINT / COMBINED OPS QUALIFICATION SHEET Objective

Area / Supporting

Tasks

10 7 4 0 N/A Primary Responsibility Training Device


Objective: Given a full Tactical brief from TSC, demonstrate ability to incorporate pertinent briefing information and message traffic into tactical positional briefs. Brief appropriate tactics based on environmentals and target. Tactics IAW NTTP/NATIP.






MC






MC






PC


6-11-B-2




Not briefed. SS1

Non Acoustic Brief





SS3

Nav Comm Brief





TACCO Brief





Mission Equipment



MC Flight Only

Weaponeering

Crew utilized JMEM in determining optimal weapons employment in accordance with mission tasking. Pk, fragmentation envelopes and properly completed weaponeering worksheet considered.

Minor omissions or inaccuracies on weaponeering worksheet.

Weaponeering not conducted for weapon selection or no weaponeering worksheet completed. MC

TPOA





TC


6-11-B-3

Weapon Loadout

Weapon loadout ideally suited to briefed target based on intel and weapon characteristics / limitations.

N/A

Sub-Optimal loadout selected based on intel and weapon characteristics / limitations.


MC




PC




N/A


MC Flight Only

Inflight


Departure Time


N/A N/A


MC Flight Only






NC Flight Only


6-11-B-4

Check In

Check in completed IAW brief with no deviation. All sensors utilized to the max extent practicable to determine battle group position. Crew has complete situational awareness including location of HVU. IAW OPTASKS, SPINS and TACAID.




MC

Tactical Join message

Crew successfully conducted voice join at earliest opportunity with on scene OTC and all required information received. 20 Pts

Crew successfully conducted voice join after some unnecessary delay with on scene OTC and all required information received. 14 Pts

Crew successfully conducted voice join at earliest opportunity with on scene OTC with 1 or 2 items of required information not received. 8 Pts

Significant delay in conducting tactical join caused by crews’ action or major items of tactical join not received.

MC



N/A N/A


PC Simulator Only

Timeliness

On station at scheduled time. 20 Pts




MC Flight Only

EMCON


Crew complies with EMCON, but does not deviate when warranted by the situation not affecting SOF.



MC


6-11-B-5






MC

On station Turnover


N/A N/A


PC



ASW summary attempted but not received. 3 Pts

N/A

ASW summary not attempted.

MC


Crew used turnover checklist and received all required turnover items. 5 Pts

Crew used turnover checklist but omitted 1 or 2 required turnover items. 10 Pts

Crew used turnover checklist but omitted 3 or 4 required turnover items. 6 Pts

Crew did not use turnover checklist or omitted 5 or more required turnover items.

TC






SS3 Simulator Only

Search Objective - Demonstrate the employment of search tactics IAW brief or NTTP to successfully meet the mission aim. Targets properly identified using all available sensors. Failure to score a minimum of 70% MOP score in this subarea will result in failure of the qualification attempt.


6-11-B-6

Search Tactics

Search Plan IAW brief or NTTP. Aircraft altitude adjusted to match updated environmental data. All applicable sensors utilized. Aircraft at optimal altitude and airspeed for primary sensor.

Search Plan IAW brief or NTTP. Aircraft altitude adjusted to match updated environmental data. Delay in search due to aircrew error or aircraft not at optimal altitude/airspeed.

Unwarranted deviation from briefed search plan, standard tactics used. Aircraft altitude not updated based on updated environmental data.

Search plan/tactic not IAW NTTP.

MC

Time to achieve initial surface plot

< 10 Mins 20 Pts 10-20 mins 14 Pts 21 - 30 mins 8 Pts >30mins SS3 Simulator Only

Time to achieve initial classification of all contacts to Gross Naval prior to entering the vital area

<10 Mins 20 Pts 10-20 mins 14 Pts 21 - 30 mins 8 Pts >30mins

SS3 Simulator Only

Contact Identification

Timely investigation of all unidentified contacts utilizing all available sensors while remaining outside standoffs.

Minor delay in aircraft positioning for investigation of unidentified contacts. All available sensors utilized while remaining outside standoffs.

Major delay in proper positioning and/or not all sensors utilized for contact investigation.

Aircraft positioned improperly to identify contacts. Standoffs not adhered to. MC

Identification sensors

Identified VOI via 2 or more sensors.

Identified VOI via 1 sensor. N/A

Unable to verify identity of VOI. MC

Vessel of Interest (VOI) reporting

Crew identifies VOI and provides contact report to TACON authority within 5 minutes. Contact entered into Link if available 20 Pts


Crew identifies VOI and provides contact report to TACON authority within 20 minutes. 8 Pts

Crew fails to locate VOI known to be in the Operational Area or locates / identifies VOI and provides contact report to TACON authority > 20 minutes or does not report in flight.

MC

Datalink





NC

Link-16 to be utilized if flown on BMUP+ aircraft.


6-11-B-7

Pass targeting to dissimilar platform

Crew passes all required information accurately at the correct times.

Crew passes all required information accurately with minor delay.

N/A

Crew fails to pass all required information accurately, or major delay in transmission. FAIL

NC

APS-137 ISAR -- Classify RADAR contacts utilizing ISAR Imagery (if AIP)

Imaged all COIs as directed by TACCO or other request. Classification to Fine Naval Class.

Imaged all COIs as directed by TACCO or other request. Classification to Gross Naval Class.

Imaged all COIs as directed by TACCO or other request. Classification to Perceptual Naval Class.

Operator did not attempt to image contacts. Or regularly mis-classified contacts to a specific naval class or radar system inop.

SS3

APS-137 ISAR -- Recording (if AIP)

Recorded all imaged COI contacts. N/A N/A

Failed to record imaged COI contacts or radar system inop

SS3

APS-137 ISAR-- Detailed Target Analysis (if AIP)

3 or more targets analyzed in detail to include; weapons systems, rotating antennas, flight decks, etc, with grazing angles/aspects noted.

Less than 2 targets analyzed in detail.

At least 1 target analyzed in detail.

No detailed analysis attempted or radar system inop.

SS3

ESM Platform Correlation

All available ESM contacts correlated to platform/source

80% of logged ESM contacts correlated to platform/source

75% - 79% of logged ESM contacts correlated to platform/source

Less than 75% of logged ESM contacts correlated to platform/source or no ESM system available.

SS3

Time interval from emitter available to time emitter recognized. (Non-Hostile) EW, SS, NAV, CS

< 1 minute. 1 - 2 minutes. 2 - 3 minutes. > 3 minutes.

SS3 Simulator only

Time interval from emitter available to time emitter recognized. (Hostile). TOI or Sub Radar, TA, TT, FC, MG, AI

<15 seconds. 15 - 20 seconds. 20 - 25 seconds. > 25 seconds.

SS3 Simulator only

Operator passed information for proper EW report to be sent. IAW TACAID.

All information properly sent IAW TACAID.

N/A N/A

Information not passed.

SS3 Simulator only


6-11-B-8

Contact Classification

All contacts classified to at least the Gross Naval class with initial detection and classification ranges noted.

All contacts classified to at least the Gross Naval class with no initial detection and/or classification ranges noted.

N/A

No contacts classified to at least the Gross Naval class.

SS3

Tactical flying.

Flight station was able to immediately change configuration, heading, speed, and altitude as required by applicable TPOA with minimal direction from TACCO.

Flight station was able to execute TPOA procedures in time to launch attacks within parameters; direction from TACCO required at times.

Flight station understood and attempted to follow TPOA, but lacked ability to fly in a tactically effective manner.

Flight station did not understand and could not execute TPOA.

MC Simulator Only

Coordinated Operations

Objective: Conduct a successful coordinated OTH engagement with dissimilar OTH strike platform(s). Failure to score a minimum of 70% MOP score in this subarea will result in failure of the qualification attempt.


As warranted by the tactical situation, aircrew assumes SAC at a tactically optimum time. Checklist is utilized. Aircrew carries out all SAC duties successfully. 20 Pts

As warranted by the tactical situation, aircrew assumes SAC at an appropriate time. Checklist is utilized. Aircrew carries out SAC duties successfully, with minor omissions. 14 Pts

Aircrew assumes SAC earlier or later than dictated by the tactical situation. Checklist is utilized. Aircrew carries out SAC duties partially, with major omissions. 8 Pts

Aircrew fails to assume SAC when tactically warranted. Fails to use checklist. Failure to carry out any SAC duties.

MC

Tactical Use of Coordinated Asset

Aircrew uses coordinated asset optimally.

Aircrew uses coordinated asset appropriately.

Aircrew fails to make appropriate use of coordinated asset

Aircrew fails to use coordinated asset.

MC


Mission effectiveness enhanced due to level of tactical information flow between coordinated asset, SAC, and Warfare Commander.

Mission effectiveness at appropriate level due to level of tactical information flow between coordinated asset, SAC, and Warfare Commander. No mission degradation.

Minor degradation of mission effectiveness due to level of tactical information flow between coordinated asset, SAC, and Warfare Commander.

Major degradation of mission effectiveness due to level of tactical information flow. FAIL

MC Simulator Only

Attack Procedures Objective: Demonstrate the correct employment of ASUW weapons IAW NATOPS and the NTTP. Failure to score a minimum of 70% MOP score in this subarea will result in failure of the qualification attempt.


6-11-B-9

Launch modes selected for all weapons.

Weapon has optimal search pattern set for range, target, aspect and environment. N/A N/A

Weapons not set for optimal engagement capability; settings do not match range, target, aspect or environmental conditions.

MC

Harpoon employment/TPOA.

Crew employed TPOA and launched weapon within envelope and in range of target; standoff maintained (if able).

Crew employed TPOA with minor deviations but launched weapon within envelope and in range of target; standoff maintained (if able).

Crew did not employ TPOA but launched weapon within envelope and in range of target; standoff maintained (if able).

Weapon launched outside envelope or range; or standoff unnecessarily broken. FAIL

MC

SLAM-ER

Launched weapon within NATOPS and planning tools limitations, AND target hit at optimum point.

Launched weapon within NATOPS and planning tools limitations, AND target hit.

NA

Launched weapon outside NATOPS or planning tools limitations, OR did not hit target. FAIL

MC

Coordinated Time-On-Top (CTOT).

Weapon impacts target within 15 seconds of tasked CTOT. 30 Pts

Weapon impacts target between 15 and 30 seconds of tasked CTOT. 21 Pts

Weapon impacts target between 30 seconds and 1 minute of tasked CTOT. 12 Pts

Weapon impacts target > 1 minute from tasked CTOT or doesn't impact target.

MC

Blue on Blue or Blue on White.

Crew updated location of friendly and neutral units prior to and throughout attack phases. No Blue on Blue or Blue on White attacks. 25 Pts

N/A

Crew updated location of friendly and neutral units once during entire on station. No Blue on Blue attacks or Blue on White. 5 Pts

Crew did not verify location of friendlies and/or neutrals prior to attack and/or Blue on Blue or Blue on White attack. FAIL

MC

Battle Damage Assessment

Crew achieved best possible BDA results through effective use of applicable sensors while remaining outside standoff.

N/A

Crew unable to achieve BDA results despite use of applicable sensors while remaining outside standoff.

BDA not attempted or standoff unnecessarily broken.

MC



6-11-B-10



N/A N/A







MC

Surface plot passed and plain text sent via Link (if authorized)

Link data sent.

N/A N/A

Link data not sent.

MC

Post Flight


NAVCOMM Records



N/A


NC

TACCO Log



N/A


TC




N/A


SS3


6-11-B-11

RDSS Data Extract


N/A N/A










N/A



NC


Ensured appropriate TMS setup was used to maintain flight station S/A to maintain standoff.

N/A



PC

Weapon Standoffs


Ensured appropriate TMS setup was used to maintain flight station S/A and hostile wpn envelopes effectively mitigated.


Fails to maintain standoff due to lack of S/A and inability to mitigate hostile wpn capabilities. FAIL

PC Simulator Only






SS3 Simulator Only


6-11-B-12

ICS Procedures





MC Simulator Only



N/A



SS3 Simulator Only

Chart Utilization

All required positions use correct scale charts to plot/ verify high obstructions for MOSA, RADAR assisted NAV fixing, or Landmass recognition IAW NATOPS.

N/A N/A


MC




N/A


TC Simulator Only



Operator displays proper scope management for current mission 50-75% of time.

N/A

Operator displays proper scope management for current mission < 50% of time.

SS3 Simulator Only


6-11-B-13

Summary Subareas Raw Score Weighted Score Mission Planning / /10 Transit/Onstation / /10 Search** / /15 Coordinated

Operations** / /25

Attack** / /15 Offstation / /10 Records and Charts / /5 Crew Coordination / /10 Total / /100 OSE ** Critical Subareas. Required to score a minimum of 70% in these subarea to be awarded Qualification


6-11-B-14

INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK

6-12-A-1

CHAPTER 6

SECTION 12

TASK ASU-203 HARPOON MISSILEX

FXP: ASU-5-A

61201. Mission Objective. To evaluate a crew’s ability to accurately target and deliver a Harpoon missile against a surface target, during independent or coordinated operations. 61202. Requirements/Critical Sub-Areas. a. The initial Harpoon task should be conducted during ARP. Subsequent

tasks must be completed in-flight. Use of the simulator to renew this task requires CPRG approval.

b. The crew is required to score a minimum of 70% in the critical sub-

area and as an overall score on the crew grade sheet in order to be awarded the qualification. The critical sub-area for this qualification is attack.

c. A live AGM-84D, H-CATM, Harpoon Missile Simulator (HMS) or AWM-103

Common Organizational Level Armament Support Tester is to be fitted. When not utilizing a live missile or CATM, all weapon racks are to be cocked. All required checklists shall be performed.

d. The crew shall utilize a Wing provided scenario for training using an

actual surface vessel as the intended target. Target is to be identified from outside the standoff range of the simulated scenario target using all available sensors.

e. The crew is required to fire a minimum of four simulated missiles

from a minimum of three firing events; all within the published missile envelope. The three firing events must include; 1) online shot with waypoints, 2) offline shot and 3) online or offline with weapon malfunction. Additionally, in the simulator, one of firing instances must include a salvo launch.

f. Inflight observer (PPC/TC ACTC IV/WTI), if available, shall fly with

the crew to conduct the scenario and evaluate crew proficiency. 61203. Measure of Performance. a. Brief/Tactical Planning/Preflight: Given a full tactical brief from




c. Search: Demonstrate the employment of search tactics IAW brief or

NTTP/NATIP to successfully meet the mission aim. Targets properly identified using all available sensors.

6-12-A-2

d. Attack: Demonstrate the correct employment of ASUW weapons IAW NATOPS and the NTTP/NATIP, delivering weapon within envelope and maintaining a safe standoff. BHA performed if able. A score of less than 70% in this sub-area will result in a failure of the qualification.

e. Turnover/Offstation: Demonstrate the ability to safely and

efficiently check offstation. f. Records and Charts: Demonstrate the ability to maintain sortie

records in sufficient detail to enable sortie reconstruction.

g. Crew Coordination and Safety of Flight: Demonstrate satisfactory level of crew coordination and conducts mission in a safe manner.

61204. Measure of Effectiveness. Crew correctly located and identified target, maintained safe stand-off and successfully conducted attack(s). 61205. Evaluation. a. Inflight Observer / Debriefing Officer: (1) Monitor the mission and ensure that all exercise parameters,

restrictions and safety of flight requirements are met by the crew.

(2) Provide the crew with missile requirement for each shot

including time on target, salvo size and injecting of missile malfunctions utilizing the HMS or AWM-103.

(3) Evaluate the aircrew’s ability in the following areas: (a) Target identification and evasion. (b) Hit assessment. (c) Understanding of missile characteristics. (4) Complete mission evaluation by inputting the data (crew

performance and mission difficulty factor) into the on-line grade sheet program. Critique crewmembers after evaluation.

(5) Submit evaluation to Certifying Officer and squadron TAB

Officer for review. b. CPRW / CTF Certifying Officer: (1) Review the evaluation and award the crew grade as appropriate. (2) Forward all mission data to the Squadron TAB for review and

crew debrief if appropriate. c. Squadron TAB Officer: (if applicable) (1) Conduct TAB evaluation and thorough debriefing of the crew.

(2) Forward specific comments, analysis results and recommendations for additional training to squadron Commanding Officer.

6-12-A-3

CHAPTER 6

SECTION 12

ANNEX A

ASU Measures of Difficulty

1.Cueing Difficulty Factor 5 Time Late >12 Hrs &/or Area Size >40,000 Sqnm 4 Time Late 8 – 12 Hrs &/or Area Size 30,000 – 40,000 Sqnm 3 Time Late 4 – 8 Hrs &/or Area Size 15,000 – 30,000 Sqnm 2 Time Late 1 – 4 Hrs &/or Area Size 5,000 – 15,000 Sqnm 1 Time Late <1 Hr &/or Area Size <5,000 Sqnm 2. Cueing Type A. IUSS SPA/ELINT or (CW)/Land-Based Radar B. Ship-Borne Radar C. Submarine Fix D. Satellite or OTR Source Imagery E. Airborne Radar 3. HVU Size A. <1 Ton B. 2 – 1,000 Tons C. 1,000 – 10,000 Tons D. 10,000 – 60,000 Tons E. >60,000 Tons 4. Aircraft Type A. P3C UIII w/APS-115 B. P3C UIII or AIP w/ISAR C. AIP w/SAR 5. Environmental Factors A. Extreme B. Moderate C. Mild 6. Mission Constraints A. Extreme B. Normal C. Unconstrained

7. Surface Contact Density A. Extreme – 1 or More CTC/s per 10 Sqnm B. Heavy – 1 CTC per 100 Sqnm C. Moderate – 1 CTC per 500 Sqnm D. Minimal – 1 CTC per 1,000 Sqnm E. Light - < 1 CTC per 1,000 Sqnm

6-12-A-4


10

9

2

1

0

3

4

8

7

6

5

5

4

3

2

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

A B C D E

Figure 6-12-1


6-12-B-1


TASK ASU-203 HARPOON MISSILEX QUALIFICATION SHEET Objective Area /


Training Device


Brief /Tactical Planning/Preflight Objective: Given a full Tactical brief from TSC, demonstrate ability to incorporate pertinent briefing information and message traffic into tactical positional briefs. Brief appropriate tactics based on environmentals and target. Tactics IAW NTTP/NATIP.











MC






PC




Not briefed. SS1


6-12-B-2

Non Acoustic Brief





SS3

Nav Comm Brief





TACCO Brief





Mission Equipment



MC Flight Only

Weaponeering




TPOA





TC

Weapon Loadout


N/A



MC


6-12-B-3




PC




N/A


MC Flight Only

Inflight


Departure Time


N/A N/A


MC Flight Only






NC Flight Only



N/A N/A


PC Simulator Only





MC Flight Only


6-12-B-4

EMCON





MC






MC






SS3 Simulator Only

Search Objective: Demonstrate the ability to a make a safe and efficient transition to onstation, update environmental data and optimize aircraft sensors

Search Tactics



Unwarranted deviation from briefed search plan, standard tactics used. Aircraft altitude not updated based on updated environmental data.


MC

Time to achieve initial surface plot < 10 Mins 20 Pts 10-20 mins 14 Pts 21 - 30 mins 8 Pts >30mins

SS3 Simulator Only

Time to achieve initial classification of all contacts to Gross Naval prior to entering the vital area

<10 Mins 20 Pts 10-20 mins 14 Pts 21 - 30 mins 8 Pts >30mins

SS3 Simulator Only


6-12-B-5


Timely investigation of all unidentified contacts utilizing all available sensors while remaining outside standoffs.

Minor delay in aircraft positioning for investigation of unidentified contacts. All available sensors utilized while remaining outside standoffs.

Major delay in proper positioning and/or not all sensors utilized for contact investigation.

Aircraft positioned improperly to identify contacts. Standoffs not adhered to.

MC

Identification sensors Identified VOI via 2 or more sensors.

Identified VOI via 1 sensor. N/A

Unable to verify identity of VOI. MC




Crew identifies VOI and provides contact report to TACON authority within 20 minutes. 8 Pts


MC

APS-137 ISAR -- Classify RADAR contacts utilizing ISAR Imagery.




Operator did not attempt to image contacts. Or regularly mis-classified contacts to a specific naval class or radar system inop.

SS3

APS-137 ISAR -- Recording. Recorded all imaged COI contacts. N/A N/A

Failed to record imaged COI contacts or radar system inop

SS3

APS-137 ISAR-- Detailed Target Analysis.

3 or more targets analyzed in detail to include; weapons systems, rotating antennas, flight decks, etc, with grazing angles/aspects noted.

Less than 2 targets analyzed in detail.

At least 1 target analyzed in detail.

No detailed analysis attempted or radar system inop.

SS3


All available ESM contacts correlated to platform/source

80% of logged ESM contacts correlated to platform/source

75% - 79% of logged ESM contacts correlated to platform/source

Less than 75% of logged ESM contacts correlated to platform/source or no ESM system available.

SS3



SS3 Simulator only


6-12-B-6



SS3 Simulator only


All information properly sent IAW TACAID. N/A N/A

Information not passed. SS3 Simulator only




N/A


SS3

Tactical flying





MC Simulator Only

Attack Procedures Objective: Demonstrate the correct employment of ASUW weapons IAW NATOPS and the NTTP, deliver weapons within envelope, maintain a safe standoff, and conduct BHA as appropriate. Failure to score a minimum of 70% MOP score in this subarea will result in failure of the qualification attempt.

Launch modes selected for all weapons. (First Launch)

Harpoon has optimal search pattern set for range, target, aspect and environment. N/A N/A


MC

Harpoon Launch Envelope (First Launch)

Crew employed TPOA AND launched weapon within envelope, AND in range of target; standoff maintained AND target hit. 20 Pts

Crew employed TPOA with minor deviations but launched weapon within envelope and in range of target; standoff maintained and target hit. 14 Pts

Crew did not employ TPOA but launched weapon within envelope and in range of target; standoff maintained and target hit. 8 Pts

Weapon launched outside envelope or range; or standoff unnecessarily broken, or missile missed the target due to crew error. FAIL.

MC


6-12-B-7

A/C Positioning for Attack / Reattack (First Launch)

A/C consistently positioned in ideal location for mode of firing, position of target and to conduct reattack due to weapon malfunction

Minor discrepancies in aircraft positioning.

N/A

A/C positioning consistently not suitable for mode of firing or target position. MC Simulator Only

Target Close to Land Mass (First Launch)

Crew conducted a simulated launch against a target in close proximately to land, selecting the appropriate launch mode, missile profile and/or firing location

Minor discrepancies in selection of appropriate launch mode, missile profile and/or firing location for launch against a target in close proximity to land

Inappropriate selection of launch mode, missile profile and/or firing location for launch against a target in close proximately land. However PFA confirms weapon would have struck the target.

Inappropriate selection of launch mode, missile profile and/or firing location for launch against a target in close proximately land which PFA confirms would have struck land. FAIL

MC Simulator Only

VOI within Close Proximity to other target (First Launch)

Crew conducted a simulated launch against a target in close proximately to another target, selecting the appropriate launch mode, missile profile and/or firing location

Minor discrepancies in selection of appropriate launch mode, missile profile and/or firing location for launch against a target in close proximately to another target

Inappropriate selection of launch mode, missile profile and/or firing location for launch against a target in close proximately to another target. However PFA confirms the weapon would have struck the intended target

Inappropriate selection of launch mode, missile profile and/or firing location for launch against a target in close proximately to another target which PFA confirms would have struck the wrong target. FAIL

MC

Blue on Blue or Blue on White. (First Launch)


N/A


Crew did not verify location of friendlies and/or neutrals prior to attack and/or Blue on Blue or Blue on White attack; FAIL.

MC

Launch modes selected for all weapons. (Second Launch)



MC


6-12-B-8

Harpoon Launch Envelope (Second Launch)




Weapon launched outside envelope or range; or standoff unnecessarily broken, missile missed the target due to crew error. FAIL.

MC

A/C Positioning for Attack / Reattack (Second Launch)



N/A


Target Close to Land Mass (Second Launch)





MC Simulator Only

VOI within Close Proximity to other target (Second Launch)





MC

Blue on Blue or Blue on White. (Second Launch)


N/A



MC

,


6-12-B-9

Launch modes selected for all weapons. (Third Launch)



MC

Harpoon Launch Envelope (Third Launch)




Weapon launched outside envelope or range; or standoff unnecessarily broken, missile missed the target due to crew error. FAIL.

MC

A/C Positioning for Attack / Reattack (Third Launch)



N/A


Target Close to Land Mass (Third Launch)





MC Simulator Only

VOI within Close Proximity to other target (Third Launch)





MC


6-12-B-10

Blue on Blue or Blue on White. (Third Launch)


N/A



MC


Crew achieved best possible BDA results through effective use of applicable sensors while remaining outside standoff. 25 Pts

N/A

Crew unable to achieve BDA results despite use of applicable sensors while remaining outside standoff. 15 Pts

BDA not attempted or standoff unnecessarily broken

MC

Weapon Malfunctions

Any weapon malfunctions such as LFA, hungstore, etc) handled IAW NATOPS or no malfunction occurred.

N/A N/A

Weapon malfunctions not handled IAW NATOPS. FAIL

TC




N/A N/A


PC


Link data sent.

N/A N/A

Link data not sent.

MC

Post Flight


NAVCOMM Records



N/A


NC


6-12-B-11

TACCO Log



N/A


TC




N/A


SS3

RDSS Data Extract


N/A N/A










N/A



NC


Ensured appropriate TMS setup was used to maintain flight station S/A to maintain standoff. N/A



PC


6-12-B-12

Weapon Standoffs





PC Simulator Only






SS3 Simulator Only

ICS Procedures





MC Simulator Only



N/A



SS3 Simulator Only

Chart Utilization


N/A N/A


MC


6-12-B-13




N/A


TC Simulator Only




N/A


SS3 Simulator Only

Summary Subareas Raw Score Weighted Score Mission Planning / /15 Transit/Onstation / /5 Search / /15 Attack** / /45 Offstation / /5 Records and Charts / /5 Crew Coordination / /10 Total / /100 OSE ** Critical Subareas. Required to score a minimum of 70% in these subarea to be awarded Qualification


6-12-B-14

INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK


6-13-1

CHAPTER 6

SECTION 13

TASK ASU-204 MAVERICK MISSILEX CREW QUALIFICATION

FXP: ASU-5-A

61301. Mission Objective. To evaluate a crew’s ability to accurately target and deliver a Maverick missile against a surface target and/or broached submarine, during independent or coordinated operations. 61302. Requirements/Critical Sub-Areas. a. The initial Maverick event should be conducted during ARP.

Subsequent events shall be completed in-flight. Task currency may be awarded utilizing the TACT or TORT simulator only if the M-CATM training shape or a live-fire AGM-65F is not available and approval is obtained from CPRG.

b. The crew is required to score a minimum of 70% in the critical sub-


c. Live AGM-65(F) or M-CATM.

d. The crew shall utilize a Wing provided scenario for training using an actual surface vessel as the intended target. Target is to be identified from outside the standoff range of the simulated scenario target using all available sensors.

e. Inflight observer (PPC/TC ACTC 400/WTI), if available, shall fly

with the crew to conduct the scenario and evaluate crew proficiency. 61303. Measure of Performance. a. Brief/Tactical Planning/Preflight: Given a full tactical brief from




c. Search: Demonstrate the employment of tactics IAW brief or

NTTP/NATIP. Target identified using all available sensors. d. Attack: Demonstrate the correct employment of ASUW weapons IAW

NATOPS and the NTTP/NATIP, maintaining safe standoffs and conducting BDA as appropriate. A score of less than 70% in this sub-area will result in a failure of the qualification.

e. Offstation: Demonstrate the ability to safely and efficiently check

OFFSTA f. Records and Charts: Demonstrate the ability to maintain sortie



6-13-2

g. Crew Coordination and Safety of Flight: Demonstrate crew cohesion and conducts mission in safe manner.

61304. Measure of Effectiveness. Crew correctly located and identified target, maintained safe stand-off and successfully conducted attack(s). 61305. Evaluation. a. Inflight Observer / Debriefing Officer: (1) Monitor the mission and ensure that all exercise parameters,

restrictions and safety of flight requirements are met by the crew.

(2) Evaluate the aircrew’s ability in the following areas: (a) Target identification and evasion. (b) Hit assessment. (c) Understanding of missile characteristics. (3) Complete mission evaluation by inputting the data (crew

performance and mission difficulty factor) into the on-line grade sheet program. Critique crewmembers after evaluation.

(4) Submit evaluation sheet to the Certifying Officer and squadron

TAB Officer for review. b. CPRW / CTF Certifying Officer: (1) Review the evaluation and award the crew grade, as appropriate. (2) Forward all mission data to the Squadron TAB officer for review

and crew debrief if appropriate.

c. Squadron TAB Officer: (if applicable) (1) Conduct TAB evaluation and thorough debriefing of the crew. (2) Forward specific comments, analysis results and recommendations

for additional to squadron Commanding Officer.


6-13-A-1

CHAPTER 6

SECTION 13

ANNEX A

ASU MAVERICK Measures of Difficulty 1. Cueing Difficulty Factor 5 Time Late >12 Hrs &/or Area Size >40,000 Sqnm 4 Time Late 14 – 12 Hrs &/or Area Size 30,000 – 40,000 Sqnm 3 Time Late 4 – 14 Hrs &/or Area Size 15,000 – 30,000 Sqnm 2 Time Late 1 – 4 Hrs &/or Area Size 5,000 – 15,000 Sqnm 1 Time Late <1 Hr &/or Area Size <5,000 Sqnm 2. Cueing Type A. IUSS SPA/ELINT or (CW)/Land-Based Radar B. Ship-Borne Radar C. Submarine Fix D. Satellite or OTR Source Imagery E. Airborne Radar 3. HVU Size A. <1 Ton B. 2 – 1,000 Tons C. C. 1,000 – 10,000 Tons D. D. 10,000 – 60,000 Tons E. E. >60,000 Tons 4. Target IR Signature A. Low B. Moderate C. High 5. Environmental Factors A. Extreme B. Moderate C. Mild 6. Mission Constraints A. Extreme B. Normal C. Unconstrained 7. Surface Contact Density A. Extreme – 1 or More CTC/s per 10 Sqnm B. Heavy – 1 CTC per 100 Sqnm C. Moderate – 1 CTC per 500 Sqnm D. Minimal – 1 CTC per 1,000 Sqnm E. Light - < 1 CTC per 1,000 Sqnm


6-13-A-2


10

9

2

1

0

3

4

8

7

6

5

5

4

3

2

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

A B C D E

Figure 6-13-1


6-13-B-1


TASK ASU-204 MAVERICK MISSILEX QUALIFICATION SHEET Objective Area /


Training Device













MC






PC




Not briefed. SS1


6-13-B-2

Non Acoustic Brief





SS3

Nav Comm Brief





TACCO Brief





Mission Equipment



MC Flight Only

Weaponeering



N/A


TPOA





TC

Weapon Loadout


N/A



MC


6-13-B-3




PC




N/A


MC Flight Only

Inflight


Departure Time


N/A N/A


MC Flight Only






NC Flight Only



N/A N/A


PC Simulator Only





MC Flight Only


6-13-B-4

Maverick Boresight

Maverick seeker aligned with EO turret on target of opportunity. N/A N/A

Seeker not aligned

TC

EMCON





MC






MC






SS3 Simulator Only

Search Objective - Demonstrate the employment of tactics IAW brief or NTTP/NATIP to successfully meet the mission aim. Targets properly identified using all available sensors.

Search Tactics



Unwarranted deviation from briefed search plan, standard tactics used. Aircraft altitude not updated based on updated environmental data..


MC


6-13-B-5


Timely investigation of all unidentified contacts utilizing all available sensors while remaining outside standoffs

Minor delay in aircraft positioning for investigation of unidentified contacts. All available sensors utilized while remaining outside standoffs

Major delay in proper positioning and/or not all sensors utilized for contact investigation



Crew identifies VOI and provides contact report to TACON authority within 5 minutes. Contact entered into Link if available


Crew identifies VOI and provides contact report to TACON authority within 20 minutes.


MC





Operator did not attempt to image contacts. Or regularly mis-classified contacts to a specific naval class.

SS3


Failed to record imaged COI contacts.

SS3


All ESM contacts correlated to platform/source.

80% of logged ESM contacts correlated to platform/source.

75% - 79% of logged ESM contacts correlated to platform/source.

< 75% of logged ESM contacts correlated to platform/source.

SS3 Simulator Only



SS3 Simulator Only



SS3 Simulator Only


All information properly sent IAW TACAID N/A N/A

Information not passed. SS3 Simulator Only


6-13-B-6




N/A


SS3

Tactical flying.





MC Simulator Only

Attack Procedures Objective: Demonstrate the correct employment of ASUW weapons IAW NATOPS and the NTTP, maintaining safe standoffs and conducting BHA as appropriate. A score of less than 70% in this sub-area will result in a failure of the qualification.

Launch modes selected for all weapons.

Maverick set for Land or Sea mode as appropriate.

N/A N/A


MC

Maverick employment/TPOA

Crew employed TPOA and launched weapon within NATOPS envelope AND target hit. 50 Pts

Crew employed TPOA with minor deviations but launched weapon within NATOPS envelope AND target missed, although no apparent procedural error 35 Pts

N/A

Launched weapon outside NATOPS envelope, standoff broken , without due consideration to other strike options OR ROE considerations. FAIL.

MC

A/C Positioning for Attack

A/C consistently positioned in ideal location for mode of firing, position of target. 20 Pts

Minor discrepancies in aircraft positioning. 14 Pts N/A

A/C positioning consistently not suitable for mode of firing or target position.

MC



N/A



MC


6-13-B-7


Crew achieved best possible BDA results through effective use of applicable sensors while remaining outside standoff.

N/A

Crew unable to achieve BDA results despite use of applicable sensors while remaining outside standoff.

BDA not attempted or standoff unnecessarily broken

MC

Weapon Malfunctions


N/A N/A


TC

Offstation Objective: Demonstrate the ability to safely and efficiently check OFFSTA


Swap conducted IAW briefed altitudes and EMCON. Deviation from brief only if coordinated and warranted. Safety of flight procedures followed.

N/A N/A


PC


Link data sent. N/A N/A

Link data not sent MC

Post Flight


NAVCOMM Records



N/A


NC

TACCO Log



N/A


TC


6-13-B-8




N/A


SS3

RDSS Data Extract


N/A N/A


VTR Video VTR Video available for debrief N/A N/A

No VTR video available at debrief

MC Flight Only









N/A



NC





PC

Weapon Standoffs





PC Simulator Only


6-13-B-9






SS3 Simulator Only

ICS Procedures





MC Simulator Only



N/A



SS3 Simulator Only

Chart Utilization


N/A N/A


MC




N/A


TC Simulator Only


6-13-B-10




N/A


SS3 Simulator Only

Summary Subareas Raw Score Weighted Score Mission Planning / /15 Transit/Onstation / /5 Search / /15 Attack** / /45 Offstation / /5 Records and Charts / /5 Crew Coordination / /10 Total / /100 OSE ** Critical Subareas. Required to score a minimum of 70% in these subarea to be awarded Qualification


6-14-1

CHAPTER 6

SECTION 14

TASK ASU-205 SLAM-ER MISSILEX

CREW QUALIFICATION

FXP: ASU-5-A 61401. Mission Objective. To evaluate a crew’s ability to accurately plan and deliver a SLAM-ER Strike weapon against a surface target (at sea or in port) during autonomous operations. 61402. Requirements/Critical Sub-Areas. a. To satisfy the requirements of ASU 205 every 150 days each crew is

to: (1) Conduct strike planning using N-PFPS, JMPS, or similar mission

planning tool, and RTMPS/TAMPS; (2) Crew PPC and PPTC are to conduct a minimum of 5 end- game

scenarios each on the SLAM Proficiency System (SPS) 1.0 end-game trainer (DELEX); and

(3) Conduct an flight utilizing a live AGM-84K or CATM- 84K. Note: These requirements are in addition to those required for ASU 209. b. Initial qualification shall be awarded upon completion of ARP

(flight phase). c. The crew is required to score a minimum of 70% in the critical sub-





efficient transition to onstation; update environmental data and optimize aircraft sensors.




6-14-2

d. Attack: Demonstrate the correct employment of ASUW weapons IAW NATOPS and the NTTP/NATIP, delivering weapon within envelope ensuring aircraft is properly positioned within SLAM launch point parameters and control point can be reached at time to video (TTV). Safe standoff maintained throughout and BHA performed if able with AIMS, SAR, or second SLAM missile video. A score of less than 70% in this sub-area will result in a failure of the qualification.

e. Records and Charts: Demonstrates the ability to maintain sortie

records in sufficient detail to enable sortie reconstruction. f. Crew Coordination and Safety of Flight: Demonstrate cohesion and

conducts mission in safe manner

61404. Measure of Effectiveness. Conduct strike mission planning, maintain standoff, successfully conducted attack including utilization of correct end-game procedures to engage target. 61405. Evaluation. a. In-flight Observer (IFO) / Debriefing Officer: A WTU SLAM

Instructor shall fulfill IFO responsibilities for the initial qualification per the current ARP syllabus. For subsequent ASU205 flight events, the IFO for currency events may be any SLAM qualified PPC/PPTC, provided the crew has not allowed the ASU205 task to lapse. If the ASU205 has expired, the IFO must be an ASU205/209 current, ACTC level 400 PPC/PPTC or a pilot/NFO, WTI. The IFO shall:

(1) Monitor the mission and ensure that all mission parameters,

restrictions, and safety of flight requirements are met by the aircrew.

(2) Evaluate the crew’s ability in the following areas: (a) Strike mission planning including target study, GPS

GO/NOGO windows, and aircraft launch parameters, EOTDA, and weaponeering.

(b) Understanding of missile characteristics. (c) Understanding of RTMPS setup and usage. (d) Understanding of GPS theory to include almanac data,

ephemeris data, launch point parameters, and GO/NOGO launch windows.

(e) Crew coordination and checklist execution. (f) Threat identification and evasion. (g) Correct end-game procedures including both GPS and MITL. (h) Hit assessment.


6-14-3

(3) Complete mission evaluation by inputting the data (crew performance and mission difficulty factor) into the QM3 grade sheet program. De-brief crewmembers after evolution.

(4) Submit evaluation, end-game video, and TAGSET data to the

Certifying Officer, the squadron TAB Officer and Strike Cell Strike Lead for review.

b. CPRW / CTF Certifying Officer: (1) Review the evaluation and award the crew grade, as appropriate. (2) Forward all mission data to the Squadron TAB officer for review




6-14-4

INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK


6-14-A-1

CHAPTER 6

SECTION 14

ANNEX A

ASU SLAM-ER Measures of Difficulty 1. Cueing Difficulty Factor 5 Time Late >12 Hrs &/or Area Size >40,000 Sqnm 4 Time Late 8 – 12 Hrs &/or Area Size 30,000 – 40,000 Sqnm 3 Time Late 4 – 8 Hrs &/or Area Size 15,000 – 30,000 Sqnm 2 Time Late 1 – 4 Hrs &/or Area Size 5,000 – 15,000 Sqnm 1 Time Late <1 Hr &/or Area Size <5,000 Sqnm 2. Cueing Type A. IUSS SPA/ELINT or (CW)/Land-Based Radar B. Ship-Borne Radar C. Submarine Fix D. Satellite or OTR Source Imagery E. Airborne Radar 3. HVU Size A. <1 Ton B. 2 – 1,000 Tons C. 1,000 – 10,000 Tons D. 10,000 – 60,000 Tons E. >60,000 Tons 4. Target IR Signature A. Low B. Moderate C. High 5. Environmental Factors A. Extreme B. Moderate C. Mild 6. Mission Constraints A. Extreme B. Normal C. Unconstrained 7. Surface Contact Density A. Extreme – 1 or More CTC/s per 10 Sqnm B. Heavy – 1 CTC per 100 Sqnm C. Moderate – 1 CTC per 500 Sqnm D. Minimal – 1 CTC per 1,000 Sqnm E. Light - < 1 CTC per 1,000 Sqnm


6-14-A-2


10

9

2

1

0

3

4

8

7

6

5

5

4

3

2

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

A B C D E

Figure 6-14-1


6-14-B-1


TASK ASU-205 SLAM-ER MISSILEX QUALIFICATION SHEET Objective Area /


Training Device













MC






PC




Not briefed. SS1


6-14-B-2

Non Acoustic Brief





SS3

Nav Comm Brief





TACCO Brief





Mission Equipment



MC Flight Only

Weaponeering



N/A


SLAM-ER TPOA

Tactics for all phases of tasking addressed and assessed as optimum based on assigned target and environmentals. Weapon limitations including max and min speed, ranges and altitudes covered. All tactics IAW NTTP. 20 Pts

Tactics for all phases of tasking addressed suitable but not optimal to assigned target or environmentals. Weapon limitations including max and min speed, ranges and altitudes covered. All tactics IAW NTTP. 14 Pts

Tactics for all phases of tasking addressed but fail to take into account assigned target and environmental. Not all weapon limitations covered. All tactics IAW NTTP. 5 Pts

Fails to address major areas of tasking, weapon limitations or tactics not IAW NTTP

MC


6-14-B-3

Use of mission planning tools

Crew utilized N-PFPS, JMPS or similar mission planning tools in conjunction with TAMPS/RTMPS for mission planning and NSAWC for strike mission planning as appropriate. 20 Pts

N/A N/A

Planning tools not utilized

MC

Weapon Loadout


N/A



MC

DTED database updated

DTED database updated appropriately for launch and control area N/A N/A

DTED database not updated

MC




PC




N/A


MC Flight Only

Inflight


Departure Time


N/A N/A


MC Flight Only


6-14-B-4






NC Flight Only



N/A N/A


PC Simulator Only





MC Flight Only

GPS Almanac Updated GPS almanac updated

N/A N/A GPS almanac data not updated MC

EMCON





MC






MC


6-14-B-5






SS3 Simulator Only


Search Tactics





MC











MC






SS3


6-14-B-6



SS3






SS3 Simulator Only



SS3 Simulator Only



SS3 Simulator Only







N/A


SS3

Tactical flying.





MC Simulator Only


Launch point requirements

Launch point requirements and parameters maintained prior to launch

N/A N/A

Launch point requirements not met prior to launch MC


6-14-B-7

A/C Positioning for Attack

A/C consistently positioned in ideal location for mode of firing and position of target. 20 Pts

Minor discrepancies in aircraft positioning. 14 Pts N/A

A/C positioning consistently not suitable for mode of firing or target position. FAIL

MC

SLAM-ER

Launched weapon within NATOPS and planning tools limitations, AND target hit at optimum point 50 Pts

Launched weapon within NATOPS and planning tools limitations, AND target hit 35 Pts

NA

Launched weapon outside NATOPS or planning tools limitations, OR did not hit target.

MC

End-game procedures

Proper end-game procedures completed and missile end-game video recorded for BHA. 40 Pts

N/A

Proper end-game procedures completed but missile end-game video not recorded for BHA. 20 Pts

Proper end-game procedures not completed. FAIL MC



N/A



MC

Weapon Malfunctions


N/A N/A


TC




N/A N/A


PC


Link data sent. N/A N/A


Post Flight


6-14-B-8


NAVCOMM Records



N/A


NC

TACCO Log



N/A


TC




N/A


SS3

RDSS Data Extract


N/A N/A




MC Flight Only








6-14-B-9



N/A



NC





PC

Weapon Standoffs





PC Simulator Only






SS3 Simulator Only

ICS Procedures





MC Simulator Only



N/A



SS3 Simulator Only


6-14-B-10

Chart Utilization


N/A N/A


MC




N/A


TC Simulator Only




N/A


SS3 Simulator Only

Summary Subareas Raw Score Weighted Score

Mission Planning / /20 Transit/Onstation / /5 Search / /15 Attack** / /40 Offstation / /5 Records and Charts / /5 Crew Coordination / /10 Total / /100 OSE ** Critical Subareas. Required to score a minimum of 70% in these subarea to be awarded Qualification


6-15-1

CHAPTER 6

SECTION 15

TASK ASU-206 MINEX

CREW QUALIFICATION

FXP: MIW-1-A 61501. Mission Objective. To evaluate a crew’s ability to effectively employ the P-3 weapons system for aerial mine laying. 61502. Requirements/Critical Sub-Areas. a. May be completed in simulator and in conjunction with the ASW 207

qualification. In no case will a crew be permitted to complete two Consecutive ASU 206 tasks in the simulator.

b. The initial qualification is to be evaluated by Wing personnel in

ARP. Squadron personnel may evaluate all subsequent qualifications. c. The crew is to conduct a minimum of three mining runs dropping four

mines on each run. The mining runs shall include: 1) One online mineline (defensive mining scenario), 2) One online assisted mineline (defensive mining

scenario), and 3) One offline mineline (offensive mining scenario) d. The crew is to utilize a Wing provided scenario for minefield

planning. Planning for the entire exercise must consider all aspects of an actual mining mission in an unfriendly atmosphere (i.e. navigation accuracy, EMCON, altitude and airspeeds, intrusion and retirement routes, etc). The three scenarios will include one of each of the following minelines:

1) One mineline with four identical weapons and

equal spacing between weapon splash points. 2) One mineline with four identical weapons and

disparate spacing between weapon splash points. 3) One mineline with at least two different mine

types and disparate spacing between weapon splash points.

e. Weapon planning is to include ballistic travel, impact angle and

skip angle.

f. Whether conducted in the simulator or in the aircraft, the mining runs are to be conducted over water with the aircraft flown at actual altitudes and speeds within the published weapons release parameters. When conducted in the aircraft, all weapon racks will be cocked.


6-15-2

g. The crew is required to score a minimum of 70% in the critical sub-area and as an overall score on the crew grade sheet in order to be awarded the qualification. The critical sub-area for this qualification is Attack.

61503. Procedures. The mission will contain alternate plans for employment of both visual and radar mine laying techniques. The exercise will normally be conducted using visual technique; however, should the assessor choose to input conditions such as heavy precipitation to reduce visibility, the crew should continue the run using the alternate radar plan. 61504. Measure of Performance. a. Brief/Tactical Planning/Preflight: Aircrew shall demonstrate a

thorough knowledge of the aircraft weapons system and weapons, tactics, use and drop restrictions.



c. Attack: Demonstrate the correct employment of mines IAW NATOPS and

the NTTP and deliver weapons accurately within the weapon envelope. Failure to score a minimum of 70% MOP score in this subarea will result in failure of the qualification attempt.

d. Records and Charts: Demonstrate the ability to maintain sortie

records in sufficient detail to enable sortie reconstruction. Drop accuracy determined using mission replay and properly logged data.

e. Crew Coordination and Safety of Flight: Demonstrate cohesion and

conducts mission in a safe manner. 61505. Measure of Effectiveness. Mines correctly placed in assigned operating area. 61506. Evaluation. a. Debriefing Officer:

(1) Reconstruct the mission or event and input data (crew performance and mission difficulty factor) into the on-line grade sheet program.


the evaluation. (3) Forward all exercise data to the Certifying Officer and

squadron TAB Officer for review. b. CPRW / CTF Certifying Officer: (1) Review the evaluation and award the crew grade as appropriate. (2) Forward all mission data to the Squadron TAB for review and



6-15-3

(1) Conduct TAB evaluation and thorough debriefing of the crew. (2) Forward specific comments, analysis, results and



6-15-4

INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK


6-15-A-1

CHAPTER 6

SECTION 15

ANNEX A

ASU 206 MINING Measures of Difficulty

1. Type A. Offensive B. Defensive 2. Difficulty of Flight Profile A. Extreme (Offline mineline with unequal weapon splash points and defensive

maneuvering required) B. Moderate (Any offline mineline or defensiving maneuvering required) C. Mild (Any online mineline or no defensive maneuvering required) 3. Environmental Factors A. Extreme B. Moderate C. Mild 4. On-Line / Off-Line A. Offline B. Online / Online assisted 5. AAW Threat A. High (Numerous Active Sites) B. Moderate (Some Sites) C. Low (< 2 Sites)


6-15-A-2


9

2

1

3

4

8

7

6

5

A

B

1 2 3 4 5

A B C

Figure 6-15-1


6-15-B-1


TASK ASU-206 MINEX QUALIFICATION SHEET Objective Area /


Training Device













MC






PC




Not briefed. SS1


6-15-B-2

Non Acoustic Brief





SS3

Nav Comm Brief





TACCO Brief





Mission Equipment



MC Flight Only

Weaponeering




TPOA





TC

Weapon Loadout


N/A



MC


6-15-B-3




PC




N/A


MC Flight Only

Inflight


Departure Time


N/A N/A


MC






NC





MC






MC


Flight station conducts a thorough search of the range area for small surface contacts and signs of marine mammals

N/A N/A


PC Flight Only


6-15-B-4



N/A N/A


SS1 Flight Only






SS3 Simulator Only


Mining Run Procedures

Crew followed all mining run procedures including Pilot MOT IP, NAVCOMM providing TRK/GS, SS3 providing backup for visual run with RADAR/IRDS IAW NTTP/NATIP 20 Pts

Minor discrepancies in mining run procedure that was either corrected prior to drop or did not affect drop accuracy or safety 14 Pts

N/A

Major discrepancies in mining run procedure that affected mine accuracy.

MC

Mine Accuracy (on-line)

100% of mines dropped land with 100 yards of intended splash point. 30 Pts


N/A

<75% of mines dropped land with 100 yards of intended splash point.

MC

Mine Accuracy (on-line assist)



N/A


MC

Mine Accuracy (off-line)



N/A


MC


6-15-B-5

Weapon Malfunctions


N/A N/A


TC

Post Flight


NAVCOMM Records



N/A


NC

TACCO Log



N/A


TC




N/A


SS3

RDSS Data Extract


N/A N/A









6-15-B-6



N/A



NC





PC

Weapon Standoffs





PC Simulator Only






SS3 Simulator Only

ICS Procedures





MC Simulator Only



N/A



SS3 Simulator Only


6-15-B-7

Chart Utilization


N/A N/A


MC




N/A


TC Simulator Only




N/A


SS3 Simulator Only

Summary Subareas Raw Score Weighted Score Mission Planning / /25 Transit/Onstation / /10 Attack** / /45 Records and Charts / /10 Crew Coordination / /10 Total / /100 OSE ** Critical Subareas. Required to score a minimum of 70% in these subarea to be awarded Qualification


6-15-B-8

INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK


6-16-1

CHAPTER 6

SECTION 16

TASK ASU-209 COORDINATED SLAM-ER MISSILEX

CREW QUALIFICATION

FXP: ASU-5-A 61601. Mission Objective. To evaluate a crew’s ability to take positive control of a SLAM-ER weapon fired by another unit and deliver it against a surface target (at sea or in port). 61602. Requirements/Critical Sub-Areas a. To satisfy the requirements of ASU 209 every 150 days each crew is

to: (1) Conduct strike planning using N-PFPS, JMPS, or similar mission

planning tool, and RTMPS/TAMPS; (2) Conduct a coordinated flight with another SLAM-ER

capable unit carrying either an AGM-84K or CATM-84K. Note: These requirements are in addition to those required

for ASU 205. b. Initial qualification will be awarded upon completion of ARP (flight

phase).

c. The crew is required to score a minimum of 70% in the critical sub-area and as an overall score on the crew grade sheet in order to be awarded the qualification. The critical sub-area for this qualification is Attack.

d. An in-flight observer (PPC/TC ACTC 400/WTI), if available, shall fly

with the crew to conduct the scenario and evaluate crew proficiency.


TSC, demonstrate the ability to incorporate pertinent briefing information and message traffic into tactical positional briefs.


efficient transition to onstation; update environmental data and optimize aircraft sensors.




6-16-2

d. Attack: Demonstrate the correct employment of ASUW weapons IAW NATOPS and the NTTP/NATIP, coordinating with another SLAM-ER capable platform and delivering/controlling weapon within envelope ensuring aircraft is properly positioned within SLAM launch point parameters and control point can be reached at time to video (TTV). Safe standoff maintained throughout and BHA performed if able with AIMS, SAR, or second SLAM missile video. A score of less than 70% in this sub-area will result in a failure of the qualification.

e. Records and Charts: Demonstrate the ability to maintain sortie

records in sufficient detail to enable sortie reconstruction. f. Crew Coordination and Safety of Flight: Demonstrate cohesion and

conduct mission in safe manner

61604. Measure of Effectiveness. Conduct strike mission planning, maintain standoff, successfully conducted attack with a coordinating platform including utilization of correct end-game procedures to engage target.

61605. Evaluation. a. In-flight Observer (IFO) / Debriefing Officer. An inflight observer

(PPC/TC ACTC IV/WTI), if available, shall fly with the crew to conduct the scenario and evaluate crew proficiency. The IFO shall:

(1) Monitor the mission and ensure that all mission parameters,

restrictions, and safety of flight requirements are met by the aircrew.

(2) Evaluate the crew’s ability in the following areas: (a) Strike mission planning including target study, GPS

GO/NOGO windows, and aircraft launch parameters, EOTDA, and weaponeering.

(b) Understanding of missile characteristics. (c) Crew coordination and checklist execution. (d) Threat identification and evasion. (e) Correct end-game procedures including both GPS and MITL. (f) Hit assessment.

(3) Complete exercise evaluation by inputting the data (crew

performance and mission difficulty factor) into the on-line grade sheet program. sheet. Critique crewmembers after evaluation.

(4) Submit evaluation, end-game video, and TAGSET data to the

Certifying Officer, the squadron TAB Officer and Strike Cell Strike Lead for review.

b. CPRW / CTF Certifying Officer


6-16-3

(1) Review the evaluation and award the crew grade, as appropriate. (2) Forward all mission data to the Squadron TAB officer for review

and crew debrief if appropriate. c. Squadron TAB Officer / Strike Cell Strike Lead (1) Conduct TAB evaluation and thorough debriefing of the crew. (2) Forward specific comments, analysis, results and



6-16-4

INTENTIONALLY

LEFT

BLANK


6-16-A-1

CHAPTER 6

SECTION 16

ANNEX A

ASU COORDINATED SLAM-ER Measures of Difficulty 1. Cueing Difficulty Factor 5 Time Late >12 Hrs &/or Area Size >40,000 Sqnm 4 Time Late 8 – 12 Hrs &/or Area Size 30,000 – 40,000 Sqnm 3 Time Late 4 – 8 Hrs &/or Area Size 15,000 – 30,000 Sqnm 2 Time Late 1 – 4 Hrs &/or Area Size 5,000 – 15,000 Sqnm 1 Time Late <1 Hr &/or Area Size <5,000 Sqnm 2. Cueing Type A. IUSS SPA/ELINT or (CW)/Land-Based Radar B. Ship-Borne Radar C. Submarine Fix D. Satellite or OTR Source Imagery E. Airborne Radar 3. HVU Size A. <1 Ton B. 2 – 1,000 Tons C. 1,000 – 10,000 Tons D. 10,000 – 60,000 Tons E. >60,000 Tons 4. Target IR Signature A. Low B. Moderate C. High 5. Environmental Factors A. Extreme B. Moderate C. Mild 6. Mission Constraints A. Extreme (Significant mission system impact) B. Normal (No significant mission system impact) C. Unconstrained (N/A – coordination with other platform implies some level

of mission constraint) 7. Surface Contact Density A. Extreme – 1 or More CTC/s per 10 Sqnm B. Heavy – 1 CTC per 100 Sqnm C. Moderate – 1 CTC per 500 Sqnm D. Minimal – 1 CTC per 1,000 Sqnm E. Light - < 1 CTC per 1,000 Sqnm


6-16-A-2


10

9

2

1

0

3

4

8

7

6

5

5

4

3

2

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

A B C D E

Figure 6-16-1


6-16-B-1


TASK ASU-209 COOPERATIVE SLAM-ER MISSILEX QUALIFICATION SHEET Objective Area /


Training Device













MC






PC




Not briefed. SS1


6-16-B-2

Non Acoustic Brief





SS3

Nav Comm Brief





TACCO Brief





Mission Equipment



MC Flight Only

Weaponeering




SLAM-ER TPOA

Tactics for all phases of tasking addressed and assessed as optimum based on assigned target and environmentals. Weapon limitations including max and min speed, ranges and altitudes covered. All tactics IAW NTTP. 20 Pts

Tactics for all phases of tasking addressed suitable but not optimal to assigned target or environmentals. Weapon limitations including max and min speed, ranges and altitudes covered. All tactics IAW NTTP. 14 Pts

Tactics for all phases of tasking addressed but fail to take into account assigned target and environmental. Not all weapon limitations covered. All tactics IAW NTTP. 5 Pts

Fails to address major areas of tasking, weapon limitations or tactics not IAW NTTP

MC


6-16-B-3

Use of mission planning tools

Crew utilized N-PFPS, JMPS or similar mission planning tools in conjunction with TAMPS/RTMPS for mission planning and NSAWC for strike mission planning as appropriate. 20 Pts

N/A N/A

Planning tools not utilized

MC

Weapon Loadout


N/A



MC

DTED database updated

DTED database updated appropriately for launch and control area N/A N/A

DTED database not updated

MC




PC




N/A


MC Flight Only

Inflight


Departure Time


N/A N/A


MC Flight Only


6-16-B-4






NC Flight Only



N/A N/A


PC Simulator Only





MC Flight Only

GPS Almanac Updated GPS almanac updated

N/A N/A GPS almanac data not updated MC

EMCON





MC






MC


6-16-B-5






SS3 Simulator Only


Search Tactics





MC











MC






SS3


6-16-B-6



SS3






SS3 Simulator Only



SS3 Simulator Only



SS3 Simulator Only







N/A


SS3

Tactical flying.





MC Simulator Only



Seamless flow of information with firing unit

Appropriate flow of information, with minor omissions, with firing unit

Information flow with firing unit strained, resulting in degradation of mission effectiveness.

Little or no information flow with firing unit

MC


6-16-B-7

Weapon control take over

Positive and unambiguous weapon handover procedures followed

N/A N/A

Weapon /handover takeover procedures confusing or overly complicated

TC

TGT designation Target hit at optimum point 50 Pts

Target hit 35 Pts N/A Target not hit

TC

End-game procedures

Proper end-game procedures completed and missile end-game video recorded for BHA. 20 Pts

N/A

Proper end-game procedures completed but missile end-game video not recorded for BHA. 10 Pts

Proper end-game procedures not completed. FAIL MC



N/A



MC




N/A N/A



Crew used checklist and passed all required turnover items.

Crew used checklist but omitted 1 or 2 required turnover items.

Crew used checklist but omitted 3 or 4 required turnover items.


MC


Link data sent N/A N/A


Post Flight



6-16-B-8

NAVCOMM Records



N/A


NC

TACCO Log



N/A


TC





SS3

RDSS Data Extract


N/A N/A




MC Flight Only









N/A



NC


6-16-B-9





PC

Weapon Standoffs





PC Simulator Only






SS3 Simulator Only

ICS Procedures





MC Simulator Only



N/A



SS3 Simulator Only


6-16-B-10

Chart Utilization


N/A N/A


MC




N/A


TC Simulator Only




N/A


SS3 Simulator Only

Summary Subareas Raw Score Weighted Score

Mission Planning / /25 Transit/Onstation / /5 Search / /15 Attack** / /40 Offstation / /5 Records and Charts / /5 Crew Coordination / /5 Total / /100 OSE ** Critical Subareas. Required to score a minimum of 70% in these subarea to be awarded Qualification


6-17-1

Chapter 6

SECTION 17

TASK ISR-201 MARITIME SURVEILLANCE CREW QUALIFICATION

FXP: INT-6-A (MS)

61701. Mission Objective. To evaluate a crew’s ability to employ all P-3 sensors to collect and record maritime surveillance intelligence in an assigned operation area. 61702. Requirements/Critical Sub-Areas. a. Qualification shall be attained in the aircraft. b. If flown on an AIP aircraft, at least one SEI collect shall be

conducted and the results transmitted in a TACELINT message. c. The crew is required to score a minimum of 70% in the critical sub-

area and as an overall score on the crew grade sheet in order to be awarded the qualification. The critical sub-area for this qualification is Rigging.



b. Transit/Onstation: Demonstrate the ability to conduct a safe and

efficient transition to onstation, and demonstrate proper general on station procedures to ensure mission accomplishment and safety of flight.

c. Rigging: Demonstrate the ability to safely conduct a RIG IAW NTTP

while maintaining appropriate standoffs and providing all required information. A minimum of two full rigs (on separate vessels) and one quick rig is required. A score of less than 70% in this sub-area will result in a failure of the qualification.

d. ACINT Collection: Demonstrate the ability to collect ACINT data IAW

with NTTP. e. Records and Charts: Demonstrate the ability to maintain sortie

records in sufficient detail to enable sortie reconstruction. A score of less than 70% in this sub-area will result in a failure of the qualification.

f. Crew Coordination and Safety of Flight: Demonstrate crew cohesion

and conducts mission in safe manner. 61704. Measure of Effectiveness. All available aircraft sensors utilized

and collected/submitted intelligence data that satisfies ONI EEIs on surface maritime vessels.


6-17-2




the evaluation including ACINT, ELINT, EO/IR, photographic and ISAR data collection.

(3) Forward all photographic data to the Wing Intelligence Officer

and all other exercise data to the Wing Certifying Officer. b. CPRW / CTF Intelligence Officer: Evaluate all event photography,

complete qualification/non-qualification recommendation and forward to Wing Certifying Officer.

c. CPRW / CTF Certifying Officer: (1) Review the evaluation and award the crew grade as appropriate. (2) Forward all mission data to the Squadron TAB for review and

crew debrief if appropriate. d. Squadron TAB Officer: (1) Conduct TAB evaluation and thorough debriefing of the crew. (2) Forward specific comments, analysis, results and



6-17-A-1

Chapter 6

SECTION 17

Annex A

ISR 201 Measures of Difficulty (Cued)

1. Cueing Difficulty Factor A. Time Late >12 Hrs &/or Area Size >40,000 Sqnm B. Time Late 8 – 12 Hrs &/or Area Size 30,000 – 40,000 Sqnm C. Time Late 4 – 8 Hrs &/or Area Size 15,000 – 30,000 Sqnm D. Time Late 1 – 4 Hrs &/or Area Size 5,000 – 15,000 Sqnm E. Time Late <1 Hr &/or Area Size <5,000 Sqnm 2. Cueing Type A. IUSS SPA/ELINT or (CW)/Land-Based Radar B. Ship-Borne Radar C. Submarine Fix D. Satellite or OTR Source Imagery E. Airborne Radar 3. STOI Size A. <1 Ton B. 2 – 1,000 Tons D. 10,000 – 60,000 Tons E. >60,000 Tons 4. Aircraft Type A. P3C UIII w/APS-115 B. P3C UIII or AIP w/ISAR C. AIP w/SAR 5. Environmental Factors A. Extreme B. Moderate C. Mild 6. Mission Constraints A. Extreme B. Normal C. Unconstrained 7. Surface Contact Density A. Extreme – 1 or More CTC/s per 10 Sqnm B. Heavy – 1 CTC per 100 Sqnm C. Moderate – 1 CTC per 500 Sqnm D. Minimal – 1 CTC per 1,000 Sqnm E. Light - < 1 CTC per 1,000 Sqnm


6-17-A-2

ISR 201 Measures of Difficulty (Uncued)

1. Search Area Size A. >40,000 Sqnm B. 30,000 – 40,000 Sqnm C. 15,000 – 30,000 Sqnm D. 5,000 – 15,000 Sqnm E. <5,000 Sqnm 2. Aircraft Type A. P3C UIII w/APS-115 B. P3C UIII or AIP w/ISAR C. AIP w/SAR 3. Environmental Factors A. Extreme B. Moderate C. Mild 4. Mission Constraints A. Extreme B. Normal C. Unconstrained 5. Surface Contact Density A. Extreme – 1 or CTC/s per 10 Sqnm B. Heavy – 1 CTC per 100 Sqnm C. Moderate – 1 CTC per 500 Sqnm D. Minimal – 1 CTC per 1,000 Sqnm E. Light - < 1 CTC per 1,000 Sqnm 6. Oceanographic Factors (Acoustic Collection) A. Above Normal B. Normal C. Below Normal


6-17-A-3

Measure of Difficulty Flowchart (Cued)

10

9

2

1

0

3

4

8

7

6

5

A

B

C

D

E

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

A B C D E

Figure 6-17-1


6-17-A-4

Measure of Difficulty Flowchart (Uncued)

10

9

2

1

0

3

4

8

7

6

5

A

B

C

D

E

1 2 3 4 5 6

A B C D E

Figure 6-17-2


6-17-B-1

ISR 201 MOP Gradesheet

TASK ISR-201 MARITIME SURVEILLANCE QUALIFICATION SHEET Objective Area /

Supporting Tasks 10 7 4 0 N/A Primary Responsibility Training Device


Objective: Given a full Tactical brief from TSC, demonstrate ability to incorporate pertinent briefing information and message traffic into tactical positional briefs. Brief appropriate tactics based on environmentals and target. Tactics IAW NTTP/NATIP.






MC






MC






PC




Not briefed. SS1


6-17-B-2

Non Acoustic Brief





SS3

Nav Comm Brief









TC

Surface Search Tactics

Surface search tactics IAW NTTP and optimal based on tasking. Selected to maximize percentage of search area covered. Environmentals and aircraft altitude briefed as they correspond to selected search tactic. 20 Pts

Surface search tactics appropriate and IAW NTTP. Selected to maximize percentage of search area covered. Some consideration given to environmentals and aircraft altitude as they correspond to selected search tactic. 14 Pts

Surface search tactics IAW NTTP. Little or no consideration given to environmentals and aircraft altitude as they correspond to selected search tactic. 5 Pts

Surface search tactics not IAW NTTP or not briefed.

TC

Mission Equipment



MC

Photographic Equipment

Cameras on board and preflighted, to include fully charged batteries and spare flash cards

N/A

Cameras improperly preflight but still operational

Cameras improperly preflighted and not functional or not on board.

MC


6-17-B-3

Sonobuoy selection

Sonobuoy loadout and settings selected based on environmental briefing and target considerations.

N/A N/A

Sonobuoy loadout and/or settings and depth selection completely inconsistent with environmental brief and/or target considerations or no sonobuoys loaded.

TC


Maintained NATOPS requirements. Calculated go home gas and was able to meet mission on-station time.

N/A N/A


PC




N/A


MC

Inflight


Departure Time



MC






NC

Timeliness





MC


6-17-B-4

EMCON





MC






MC

IRDS/AIMS Imagery

Usable EO imagery of surface vessel obtained. 20 Pts

N/A N/A

Not attempted, or imagery unusable.

NC Either IRDS/AIMS or hand held imagery must be met

Hand Held Imagery

Crew scores >90% on photographic grade sheet 20 Pts

Crew scores 75 - 89% on photographic grade sheet 14 Pts

Crew scores 60 - 74% on photographic grade sheet 5 Pts

Crew scores <60% on photographic grade sheet FAIL

MC Either IRDS/AIMS or hand held imagery must be met

Datalink





NC

Rigging Objective - Demonstrate the ability to safely conduct a RIG IAW NTTP, maintain appropriate standoffs and provide all required information. A score of less than 70% in this sub-area will result in a failure of the qualification.

Full/Quick RIGs

At least two full rigs and one quick rig executed

N/A N/A

Crew fails to conduct minimum number of RIGS. FAIL

MC


6-17-B-5

1ST Full RIG

Full Rig properly executed IAW NTTP. Handheld imagery captures all eight points. Ship group properly classified. Other critical elements, such as ship name, country of registry, and upright sequence captured.

Full Rig properly executed IAW NTTP. Handheld Imagery captures seven points. Ship group properly classified. One critical element, such as ship name, country of registry, and upright sequence not captured.

Full Rig properly executed IAW NTTP. Handheld Imagery captures six points. Ship group improperly classified. One critical element, such as ship name, country of registry, and upright sequence not captured.

Full Rig improperly executed. Handheld Imagery captures fewer than five points. Ship group improperly classified. Two or more critical elements, such as ship name, country of registry, and upright sequence not captured. FAIL

MC

2ND Full RIG

Full Rig properly executed IAW NTTP. Handheld imagery captures all eight points. Ship group properly classified. Other critical elements, such as ship name, country of registry, and upright sequence captured.

Full Rig properly executed IAW NTTP. Handheld Imagery captures seven points. Ship group properly classified. One critical element, such as ship name, country of registry, and upright sequence not captured.

Full Rig properly executed IAW NTTP. Handheld Imagery captures six points. Ship group improperly classified. One critical element, such as ship name, country of registry, and upright sequence not captured.

Full Rig improperly executed. Handheld Imagery captures fewer than five points. Ship group improperly classified. Two or more critical elements, such as ship name, country of registry, and upright sequence not captured. FAIL

MC

Quick RIG (3/5 point/Banana)

Quick RIG properly executed IAW NTTP. Handheld Imagery captures all points. Ship group properly classified. Other critical elements, such as ship name, country of registry, and upright sequence captured.

Quick RIG properly executed IAW NTTP. Handheld Imagery captures all points. Ship group properly classified. One critical element, such as ship name, country of registry, and upright sequence not captured.

Quick RIG properly executed IAW NTTP. Handheld Imagery captures less than 3 points or ship group improperly classified. One critical element, such as ship name, country of registry, and upright sequence not captured.

Quick RIG improperly executed. Handheld Imagery captures one point or Ship group improperly classified. Two or more critical elements, such as ship name, country of registry, and upright sequence not captured. FAIL

MC

SEI Collection (AIP Aircraft only)

At least 1 ESM contact identified to specific emitter level and a TACELINT transmitted

N/A

At least 1 ESM contact identified to specific emitter level but TACELINT not

transmitted

No ESM contact identified to specific emitter level. FAIL

SS3 N/A not available if on AIP Aircraft

ACINT Collection Objective - Demonstrate the ability to collect ACINT data


6-17-B-6

Pattern Effectivness

ACINT pattern deployed as briefed or IAW NTTP and pattern position results in 15 mins of contact prior to and post pattern penetration.

ACINT pattern deployed as briefed or IAW NTTP and pattern position results in 10 -14 mins of contact prior to and post pattern penetration.

N/A

Pattern not deployed as briefed or IAW NTTP or no up doppler contact recorded.

MC

Post Flight

Records and Charts Objective: Demonstrate the ability to maintain sortie records in sufficient detail to enable sortie reconstruction. A score of less than 70% in this sub-area will result in a failure of the qualification.

NAVCOMM Records



N/A


NC

TACCO Log



N/A


TC




N/A


SS3

Rigging Logs

Completed rigging log entry for each contact rigged IAW SOP with 0 omissions

Completed rigging log entry for each contact rigged IAW SOP with 1 or 2 total omissions

Completed rigging log entry for each contact rigged IAW SOP with 3 or 4 total omissions

Logs not maintained or greater than 4 omissions. FAIL MC

RDSS Data Extract


N/A N/A



6-17-B-7



MC





> 4 omissions from PMS / Purple. MC




N/A



NC





PC

Weapon Standoffs





PC






SS3



N/A



SS3


6-17-B-8

Chart Utilization

All required positions use correct scale charts to plot/ verify high obstructions for MOSA, RADAR assisted NAV fixing, or Landmass recognition IAW NATOPS. N/A N/A


MC

Summary Subareas Raw Scores Weighted

Scores

Mission Planning / /10 Transit/Onstation / /15 Rigging** / /35 ACINT Collection / /20 Records and Charts** / /10 Crew Coordination / /10 Total / /100 OSE ** Critical Subareas. Required to score a minimum of 70% in these subarea to be awarded Qualification


6-18-1

CHAPTER 6

SECTION 18

Task ISR-202 LITTORAL/OVERLAND RECONNAISSANCE

CREW QUALIFICATION

FXP: INT-6-A (MS)

61801. Mission Objective. To evaluate a crew’s ability to effectively collect, record and/or disseminate intelligence data in accordance with briefed requirements in an assigned littoral or overland operation area. 61802. Requirements/Critical Sub-Areas. a. The qualification shall be attained in the aircraft. b. Aircraft equipped with required data collection sensors for assigned

mission. Event photography requirements must be satisfied by AIP recorded video.

c. Suitable overland training target deck replicating anticipated

theater targets types or operational target deck.

d. SAR video must be collected. e. The crew is required to score a minimum of 70% in the critical sub-

area and as an overall score on the crew grade sheet in order to be awarded the qualification. The critical sub-area for this qualification is Transit/Onstation.


TSC, demonstrate the ability to incorporate pertinent briefing information and message traffic into tactical positional briefs. Appropriate data from Tasking message, SPINS, ACO, etc loaded into N-PFPS/JMPS and crew thoroughly familiar with N-PFPS/JMPS use.

b. Transit/Onstation: Conduct a safe and efficient transition to

onstation; and demonstrate proper general onstation procedures to ensure mission accomplishment utilizing aircraft equipment as appropriate (PFPS/JMPS, ICE, TCDL, MATT, etc.). A score of less than 70% in this sub-area will result in a failure of the qualification.

c. Records and Charts: Demonstrate the ability to maintain sortie

records in sufficient detail to enable sortie reconstruction. d. Crew Coordination and Safety of Flight: Demonstrate satisfactory

level of crew coordination and conduct mission in a safe manner 61804. Measure of Effectiveness. Utilized all available aircraft sensors, transmitted data real-time via FMV/ICE and submitted intelligence data that satisfies ONI and/or AOR EEIs on required target deck.


6-18-2




the evaluation; including ELINT, EO/IR, ISAR and SAR data collection.

(3) Forward all photographic data to the Wing Intelligence Officer

and all other exercise data to the Wing Certifying Officer. b. Wing Intelligence Officer: (1) Evaluate quality of SAR/EO/IR and assign a score according to respective grading criteria. (2) Debrief crew after mission evaluation. (3) Complete the relevant parts of the mission evaluation sheet. (4) Assign qualification/non-qualification recommendation and

forward all mission data to the Certifying Officer. c. CPRW / CTF Certifying Officer: (1) Review the evaluation and award the crew grade as appropriate. (2) Forward all mission data to the Squadron TAB for review and

crew debrief if appropriate. d. Squadron TAB Officer (1) Conduct TAB evaluation and thorough debriefing of the crew. (2) Forward specific comments, analysis, results and



6-18-A-1

CHAPTER 6

SECTION 18

Annex A

ISR 202 LITTORAL/OVERLAND RECONNAISSANCE Measures of Difficulty 1. Target Deck Difficulty Factor A. >50 Targets and/or Mobile/Obscured/Small Overland Targets B. 40 – 50 Targets and/or Slow-Mobile/Armored-Type Vehicle C. 20 – 40 Targets and/or Small Structure (i.e. hut) or Large Mobile Targets

(i.e. semi-trailer) D. 10 – 20 Targets and/or Medium Structure (i.e. house) or Extremely Large

Mobile Targets (i.e. convoy) E. <10 Targets and/or Large Fixed Targets (i.e. air defense site, office

building, etc.) 2. Quality of Target Deck Intelligence A. No Imagery Available B. Satellite or Other Source Imagery C. Previous Event Imagery 3. Threats/Standoffs A. High Threat/Standoff at Aircraft Sensor Limit B. High Threat/No Standoff Restrictions C. Moderate Threat/No Lateral Standoff Restrictions D. Low Threat/Lateral standoff >10nm required E. Low – No Threat/No Standoff Restrictions 4. Target Obscuration - Weather A. >75% B. 50 – 75% C. 25 – 49% D. <25% 5. Target Obscuration – Terrain A. >75% B. 50 – 75% C. 25 – 49% D. <25% 6. Mission Constraints A. Extreme B. Normal C. Unconstrained


6-18-A-2


10

9

2

1

0

3

4

8

7

6

5

5

4

3

2

1

1 2 3 4 5 6

A B C D E

Figure 6-18-1


6-18-B-1


TASK ISR-202 RECONNAISSANCE Objective Area /


Training Device


Brief /Tactical Planning/Preflight Objective: Given a full tactical brief from TSC, demonstrate ability to incorporate pertinent briefing information and message traffic into tactical positional briefs. Brief appropriate tactics based on environmentals and target. Tactics IAW NTTP/NATIP.











MC






PC


6-18-B-2

Non Acoustic Brief

Accurate SS3 pre-mission target analysis and briefing. (ESM characteristics, weapons standoffs, (land, sea, air) and associated radars, standoffs for surface weapons to U.S. and friendly units. Mode II's briefed for friendly units.




SS3

Nav Comm Brief









MC

CSAR

Crew briefs and is thoroughly familiar with all CSAR procedures including ISOPREP, SARNEG, RAMROD, SARDOT, Code words of the week/month, word, number, letter and duress word.

N/A N/A

CSAR information not briefed or any crew member unable to recall any item

MC

Mission Equipment



MC

Flight Planning Tools Usage

Crew is able to use the applicable planning software (N-PFPS/JMPS etc) to its full extent. N/A N/A

Crew does not attempt to use applicable software, or displays limited knowledge of 1 or more of the software tools.

MC

Targets and threat standoffs

All potential targets and threat standoffs accurately plotted for mission profile to include poss AD HOC tasking. 25 Pts

N/A N/A

Crew fails to accurately plot 1 or more targets/threat standoffs for mission profile and poss AD HOC tasking.

MC


6-18-B-3

Digital Terrain Elevation Data (DTED)

Crew utilizes most current DTED information. N/A N/A

Crew does not utilize DTED or does not have most current version.

MC

Airspace

Route of flight, operation airspace from ATO-ACO-SPINS-CSPINS, warning / refueling tracks and kill boxes for mission profile all plotted accurately. 20 Pts

N/A N/A

Any item missed/plotted incorrectly or any item not listed affecting safety of flight. MC

Controlled-Imagery Base (CIB)

Highest resolution utilized for all targets assigned to include poss AD HOC tasking.

N/A N/A

Available but not utilized.

MC

Target Deck Planning

Crew prioritizes target deck based on target priorities, logical track to targets, and known geographic or environmental constraints. 20 Pts

Crew prioritizes target deck based on briefed target priorities only. 14 Pts

Crew does not prioritize targets, but is able to collect on all targets in deck not obscured by weather or prohibited by threat standoffs. 5 Pts

Crew does not prioritize targets and fails to collect on targets which could have been safely observed.

MC

Target Preparation

Crew views and is familiarized with all imagery of assigned targets and poss AD HOC targets. 15 Pts

N/A N/A

Crew does not view or is not familiar with 1 or more assigned targets or poss AD HOC targets.

MC

Airspace Coordination

Aircrew plans appropriately for operation within assigned airspace, to include ATO/ACO considerations as applicable. Turnover and safety of flight with any concurrent inflight events discussed.

Little or no planning for operation within assigned airspace, but aircrew takes all appropriate measures concerning safety of flight once onstation.

Little or no planning for operation within assigned airspace. No consideration given once onstation.

Lack of planning for operation within assigned airspace results in unsafe situation, mishap, or near mishap. MC


6-18-B-4

Route of Flight

Logical track determined based on target prioritization, coverage factor, airspace restrictions and maximizing capability of all sensors, divert airfields discussed.

N/A N/A

Route does not take into consideration target prioritization or airspace restrictions or does not maximize capability of 1 or more sensors.

MC

C4I and Reports

Crew is thoroughly familiar with all C4I requirements, areas of likely connectivity and reporting procedures.

N/A N/A

Crew does not have thorough knowledge of C4I requirements or reporting procedures.

MC


Cameras on board and preflighted, to include fully charged batteries and spare flash cards.

N/A

Cameras improperly preflight but still operational.


MC


Maintain NATOPS requirement did not exceed zero fuel weight. Calculated go home fuel when checking on station and planned to land with appropriate on top requirements + 2K.

N/A


Did not Maintain NATOPS requirements. Exceeded zero fuel weight or was unable to make destination based on poor fuel planning.

PC


All comms circuits operable and verified by TSC (UHF, UHF SECVOX, HF, HF SECVOX, LINK-11, TTY, OTCIX, ICE).


N/A

All comms circuits not checked with TSC or more than one comm circuit inoperable. MC

Inflight

Transit/Onstation Objective: Conduct a safe and effective transition to onstation, and demonstrate proper general on station procedures to ensure mission accomplishment. A score of less than 70% in this sub-area will result in a failure of the qualification.

Departure Time


N/A N/A


MC


6-18-B-5






NC



N/A N/A


PC





MC

EMCON



Crew generally complies with EMCON, but makes minor deviations not warranted by TACMAN, NATOPS or guidance.


MC






MC

Inflight Software Usage

Crew is able to use the applicable software to its full extent for injection of ADHOC targets, standoffs, and best routing.

N/A N/A

Crew does not attempt to use applicable software for injection of ADHOC targets, standoffs, and best routing or has limited knowledge of the software.

MC


6-18-B-6






SS3

SAR Imagery

Crew obtained 2 or more SAR images that produce useful intelligence product.

N/A N/A

Crew did not obtain 2 SAR images.

SS3

Datalink





NC

ICE Imagery Transfer

Crew successfully transmits ICE imagery with amplifying information within 10 minutes of photo capture. 30 Pts


Crew successfully transmits ICE imagery > 15 minutes of photo capture or no amplifying information attached. 8 Pts

Crew does not successfully transmit ICE imagery.

MC

MATT employment MATT filters set and crew monitored.

MATT filters not set but crew monitored. N/A

MATT not monitored or not available.

NC

FMV Utilization (if available)

Crew is thoroughly familiar with and is able to setup/utilize hardware and software and successfully transmit video.

N/A N/A

Crew is unable to transmit video.

MC

Target Deck Completion Executes >75 % of target deck collection. 15 Pts

Executes 50 - 75% of target deck collection. 11 Pts


Executes <25% of target deck collection. FAIL

MC

EEI Collection

For each target imaged, crew satisfied 100% of EEI requirements. 35Pts

For each target imaged, crew satisfied 75 - 100% of EEI requirements. 25 Pts

For each target imaged, crew satisfied 50 - 75% of EEI requirements. 14Pts

For each target imaged, crew satisfied < 50% EEI requirements. FAIL

MC

Post Flight


6-18-B-7


NAVCOMM Records



N/A


NC

TACCO Log

All significant events logged to aid in Purple reconstruction.

Minor discrepancies in TACCO log that does not affect Purple completion.

N/A


TC




N/A


SS3

RDSS Data Extract


N/A N/A




1 omission from PMS / Purple. N/A

2 or more omissions from PMS / Purple. MC

General

Crew Coordination and Safety of Flight Objective: Demonstrate crew cohesion and conducts mission in safe manner.



N/A



NC


6-18-B-8

Safety procedures, terrain, political, and weapon standoffs.


N/A



PC



N/A


Operator does not verbalize weather and landmass stand-offs. Aircraft pass within recommended/ territorial stand-offs. Overall SOF is affected.

SS3

Chart Utilization


N/A N/A


MC

Summary Subareas Raw Score Weighted Score Mission Planning / /25 Transit/Onstation** / /55 Records and Charts / /10 Crew Coordination / /10 Total / /100 OSE ** Critical Subareas. Required to score a minimum of 70% in these subarea to be awarded Qualification


6-19-1

CHAPTER 6

SECTION 19

TASK ISR-203 EMITTER RECOGITION CREW QUALIFICATION

FXP: C2W-4,5-A

61901. Mission Objective. To evaluate a crew’s ability to operate the P-3 aircraft in a hostile EW environment and effectively employ the survivability systems to deter fire control and/or tracking radars. 61902. Requirements/Critical Sub-Areas. a. The qualification shall be completed in flight and be observed

/assessed by an in-flight observer. The in-flight observer for the initial qualification shall be a MPRWS/Wing WTI. For subsequent ISR203 task events, the IFO may be any ACTC level 400 or 500 PPC/PPTC.

b. An EW training range capable of simulating a variety of threat

signals and visual missile cues or a naval combatant with similar capabilities.

c. Suitable training scenario replicating anticipated theater targets

types/threats. d. Aircraft equipped with ESM system and Countermeasure Dispensing

System (CMDS) loaded with appropriate chaff and flare loadout for frequency to be jammed and expected threat.

e. The crew is required to score a minimum of 70% in the critical sub-

area and as an overall score on the crew grade sheet in order to be awarded the qualification. The critical sub-area for this qualification Counter Threat.


TSC, demonstrate the ability to incorporate pertinent briefing information and message traffic into tactical positional briefs


effective transition to onstation, update environmental data and optimize aircraft sensors.

c. Counter Threat: Demonstrate the employment of tactics IAW brief or

NTTP to successfully recognize and defeat threat. A score of less than 70% in this sub-area will result in a failure of the qualification.

(1) Use ESM for initial detection to determine location of emitter

within a given exercise area, convert ESM contact to radar or visual contact and identify with IRDS/EO while observing all weapons’ standoffs.

(2) Use the ESM system to determine when the fire control and/or

tracking radar makes detection. Commence deploying chaff/flares and discuss/simulate appropriate maneuver to break lock.


6-19-2



e. Crew Coordination and Safety of Flight: Demonstrate a satisfactory level of crew coordination and conduct mission in a

safe manner. 61904. Measure of Effectiveness. Conduct a non-acoustic search of assigned

area and successfully employ the survivability system. 61905. Evaluation.

a. In-flight Observer. (1) Report type and time fire control or target tracking radar

detection made on aircraft. Assess crew’s knowledge of required maneuver/s and use of flares.

(2) Assist the DBO with mission construction and de-brief.

b. Debriefing Officer: (1) Reconstruct the mission and input data (crew performance and



the evaluation. (3) Forward all mission data to the Certifying Officer. c. CPRW / CTF Certifying Officer: (1) Review the evaluation and award the crew grade as





6-19-A-1

CHAPTER 6

SECTION 19

ANNEX A

ISR 203 EMITTER RECOGNITION Measures of Difficulty 1. Saturation of Emitters A. >24 B. 18 - 24 C. 11 - 17 D. 5 - 10 E. <5 2. Threat Type A. High (Technologically Advanced/Long Range) B. Med (Tech. Infer/Long Range – Tech. Adv./Short Range) C. Low (Technologically Inferior/Short Range) 3. Altitude Restrictions/Aircraft Performance Envelope A. Maximum Risk (Within Threat Envelope) B. Moderate Risk (Altitude Restrictions or aircraft performance envelope may

put the aircraft at Risk) C. Min. or No Risk (Threat Envelope is not Entered or Aircraft Performance

Precludes) 4. Visibility A. <5 nm B. Moderate C. Unrestricted 5. Terrain Features A. High/Severe Terrain Features B. Moderate Mix of Terrain Features C. Terrain does not pose Challenge


6-19-A-2


10

9

2

1

0

3

4

8

7

6

5

A

B

C

D

E

1 2 3 4 5

A B C D E

Figure 6-19-1


6-19-B-1


TASK ISR-203 EMITTER RECOGNITION QUALIFICATION SHEET Objective Area /


Training Device













MC






PC


6-19-B-2

Non Acoustic Brief





SS3

Nav Comm Brief









MC

CSAR


N/A N/A

CSAR information not briefed or any crew member unable to recall any item

MC

Mission Equipment



MC

TPOA

Tactics, chaff and flare procedures and threat call procedures for all phases of tasking addressed and assessed as optimum based on assigned target and environmentals. All tactics IAW NTTP and Crew training Manual. 30 Pts

Tactics for all phases of tasking addressed suitable but not optimal to assigned target or environmentals. All tactics IAW NTTP. 21 Pts

Tactics for all phases of tasking addressed but fail to take into account assigned target and environmental. All tactics IAW NTTP. 8 Pts

Fails to address major areas of tasking or tactics not IAW NTTP.

MC


6-19-B-3




MC



N/A N/A


MC


Crew utilizes most current DTED information N/A N/A

Crew does not utilize DTED or does not have most current version

MC

Airspace

Route of flight, operation airspace from ATO-ACO-SPINS-CSPINS, warning / refueling tracks and kill boxes for mission profile all plotted accurately

N/A N/A

Any item missed/plotted incorrectly or any item not listed affecting safety of flight MC

Counter Threat Planning

Crew has thorough knowledge of all available threat intel in target area. Crew has established lookout and ICS doctrine as applicable in the threat environment. Flight station has coordinated cockpit responsibilities in the event of SAFIRE (Type of maneuvering, chaff and flare usage, ICS call). 20 Pts

Crew has adequate knowledge of all available threat intel in target area. Crew has established lookout and ICS doctrine as applicable in the threat environment. Flight station has coordinated cockpit responsibilities in the event of SAFIRE (Type of maneuvering, chaff and flare usage, ICS call). 14 Pts

Crew has limited knowledge of all available threat intel in target area. Crew has established lookout and ICS doctrine as applicable in the threat environment. Flight station has coordinated cockpit responsibilities in the event of SAFIRE (Type of maneuvering, chaff and flare usage, ICS call). 5 Pts

Crew has no knowledge of available threat intel in target area, or crew has failed to establish lookout and ICS doctrine as applicable in the threat environment. Flight station has failed to coordinate cockpit responsibilities in the event of SAFIRE (Type of maneuvering, chaff and flare usage, ICS call). FAIL

MC

C4I and Reports

Crew is thoroughly familiar with all C4I requirements, areas of likely connectivity and reporting procedures

N/A N/A

Crew does not have thorough knowledge of C4I requirements or reporting procedures

MC


6-19-B-4

Chaff / Flare Load

Crew ensures proper type, number and distribution on aircraft are IAW planning.

N/A N/A

Crew does not verify type, number, position of chaff / flares on aircraft or violates CTT TPOA.

MC



N/A



PC




N/A


Inflight

Transit/Onstation Objective: Conduct a safe and effective transition to Onstation, update environmental data, and optimize aircraft sensors.

Departure Time


N/A N/A

Late takeoff due to aircrew error

MC






NC





MC

ALR-95 Processing

System properly configured to automatically detect all applicable hostile emitters.

N/A N/A

System not properly configured to automatically detect all applicable hostile emitters.

SS3


6-19-B-5

EMCON



Crew generally complies with EMCON, but makes minor deviations not warranted by NTTP, NATOPS or guidance.


MC

Counter Threat Objective - Demonstrate the employment of tactics IAW brief or NTTP to successfully recognize and defeat threat. A score of less than 70% in this sub-area will result in a failure of the qualification.

Time interval from emitter available to recognition of fire control lock on

<15 seconds. 15 - 20 seconds. 20 - 25 seconds. > 25 seconds. FAIL SS3

Evasion Maneuver

Crew correctly described the required maneuvers to attempt to break fire control lock.

N/A

Crew incorrectly described the maneuver required to break lock.

Crew was unable to describe the maneuver to attempt to break lock. FAIL

MC

Chaff/Flare deployment

Crew performed the correct flare deployment as part of the break lock maneuver

N/A

Incorrect flare deployment procedures conducted

Flares not deployed due to crew error FAIL

MC

Lookout Procedures

All visuals stations manned and strict adherence to established ICS procedures maintained throughout departure/arrival

N/A N/A

Visual stations not all manned or ICS procedures not followed MC


All information properly sent IAW TACAID. 5 Pts

N/A N/A Information not passed. SS3

SAFIRE Reports SAFIRE reports sent within 2 minutes

SAFIRE reports sent within 2 - 5 minutes

SAFIRE reports sent outside 5 minutes

Information not passed. FAIL NC

Post Flight

Records and Charts Objective: Demonstrate the ability to maintain sortie records in sufficient detail to enable sortie reconstruction

NAVCOMM Records



N/A


NC


6-19-B-6

TACCO Log



N/A


TC




N/A


SS3

SAFIRE Post Flight Report Report sent no errors or omissions.

1-2 omissions from report.

3 - 4 omissions from report.

>4 omissions from report.

TC

RDSS Data Extract


N/A N/A

Data is not recorded or not available for review.

MC




2 or more omissions from PMS / Purple.

MC

General

Crew Coordination and Safety of Flight Objective: Demonstrate crew cohesion and conducts mission in safe manner.



N/A



NC



N/A



PC


6-19-B-7






SS3

ICS Procedures

Tactical and safety of flight flows freely amongst crew members. All pertinent tactical and safety of flight information verbalized in a timely manner with no misunderstanding amongst the crew.

Tactical and safety of flight flows freely amongst crew members, with minor discrepancies. All pertinent tactical and safety of flight information verbalized in a timely manner with little misunderstanding amongst the crew.

Reduced level of tactical information passed amongst crew members. Tactical or safety of flight information, when passed, is not in a timely manner.


MC



N/A



SS3

Chart Utilization


N/A N/A


MC




N/A


TC




N/A


SS3


6-19-B-8

Summary Subareas Raw Score Weighted Score Mission Planning / /15 Transit/Onstation / /10 Counter Threat** / /55 Records and Charts / /10 Crew Coordination / /10 Total / /100 OSE ** Critical Subareas. Required to score a minimum of 70% in these subarea to be awarded Qualification


6-20-1

CHAPTER 6

SECTION 20

TASK ISR-204 EW COLLECTION TRAINING/SPECIFIC EMITTER RECOGNITION

CREW QUALIFICATION

62001. Mission Objective. To evaluate a crew’s ability to effectively

employ the P-3C weapons system to collect Electronic Intelligence. 62002. Requirements/Critical Requirements a. Shall be completed in flight. b. Surface vessels, land based RADAR sites or an EW training range.

c. Aircraft equipped with ESM system capable of measuring electronic signals to an SEI signature.

d. Conduct a minimum of three SEI collections on at least two separate

emitters, and collect associated AIP and/or digital photography that would allow contact inclusion in national intelligence databases. The results of the SEI collections shall be transmitted in a TACELINT message. Qualification shall only be awarded if the collected data satisfies ONI requirements.

e. Score a minimum of 70% in the critical sub-area and as an overall

score on the crew grade sheet in order to be awarded the qualification. The critical sub-area for this qualification is Search.





c. Search: Demonstrate the employment of tactics IAW brief or

NTTP/NATIP to successfully meet the mission aim. At least three ESM contacts must be classified to specific emitter level. A score of less than 70% in this sub-area will result in a failure of the qualification.

d. Offstation: Demonstrate the ability to safely and efficiently check

offstation and handover hot contact as appropriate. e. Records and Charts: Demonstrate the ability to maintain sortie

records including TACELINT reports in sufficient detail to enable sortie reconstruction.

f. Crew Coordination and Safety of Flight: Demonstrate satisfactory

level of crew coordination and conduct mission in a safe manner 62004. Measure of Effectiveness. Collect electronic emissions from a

minimum of three sites to the Specific Emitter level.


6-20-2




the evaluation. (3) Forward all exercise data to the Certifying Officer. c. CPRW / CTF Certifying Officer: (1) Review the evaluation and award the crew grade as





6-20-A-1

Chapter 6

SECTION 20

Annex A

ISR 204 EW COLLECTION Measures of Difficulty

1. Saturation of Emitters A. >24 B. 18 - 24 C. 11 - 17 D. 5 - 10 E. <5 2. Threat Type A. High (Technologically Advanced/Long Range) B. Med (Tech. Infer./Long Range – Tech. Adv./Short Range) C. Low (Technologically Inferior/Short Range) 3. Altitude Restrictions/Aircraft Performance Envelope A. Maximum Risk (Within Threat Envelope) B. Moderate Risk (Altitude Restrictions or aircraft performance envelope may


Precludes) 4. Visibility A. <5 nm B. Moderate C. Unrestricted 5. Mission Constraints A. Extreme B. Normal C. Unconstrained 6. Surface Contact Density A. Extreme – 1 or More CTC/s per 10 Sqnm B. Heavy – 1 CTC per 100 Sqnm C. Moderate – 1 CTC per 500 Sqnm D. Minimal – 1 CTC per 1,000 Sqnm E. Light - < 1 CTC per 1,000 Sqnm


6-20-A-2


10

9

2

1

0

3

4

8

7

6

5

1 2 3 4 5 6

A B C D E

A

B

C

D

E

Figure 6-20-1


6-20-B-1


TASK ISR-204 SPECIFIC EMITTER RECOGNITION QUALIFICATION SHEET Objective Area /


Training Device


Brief /Tactical Planning/Preflight Objective: Given a full Tactical brief from TSC, aircrew demonstrates ability to incorporate pertinent briefing information and message traffic into Tactical positional briefs. Aircrew briefs appropriate tactics based on environmentals and target. Tactics IAW NTTP.






MC






MC






PC


6-20-B-2

Non Acoustic Brief





Nav Comm Brief









MC

Mission Equipment



MC

TPOA

Tactics for all phases of tasking addressed and assessed as optimum based on assigned target and environmentals. All tactics IAW NTTP.

Tactics for all phases of tasking addressed suitable but not optimal to assigned target or environmentals. All tactics IAW NTTP.

Tactics for all phases of tasking addressed but fail to take into account assigned target and environmental. All tactics IAW NTTP.

Fails to address major areas of tasking or tactics not IAW NTTP

MC




N/A


MC

Inflight

Transit/Onstation Objective: Conduct a safe and efficient transition to Onstation.

Departure Time


N/A N/A


MC


6-20-B-3






NC





MC

ALR-95 Processing

System properly configured to automatically detect all applicable hostile emitters.

N/A N/A

System not properly configured to automatically detect all applicable hostile emitters.

SS3

EMCON





MC

Environmental Data Updated

Weather conditions assessed and briefed. Sensors calibrated (IRDS, EO, RADAR) data recorded and verbalized to TACCO.

Weather conditions assessed and briefed. Sensors calibrated (IRDS, EO, RADAR) data recorded and verbalized to TACCO.

Weather conditions assessed and briefed. data recorded and verbalized to TACCO.

Environmental data not updated.

MC

Search Objective - Demonstrate the employment of tactics IAW brief or NTTP to successfully meet the mission aim. A score of less than 70% in this sub-area will result in a failure of the qualification.

Search Tactics

Search Plan IAW brief or NTTP. Aircraft altitude adjusted to match updated environmental data. All applicable sensors utilized. Aircraft at optimal altitude and airspeed for primary sensor. 20 Pts

Search Plan IAW brief or NTTP. Aircraft altitude adjusted to match updated environmental data. Delay in search due to aircrew error or aircraft not at optimal altitude/airspeed. 14 Pts

Unwarranted deviation from briefed search plan, standard tactics used. Aircraft altitude not updated based on updated environmental data. 5 Pts


MC


At least three ESM contacts from at least 2 different sources identified to Specific Emitter level.

N/A N/A

Less than 3 ESM contacts identified to specific emitter level. FAIL

SS3


6-20-B-4






MC

Datalink





NC

Optical Imagery

Hand held imagery collected on SEI contacts to allow for full contact identification.

AIMS imagery collected on SEI contacts to allow for identification.

N/A

No imagery collected.

MC

VOI EEI Collection All critical EEI details collected on VOI. 20 Pts

Crew omits 1 element of VOI EEI. 14 Pts N/A

Crew omits 2 or more elements of VOI EEI. TC

APS-137 ISAR Recording. Recorded all imaged COI contacts. N/A N/A

Failed to record imaged COI contacts. SS3

Tactical flying.





MC




N/A N/A


PC

Post Flight



6-20-B-5

NAVCOMM Records



N/A


NC

TACCO Log



N/A


TC




N/A


SS3

SEI TACELINT

Crew collects sufficient data for TACELINT messages for all contacts

N/A

Crew collects sufficient data for TACELINT messages for all but one contacts

Crew collects insufficient data for TACELINT messages for more than one contact

SS3

RDSS Data Extract


N/A N/A


MC





MC

General

Crew Coordination and Safety of Flight Objective: Demonstrate crew cohesion and conducts mission in safe manner



N/A



NC


6-20-B-6



N/A



PC






SS3





SS3

Chart Utilization


N/A N/A


MC

Summary Subareas Raw Score Weighted Score Mission Planning / /5 Transit/Onstation / /5 Search** / /45 Offstation / /5 Records and Charts / /35 Crew Coordination / /5 Total / /100 OSE ** Critical Subareas. Required to score a minimum of 70% in these subarea to be awarded Qualification


6-21-1

CHAPTER 6

SECTION 21

Task ISR-205 AIR TO AIR INTERCEPT/COUNTER DRUG OPERATIONS

CREW QUALIFICATION

62101. Mission Objective. To evaluate a crew’s ability to effectively utilize the CDU aircraft to conduct air surveillance and intercept. 62102. Requirements/Critical Sub-Areas. a. The qualification shall be attained in the aircraft. b. Aircraft equipped with CDU sensors (Star Safire, APG-66, PRC-117F,

AVX-1) for assigned mission.

c. Surface vessels and a dissimilar aircraft for intercept training. d. The crew is required to score a minimum of 70% in the critical sub-

area and as an overall score on the crew grade sheet in order to be awarded the qualification. The critical sub-area for this qualification is Transit/onstation.

62103. Measure of Performance. a. Brief/Tactical Planning/Preflight: Given a full tactical brief

from TSC, demonstrate the ability to incorporate pertinent briefing information and message traffic into tactical positional briefs. Tactical positional brief includes unique CDU items including intercept procedures, communications procedures and any considerations required using CDU sensors.

b. Transit/Onstation: Demonstrate proper general on station procedures

to ensure mission accomplishment and safety of flight utilizing aircraft equipment as appropriate (PFPS, ICE, Star Safire, AVX-1 and PRC-117). Any air intercepts conducted safely and efficiently. A score of less than 70% in this sub-area will result in a failure of the qualification.

c. Records and Charts: Demonstrate the ability to maintain sortie

records in sufficient detail to enable sortie reconstruction. d. Crew Coordination and Safety of Flight: Demonstrate satisfactory

level of crew coordination and conduct mission in a safe manner. 62104. Measure of Effectiveness. Crew utilized all available aircraft sensors to effectively conduct an intercept of an aircraft target. 62105. Evaluation. a. Debriefing Officer: (1) Reconstruct the mission and input data (crew performance and



the evaluation. (3) Forward all exercise data to the Certifying Officer.


6-21-2

c. CPRW / CTF Certifying Officer: (1) Review the evaluation and award the crew grade as appropriate. (2) Forward all mission data to the Squadron TAB for review and




6-21-A-1

CHAPTER 6

SECTION 21

Annex A

ISR 205 AIR INTERCEPT/CDU Measures of Difficulty 1. Airspace Clutter (# of aircraft detected simultaneously on own radar) A. >5 B. 4 - 5 C. 2 - 3 D. 1 E. 0 2. Sea State A. > 4 B. 2 – 4 C. < 2 3. Altitude Restrictions/Aircraft Performance Envelope A. Extreme (Aircraft Maneuver Restricted/High Performance Difference with

Target Aircraft) B. Moderate (No Maneuver Restriction/High Performance Difference with Target

Aircraft) C. Minimum (No Maneuver Restriction/Low Performance Difference with Target

Aircraft) 4. Visibility A. <5 nm B. Moderate C. Unrestricted 5. Terrain Features A. High/Severe Terrain Features B. Moderate Mix of Terrain Features C. Terrain does not pose Challenge 6. Mission Constraints A. Extreme B. Normal C. Unconstrained


6-21-A-2


10

9

2

1

0

3

4

8

7

6

5

1 2 3 4 5 6

A

B

C

D

E

A B C

Figure 6-21-1


6-21-B-1


TASK ISR-205 COUNTER DRUG UPDATE OPERATIONS Objective Area /


Training Device








MC






MC






PC


6-21-B-2

Non Acoustic Brief





SS3

Nav Comm Brief All information briefed IAW checklist.




NC





MC

TPOA

Tactics for all phases of tasking addressed and assessed as optimum based on assigned target and environmentals. All tactics IAW NTTP.

Tactics for all phases of tasking addressed suitable but not optimal to assigned target or environmentals. All tactics IAW NTTP.

Tactics for all phases of tasking addressed but fail to take into account assigned target and environmental. All tactics IAW NTTP.

Fails to address major areas of tasking or tactics not IAW NTTP

MC

Mission Equipment



MC


Cameras on board and preflighted, to include fully charged batteries and spare flash cards

N/A

Cameras improperly preflight but still operational


MC




MC


Aircrew plans appropriately for operation within assigned airspace, to include ATO/ACO considerations as applicable. Turnover, and safety of flight with any concurrent inflight events discussed.





6-21-B-3

Route of Flight

Logical track determined based on target prioritization, coverage factor, airspace restrictions and maximizing capability of all sensors, divert airfields discussed

N/A N/A

Route does not take into consideration target prioritization or airspace restrictions or does not maximize capability of 1 or more sensors

MC

C4I and Reports


N/A N/A


MC



N/A



PC




N/A


Transit/Onstation Objective - Demonstrate the employment of tactics IAW brief or NTTP to successfully meet the mission aim. A score of less than 70% in this sub-area will result in a failure of the qualification.

Departure Time


N/A N/A


MC






NC





MC


6-21-B-4

EMCON





MC

PFPS Usage

Crew is able to use PFPS software to its full extent, plotting targets, standoffs, and best routing.

Crew familiar with PFPS, but uses partially during event.

Crew is unfamiliar with PFPS and has difficulty using it.

Crew does not attempt to use PFPS.

MC






SS3

Star Safire/AVX-1 Imagery

Crew always positions aircraft for best look angle for EO/IR (weather, terrain, political or threat standoff permitting). 20 Pts

Overall, aircraft positioned for best look angle for EO/IR (weather, terrain, political or threat standoff permitting). 14 Pts

Poor aircraft positioning routinely results in sub-standard imagery. 5 Pts

Crew does not position aircraft for best look angle for EO/IR (weather, terrain, political or threat standoff permitting).

MC

Air Intercept Procedures

Correct intercept calculations conducted resulting in aircraft being positioned properly to facilitate intercepted aircraft identification

N/A

Minor mistakes in intercept calculations resulting in need to reposition for identification of intercepted aircraft

Unsafe intercept procedures FAIL

MC

ICE Imagery Transfer



Crew successfully transmits ICE imagery > 15 minutes of photo capture or no amplifying information attached 5 Pts

Crew does not successfully transmit ICE imagery (not due to EQUIPMAL or insufficient satellite coverage).

MC

Post Flight



6-21-B-5

NAVCOMM Records



N/A


NC

TACCO Log



N/A


TC




N/A


SS3

RDSS Data Extract


N/A N/A


MC





MC

General

Crew Coordination and Safety of Flight Objective: Demonstrate crew cohesion and conducts mission in safe manner



N/A



NC



N/A



PC


6-21-B-6






SS3



N/A



SS3

Chart Utilization


N/A N/A


MC

Summary Subareas Raw Score Weighted Score Mission Planning / /20 Transit/Onstation** / /50 Records and Charts / /20 Crew Coordination / /10 Total / /100 OSE ** Critical Subareas. Required to score a minimum of 70% in these subarea to be awarded Qualification


6-22-1

CHAPTER 6

SECTION 22

Task ISR-206 OVERLAND SAR RECONNAISSANCE

CREW QUALIFICATION

FXP: INT-7-a (MS)

62201. Mission Objective. To evaluate a crew’s ability to effectively collect and disseminate SAR intelligence in accordance with briefed requirements in an assigned littoral or overland operation area. 62202. Requirements/Critical Sub-Areas. a. The qualification shall be attained in the aircraft. b. Aircraft equipped with required intelligence collection sensors for

assigned mission including the APS-149 radar.

c. Suitable overland/littoral training target deck replicating anticipated theater targets types or operational target deck.

d. SAR images shall be collected and evaluated by onboard TO/SO team

for validity and value of collection. e. The crew is required to score a minimum of 70% in the critical sub-

area and as an overall score on the crew grade sheet in order to be awarded the qualification. The critical sub-area for this qualification is Transit/Onstation.


TSC, aircrew and TO/SO Support Team demonstrate ability to incorporate pertinent briefing information and message traffic into tactical positional briefs. Appropriate data from tasking message, SPINS, ACO, etc. is used appropriately for mission planning.

b. Transit/Onstation: Conduct a safe and efficient transition to

onstation, and demonstrate proficiency in on station procedures to ensure mission accomplishment utilizing aircraft equipment as appropriate (ASX-6, LINK-16 etc.). A score of less than 70% in this sub-area will result in a failure of the qualification.

f. Records and Charts: Demonstrate the ability to maintain sortie

records in sufficient detail to enable sortie reconstruction. g. Crew Coordination and Safety of Flight: Demonstrate satisfactory

level of crew coordination and conduct mission in a safe manner. 62204. Measure of Effectiveness. Utilized all available aircraft sensors, and collected and submitted data that satisfied customer and/or AOR EEIs on required target deck. 62205. Evaluation. a. Debriefing Officer: (1) Reconstruct the mission and input data (crew performance and



6-22-2


the evaluation; including SAR, and MTI data collection. b. Wing FSU TO/SO Evaluation Team: (1) Evaluate quality of SAR and assign a score according to respective grading criteria. (2) Debrief crew after mission evaluation. (3) Complete the relevant parts of the mission evaluation sheet. (4) Assign qualification/non-qualification recommendation and

forward all mission data to the Certifying Officer. c. CPRW / CTF Certifying Officer: (1) Review the evaluation and award the crew grade as appropriate. (2) Forward all mission data to the Squadron TAB for review and




6-22-A-1

CHAPTER 6

SECTION 22

Annex A

ISR MODs 1. Target Deck Difficulty Factor A. >50 Targets and/or Mobile/Obscured/Small Overland Targets B. 40 – 50 Targets and/or Slow-Mobile/Armored-Type Vehicle C. 20 – 40 Targets and/or Small Structure (i.e. hut) or Large Mobile Targets

(i.e. semi-trailer) D. 10 – 20 Targets and/or Medium Structure (i.e. house) or Extremely Large

Mobile Targets (i.e. convoy) E. <10 Targets and/or Large Fixed Targets (i.e. air defense site, office

building, etc.) 2. Quality of Target Deck Intelligence A. No Imagery Available B. Satellite or Other Source Imagery C. Previous Event Imagery 3. Threats/Standoffs A. High Threat/Standoff at Aircraft Sensor Limit B. High Threat/No Standoff Restrictions C. Moderate Threat/No Lateral Standoff Restrictions D. Low Threat/Lateral standoff >10nm required E. Low – No Threat/No Standoff Restrictions 4. Target Obscuration - Weather A. >75% B. 50 – 75% C. 25 – 49% D. <25% 5. Target Obscuration – Terrain A. >75% B. 50 – 75% C. 25 – 49% D. <25% 6. Mission Constraints A. Extreme B. Normal C. Unconstrained


6-22-A-2


10

9

2

1

0

3

4

8

7

6

5

5

4

3

2

1

1 2 3 4 5 6

A B C D E

Figure 6-22-1


6-22-B-1


TASK ISR-206 OVERLAND SAR RECONNAISSANCE Objective

Area / Supporting

Tasks

10 7 4 0 N/A Primary Responsibility Training Device


Objective: Given a full tactical brief from TSC, demonstrate ability to incorporate pertinent briefing information and message traffic into tactical positional briefs. Brief appropriate tactics based on environmentals and target. Tactics IAW NTTP/NATIP.






MC


Crew and TO/SO team utilized all available planning resources to determine appropriate tactics and sensor utilization.

Crew and TO/SO used most available planning resources to determine appropriate tactics and sensor utilization. One omission of pertinent environmental information in the planning process.


TO/SO team received environmental information but did not use planning resources to determine appropriate tactics and sensor utilization.

MC


All information briefed, to include order of battle, standoffs, mission flight profile, and safety of flight (aircraft swap, assigned altitudes, etc)




PC


6-22-B-2

Non Acoustic Brief





SS3

Nav Comm Brief





TACCO Brief




Not briefed, or major omissions relating to safety of flight. MC

Mission Equipment



MC




MC



N/A N/A


MC

Airspace

Route of flight, operation airspace from ATO-ACO-SPINS-CSPINS, warning / refueling tracks and kill boxes for mission profile all plotted accurately. 20 Pts

N/A N/A

Any item missed/plotted incorrectly or any item not listed affecting safety of flight.

MC

Controlled-Imagery Base (CIB)

Highest resolution utilized for all targets assigned to include poss AD HOC tasking.

N/A N/A

Available but not utilized.

MC


6-22-B-3

Target Deck Planning

Crew prioritizes target deck based on target priorities, logical track to targets, and known geographic or environmental constraints. 20 Pts

Crew prioritizes target deck based on briefed target priorities only. 14 Pts

Crew does not prioritize targets, but is able to collect on all targets in deck not obscured by weather or prohibited by threat standoffs. 5 Pts

Crew does not prioritize targets and fails to collect on targets which could have been safely observed.

MC

Target Preparation

Crew views and is familiarized with all imagery of assigned targets and poss AD HOC targets. 15 Pts

N/A N/A

Crew does not view or is not familiar with 1 or more assigned targets or poss AD HOC targets .

MC


Aircrew plans appropriately for operation within assigned airspace, to include ATO/ACO considerations as applicable. Turnover, and safety of flight with any concurrent inflight events discussed.




Route of Flight

Logical track determined based on target prioritization, coverage factor, airspace restrictions and maximizing capability of all sensors, divert airfields discussed.

N/A N/A

Route does not take into consideration target prioritization or airspace restrictions or does not maximize capability of 1 or more sensors.

MC

C4I and Reports

Crew is thoroughly familiar with all C4I requirements, areas of likely connectivity and reporting procedures.

N/A N/A

Crew does not have thorough knowledge of C4I requirements or reporting procedures.

MC


6-22-B-4



N/A



PC




N/A


MC

Inflight

Transit/Onstation Objective: Conduct a safe and efficient transition to onstation, and demonstrate proficiency in onstation procedures to ensure mission accomplishment. A score of less than 70% in this sub-area will result in a failure of the qualification.

Departure Time


N/A N/A


MC






NC

Timeliness





MC

EMCON

Crew follows EMCON conditions, with deviations made only for authorized cases (SOF, engagement, prevent loss of life at sea).


Crew generally complies with EMCON, but makes minor deviations not warranted by TACMAN, NATOPS or guidance.


MC


6-22-B-5






MC

Inflight Software Usage

Crew is able to use the applicable aircraft software and/or mission system software to its full extent for injection of ADHOC targets, standoffs, and best routing.

N/A N/A

Crew does not attempt to use applicable aircraft software and/or mission system for injection of ADHOC targets, standoffs, and best routing or has limited knowledge of the software.

MC

SAR Imagery

Crew meets standardized SAR imagery collection utilizing applicable mission systems. Imagery collection meets intelligence product needs.

N/A N/A

Crew did not obtain applicable SAR images.

SS3

Datalink





NC

Link-16 to be utilized if flown on BMUP+ aircraft.

Target Deck Completion

Executes >75 % of target deck collection. 15 Pts



Executes <25% of target deck collection. FAIL

MC

EEI Collection

For each target imaged, crew satisfied 100% of EEI requirements. 35Pts

For each target imaged, crew satisfied 75 - 100% of EEI requirements. 25 Pts

For each target imaged, crew satisfied 50 - 75% of EEI requirements. 14Pts

For each target imaged, crew satisfied < 50% EEI requirements. FAIL

MC

Post Flight



6-22-B-6

NAVCOMM Records



N/A


NC

TACCO Log



N/A


TC




N/A


SS3

RDSS Data Extract


N/A N/A





2 or more omissions from PMS / Purple. MC

General

Crew Coordination and Safety of Flight

Objective: Demonstrate crew cohesion and conducts mission in safe manner.



N/A



NC


6-22-B-7



N/A



PC



N/A



SS3

Chart Utilization


N/A N/A


MC




N/A


TC




N/A


SS3


6-22-B-8

Summary

Subareas Raw Score Weighted Score Mission Planning / /25 Transit/Onstation** / /55 Records and Charts / /10 Crew Coordination / /10 Total / /100 OSE ** Critical Subareas. Required to score a minimum of 70% in these subarea to be awarded Qualification


6-23-1

CHAPTER 6

SECTION 23

TASK C2W-201 COMBAT ARRIVAL/DEPARTURE

CREW QUALIFICATION

62301. Mission Objective. To evaluate a crew’s ability to effectively depart and arrive at an airfield in a combat zone and fly an appropriate profile to minimize the aircraft’s exposure to threats from hostile fire. Due to the ban on the conduct of this qualification in the aircraft, it shall be conducted in the Level-D OFT. The intent of this qualification is to exercise and evaluate as much of the crew and mission profile as possible as if the mission was conducted in the aircraft. The remainder of the skill sets e.g. dispensing of chaff and flares will be conducted/assessed on the ISR-203, Emitter Recognition qualification. 62302. Requirements / Critical Sub-Areas: a. The qualification shall be attained in the Level-D OFT. During the

combat arrival and departure evolution of the Level-D session the crew TACCO, NAVCOM and SS3 should be present. The TACCO, NAVCOM and SS3 should deliver the appropriate briefs.

b. Suitable training scenario replicating anticipated theater threats

or actual operation sortie scenario. c. The crew is required to perform a combat departure and arrival to be

awarded this qualification. d. The event shall be observed by an ACTC Level 500 qualified WTI when

available. ACTC Level 400 instructors are acceptable observers with parent wing approval.

e. The crew is required to score a minimum of 70% in the critical sub-

area and as an overall score on the crew grade sheet in order to be awarded the qualification. The critical sub-area for this qualification is Counter Threat.

62303. Measure of Performance. a. Brief/Tactical Planning/Preflight: Given a tactical brief from the

applicable crew members, demonstrate the ability to incorporate pertinent briefing information and message traffic into tactical positional briefs.



c. Counter Threat: Demonstrate the employment of tactics IAW brief or

NTTP to successfully recognize and mitigate/defeat threat during approach and departure phases of flight. A score of less than 70% in this sub-area will result in a failure of the qualification.


records in sufficient detail to enable sortie reconstruction. e. Crew Coordination and Safety of Flight: Demonstrate satisfactory level of crew coordination and conduct mission in a

safe manner.


6-23-2

62304. Measure of Effectiveness. Successfully conduct a combat departure and approach. 62305. Evaluation.

a. In-flight Observer / Debriefing Officer: (1) Report effectiveness of combat departure and approach.

(2) Reconstruct the mission and input data (crew performance and mission difficulty factor) into the on-line grade sheet program. (3) Critique performance and debrief crewmembers on the results of

the evaluation. (4) Forward all mission data to the Certifying Officer. c. CPRW / CTF Certifying Officer: (1) Review the evaluation and award the crew grade as appropriate. (2) Forward all mission data to the Squadron TAB for review and




6-23-A-1

CHAPTER 6

SECTION 23

ANNEX A

C2W 201 Measures of Difficulty 1. Threat Type A. High (Technologically Advanced/Long Range) B. Med (Tech. Infer./Long Range – Tech. Adv./Short Range) C. Low (Technologically Inferior/Short Range) 2. Altitude Restrictions/Aircraft Performance Envelope A. Maximum Risk (Within Threat Envelope) B. Moderate Risk (Altitude Restrictions or aircraft performance envelope may


Precludes) 3. Visibility A. <5 nm B. Moderate C. Unrestricted 4. Terrain Features A. High/Severe Terrain Features B. Moderate Mix of Terrain Features C. Terrain does not pose Challenge


6-23-A-2


A

B

C

1 2 3 4

A B C

9

2

1

3

4

8

7

6

5

Figure 6-23-1


6-23-B-1

C2W 201 MOP Gradesheet

TASK C2W-201 COMBAT ARRIVAL/DEPARTURE Objective Area /


Training Device













MC






PC


6-23-B-2

Non Acoustic Brief





SS3

Nav Comm Brief









MC

CSAR


N/A N/A

CSAR information not briefed or any crew member unable to recall any item.

MC

Mission Equipment

Aircraft Mission System degradation passed to IOS operator.

N/A N/A


MC


Crew is able to use the applicable planning software (N-PFPS/JMPS etc) to its full extent.

N/A N/A


MC



N/A N/A


MC


6-23-B-3

TPOA

Tactics,chaff and flare procedures and threat call procedures for all phases of tasking addressed and assessed as optimum based on assigned target and environmentals. All tactics IAW NTTP and Crew training Manual. 30 Pts

Tactics for all phases of tasking addressed suitable but not optimal to assigned target or environmentals. All tactics IAW NTTP. 21 Pts

Tactics for all phases of tasking addressed but fail to take into account assigned target and environmental. All tactics IAW NTTP. 8 Pts

Fails to address major areas of tasking or tactics not IAW NTTP.

MC


Crew utilizes most current DTED information N/A N/A

Crew does not utilize DTED or does not have most current version

MC

Airspace

Route of flight, operation airspace from ATO-ACO-SPINS-CSPINS, warning / refueling tracks and kill boxes for mission profile all plotted accurately

N/A N/A

Any item missed/plotted incorrectly or any item not listed affecting safety of flight MC

Counter Threat Planning

Crew has thorough knowledge of all available threat intel in target area. Flight station has coordinated cockpit responsibilities in the event of SAFIRE (Type of maneuvering, chaff and flare usage, ICS call). 20 Pts

Crew has adequate knowledge of all available threat intel in target area. Flight station has coordinated cockpit responsibilities in the event of SAFIRE (Type of maneuvering, chaff and flare usage, ICS call). 14 Pts

Crew has limited knowledge of all available threat intel in target area. Flight station has coordinated cockpit responsibilities in the event of SAFIRE (Type of maneuvering, chaff and flare usage, ICS call). 5 Pts

Crew has no knowledge of available threat intel in target area or, flight station has failed to coordinate cockpit responsibilities in the event of SAFIRE (Type of maneuvering, chaff and flare usage, ICS call). FAIL

MC

CHG 1


6-23-B-4

Route of Flight

Logical track determined based on target prioritization, coverage factor, airspace restrictions and maximizing capability of all sensors, divert airfields discussed

N/A N/A

Route does not take into consideration target prioritization or airspace restrictions or does not maximize capability of 1 or more sensors

MC

C4I and Reports


N/A N/A


MC

Chaff / Flare Load

Crew ensures proper type, number and distribution on aircraft are IAW planning.

N/A N/A

Crew does not verify type, number, position of chaff / flares on aircraft or violates CTT TPOA.

MC



N/A



PC


All comms circuits operable and verified by IOS

All comms circuits checked with IOS. No more than one inoperable comm circuit.

N/A

All comms circuits not checked with IOS or more than one comm circuit inoperable. MC

Inflight

Transit/Onstation Objective: Conduct a safe and effective transition to Onstation, update environmental data, and optimize aircraft sensors.

Departure Time


N/A N/A

Late takeoff due to aircrew error

MC


6-23-B-5

EMCON





MC

Counter Threat Objective - Demonstrate the employment of tactics IAW brief or NTTP to successfully recognize and defeat threat. A score of less than 70% in this sub-area will result in a failure of the qualification.

Combat Departure Procedures

Combat departure profile flown appropriate and as per established procedures taking into account weather and simulated threats

Minor deviation from established departure profile. Minor departure warranted by situation.

Minor deviation from established departure profile

Major deviation from established departure profile

PC

Combat Arrival Procedures

Combat Arrival profile flown appropriate and as per established procedures taking into account weather and simulated threats

Minor deviation from established departure profile. Minor departure warranted by situation.

Minor deviation from established arrival profile

Major deviation from established arrival profile

PC

General Crew Coordination and Safety of Flight Objective: Demonstrate crew cohesion and conducts mission in safe manner.



N/A



NC

Chart Utilization


N/A N/A


MC


6-23-B-6

Summary

Subareas Raw Score Weighted Score Mission Planning / /35 Transit/Onstation / /5 Counter Threat** / /50 Crew Coordination / /10 Total / /100 OSE ** Critical Subareas. Required to score a minimum of 70% in these subarea to be awarded Qualification